From d0959024d8fb6555ba8bfdc6624cc7b7c2e675fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Kennedy Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:30 -0700 Subject: timer_list: Remove alignment padding on 64 bit when CONFIG_TIMER_STATS Reorder struct timer_list to remove 8 bytes of alignment padding on 64 bit builds when CONFIG_TIMER_STATS is selected. timer_list is widely used across the kernel so many structures will benefit and shrink in size. For example, with my config on x86_64 per_cpu_dm_data shrinks from 136 to 128 bytes and ahci_port_priv shrinks from 1032 to 968 bytes. Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy Cc: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 38cf093ef62..f3dccdb44f9 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ struct timer_list { int slack; #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER_STATS + int start_pid; void *start_site; char start_comm[16]; - int start_pid; #endif #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP struct lockdep_map lockdep_map; -- cgit v1.2.3 From aaabe31c25a439b92cc281b14ca18b85bae7e7a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:30 -0700 Subject: timer: Initialize the field slack of timer_list TIMER_INITIALIZER() should initialize the field slack of timer_list as __init_timer() does. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index f3dccdb44f9..1794674c1a5 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; .expires = (_expires), \ .data = (_data), \ .base = &boot_tvec_bases, \ + .slack = -1, \ __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER( \ __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ } -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd6414b50fa2b1cd247a8aa8f8bd42414b7453e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Phil Carmody Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:33 -0700 Subject: timer: Permit statically-declared work with deferrable timers Currently, you have to just define a delayed_work uninitialised, and then initialise it before first use. That's a tad clumsy. At risk of playing mind-games with the compiler, fooling it into doing pointer arithmetic with compile-time-constants, this lets clients properly initialise delayed work with deferrable timers statically. This patch was inspired by the issues which lead Artem Bityutskiy to commit 8eab945c5616fc984 ("sunrpc: make the cache cleaner workqueue deferrable"). Signed-off-by: Phil Carmody Acked-by: Artem Bityutskiy Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/workqueue.h | 8 ++++++++ 2 files changed, 33 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 1794674c1a5..cbfb7a355d3 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -48,6 +48,18 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; #define __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER(_kn) #endif +/* + * Note that all tvec_bases are 2 byte aligned and lower bit of + * base in timer_list is guaranteed to be zero. Use the LSB to + * indicate whether the timer is deferrable. + * + * A deferrable timer will work normally when the system is busy, but + * will not cause a CPU to come out of idle just to service it; instead, + * the timer will be serviced when the CPU eventually wakes up with a + * subsequent non-deferrable timer. + */ +#define TBASE_DEFERRABLE_FLAG (0x1) + #define TIMER_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) { \ .entry = { .prev = TIMER_ENTRY_STATIC }, \ .function = (_function), \ @@ -59,6 +71,19 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ } +#define TBASE_MAKE_DEFERRED(ptr) ((struct tvec_base *) \ + ((unsigned char *)(ptr) + TBASE_DEFERRABLE_FLAG)) + +#define TIMER_DEFERRED_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) {\ + .entry = { .prev = TIMER_ENTRY_STATIC }, \ + .function = (_function), \ + .expires = (_expires), \ + .data = (_data), \ + .base = TBASE_MAKE_DEFERRED(&boot_tvec_bases), \ + __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER( \ + __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ + } + #define DEFINE_TIMER(_name, _function, _expires, _data) \ struct timer_list _name = \ TIMER_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) diff --git a/include/linux/workqueue.h b/include/linux/workqueue.h index f11100f9648..88238c15ec3 100644 --- a/include/linux/workqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/workqueue.h @@ -127,12 +127,20 @@ struct execute_work { .timer = TIMER_INITIALIZER(NULL, 0, 0), \ } +#define __DEFERRED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) { \ + .work = __WORK_INITIALIZER((n).work, (f)), \ + .timer = TIMER_DEFERRED_INITIALIZER(NULL, 0, 0), \ + } + #define DECLARE_WORK(n, f) \ struct work_struct n = __WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) #define DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(n, f) \ struct delayed_work n = __DELAYED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) +#define DECLARE_DEFERRED_WORK(n, f) \ + struct delayed_work n = __DEFERRED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) + /* * initialize a work item's function pointer */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6f1bc451e6a79470b122a37ee1fc6bbca450f444 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:31 -0700 Subject: timer: Make try_to_del_timer_sync() the same on SMP and UP On UP try_to_del_timer_sync() is mapped to del_timer() which does not take the running timer callback into account, so it has different semantics. Remove the SMP dependency of try_to_del_timer_sync() by using base->running_timer in the UP case as well. [ tglx: Removed set_running_timer() inline and tweaked the changelog ] Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Oleg Nesterov Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index cbfb7a355d3..6abd9138bed 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -274,11 +274,11 @@ static inline void timer_stats_timer_clear_start_info(struct timer_list *timer) extern void add_timer(struct timer_list *timer); +extern int try_to_del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); + #ifdef CONFIG_SMP - extern int try_to_del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); extern int del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); #else -# define try_to_del_timer_sync(t) del_timer(t) # define del_timer_sync(t) del_timer(t) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe7de49f9d4e53f24ec9ef762a503f70b562341c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KOSAKI Motohiro Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 16:01:12 -0700 Subject: sched: Make sched_param argument static in sched_setscheduler() callers Andrew Morton pointed out almost all sched_setscheduler() callers are using fixed parameters and can be converted to static. It reduces runtime memory use a little. Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Reported-by: Andrew Morton Acked-by: James Morris Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Steven Rostedt Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 0383601a927..849c8670583 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1942,9 +1942,10 @@ extern int task_nice(const struct task_struct *p); extern int can_nice(const struct task_struct *p, const int nice); extern int task_curr(const struct task_struct *p); extern int idle_cpu(int cpu); -extern int sched_setscheduler(struct task_struct *, int, struct sched_param *); +extern int sched_setscheduler(struct task_struct *, int, + const struct sched_param *); extern int sched_setscheduler_nocheck(struct task_struct *, int, - struct sched_param *); + const struct sched_param *); extern struct task_struct *idle_task(int cpu); extern struct task_struct *curr_task(int cpu); extern void set_curr_task(int cpu, struct task_struct *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc766e4c4965915ab52a1d1fa3c7a7b3e7bc07f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 03:09:24 +0000 Subject: decnet: RCU conversion and get rid of dev_base_lock While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose: Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if they cannot use RTNL. Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management. Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- include/net/dn_dev.h | 27 ++++++++++++++++++--------- include/net/dst.h | 8 ++++---- 3 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d8fd2c23a1b..578debb801f 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ struct net_device { #endif void *atalk_ptr; /* AppleTalk link */ struct in_device __rcu *ip_ptr; /* IPv4 specific data */ - void *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ + struct dn_dev __rcu *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ struct inet6_dev __rcu *ip6_ptr; /* IPv6 specific data */ void *ec_ptr; /* Econet specific data */ void *ax25_ptr; /* AX.25 specific data */ diff --git a/include/net/dn_dev.h b/include/net/dn_dev.h index 0916bbf3bdf..b9e32db03f2 100644 --- a/include/net/dn_dev.h +++ b/include/net/dn_dev.h @@ -5,13 +5,14 @@ struct dn_dev; struct dn_ifaddr { - struct dn_ifaddr *ifa_next; + struct dn_ifaddr __rcu *ifa_next; struct dn_dev *ifa_dev; __le16 ifa_local; __le16 ifa_address; __u8 ifa_flags; __u8 ifa_scope; char ifa_label[IFNAMSIZ]; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; #define DN_DEV_S_RU 0 /* Run - working normally */ @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ struct dn_dev_parms { struct dn_dev { - struct dn_ifaddr *ifa_list; + struct dn_ifaddr __rcu *ifa_list; struct net_device *dev; struct dn_dev_parms parms; char use_long; @@ -171,19 +172,27 @@ extern int unregister_dnaddr_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); static inline int dn_dev_islocal(struct net_device *dev, __le16 addr) { - struct dn_dev *dn_db = dev->dn_ptr; + struct dn_dev *dn_db; struct dn_ifaddr *ifa; + int res = 0; + rcu_read_lock(); + dn_db = rcu_dereference(dev->dn_ptr); if (dn_db == NULL) { printk(KERN_DEBUG "dn_dev_islocal: Called for non DECnet device\n"); - return 0; + goto out; } - for(ifa = dn_db->ifa_list; ifa; ifa = ifa->ifa_next) - if ((addr ^ ifa->ifa_local) == 0) - return 1; - - return 0; + for (ifa = rcu_dereference(dn_db->ifa_list); + ifa != NULL; + ifa = rcu_dereference(ifa->ifa_next)) + if ((addr ^ ifa->ifa_local) == 0) { + res = 1; + break; + } +out: + rcu_read_unlock(); + return res; } #endif /* _NET_DN_DEV_H */ diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index ffe9cb719c0..a5bd72646d6 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ struct dst_entry { int __use; unsigned long lastuse; union { - struct dst_entry *next; - struct rtable __rcu *rt_next; - struct rt6_info *rt6_next; - struct dn_route *dn_next; + struct dst_entry *next; + struct rtable __rcu *rt_next; + struct rt6_info *rt6_next; + struct dn_route __rcu *dn_next; }; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1da4b1c6a4dfb5a13d7147a27c1ac53fed09befd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Feng Tang Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 11:22:58 +0000 Subject: x86/mrst: Add SFI platform device parsing code MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit SFI provides a series of tables. These describe the platform devices present including SPI and I²C devices, as well as various sensors, keypads and other glue as well as interfaces provided via the SCU IPC mechanism (intel_scu_ipc.c) This patch is a merge of the core elements and relevant fixes from the Intel development code by Feng, Alek, myself into a single coherent patch for upstream submission. It provides the needed infrastructure to register I2C, SPI and platform devices described by the tables, as well as handlers for some of the hardware already supported in kernel. The 0.8 firmware also provides GPIO tables. Devices are created at boot time or if they are SCU dependant at the point an SCU is discovered. The existing Linux device mechanisms will then handle the device binding. At an abstract level this is an SFI to Linux device translator. Device/platform specific setup/glue is in this file. This is done so that the drivers for the generic I²C and SPI bus devices remain cross platform as they should. (Updated from RFC version to correct the emc1403 name used by the firmware and a wrongly used #define) Signed-off-by: Alek Du LKML-Reference: <20101109112158.20013.6158.stgit@localhost.localdomain> [Clean ups, removal of 0.7 support] Signed-off-by: Feng Tang [Clean ups] Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/sfi.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sfi.h b/include/linux/sfi.h index 7f770c638e9..fe817918b30 100644 --- a/include/linux/sfi.h +++ b/include/linux/sfi.h @@ -77,6 +77,8 @@ #define SFI_OEM_ID_SIZE 6 #define SFI_OEM_TABLE_ID_SIZE 8 +#define SFI_NAME_LEN 16 + #define SFI_SYST_SEARCH_BEGIN 0x000E0000 #define SFI_SYST_SEARCH_END 0x000FFFFF @@ -156,13 +158,13 @@ struct sfi_device_table_entry { u16 addr; u8 irq; u32 max_freq; - char name[16]; + char name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; } __packed; struct sfi_gpio_table_entry { - char controller_name[16]; + char controller_name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; u16 pin_no; - char pin_name[16]; + char pin_name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; } __packed; typedef int (*sfi_table_handler) (struct sfi_table_header *table); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 751305d9b2fd3e03eaab7808e976241d85ca4353 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Drake Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 18:23:01 +0100 Subject: viafb: General power management infrastructure Multiple devices need S/R hooks (framebuffer, GPIO, camera). Add infrastructure and convert existing framebuffer code to the new model. This patch should create no functional change. Based on earlier work by Jonathan Corbet. Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake Acked-by: Jonathan Corbet Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat --- include/linux/via-core.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/via-core.h b/include/linux/via-core.h index 7ffb521e1a7..a4327a0c8ef 100644 --- a/include/linux/via-core.h +++ b/include/linux/via-core.h @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ struct via_port_cfg { u8 ioport_index; }; +/* + * Allow subdevs to register suspend/resume hooks. + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_PM +struct viafb_pm_hooks { + struct list_head list; + int (*suspend)(void *private); + int (*resume)(void *private); + void *private; +}; + +void viafb_pm_register(struct viafb_pm_hooks *hooks); +void viafb_pm_unregister(struct viafb_pm_hooks *hooks); +#endif /* CONFIG_PM */ + /* * This is the global viafb "device" containing stuff needed by * all subdevs. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4d17aeb1c5b2375769446d13012a98e6d265ec13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Walmsley Date: Tue, 21 Sep 2010 19:37:15 +0530 Subject: OMAP: I2C: split device registration and convert OMAP2+ to omap_device Split the OMAP1 and OMAP2+ platform_device build and register code. Convert the OMAP2+ variant to use omap_device. This patch was developed in collaboration with Rajendra Nayak . Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak Cc: Kevin Hilman Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman --- include/linux/i2c-omap.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/i2c-omap.h b/include/linux/i2c-omap.h index 78ebf507ce5..7472449cbb7 100644 --- a/include/linux/i2c-omap.h +++ b/include/linux/i2c-omap.h @@ -1,9 +1,14 @@ #ifndef __I2C_OMAP_H__ #define __I2C_OMAP_H__ +#include + struct omap_i2c_bus_platform_data { u32 clkrate; void (*set_mpu_wkup_lat)(struct device *dev, long set); + int (*device_enable) (struct platform_device *pdev); + int (*device_shutdown) (struct platform_device *pdev); + int (*device_idle) (struct platform_device *pdev); }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From c36940e678fc30779c99246c034deca1fed61ae4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Tue, 2 Nov 2010 11:27:16 +0000 Subject: fbdev: sh_mobile_hdmi: add support for more precise HDMI clock configuration The HDMI clock has to be reconfigured for different video modes. However, the precision of the supplying SoC clock on SH-Mobile systems is often insufficient. This patch allows to additionally reconfigure the parent clock to achieve the optimal HDMI clock frequency, in case this is supported by the platform. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/video/sh_mobile_hdmi.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/sh_mobile_hdmi.h b/include/video/sh_mobile_hdmi.h index 1e1aa54ab2e..b56932927d0 100644 --- a/include/video/sh_mobile_hdmi.h +++ b/include/video/sh_mobile_hdmi.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ struct sh_mobile_lcdc_chan_cfg; struct device; +struct clk; /* * flags format @@ -33,6 +34,8 @@ struct sh_mobile_hdmi_info { struct sh_mobile_lcdc_chan_cfg *lcd_chan; struct device *lcd_dev; unsigned int flags; + long (*clk_optimize_parent)(unsigned long target, unsigned long *best_freq, + unsigned long *parent_freq); }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From f6cd24777513fcc673d432cc29ef59881d3e4df1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 11:13:48 +0100 Subject: irq: Better struct irqaction layout We currently use kmalloc-96 slab for struct irqaction allocations on 64bit arches. This is unfortunate because of possible false sharing and two cache lines accesses. Move 'name' and 'dir' fields at the end of the structure, and force a suitable alignement. Hot path fields now use one cache line on x86_64. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Reviewed-by: Andi Kleen Cc: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1288865628.2659.69.camel@edumazet-laptop> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/interrupt.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/interrupt.h b/include/linux/interrupt.h index 79d0c4f6d07..55e0d4253e4 100644 --- a/include/linux/interrupt.h +++ b/include/linux/interrupt.h @@ -114,15 +114,15 @@ typedef irqreturn_t (*irq_handler_t)(int, void *); struct irqaction { irq_handler_t handler; unsigned long flags; - const char *name; void *dev_id; struct irqaction *next; int irq; - struct proc_dir_entry *dir; irq_handler_t thread_fn; struct task_struct *thread; unsigned long thread_flags; -}; + const char *name; + struct proc_dir_entry *dir; +} ____cacheline_internodealigned_in_smp; extern irqreturn_t no_action(int cpl, void *dev_id); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da1d39e3903bc35be2b5e8d2116fdd5d337244d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 17:47:02 +0900 Subject: mmc, sh: Move constants to sh_mmcif.h This moves some constants from sh_mmcif.c to sh_mmcif.h so that they can be used in sh_mmcif_boot_init(). It also alters the definition of SOFT_RST_OFF from (0 << 31) to ~SOFT_RST_ON (= ~(1 << 31)). The former seems bogus. The latter is consistent with the code in sh_mmcif_boot_init(). Cc: Yusuke Goda Cc: Magnus Damm Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 39 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index 5c99da1078a..a6bfa529649 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -59,6 +59,29 @@ struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { #define MMCIF_CE_HOST_STS2 0x0000004C #define MMCIF_CE_VERSION 0x0000007C +/* CE_BUF_ACC */ +#define BUF_ACC_DMAWEN (1 << 25) +#define BUF_ACC_DMAREN (1 << 24) +#define BUF_ACC_BUSW_32 (0 << 17) +#define BUF_ACC_BUSW_16 (1 << 17) +#define BUF_ACC_ATYP (1 << 16) + +/* CE_CLK_CTRL */ +#define CLK_ENABLE (1 << 24) /* 1: output mmc clock */ +#define CLK_CLEAR ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) +#define CLK_SUP_PCLK ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) +#define SRSPTO_256 ((1 << 13) | (0 << 12)) /* resp timeout */ +#define SRBSYTO_29 ((1 << 11) | (1 << 10) | \ + (1 << 9) | (1 << 8)) /* resp busy timeout */ +#define SRWDTO_29 ((1 << 7) | (1 << 6) | \ + (1 << 5) | (1 << 4)) /* read/write timeout */ +#define SCCSTO_29 ((1 << 3) | (1 << 2) | \ + (1 << 1) | (1 << 0)) /* ccs timeout */ + +/* CE_VERSION */ +#define SOFT_RST_ON (1 << 31) +#define SOFT_RST_OFF ~SOFT_RST_ON + static inline u32 sh_mmcif_readl(void __iomem *addr, int reg) { return readl(addr + reg); @@ -149,17 +172,23 @@ static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_init(void __iomem *base) /* reset */ tmp = sh_mmcif_readl(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp | 0x80000000); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp & ~0x80000000); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp | SOFT_RST_ON); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp & SOFT_RST_OFF); /* byte swap */ - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BUF_ACC, 0x00010000); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BUF_ACC, BUF_ACC_ATYP); /* Set block size in MMCIF hardware */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BLOCK_SET, SH_MMCIF_BBS); - /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz)*/ - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, 0x01072fff); + /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz). + * It is unclear where 0x70000 comes from or if it is even needed. + * It is there for byte-compatibility with code that is known to + * work. + */ + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, + CLK_ENABLE | SRSPTO_256 | SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | + SCCSTO_29 | 0x70000); /* CMD0 */ sh_mmcif_boot_cmd(base, 0x00000040, 0); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5e4f083f78d03e9f8d2e327daccde16976f9bb00 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Sun, 24 Oct 2010 11:50:53 +0800 Subject: hrtimer: Remove stale comment on curr_timer curr_timer doesn't resident in struct hrtimer_cpu_base anymore. Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang LKML-Reference: <1287892253-2587-1-git-send-email-yong.zhang0@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index fd0c1b857d3..dd9954b7934 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ struct hrtimer_clock_base { * @lock: lock protecting the base and associated clock bases * and timers * @clock_base: array of clock bases for this cpu - * @curr_timer: the timer which is executing a callback right now * @expires_next: absolute time of the next event which was scheduled * via clock_set_next_event() * @hres_active: State of high resolution mode -- cgit v1.2.3 From b17cd8d69a75f921d9d444cc3ac9b5b1d0b66ca0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Brandon Philips Date: Sun, 7 Nov 2010 01:28:24 -0500 Subject: driver core: prune docs about device_interface drivers/base/intf.c was removed before the beginning of (git) time but its Documentation stuck around. Remove it. Signed-off-by: Brandon Philips Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/cpu.h | 5 ----- include/linux/node.h | 5 ----- 2 files changed, 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/cpu.h b/include/linux/cpu.h index 4823af64e9d..5f09323ee88 100644 --- a/include/linux/cpu.h +++ b/include/linux/cpu.h @@ -10,11 +10,6 @@ * * CPUs are exported via sysfs in the class/cpu/devices/ * directory. - * - * Per-cpu interfaces can be implemented using a struct device_interface. - * See the following for how to do this: - * - drivers/base/intf.c - * - Documentation/driver-model/interface.txt */ #ifndef _LINUX_CPU_H_ #define _LINUX_CPU_H_ diff --git a/include/linux/node.h b/include/linux/node.h index 06292dac3ea..1466945cc9e 100644 --- a/include/linux/node.h +++ b/include/linux/node.h @@ -10,11 +10,6 @@ * * Nodes are exported via driverfs in the class/node/devices/ * directory. - * - * Per-node interfaces can be implemented using a struct device_interface. - * See the following for how to do this: - * - drivers/base/intf.c - * - Documentation/driver-model/interface.txt */ #ifndef _LINUX_NODE_H_ #define _LINUX_NODE_H_ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 318af55ddd38bdaaa2b57f5c3bd394f3ce3a2610 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Hans J. Koch" Date: Sat, 30 Oct 2010 00:36:47 +0200 Subject: uio: Change mail address of Hans J. Koch My old mail address doesn't exist anymore. This changes all occurrences to my new address. Signed-off-by: Hans J. Koch Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/uio_driver.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/uio_driver.h b/include/linux/uio_driver.h index d6188e5a52d..665517c05ea 100644 --- a/include/linux/uio_driver.h +++ b/include/linux/uio_driver.h @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ * * Copyright(C) 2005, Benedikt Spranger * Copyright(C) 2005, Thomas Gleixner - * Copyright(C) 2006, Hans J. Koch + * Copyright(C) 2006, Hans J. Koch * Copyright(C) 2006, Greg Kroah-Hartman * * Userspace IO driver. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0eadcc09203349b11ca477ec367079b23d32ab91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tatyana Brokhman Date: Mon, 1 Nov 2010 18:18:24 +0200 Subject: usb: USB3.0 ch11 definitions Adding hub SuperSpeed usb definitions as defined by ch10 of the USB3.0 spec. Signed-off-by: Tatyana Brokhman Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/ch11.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/usb/hcd.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 51 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch11.h b/include/linux/usb/ch11.h index 119194c85d1..10ec0699bea 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch11.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch11.h @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ #define HUB_GET_TT_STATE 10 #define HUB_STOP_TT 11 +/* + * Hub class additional requests defined by USB 3.0 spec + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-6 + */ +#define HUB_SET_DEPTH 12 +#define HUB_GET_PORT_ERR_COUNT 13 + /* * Hub Class feature numbers * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-17 @@ -55,6 +62,20 @@ #define USB_PORT_FEAT_INDICATOR 22 #define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_PORT_L1 23 +/* + * Port feature selectors added by USB 3.0 spec. + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-7 + */ +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_LINK_STATE 5 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_U1_TIMEOUT 23 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_U2_TIMEOUT 24 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_LINK_STATE 25 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_CONFIG_ERR 26 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_REMOTE_WAKE_MASK 27 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_BH_PORT_RESET 28 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_BH_PORT_RESET 29 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_FORCE_LINKPM_ACCEPT 30 + /* * Hub Status and Hub Change results * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-19 and Table 11-20 @@ -83,6 +104,32 @@ struct usb_port_status { /* bits 13 to 15 are reserved */ #define USB_PORT_STAT_SUPER_SPEED 0x8000 /* Linux-internal */ +/* + * Additions to wPortStatus bit field from USB 3.0 + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-10 + */ +#define USB_PORT_STAT_LINK_STATE 0x01e0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_STAT_POWER 0x0200 +#define USB_PORT_STAT_SPEED_5GBPS 0x0000 +/* Valid only if port is enabled */ + +/* + * Definitions for PORT_LINK_STATE values + * (bits 5-8) in wPortStatus + */ +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U0 0x0000 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U1 0x0020 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U2 0x0040 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U3 0x0060 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_SS_DISABLED 0x0080 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_RX_DETECT 0x00a0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_SS_INACTIVE 0x00c0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_POLLING 0x00e0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_RECOVERY 0x0100 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_HOT_RESET 0x0120 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_COMP_MOD 0x0140 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_LOOPBACK 0x0160 + /* * wPortChange bit field * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-22 diff --git a/include/linux/usb/hcd.h b/include/linux/usb/hcd.h index 0b6e751ea0b..dd6ee49a084 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/hcd.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/hcd.h @@ -471,6 +471,10 @@ extern void usb_ep0_reinit(struct usb_device *); /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* class requests from USB 3.0 hub spec, table 10-5 */ +#define SetHubDepth (0x3000 | HUB_SET_DEPTH) +#define GetPortErrorCount (0x8000 | HUB_GET_PORT_ERR_COUNT) + /* * Generic bandwidth allocation constants/support */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 46b13fc5c0f239f36e84665c73087d5fa86bfd86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 06:57:19 +0000 Subject: neigh: reorder struct neighbour It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send() This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf4045f (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[] with a seqlock) This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/neighbour.h | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/neighbour.h b/include/net/neighbour.h index 55590ab16b3..815b2ce9f4a 100644 --- a/include/net/neighbour.h +++ b/include/net/neighbour.h @@ -96,16 +96,16 @@ struct neighbour { struct neigh_parms *parms; unsigned long confirmed; unsigned long updated; - __u8 flags; - __u8 nud_state; - __u8 type; - __u8 dead; + rwlock_t lock; atomic_t refcnt; struct sk_buff_head arp_queue; struct timer_list timer; unsigned long used; atomic_t probes; - rwlock_t lock; + __u8 flags; + __u8 nud_state; + __u8 type; + __u8 dead; seqlock_t ha_lock; unsigned char ha[ALIGN(MAX_ADDR_LEN, sizeof(unsigned long))]; struct hh_cache *hh; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 72cdd1d971c0deb1619c5c339270570c43647a78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 07:14:07 +0000 Subject: net: get rid of rtable->idev It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding extra atomic ops. We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty cheap in current kernel). infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet. About 5% speedup on routing test. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Herbert Xu Cc: Roland Dreier Cc: Sean Hefty Cc: Hal Rosenstock Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/route.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 7e5e73bfa4d..cea533eaa85 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -55,8 +55,6 @@ struct rtable { /* Cache lookup keys */ struct flowi fl; - struct in_device *idev; - int rt_genid; unsigned rt_flags; __u16 rt_type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From af3b8881f4c9852eefe9c7f1a997b3ecf580561b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russ Gorby Date: Tue, 26 Oct 2010 14:13:52 +0100 Subject: ifx6x60: SPI protocol driver for Infineon 6x60 modem Prototype driver for the IFX6x60 series of SPI attached modems by Jim Stanley and Russ Gorby Signed-off-by: Russ Gorby [Some reworking and a major cleanup] Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h b/include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a68f3b19d11 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#ifndef LINUX_IFX_MODEM_H +#define LINUX_IFX_MODEM_H + +struct ifx_modem_platform_data { + unsigned short rst_out; /* modem reset out */ + unsigned short pwr_on; /* power on */ + unsigned short rst_pmu; /* reset modem */ + unsigned short tx_pwr; /* modem power threshold */ + unsigned short srdy; /* SRDY */ + unsigned short mrdy; /* MRDY */ + unsigned short is_6160; /* Modem type */ +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 304e12665a4a7b8b25dfe8c64fa4fd56a04a67ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Charkov Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 20:33:20 +0300 Subject: serial: Add support for UART on VIA VT8500 and compatibles This adds a driver for the serial ports found in VIA and WonderMedia Systems-on-Chip. Interrupt-driven FIFO operation is implemented. The hardware also supports pure register-based operation (which is slower) and DMA-based FIFO operation. As the FIFOs are only 16 bytes long, DMA operation is probably not worth the hassle. Signed-off-by: Alexey Charkov Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 212eb4c6779..41603d69043 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -199,6 +199,9 @@ /* TI OMAP-UART */ #define PORT_OMAP 96 +/* VIA VT8500 SoC */ +#define PORT_VT8500 97 + #ifdef __KERNEL__ #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From c753796769e4fb0cd813b6e5801b3c01f4681d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 17:07:48 -0800 Subject: ipv4: Make rt->fl.iif tests lest obscure. When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's an output or an input route. Make that explicit with some helper functions. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dn_route.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/net/route.h | 10 ++++++++++ 2 files changed, 20 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dn_route.h b/include/net/dn_route.h index ccadab3aa3f..9b185df265f 100644 --- a/include/net/dn_route.h +++ b/include/net/dn_route.h @@ -80,6 +80,16 @@ struct dn_route { unsigned rt_type; }; +static inline bool dn_is_input_route(struct dn_route *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif != 0; +} + +static inline bool dn_is_output_route(struct dn_route *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif == 0; +} + extern void dn_route_init(void); extern void dn_route_cleanup(void); diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index cea533eaa85..5cd46d1c0e1 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -71,6 +71,16 @@ struct rtable { struct inet_peer *peer; /* long-living peer info */ }; +static inline bool rt_is_input_route(struct rtable *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif != 0; +} + +static inline bool rt_is_output_route(struct rtable *rt) +{ + return rt->fl.iif == 0; +} + struct ip_rt_acct { __u32 o_bytes; __u32 o_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d7138de878d1d4210727c1200193e69596f93b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 05:46:50 +0000 Subject: igmp: RCU conversion of in_dev->mc_list MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock). This can easily be converted to a RCU protection. Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a spinlock. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Cypher Wu Cc: Américo Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 12 ++++++++---- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 5 ++--- include/net/inet_sock.h | 2 +- 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 93fc2449af1..7d164670f26 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ struct ip_sf_socklist { */ struct ip_mc_socklist { - struct ip_mc_socklist *next; + struct ip_mc_socklist __rcu *next_rcu; struct ip_mreqn multi; unsigned int sfmode; /* MCAST_{INCLUDE,EXCLUDE} */ - struct ip_sf_socklist *sflist; + struct ip_sf_socklist __rcu *sflist; struct rcu_head rcu; }; @@ -186,11 +186,14 @@ struct ip_sf_list { struct ip_mc_list { struct in_device *interface; __be32 multiaddr; + unsigned int sfmode; struct ip_sf_list *sources; struct ip_sf_list *tomb; - unsigned int sfmode; unsigned long sfcount[2]; - struct ip_mc_list *next; + union { + struct ip_mc_list *next; + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *next_rcu; + }; struct timer_list timer; int users; atomic_t refcnt; @@ -201,6 +204,7 @@ struct ip_mc_list { char loaded; unsigned char gsquery; /* check source marks? */ unsigned char crcount; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; /* V3 exponential field decoding */ diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index ccd5b07d678..380ba6bc5db 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -52,9 +52,8 @@ struct in_device { atomic_t refcnt; int dead; struct in_ifaddr *ifa_list; /* IP ifaddr chain */ - rwlock_t mc_list_lock; - struct ip_mc_list *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ - int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ + int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ spinlock_t mc_tomb_lock; struct ip_mc_list *mc_tomb; unsigned long mr_v1_seen; diff --git a/include/net/inet_sock.h b/include/net/inet_sock.h index 1989cfd7405..8945f9fb192 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_sock.h @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ struct inet_sock { nodefrag:1; int mc_index; __be32 mc_addr; - struct ip_mc_socklist *mc_list; + struct ip_mc_socklist __rcu *mc_list; struct { unsigned int flags; unsigned int fragsize; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9fbbdde93231ad7f35c217aa6bbbc7995133f483 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Erik Gilling Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:44:43 +0100 Subject: video: add fb_edid_add_monspecs for parsing extended edid information Modern monitors/tvs have more extended EDID information blocks which can contain extra detailed modes. This adds a fb_edid_add_monspecs function which drivers can use to parse those additions blocks. Signed-off-by: Erik Gilling Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/fb.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 7fca3dc4e47..6f0274d96f0 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -1092,6 +1092,8 @@ extern int fb_parse_edid(unsigned char *edid, struct fb_var_screeninfo *var); extern const unsigned char *fb_firmware_edid(struct device *device); extern void fb_edid_to_monspecs(unsigned char *edid, struct fb_monspecs *specs); +extern void fb_edid_add_monspecs(unsigned char *edid, + struct fb_monspecs *specs); extern void fb_destroy_modedb(struct fb_videomode *modedb); extern int fb_find_mode_cvt(struct fb_videomode *mode, int margins, int rb); extern unsigned char *fb_ddc_read(struct i2c_adapter *adapter); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0ad83f6882c41df1a7fa387086029e162038c1f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:45:04 +0100 Subject: fbdev: when parsing E-EDID blocks, also use SVD entries Add parsing of E-EDID SVD entries. In this first version only a few CEA/EIA-861E modes are implemented, more can be added as needed. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/fb.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 6f0274d96f0..e154a79b832 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -1151,6 +1151,7 @@ struct fb_videomode { extern const char *fb_mode_option; extern const struct fb_videomode vesa_modes[]; +extern const struct fb_videomode cea_modes[64]; struct fb_modelist { struct list_head list; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d83447f0944e73d690218d79c07762ffa4ceb9e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerrit Renker Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:25:46 +0100 Subject: dccp ccid-2: Schedule Sync as out-of-band mechanism The problem with Ack Vectors is that i) their length is variable and can in principle grow quite large, ii) it is hard to predict exactly how large they will be. Due to the second point it seems not a good idea to reduce the MPS; in particular when on average there is enough room for the Ack Vector and an increase in length is momentarily due to some burst loss, after which the Ack Vector returns to its normal/average length. The solution taken by this patch is to subtract a minimum-expected Ack Vector length from the MPS, and to defer any larger Ack Vectors onto a separate Sync - but only if indeed there is no space left on the skb. This patch provides the infrastructure to schedule Sync-packets for transporting (urgent) out-of-band data. Its signalling is quicker than scheduling an Ack, since it does not need to wait for new application data. Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index 749f01ccd26..eed52bcd35d 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -462,6 +462,7 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending * @dccps_server_timewait - server holds timewait state on close (RFC 4340, 8.3) + * @dccps_sync_scheduled - flag which signals "send out-of-band message soon" * @dccps_xmitlet - tasklet scheduled by the TX CCID to dequeue data packets * @dccps_xmit_timer - used by the TX CCID to delay sending (rate-based pacing) * @dccps_syn_rtt - RTT sample from Request/Response exchange (in usecs) @@ -503,6 +504,7 @@ struct dccp_sock { __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_server_timewait:1; + __u8 dccps_sync_scheduled:1; struct tasklet_struct dccps_xmitlet; struct timer_list dccps_xmit_timer; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58e998c6d23988490162cef0784b19ea274d90bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Gross Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 12:14:55 +0000 Subject: offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags. We currently use vlan_features to check for TSO support if there is a vlan tag. However, it's quite likely that the NIC is not able to do TSO when there is an arbitrary number of tags. Therefore if there is more than one tag (in-band or out-of-band), fall back to software emulation. Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross CC: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 578debb801f..6e4cfbc53d4 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2239,6 +2239,8 @@ unsigned long netdev_fix_features(unsigned long features, const char *name); void netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(const struct net_device *rootdev, struct net_device *dev); +int netif_get_vlan_features(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev); + static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) { int feature = gso_type << NETIF_F_GSO_SHIFT; @@ -2254,10 +2256,7 @@ static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) { if (skb_is_gso(skb)) { - int features = dev->features; - - if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || skb->vlan_tci) - features &= dev->vlan_features; + int features = netif_get_vlan_features(skb, dev); return (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e48928d8a0f38c1b5c81eb3f1294de8a6382c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Hemminger Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:16:58 -0700 Subject: rfkill: remove dead code The following code is defined but never used. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 31 ------------------------------- 1 file changed, 31 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 08c32e4f261..c6c608482cb 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -354,37 +354,6 @@ static inline bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill) } #endif /* RFKILL || RFKILL_MODULE */ - -#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS -/** - * rfkill_get_led_trigger_name - Get the LED trigger name for the button's LED. - * This function might return a NULL pointer if registering of the - * LED trigger failed. Use this as "default_trigger" for the LED. - */ -const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill); - -/** - * rfkill_set_led_trigger_name -- set the LED trigger name - * @rfkill: rfkill struct - * @name: LED trigger name - * - * This function sets the LED trigger name of the radio LED - * trigger that rfkill creates. It is optional, but if called - * must be called before rfkill_register() to be effective. - */ -void rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name); -#else -static inline const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill) -{ - return NULL; -} - -static inline void -rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name) -{ -} -#endif - #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* RFKILL_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 749b527b21465fb079796c03ffb4302584dc31c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:18:54 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: fix allowing country IEs for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170. This was part of the original design, however it was completely overlooked... Cc: Easwar Krishnan Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 15 ++++++++------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 2a7936d7851..e5702f5ac57 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1321,13 +1321,14 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { * initiator is %REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE). * @WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY: tells us the driver for this device will * ignore regulatory domain settings until it gets its own regulatory - * domain via its regulatory_hint(). After its gets its own regulatory - * domain it will only allow further regulatory domain settings to - * further enhance compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are - * disabled by this regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can - * enable these channels at a later time. This can be used for devices - * which do not have calibration information gauranteed for frequencies - * or settings outside of its regulatory domain. + * domain via its regulatory_hint() unless the regulatory hint is + * from a country IE. After its gets its own regulatory domain it will + * only allow further regulatory domain settings to further enhance + * compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are disabled by this + * regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can enable these channels + * at a later time. This can be used for devices which do not have + * calibration information guaranteed for frequencies or settings + * outside of its regulatory domain. * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS: enable this if your driver needs to ensure * that passive scan flags and beaconing flags may not be lifted by * cfg80211 due to regulatory beacon hints. For more information on beacon -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca4ffe8f2848169a8ded0ea8a60b2d81925564c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:18:55 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: fix disabling channels based on hints After a module loads you will have loaded the world roaming regulatory domain or a custom regulatory domain. Further regulatory hints are welcomed and should be respected unless the regulatory hint is coming from a country IE as the IEEE spec allows for a country IE to be a subset of what is allowed by the local regulatory agencies. So disable all channels that do not fit a regulatory domain sent from a unless the hint is from a country IE and the country IE had no information about the band we are currently processing. This fixes a few regulatory issues, for example for drivers that depend on CRDA and had no 5 GHz freqencies allowed were not properly disabling 5 GHz at all, furthermore it also allows users to restrict devices further as was intended. If you recieve a country IE upon association we will also disable the channels that are not allowed if the country IE had at least one channel on the respective band we are procesing. This was the original intention behind this design but it was completely overlooked... Cc: David Quan Cc: Jouni Malinen cc: Easwar Krishnan Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 0edb2566c14..fb877b5621b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1307,7 +1307,11 @@ enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it - * thinks we should consider. + * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country + * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information + * structure pased by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. + * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should + * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. */ enum nl80211_reg_initiator { NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c8aea565e8f715d9f10064b1cbfbc15bf75df501 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gery Kahn Date: Tue, 5 Oct 2010 16:09:05 +0200 Subject: wl1271: ref_clock cosmetic changes Cosmetic cleanup for ref_clock code while configured by board. Signed-off-by: Gery Kahn Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho --- include/linux/wl12xx.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/wl12xx.h b/include/linux/wl12xx.h index 4f902e1908a..bebb8efea0a 100644 --- a/include/linux/wl12xx.h +++ b/include/linux/wl12xx.h @@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_WL12XX_H #define _LINUX_WL12XX_H +/* The board reference clock values */ +enum { + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_19 = 0, /* 19.2 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_26 = 1, /* 26 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_38 = 2, /* 38.4 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_54 = 3, /* 54 MHz */ +}; + struct wl12xx_platform_data { void (*set_power)(bool enable); /* SDIO only: IRQ number if WLAN_IRQ line is used, 0 for SDIO IRQs */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7919a57bc608140aa8614c19eac40c6916fb61d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Herrmann Date: Mon, 30 Aug 2010 19:04:01 +0000 Subject: bitops: Provide generic sign_extend32 function This patch moves code out from wireless drivers where two different functions are defined in three code locations for the same purpose and provides a common function to sign extend a 32-bit value. Signed-off-by: Andreas Herrmann Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/bitops.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/bitops.h b/include/linux/bitops.h index 827cc95711e..2184c6b97ae 100644 --- a/include/linux/bitops.h +++ b/include/linux/bitops.h @@ -109,6 +109,17 @@ static inline __u8 ror8(__u8 word, unsigned int shift) return (word >> shift) | (word << (8 - shift)); } +/** + * sign_extend32 - sign extend a 32-bit value using specified bit as sign-bit + * @value: value to sign extend + * @index: 0 based bit index (0<=index<32) to sign bit + */ +static inline __s32 sign_extend32(__u32 value, int index) +{ + __u8 shift = 31 - index; + return (__s32)(value << shift) >> shift; +} + static inline unsigned fls_long(unsigned long l) { if (sizeof(l) == 4) -- cgit v1.2.3 From cc9ff19da9bf76a2f70bcb80225a1c587c162e52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Timo=20Ter=C3=A4s?= Date: Wed, 3 Nov 2010 04:41:38 +0000 Subject: xfrm: use gre key as flow upper protocol info MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM policy selector matches to have different policies for different GRE tunnels. Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/flow.h | 2 ++ include/net/xfrm.h | 6 ++++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/flow.h b/include/net/flow.h index 0ac3fb5e097..7196e6864b8 100644 --- a/include/net/flow.h +++ b/include/net/flow.h @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ struct flowi { } dnports; __be32 spi; + __be32 gre_key; struct { __u8 type; @@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ struct flowi { #define fl_icmp_code uli_u.icmpt.code #define fl_ipsec_spi uli_u.spi #define fl_mh_type uli_u.mht.type +#define fl_gre_key uli_u.gre_key __u32 secid; /* used by xfrm; see secid.txt */ } __attribute__((__aligned__(BITS_PER_LONG/8))); diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index bcfb6b24b01..54b28322948 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -805,6 +805,9 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_sport(struct flowi *fl) case IPPROTO_MH: port = htons(fl->fl_mh_type); break; + case IPPROTO_GRE: + port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) >> 16; + break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ } @@ -826,6 +829,9 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_dport(struct flowi *fl) case IPPROTO_ICMPV6: port = htons(fl->fl_icmp_code); break; + case IPPROTO_GRE: + port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) & 0xffff; + break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ } -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe8222406c8277a21172479d3a8283d31c209028 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 10:47:38 +0000 Subject: net: Simplify RX queue allocation This patch move RX queue allocation to alloc_netdev_mq and freeing of the queues to free_netdev (symmetric to TX queue allocation). Each kobject RX queue takes a reference to the queue's device so that the device can't be freed before all the kobjects have been released-- this obviates the need for reference counts specific to RX queues. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 6e4cfbc53d4..fccb11f879e 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -592,8 +592,7 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { struct rps_map __rcu *rps_map; struct rps_dev_flow_table __rcu *rps_flow_table; struct kobject kobj; - struct netdev_rx_queue *first; - atomic_t count; + struct net_device *dev; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c59504ebc5baa628706d10c2d3c7e1f4bc3c2147 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:04:57 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_macvlan.h: Remove unnecessary semicolons Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index 8a2fd66a8b5..ac96a2d7629 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++;; + rx_stats->rx_packets++; rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) rx_stats->rx_multicast++; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d577f1ccdd8ae8bfbe6063eb2ba2a350259e9031 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:04:58 +0000 Subject: include/net/caif/cfctrl.h: Remove unnecessary semicolons Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/caif/cfctrl.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h b/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h index 9402543fc20..e54f6396fa4 100644 --- a/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h +++ b/include/net/caif/cfctrl.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ struct cfctrl_rsp { void (*restart_rsp)(void); void (*radioset_rsp)(void); void (*reject_rsp)(struct cflayer *layer, u8 linkid, - struct cflayer *client_layer);; + struct cflayer *client_layer); }; /* Link Setup Parameters for CAIF-Links. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a386f99025f13b32502fe5dedf223c20d7283826 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:11 +0000 Subject: bridge: add proper RCU annotation to should_route_hook Add br_should_route_hook_t typedef, this is the only way we can get a clean RCU implementation for function pointer. Move route_hook to location where it is used. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_bridge.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/linux/if_bridge.h index 0d241a5c490..f7e73c338c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -102,7 +102,9 @@ struct __fdb_entry { #include extern void brioctl_set(int (*ioctl_hook)(struct net *, unsigned int, void __user *)); -extern int (*br_should_route_hook)(struct sk_buff *skb); + +typedef int (*br_should_route_hook_t)(struct sk_buff *skb); +extern br_should_route_hook_t __rcu *br_should_route_hook; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61391cde9eefac5cfcf6d214aa80c77e58b1626b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:12 +0000 Subject: netdev: add rcu annotations to receive handler hook Suggested by Eric's bridge RCU changes. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index fccb11f879e..b45c1b8b1d1 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned int real_num_rx_queues; #endif - rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler; - void *rx_handler_data; + rx_handler_func_t __rcu *rx_handler; + void __rcu *rx_handler_data; struct netdev_queue __rcu *ingress_queue; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96f8d864afd646e4a52ea55462b7d83e3b94fd5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mundt Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 14:00:24 +0900 Subject: fbdev: move udlfb out of staging. udlfb has undergone a fair bit of cleanup recently and is effectively at the point where it can be liberated from staging purgatory and promoted to a real driver. The outstanding cleanups are all minor, with some of them dependent on drivers/video headers, so these will be done incrementally from udlfb's new home. Requested-by: Bernie Thompson Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/video/udlfb.h | 117 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 117 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/video/udlfb.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/udlfb.h b/include/video/udlfb.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f9785e9d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/video/udlfb.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +#ifndef UDLFB_H +#define UDLFB_H + +/* + * TODO: Propose standard fb.h ioctl for reporting damage, + * using _IOWR() and one of the existing area structs from fb.h + * Consider these ioctls deprecated, but they're still used by the + * DisplayLink X server as yet - need both to be modified in tandem + * when new ioctl(s) are ready. + */ +#define DLFB_IOCTL_RETURN_EDID 0xAD +#define DLFB_IOCTL_REPORT_DAMAGE 0xAA +struct dloarea { + int x, y; + int w, h; + int x2, y2; +}; + +struct urb_node { + struct list_head entry; + struct dlfb_data *dev; + struct delayed_work release_urb_work; + struct urb *urb; +}; + +struct urb_list { + struct list_head list; + spinlock_t lock; + struct semaphore limit_sem; + int available; + int count; + size_t size; +}; + +struct dlfb_data { + struct usb_device *udev; + struct device *gdev; /* &udev->dev */ + struct fb_info *info; + struct urb_list urbs; + struct kref kref; + char *backing_buffer; + int fb_count; + bool virtualized; /* true when physical usb device not present */ + struct delayed_work free_framebuffer_work; + atomic_t usb_active; /* 0 = update virtual buffer, but no usb traffic */ + atomic_t lost_pixels; /* 1 = a render op failed. Need screen refresh */ + char *edid; /* null until we read edid from hw or get from sysfs */ + size_t edid_size; + int sku_pixel_limit; + int base16; + int base8; + u32 pseudo_palette[256]; + /* blit-only rendering path metrics, exposed through sysfs */ + atomic_t bytes_rendered; /* raw pixel-bytes driver asked to render */ + atomic_t bytes_identical; /* saved effort with backbuffer comparison */ + atomic_t bytes_sent; /* to usb, after compression including overhead */ + atomic_t cpu_kcycles_used; /* transpired during pixel processing */ +}; + +#define NR_USB_REQUEST_I2C_SUB_IO 0x02 +#define NR_USB_REQUEST_CHANNEL 0x12 + +/* -BULK_SIZE as per usb-skeleton. Can we get full page and avoid overhead? */ +#define BULK_SIZE 512 +#define MAX_TRANSFER (PAGE_SIZE*16 - BULK_SIZE) +#define WRITES_IN_FLIGHT (4) + +#define MIN_EDID_SIZE 128 +#define MAX_EDID_SIZE 128 + +#define MAX_VENDOR_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 256 + +#define GET_URB_TIMEOUT HZ +#define FREE_URB_TIMEOUT (HZ*2) + +#define BPP 2 +#define MAX_CMD_PIXELS 255 + +#define RLX_HEADER_BYTES 7 +#define MIN_RLX_PIX_BYTES 4 +#define MIN_RLX_CMD_BYTES (RLX_HEADER_BYTES + MIN_RLX_PIX_BYTES) + +#define RLE_HEADER_BYTES 6 +#define MIN_RLE_PIX_BYTES 3 +#define MIN_RLE_CMD_BYTES (RLE_HEADER_BYTES + MIN_RLE_PIX_BYTES) + +#define RAW_HEADER_BYTES 6 +#define MIN_RAW_PIX_BYTES 2 +#define MIN_RAW_CMD_BYTES (RAW_HEADER_BYTES + MIN_RAW_PIX_BYTES) + +#define DL_DEFIO_WRITE_DELAY 5 /* fb_deferred_io.delay in jiffies */ +#define DL_DEFIO_WRITE_DISABLE (HZ*60) /* "disable" with long delay */ + +/* remove these once align.h patch is taken into kernel */ +#define DL_ALIGN_UP(x, a) ALIGN(x, a) +#define DL_ALIGN_DOWN(x, a) ALIGN(x-(a-1), a) + +/* remove once this gets added to sysfs.h */ +#define __ATTR_RW(attr) __ATTR(attr, 0644, attr##_show, attr##_store) + +/* + * udlfb is both a usb device, and a framebuffer device. + * They may exist at the same time, but during various stages + * inactivity, teardown, or "virtual" operation, only one or the + * other will exist (one will outlive the other). So we can't + * call the dev_*() macros, because we don't have a stable dev object. + */ +#define dl_err(format, arg...) \ + pr_err("udlfb: " format, ## arg) +#define dl_warn(format, arg...) \ + pr_warning("udlfb: " format, ## arg) +#define dl_notice(format, arg...) \ + pr_notice("udlfb: " format, ## arg) +#define dl_info(format, arg...) \ + pr_info("udlfb: " format, ## arg) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3654654f7aa79a37dde130afb7409c55b11807e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Engelhardt Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 09:52:32 -0800 Subject: netlink: let nlmsg and nla functions take pointer-to-const args The changed functions do not modify the NL messages and/or attributes at all. They should use const (similar to strchr), so that callers which have a const nlmsg/nlattr around can make use of them without casting. While at it, constify a data array. Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/netlink.h | 21 +++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netlink.h b/include/net/netlink.h index 9801c55de5d..373f1a900cf 100644 --- a/include/net/netlink.h +++ b/include/net/netlink.h @@ -225,13 +225,15 @@ extern int nlmsg_notify(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, u32 pid, unsigned int group, int report, gfp_t flags); -extern int nla_validate(struct nlattr *head, int len, int maxtype, +extern int nla_validate(const struct nlattr *head, + int len, int maxtype, const struct nla_policy *policy); -extern int nla_parse(struct nlattr *tb[], int maxtype, - struct nlattr *head, int len, +extern int nla_parse(struct nlattr **tb, int maxtype, + const struct nlattr *head, int len, const struct nla_policy *policy); extern int nla_policy_len(const struct nla_policy *, int); -extern struct nlattr * nla_find(struct nlattr *head, int len, int attrtype); +extern struct nlattr * nla_find(const struct nlattr *head, + int len, int attrtype); extern size_t nla_strlcpy(char *dst, const struct nlattr *nla, size_t dstsize); extern int nla_memcpy(void *dest, const struct nlattr *src, int count); @@ -346,7 +348,8 @@ static inline int nlmsg_ok(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int remaining) * Returns the next netlink message in the message stream and * decrements remaining by the size of the current message. */ -static inline struct nlmsghdr *nlmsg_next(struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int *remaining) +static inline struct nlmsghdr * +nlmsg_next(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int *remaining) { int totlen = NLMSG_ALIGN(nlh->nlmsg_len); @@ -398,7 +401,8 @@ static inline struct nlattr *nlmsg_find_attr(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, * @maxtype: maximum attribute type to be expected * @policy: validation policy */ -static inline int nlmsg_validate(struct nlmsghdr *nlh, int hdrlen, int maxtype, +static inline int nlmsg_validate(const struct nlmsghdr *nlh, + int hdrlen, int maxtype, const struct nla_policy *policy) { if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(hdrlen)) @@ -727,7 +731,8 @@ static inline struct nlattr *nla_next(const struct nlattr *nla, int *remaining) * * Returns the first attribute which matches the specified type. */ -static inline struct nlattr *nla_find_nested(struct nlattr *nla, int attrtype) +static inline struct nlattr * +nla_find_nested(const struct nlattr *nla, int attrtype) { return nla_find(nla_data(nla), nla_len(nla), attrtype); } @@ -1032,7 +1037,7 @@ static inline void nla_nest_cancel(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlattr *start) * * Returns 0 on success or a negative error code. */ -static inline int nla_validate_nested(struct nlattr *start, int maxtype, +static inline int nla_validate_nested(const struct nlattr *start, int maxtype, const struct nla_policy *policy) { return nla_validate(nla_data(start), nla_len(start), maxtype, policy); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8ffab51b3dfc54876f145f15b351c41f3f703195 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 21:14:04 +0000 Subject: macvlan: lockless tx path macvlan is a stacked device, like tunnels. We should use the lockless mechanism we are using in tunnels and loopback. This patch completely removes locking in TX path. tx stat counters are added into existing percpu stat structure, renamed from rx_stats to pcpu_stats. Note : this reverts commit 2c11455321f37 (macvlan: add multiqueue capability) Note : rx_errors converted to a 32bit counter, like tx_dropped, since they dont need 64bit range. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Patrick McHardy Cc: Ben Greear Cc: Ben Hutchings Acked-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 34 ++++++++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index ac96a2d7629..e28b2e4959d 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -25,19 +25,25 @@ struct macvlan_port; struct macvtap_queue; /** - * struct macvlan_rx_stats - MACVLAN percpu rx stats + * struct macvlan_pcpu_stats - MACVLAN percpu stats * @rx_packets: number of received packets * @rx_bytes: number of received bytes * @rx_multicast: number of received multicast packets + * @tx_packets: number of transmitted packets + * @tx_bytes: number of transmitted bytes * @syncp: synchronization point for 64bit counters - * @rx_errors: number of errors + * @rx_errors: number of rx errors + * @tx_dropped: number of tx dropped packets */ -struct macvlan_rx_stats { +struct macvlan_pcpu_stats { u64 rx_packets; u64 rx_bytes; u64 rx_multicast; + u64 tx_packets; + u64 tx_bytes; struct u64_stats_sync syncp; - unsigned long rx_errors; + u32 rx_errors; + u32 tx_dropped; }; /* @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ struct macvlan_dev { struct hlist_node hlist; struct macvlan_port *port; struct net_device *lowerdev; - struct macvlan_rx_stats __percpu *rx_stats; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats __percpu *pcpu_stats; enum macvlan_mode mode; int (*receive)(struct sk_buff *skb); int (*forward)(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb); @@ -64,18 +70,18 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, unsigned int len, bool success, bool multicast) { - struct macvlan_rx_stats *rx_stats; - - rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { - u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++; - rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats *pcpu_stats; + + pcpu_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->pcpu_stats); + u64_stats_update_begin(&pcpu_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_packets++; + pcpu_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) - rx_stats->rx_multicast++; - u64_stats_update_end(&rx_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_multicast++; + u64_stats_update_end(&pcpu_stats->syncp); } else { - rx_stats->rx_errors++; + this_cpu_inc(vlan->pcpu_stats->rx_errors); } } -- cgit v1.2.3 From c31504dc0d1dc853dcee509d9999169a9097a717 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 19:58:26 +0000 Subject: udp: use atomic_inc_not_zero_hint UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to be queued in receive or backlog queue. Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because processor issues less memory transactions. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index a6338d03985..eb0c1f50467 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From b178bb3dfc30d9555bdd2401e95af98e23e83e10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 05:56:04 +0000 Subject: net: reorder struct sock fields Right now, fields in struct sock are not optimally ordered, because each path (RX softirq, TX completion, RX user, TX user) has to touch fields that are contained in many different cache lines. The really critical thing is to shrink number of cache lines that are used at RX softirq time : CPU handling softirqs for a device can receive many frames per second for many sockets. If load is too big, we can drop frames at NIC level. RPS or multiqueue cards can help, but better reduce latency if possible. This patch starts with UDP protocol, then additional patches will try to reduce latencies of other ones as well. At RX softirq time, fields of interest for UDP protocol are : (not counting ones in inet struct for the lookup) Read/Written: sk_refcnt (atomic increment/decrement) sk_rmem_alloc & sk_backlog.len (to check if there is room in queues) sk_receive_queue sk_backlog (if socket locked by user program) sk_rxhash sk_forward_alloc sk_drops Read only: sk_rcvbuf (sk_rcvqueues_full()) sk_filter sk_wq sk_policy[0] sk_flags Additional notes : - sk_backlog has one hole on 64bit arches. We can fill it to save 8 bytes. - sk_backlog is used only if RX sofirq handler finds the socket while locked by user. - sk_rxhash is written only once per flow. - sk_drops is written only if queues are full Final layout : [1] One section grouping all read/write fields, but placing rxhash and sk_backlog at the end of this section. [2] One section grouping all read fields in RX handler (sk_filter, sk_rcv_buf, sk_wq) [3] Section used by other paths I'll post a patch on its own to put sk_refcnt at the end of struct sock_common so that it shares same cache line than section [1] New offsets on 64bit arch : sizeof(struct sock)=0x268 offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x48 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x68 offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x80 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0x80 offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x9c offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0xa4 offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xa0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0xa8 offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0xb0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0xd0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0xe0 Instead of : sizeof(struct sock)=0x270 offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x50 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0xc0 offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x70 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0xac offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x10c offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x128 offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0x4c offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0x16c offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0x198 offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0x88 offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0x98 offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0x130 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 55 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index eb0c1f50467..5557dfb3dd6 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -241,59 +241,67 @@ struct sock { #define sk_bind_node __sk_common.skc_bind_node #define sk_prot __sk_common.skc_prot #define sk_net __sk_common.skc_net - kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); - unsigned int sk_shutdown : 2, - sk_no_check : 2, - sk_userlocks : 4, - sk_protocol : 8, - sk_type : 16; - kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); - int sk_rcvbuf; socket_lock_t sk_lock; + struct sk_buff_head sk_receive_queue; /* * The backlog queue is special, it is always used with * the per-socket spinlock held and requires low latency * access. Therefore we special case it's implementation. + * Note : rmem_alloc is in this structure to fill a hole + * on 64bit arches, not because its logically part of + * backlog. */ struct { - struct sk_buff *head; - struct sk_buff *tail; - int len; + atomic_t rmem_alloc; + int len; + struct sk_buff *head; + struct sk_buff *tail; } sk_backlog; +#define sk_rmem_alloc sk_backlog.rmem_alloc + int sk_forward_alloc; +#ifdef CONFIG_RPS + __u32 sk_rxhash; +#endif + atomic_t sk_drops; + int sk_rcvbuf; + + struct sk_filter __rcu *sk_filter; struct socket_wq *sk_wq; - struct dst_entry *sk_dst_cache; + +#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA + struct sk_buff_head sk_async_wait_queue; +#endif + #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM struct xfrm_policy *sk_policy[2]; #endif + unsigned long sk_flags; + struct dst_entry *sk_dst_cache; spinlock_t sk_dst_lock; - atomic_t sk_rmem_alloc; atomic_t sk_wmem_alloc; atomic_t sk_omem_alloc; int sk_sndbuf; - struct sk_buff_head sk_receive_queue; struct sk_buff_head sk_write_queue; -#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA - struct sk_buff_head sk_async_wait_queue; -#endif + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); + unsigned int sk_shutdown : 2, + sk_no_check : 2, + sk_userlocks : 4, + sk_protocol : 8, + sk_type : 16; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); int sk_wmem_queued; - int sk_forward_alloc; gfp_t sk_allocation; int sk_route_caps; int sk_route_nocaps; int sk_gso_type; unsigned int sk_gso_max_size; int sk_rcvlowat; -#ifdef CONFIG_RPS - __u32 sk_rxhash; -#endif - unsigned long sk_flags; unsigned long sk_lingertime; struct sk_buff_head sk_error_queue; struct proto *sk_prot_creator; rwlock_t sk_callback_lock; int sk_err, sk_err_soft; - atomic_t sk_drops; unsigned short sk_ack_backlog; unsigned short sk_max_ack_backlog; __u32 sk_priority; @@ -301,7 +309,6 @@ struct sock { const struct cred *sk_peer_cred; long sk_rcvtimeo; long sk_sndtimeo; - struct sk_filter __rcu *sk_filter; void *sk_protinfo; struct timer_list sk_timer; ktime_t sk_stamp; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a75d946f42ae1771424a9582129fc5182ff48a1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Slaby Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 16:20:20 +0100 Subject: console: move for_each_console to linux/console.h Move it out of printk.c so that we can use it all over the code. There are some potential users which will be converted to that macro in next patches. Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/console.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/console.h b/include/linux/console.h index 95cf6f08a59..875cfb1c813 100644 --- a/include/linux/console.h +++ b/include/linux/console.h @@ -126,6 +126,12 @@ struct console { struct console *next; }; +/* + * for_each_console() allows you to iterate on each console + */ +#define for_each_console(con) \ + for (con = console_drivers; con != NULL; con = con->next) + extern int console_set_on_cmdline; extern int add_preferred_console(char *name, int idx, char *options); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3dfbd044d0d99cad2fe50e4f6c79845703fa0558 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Slaby Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 16:20:23 +0100 Subject: TTY: include termios.h in tty_driver.h We reference termios and termiox in tty_driver.h, but we do not include linux/termios.h where these are defined. Add the #include properly. Otherwise when we include tty_driver.h, we get compile errors. Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby Cc: Alan Cox Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/tty_driver.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tty_driver.h b/include/linux/tty_driver.h index db2d227694d..09678ed370f 100644 --- a/include/linux/tty_driver.h +++ b/include/linux/tty_driver.h @@ -235,6 +235,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include struct tty_struct; struct tty_driver; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e44dcb6c377529805bbaae505d5b333daab69111 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wolfram Sang Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 19:47:47 +0100 Subject: serial: mpc52xx: make printout for type more generic The printout for the type should be just "5xxx", so 512x users won't wonder why they have a mpc52xx-type UART. Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang Cc: Grant Likely Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 41603d69043..9ff9b7db293 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ /* PPC CPM type number */ #define PORT_CPM 58 -/* MPC52xx type numbers */ +/* MPC52xx (and MPC512x) type numbers */ #define PORT_MPC52xx 59 /* IBM icom */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f23a478075659db8a4fd62fa6e264a8bb052cc5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arik Nemtsov Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 11:51:06 +0200 Subject: mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 9fdf982d128..6122e8a3297 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1652,6 +1652,11 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * and IV16) for the given key from hardware. * The callback must be atomic. * + * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this + * if the device does fragmentation by itself; if this callback is + * implemented then the stack will not do fragmentation. + * The callback can sleep. + * * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) * The callback can sleep. * @@ -1765,6 +1770,7 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); void (*get_tkip_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 hw_key_idx, u32 *iv32, u16 *iv16); + int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); -- cgit v1.2.3 From afe0cbf87500f0585d217deb8c6fd329793a7957 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 12:50:50 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index fb877b5621b..17c5c884925 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -804,6 +804,28 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly * means support for per-station GTKs. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this + * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. + * + * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first + * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n + * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to + * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if + * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. + * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be + * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. + * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. + * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot + * support by returning -EINVAL. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap + * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. + * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -973,6 +995,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index e5702f5ac57..07425e648a0 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1304,6 +1304,9 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u16 frame_type, bool reg); + + int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); + int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 15d967532148a5fcda075282b82a271b6595a386 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 12:50:56 +0900 Subject: mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 6122e8a3297..a7323eca08d 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1799,6 +1799,8 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget); + int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); + int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From a619a4c0e1fd4e8c360c63d0df3fa0a401107d69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Juuso Oikarinen Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 08:50:18 +0200 Subject: mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss, for example.) For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also the supported rate IE's. This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen Acked-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index a7323eca08d..af7e84199e6 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2508,6 +2508,21 @@ struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); +/** + * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template + * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). + * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. + * + * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to + * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate + * information. This function must only be called from within the + * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function + * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return + * NULL. + */ +struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_vif *vif); + /** * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 885a46d0f7942d76c2f3860acb45f75237d3bb42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:07:22 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 17c5c884925..037b4e49889 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -826,6 +826,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -998,6 +1000,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 07425e648a0..8fd9eebd0cc 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -923,6 +923,7 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured * after joining * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS + * @mcast_rate: multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) */ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u8 *ssid; @@ -934,6 +935,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u32 basic_rates; bool channel_fixed; bool privacy; + int mcast_rate; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f0729b16ae354f9db89394fc1d2d65003455d56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:07:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index af7e84199e6..1248369a7c3 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -205,6 +205,7 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an * index into the rate table configured by the driver in * the current band. + * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for AP and Ad-Hoc (in 100 kbps) * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not * @channel_type: Channel type for this BSS -- the hardware might be @@ -244,6 +245,7 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { u16 assoc_capability; u64 timestamp; u32 basic_rates; + u32 mcast_rate; u16 ht_operation_mode; s32 cqm_rssi_thold; u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; @@ -2663,7 +2665,7 @@ enum rate_control_changed { * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested rate mask (not MCS for now) * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs * to be filled in - * @ap: whether this frame is sent out in AP mode + * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode */ struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { struct ieee80211_hw *hw; @@ -2674,7 +2676,7 @@ struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { bool rts, short_preamble; u8 max_rate_idx; u32 rate_idx_mask; - bool ap; + bool bss; }; struct rate_control_ops { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6ddf27cdbc218a412d7e993fdc08e30eec2042ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ming Lei Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:57:30 -0500 Subject: USB: make usb_mark_last_busy use pm_runtime_mark_last_busy Since the runtime-PM core already defines a .last_busy field in device.power, this patch uses it to replace the .last_busy field defined in usb_device and uses pm_runtime_mark_last_busy to implement usb_mark_last_busy. Signed-off-by: Ming Lei Reviewed-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 35fe6ab222b..7d22b3340a7 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ #include /* for struct completion */ #include /* for current && schedule_timeout */ #include /* for struct mutex */ +#include /* for runtime PM */ struct usb_device; struct usb_driver; @@ -407,7 +408,6 @@ struct usb_tt; * @quirks: quirks of the whole device * @urbnum: number of URBs submitted for the whole device * @active_duration: total time device is not suspended - * @last_busy: time of last use * @autosuspend_delay: in jiffies * @connect_time: time device was first connected * @do_remote_wakeup: remote wakeup should be enabled @@ -481,7 +481,6 @@ struct usb_device { unsigned long active_duration; #ifdef CONFIG_PM - unsigned long last_busy; int autosuspend_delay; unsigned long connect_time; @@ -527,7 +526,7 @@ extern void usb_autopm_put_interface_no_suspend(struct usb_interface *intf); static inline void usb_mark_last_busy(struct usb_device *udev) { - udev->last_busy = jiffies; + pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(&udev->dev); } #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From fcc4a01eb8661226e80632327673f67bf6a5840b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:57:51 -0500 Subject: USB: use the runtime-PM autosuspend implementation This patch (as1428) converts USB over to the new runtime-PM core autosuspend framework. One slightly awkward aspect of the conversion is that USB devices will now have two suspend-delay attributes: the old power/autosuspend file and the new power/autosuspend_delay_ms file. One expresses the delay time in seconds and the other in milliseconds, but otherwise they do the same thing. The old attribute can be deprecated and then removed eventually. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 7d22b3340a7..5ee2223af08 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -408,7 +408,6 @@ struct usb_tt; * @quirks: quirks of the whole device * @urbnum: number of URBs submitted for the whole device * @active_duration: total time device is not suspended - * @autosuspend_delay: in jiffies * @connect_time: time device was first connected * @do_remote_wakeup: remote wakeup should be enabled * @reset_resume: needs reset instead of resume @@ -481,7 +480,6 @@ struct usb_device { unsigned long active_duration; #ifdef CONFIG_PM - int autosuspend_delay; unsigned long connect_time; unsigned do_remote_wakeup:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From da6836500414ae734cd9873c2d553db594f831e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 11:52:38 +0000 Subject: netfilter: allow hooks to pass error code back up the stack SELinux would like to pass certain fatal errors back up the stack. This patch implements the generic netfilter support for this functionality. Based-on-patch-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: Eric Paris Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netfilter.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter.h b/include/linux/netfilter.h index 03317c8d407..1893837b396 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter.h @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #define NF_QUEUE_NR(x) ((((x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) & NF_VERDICT_QMASK) | NF_QUEUE) +#define NF_DROP_ERR(x) (((-x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) | NF_DROP) + /* only for userspace compatibility */ #ifndef __KERNEL__ /* Generic cache responses from hook functions. -- cgit v1.2.3 From f8ff182c716c6f11ca3061961f5722f26a14e101 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:30:14 +0000 Subject: rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ include/net/rtnetlink.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 50 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2fc66dd783e..443d04a66a7 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -80,6 +80,24 @@ struct rtnl_link_ifmap { __u8 port; }; +/* + * IFLA_AF_SPEC + * Contains nested attributes for address family specific attributes. + * Each address family may create a attribute with the address family + * number as type and create its own attribute structure in it. + * + * Example: + * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { + * [AF_INET] = { + * [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., + * }, + * [AF_INET6] = { + * [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., + * [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., + * } + * } + */ + enum { IFLA_UNSPEC, IFLA_ADDRESS, @@ -116,6 +134,7 @@ enum { IFLA_STATS64, IFLA_VF_PORTS, IFLA_PORT_SELF, + IFLA_AF_SPEC, __IFLA_MAX }; diff --git a/include/net/rtnetlink.h b/include/net/rtnetlink.h index e013c68bfb0..35be0bbcd7d 100644 --- a/include/net/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/net/rtnetlink.h @@ -83,6 +83,37 @@ extern void __rtnl_link_unregister(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); extern int rtnl_link_register(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); extern void rtnl_link_unregister(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); +/** + * struct rtnl_af_ops - rtnetlink address family operations + * + * @list: Used internally + * @family: Address family + * @fill_link_af: Function to fill IFLA_AF_SPEC with address family + * specific netlink attributes. + * @get_link_af_size: Function to calculate size of address family specific + * netlink attributes exlusive the container attribute. + * @parse_link_af: Function to parse a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute and modify + * net_device accordingly. + */ +struct rtnl_af_ops { + struct list_head list; + int family; + + int (*fill_link_af)(struct sk_buff *skb, + const struct net_device *dev); + size_t (*get_link_af_size)(const struct net_device *dev); + + int (*parse_link_af)(struct net_device *dev, + const struct nlattr *attr); +}; + +extern int __rtnl_af_register(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); +extern void __rtnl_af_unregister(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); + +extern int rtnl_af_register(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); +extern void rtnl_af_unregister(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); + + extern struct net *rtnl_link_get_net(struct net *src_net, struct nlattr *tb[]); extern struct net_device *rtnl_create_link(struct net *src_net, struct net *net, char *ifname, const struct rtnl_link_ops *ops, struct nlattr *tb[]); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca7479ebbd9f7621646bf2792cb7143647f035bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:31:20 +0000 Subject: inet: Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX to get rid of MAX - 1 notation. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 380ba6bc5db..2b86eaf1177 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -41,10 +41,12 @@ enum __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX }; +#define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX (__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1) + struct ipv4_devconf { void *sysctl; - int data[__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1]; - DECLARE_BITMAP(state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + int data[IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX]; + DECLARE_BITMAP(state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); }; struct in_device { @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ static inline void ipv4_devconf_set(struct in_device *in_dev, int index, static inline void ipv4_devconf_setall(struct in_device *in_dev) { - bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); } #define IN_DEV_CONF_GET(in_dev, attr) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f0f7272ac9506f4c8c05cc597b7e376b0b9f3e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:32:48 +0000 Subject: ipv4: AF_INET link address family Implements the AF_INET link address family exposing the per device configuration settings via netlink using the attribute IFLA_INET_CONF. The format of IFLA_INET_CONF differs depending on the direction the attribute is sent. The attribute sent by the kernel consists of a u32 array, basically a 1:1 copy of in_device->cnf.data[]. The attribute expected by the kernel must consist of a sequence of nested u32 attributes, each representing a change request, e.g. [IFLA_INET_CONF] = { [IPV4_DEVCONF_FORWARDING] = 1, [IPV4_DEVCONF_NOXFRM] = 0, } libnl userspace API documentation and example available from: http://www.infradead.org/~tgr/libnl/doc-git/group__link__inet.html Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 443d04a66a7..2e02e4d7b11 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -147,6 +147,14 @@ enum { #define IFLA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct ifinfomsg)) #endif +enum { + IFLA_INET_UNSPEC, + IFLA_INET_CONF, + __IFLA_INET_MAX, +}; + +#define IFLA_INET_MAX (__IFLA_INET_MAX - 1) + /* ifi_flags. IFF_* flags. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5811662b15db018c740c57d037523683fd3e6123 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 18:43:55 +0000 Subject: net: use the macros defined for the members of flowi Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/route.h | 12 +++++------- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 5cd46d1c0e1..b8c1f7703fc 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -169,14 +169,12 @@ static inline int ip_route_connect(struct rtable **rp, __be32 dst, { struct flowi fl = { .oif = oif, .mark = sk->sk_mark, - .nl_u = { .ip4_u = { .daddr = dst, - .saddr = src, - .tos = tos } }, + .fl4_dst = dst, + .fl4_src = src, + .fl4_tos = tos, .proto = protocol, - .uli_u = { .ports = - { .sport = sport, - .dport = dport } } }; - + .fl_ip_sport = sport, + .fl_ip_dport = dport }; int err; struct net *net = sock_net(sk); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4bce22b9b84032c77c7e038b07b24fcc706dfc10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 11:49:58 -0800 Subject: mac80211: defines for AC numbers In many places we've just hardcoded the AC numbers -- which is a relic from the original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants for them so we know what we're talking about. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 1248369a7c3..5b0fff2178b 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -96,6 +96,20 @@ enum ieee80211_max_queues { IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 4, }; +/** + * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 + * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice + * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video + * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort + * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background + */ +enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { + IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0, + IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1, + IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2, + IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3, +}; + /** * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration * -- cgit v1.2.3 From b2c0710c464ede15e1fc52fb1e7ee9ba54cea186 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Thu, 9 Sep 2010 13:40:39 -0700 Subject: rcu: move TINY_RCU from softirq to kthread If RCU priority boosting is to be meaningful, callback invocation must be boosted in addition to preempted RCU readers. Otherwise, in presence of CPU real-time threads, the grace period ends, but the callbacks don't get invoked. If the callbacks don't get invoked, the associated memory doesn't get freed, so the system is still subject to OOM. But it is not reasonable to priority-boost RCU_SOFTIRQ, so this commit moves the callback invocations to a kthread, which can be boosted easily. Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 1 - include/linux/rcutiny.h | 8 +++----- include/linux/rcutree.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 03cda7bed98..7142ee3304a 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ static inline int rcu_preempt_depth(void) #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU */ /* Internal to kernel */ -extern void rcu_init(void); extern void rcu_sched_qs(int cpu); extern void rcu_bh_qs(int cpu); extern void rcu_check_callbacks(int cpu, int user); diff --git a/include/linux/rcutiny.h b/include/linux/rcutiny.h index 13877cb93a6..ea025a611fc 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutiny.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutiny.h @@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ #include -#define rcu_init_sched() do { } while (0) +static inline void rcu_init(void) +{ +} #ifdef CONFIG_TINY_RCU @@ -125,16 +127,12 @@ static inline void rcu_cpu_stall_reset(void) } #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC - extern int rcu_scheduler_active __read_mostly; extern void rcu_scheduler_starting(void); - #else /* #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC */ - static inline void rcu_scheduler_starting(void) { } - #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC */ #endif /* __LINUX_RCUTINY_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/rcutree.h b/include/linux/rcutree.h index 95518e62879..c0e96833aa7 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutree.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutree.h @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #ifndef __LINUX_RCUTREE_H #define __LINUX_RCUTREE_H +extern void rcu_init(void); extern void rcu_note_context_switch(int cpu); extern int rcu_needs_cpu(int cpu); extern void rcu_cpu_stall_reset(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f2b0ba4d94b3ac23cbc4b7f675d98eb677a760a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 11:22:23 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove the old nmi_watchdog Now that we have a new nmi_watchdog that is more generic and sits on top of the perf subsystem, we really do not need the old nmi_watchdog any more. In addition, the old nmi_watchdog doesn't really work if you are using the default clocksource, hpet. The old nmi_watchdog code relied on local apic interrupts to determine if the cpu is still alive. With hpet as the clocksource, these interrupts don't increment any more and the old nmi_watchdog triggers false postives. This piece removes the old nmi_watchdog code and stubs out any variables and functions calls. The stubs are the same ones used by the new nmi_watchdog code, so it should be well tested. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: gorcunov@openvz.org LKML-Reference: <1289578944-28564-2-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 06aab5eee13..0cb3e5c246d 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -16,10 +16,7 @@ */ #ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG #include -extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); -extern void acpi_nmi_disable(void); -extern void acpi_nmi_enable(void); -#else +#endif #ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { @@ -30,7 +27,6 @@ extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif static inline void acpi_nmi_disable(void) { } static inline void acpi_nmi_enable(void) { } -#endif /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 072b198a4ad48bd722ec6d203d65422a4698eae7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 11:22:24 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove all stub function calls from old nmi_watchdog Now that the bulk of the old nmi_watchdog is gone, remove all the stub variables and hooks associated with it. This touches lots of files mainly because of how the io_apic nmi_watchdog was implemented. Now that the io_apic nmi_watchdog is forever gone, remove all its fingers. Most of this code was not being exercised by virtue of nmi_watchdog != NMI_IO_APIC, so there shouldn't be anything to risky here. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: gorcunov@openvz.org LKML-Reference: <1289578944-28564-3-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 0cb3e5c246d..1c451e6ecc1 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -25,8 +25,6 @@ static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) #else extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif -static inline void acpi_nmi_disable(void) { } -static inline void acpi_nmi_enable(void) { } /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 48c5ccae88dcd989d9de507e8510313c6cbd352b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Sat, 13 Nov 2010 19:32:29 +0100 Subject: sched: Simplify cpu-hot-unplug task migration While discussing the need for sched_idle_next(), Oleg remarked that since try_to_wake_up() ensures sleeping tasks will end up running on a sane cpu, we can do away with migrate_live_tasks(). If we then extend the existing hack of migrating current from CPU_DYING to migrating the full rq worth of tasks from CPU_DYING, the need for the sched_idle_next() abomination disappears as well, since idle will be the only possible thread left after the migration thread stops. This greatly simplifies the hot-unplug task migration path, as can be seen from the resulting code reduction (and about half the new lines are comments). Suggested-by: Oleg Nesterov Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1289851597.2109.547.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 3cd70cf91fd..29d953abb5a 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1871,14 +1871,11 @@ extern void sched_clock_idle_sleep_event(void); extern void sched_clock_idle_wakeup_event(u64 delta_ns); #ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU -extern void move_task_off_dead_cpu(int dead_cpu, struct task_struct *p); extern void idle_task_exit(void); #else static inline void idle_task_exit(void) {} #endif -extern void sched_idle_next(void); - #if defined(CONFIG_NO_HZ) && defined(CONFIG_SMP) extern void wake_up_idle_cpu(int cpu); #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2069dd75c7d0f49355939e5586daf5a9ab216db7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:47:00 -0800 Subject: sched: Rewrite tg_shares_up) By tracking a per-cpu load-avg for each cfs_rq and folding it into a global task_group load on each tick we can rework tg_shares_up to be strictly per-cpu. This should improve cpu-cgroup performance for smp systems significantly. [ Paul: changed to use queueing cfs_rq + bug fixes ] Signed-off-by: Paul Turner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101115234937.580480400@google.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 29d953abb5a..8abb8aa5966 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1885,8 +1885,6 @@ static inline void wake_up_idle_cpu(int cpu) { } extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_latency; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_min_granularity; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_wakeup_granularity; -extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_ratelimit; -extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_thresh; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_child_runs_first; enum sched_tunable_scaling { -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7a4f8a752ec734b2eab904fc863d5dc873de338 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Turner Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:47:06 -0800 Subject: sched: Add sysctl_sched_shares_window Introduce a new sysctl for the shares window and disambiguate it from sched_time_avg. A 10ms window appears to be a good compromise between accuracy and performance. Signed-off-by: Paul Turner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101115234938.112173964@google.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 8abb8aa5966..840f1277492 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1900,6 +1900,7 @@ extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_migration_cost; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_nr_migrate; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_time_avg; extern unsigned int sysctl_timer_migration; +extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_window; int sched_proc_update_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, void __user *buffer, size_t *length, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 84e1c6bb38eb318e456558b610396d9f1afaabf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: matthieu castet Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 22:35:16 +0100 Subject: x86: Add RO/NX protection for loadable kernel modules This patch is a logical extension of the protection provided by CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA to LKMs. The protection is provided by splitting module_core and module_init into three logical parts each and setting appropriate page access permissions for each individual section: 1. Code: RO+X 2. RO data: RO+NX 3. RW data: RW+NX In order to achieve proper protection, layout_sections() have been modified to align each of the three parts mentioned above onto page boundary. Next, the corresponding page access permissions are set right before successful exit from load_module(). Further, free_module() and sys_init_module have been modified to set module_core and module_init as RW+NX right before calling module_free(). By default, the original section layout and access flags are preserved. When compiled with CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX=y, the patch will page-align each group of sections to ensure that each page contains only one type of content and will enforce RO/NX for each group of pages. -v1: Initial proof-of-concept patch. -v2: The patch have been re-written to reduce the number of #ifdefs and to make it architecture-agnostic. Code formatting has also been corrected. -v3: Opportunistic RO/NX protection is now unconditional. Section page-alignment is enabled when CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA=y. -v4: Removed most macros and improved coding style. -v5: Changed page-alignment and RO/NX section size calculation -v6: Fixed comments. Restricted RO/NX enforcement to x86 only -v7: Introduced CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX, added calls to set_all_modules_text_rw() and set_all_modules_text_ro() in ftrace -v8: updated for compatibility with linux 2.6.33-rc5 -v9: coding style fixes -v10: more coding style fixes -v11: minor adjustments for -tip -v12: minor adjustments for v2.6.35-rc2-tip -v13: minor adjustments for v2.6.37-rc1-tip Signed-off-by: Siarhei Liakh Signed-off-by: Xuxian Jiang Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven Reviewed-by: James Morris Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Andi Kleen Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Stephen Rothwell Cc: Dave Jones Cc: Kees Cook Cc: Linus Torvalds LKML-Reference: <4CE2F914.9070106@free.fr> [ minor cleanliness edits, -v14: build failure fix ] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/module.h | 11 ++++++++++- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/module.h b/include/linux/module.h index b29e7458b96..ddaa689d71b 100644 --- a/include/linux/module.h +++ b/include/linux/module.h @@ -308,6 +308,9 @@ struct module /* The size of the executable code in each section. */ unsigned int init_text_size, core_text_size; + /* Size of RO sections of the module (text+rodata) */ + unsigned int init_ro_size, core_ro_size; + /* Arch-specific module values */ struct mod_arch_specific arch; @@ -672,7 +675,6 @@ static inline int module_get_iter_tracepoints(struct tracepoint_iter *iter) { return 0; } - #endif /* CONFIG_MODULES */ #ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS @@ -687,6 +689,13 @@ extern int module_sysfs_initialized; #define __MODULE_STRING(x) __stringify(x) +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX +extern void set_all_modules_text_rw(void); +extern void set_all_modules_text_ro(void); +#else +static inline void set_all_modules_text_rw(void) { } +static inline void set_all_modules_text_ro(void) { } +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG void module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *, const Elf_Shdr *, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9c0729dc8062bed96189bd14ac6d4920f3958743 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Soeren Sandmann Pedersen Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 05:59:39 -0400 Subject: x86: Eliminate bp argument from the stack tracing routines The various stack tracing routines take a 'bp' argument in which the caller is supposed to provide the base pointer to use, or 0 if doesn't have one. Since bp is garbage whenever CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER is not defined, this means all callers in principle should either always pass 0, or be conditional on CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER. However, there are only really three use cases for stack tracing: (a) Trace the current task, including IRQ stack if any (b) Trace the current task, but skip IRQ stack (c) Trace some other task In all cases, if CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER is not defined, bp should just be 0. If it _is_ defined, then - in case (a) bp should be gotten directly from the CPU's register, so the caller should pass NULL for regs, - in case (b) the caller should should pass the IRQ registers to dump_trace(), - in case (c) bp should be gotten from the top of the task's stack, so the caller should pass NULL for regs. Hence, the bp argument is not necessary because the combination of task and regs is sufficient to determine an appropriate value for bp. This patch introduces a new inline function stack_frame(task, regs) that computes the desired bp. This function is then called from the two versions of dump_stack(). Signed-off-by: Soren Sandmann Acked-by: Steven Rostedt Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arjan van de Ven , Cc: Frederic Weisbecker , Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo , LKML-Reference: > Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker --- include/linux/stacktrace.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/stacktrace.h b/include/linux/stacktrace.h index 51efbef38fb..25310f1d7f3 100644 --- a/include/linux/stacktrace.h +++ b/include/linux/stacktrace.h @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ #define __LINUX_STACKTRACE_H struct task_struct; +struct pt_regs; #ifdef CONFIG_STACKTRACE struct task_struct; @@ -13,7 +14,8 @@ struct stack_trace { }; extern void save_stack_trace(struct stack_trace *trace); -extern void save_stack_trace_bp(struct stack_trace *trace, unsigned long bp); +extern void save_stack_trace_regs(struct stack_trace *trace, + struct pt_regs *regs); extern void save_stack_trace_tsk(struct task_struct *tsk, struct stack_trace *trace); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61c32659b12c44e62de32fbf99f7e4ca783dc38b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:39:17 +0100 Subject: tracing: New flag to allow non privileged users to use a trace event This adds a new trace event internal flag that allows them to be used in perf by non privileged users in case of task bound tracing. This is desired for syscalls tracepoint because they don't leak global system informations, like some other tracepoints. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 8beabb958f6..312dce7e0d5 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -154,12 +154,14 @@ enum { TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED_BIT, TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED_BIT, TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD_BIT, + TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY_BIT, }; enum { TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED_BIT), TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED_BIT), TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD_BIT), + TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY_BIT), }; struct ftrace_event_call { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ed0c5971159974185653170543a764cc061c857 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:46:57 +0100 Subject: tracing: New macro to set up initial event flags value This introduces the new TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS() macro in order to set up initial event flags value. This macro must simply follow the definition of a trace event and take the event name and the flag value as parameters: TRACE_EVENT(my_event, ..... .... ); TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(my_event, 1) This will set up 1 as the initial my_event->flags value. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 4 ++++ include/trace/ftrace.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index a4a90b6726c..5a6074fcd81 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -234,6 +234,8 @@ do_trace: \ PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ PARAMS(__data, args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #endif /* DECLARE_TRACE */ #ifndef TRACE_EVENT @@ -354,4 +356,6 @@ do_trace: \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #endif /* ifdef TRACE_EVENT (see note above) */ diff --git a/include/trace/ftrace.h b/include/trace/ftrace.h index a9377c0083a..6f540123d43 100644 --- a/include/trace/ftrace.h +++ b/include/trace/ftrace.h @@ -82,6 +82,15 @@ TRACE_EVENT(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), \ PARAMS(tstruct), PARAMS(assign), PARAMS(print)) \ +#undef TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(name, value) \ + static int __init trace_init_flags_##name(void) \ + { \ + event_##name.flags = value; \ + return 0; \ + } \ + early_initcall(trace_init_flags_##name); + #include TRACE_INCLUDE(TRACE_INCLUDE_FILE) @@ -129,6 +138,9 @@ #define DEFINE_EVENT_PRINT(template, name, proto, args, print) \ DEFINE_EVENT(template, name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#undef TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #include TRACE_INCLUDE(TRACE_INCLUDE_FILE) /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe5542030dce3b951f9eaf3ecb9a7bc5fa7bfed1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:52:06 +0100 Subject: tracing: Allow raw syscall trace events for non privileged users This allows non privileged users to use the raw syscall trace events for task bound tracing in perf. It is safe because raw syscall trace events don't leak system wide informations. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/trace/events/syscalls.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/trace/events/syscalls.h b/include/trace/events/syscalls.h index fb726ac7cae..5a4c04a75b3 100644 --- a/include/trace/events/syscalls.h +++ b/include/trace/events/syscalls.h @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ TRACE_EVENT_FN(sys_enter, syscall_regfunc, syscall_unregfunc ); +TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(sys_enter, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) + TRACE_EVENT_FN(sys_exit, TP_PROTO(struct pt_regs *regs, long ret), @@ -62,6 +64,8 @@ TRACE_EVENT_FN(sys_exit, syscall_regfunc, syscall_unregfunc ); +TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(sys_exit, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) + #endif /* CONFIG_HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS */ #endif /* _TRACE_EVENTS_SYSCALLS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53cf810b1934f08a68e131aeeb16267a778f43df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 02:11:42 +0100 Subject: tracing: Allow syscall trace events for non privileged users As for the raw syscalls events, individual syscall events won't leak system wide information on task bound tracing. Allow non privileged users to use them in such workflow. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 8 ++++++++ include/linux/syscalls.h | 6 ++++-- include/trace/ftrace.h | 7 +------ 3 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 312dce7e0d5..725bf6bd39f 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -198,6 +198,14 @@ struct ftrace_event_call { #endif }; +#define __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(name, value) \ + static int __init trace_init_flags_##name(void) \ + { \ + event_##name.flags = value; \ + return 0; \ + } \ + early_initcall(trace_init_flags_##name); + #define PERF_MAX_TRACE_SIZE 2048 #define MAX_FILTER_PRED 32 diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index cacc27a0e28..13b9731d30c 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -137,7 +137,8 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; .class = &event_class_syscall_enter, \ .event.funcs = &enter_syscall_print_funcs, \ .data = (void *)&__syscall_meta_##sname,\ - } + }; \ + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(enter_##sname, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) #define SYSCALL_TRACE_EXIT_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ @@ -152,7 +153,8 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; .class = &event_class_syscall_exit, \ .event.funcs = &exit_syscall_print_funcs, \ .data = (void *)&__syscall_meta_##sname,\ - } + }; \ + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(exit_##sname, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) #define SYSCALL_METADATA(sname, nb) \ SYSCALL_TRACE_ENTER_EVENT(sname); \ diff --git a/include/trace/ftrace.h b/include/trace/ftrace.h index 6f540123d43..e718a917d89 100644 --- a/include/trace/ftrace.h +++ b/include/trace/ftrace.h @@ -84,12 +84,7 @@ #undef TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(name, value) \ - static int __init trace_init_flags_##name(void) \ - { \ - event_##name.flags = value; \ - return 0; \ - } \ - early_initcall(trace_init_flags_##name); + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(name, value) #include TRACE_INCLUDE(TRACE_INCLUDE_FILE) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 423478cde453eebdfcfebf4b8d378d8f5d49b853 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 02:21:26 +0100 Subject: tracing: Remove useless syscall ftrace_event_call declaration It is defined right after, which makes the declaration completely useless. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/syscalls.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index 13b9731d30c..18cd0684fc4 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -127,8 +127,6 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; #define SYSCALL_TRACE_ENTER_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) __syscall_meta_##sname; \ - static struct ftrace_event_call \ - __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) event_enter_##sname; \ static struct ftrace_event_call __used \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) \ __attribute__((section("_ftrace_events"))) \ @@ -143,8 +141,6 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; #define SYSCALL_TRACE_EXIT_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) __syscall_meta_##sname; \ - static struct ftrace_event_call \ - __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) event_exit_##sname; \ static struct ftrace_event_call __used \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) \ __attribute__((section("_ftrace_events"))) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 866f3b25a2eb60d7529c227a0ecd80c3aba443fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 09:33:19 -0800 Subject: bonding: IGMP handling cleanup Instead of iterating in_dev->mc_list from bonding driver, its better to call a helper function provided by igmp.c Details of implementation (locking) are private to igmp code. ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im) becomes ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 7d164670f26..c4987f26510 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ extern void ip_mc_unmap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_remap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_dec_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); extern void ip_mc_inc_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); -extern void ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im); +extern void ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c3710afbc333c33100739dec10662b4ee64e219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 20:28:24 +0000 Subject: net: move definitions of BPF_S_* to net/core/filter.c BPF_S_* are used internally, should not be exposed to the others. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 48 ------------------------------------------------ 1 file changed, 48 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 69b43dbea6c..151f5d703b7 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -91,54 +91,6 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define BPF_TAX 0x00 #define BPF_TXA 0x80 -enum { - BPF_S_RET_K = 0, - BPF_S_RET_A, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_K, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_X, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_K, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_X, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_K, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_X, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_X, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_K, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_X, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_K, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_X, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_NEG, - BPF_S_LD_W_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_H_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_B_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LD_W_IND, - BPF_S_LD_H_IND, - BPF_S_LD_B_IND, - BPF_S_LD_IMM, - BPF_S_LDX_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH, - BPF_S_LDX_IMM, - BPF_S_MISC_TAX, - BPF_S_MISC_TXA, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_K, - BPF_S_LD_MEM, - BPF_S_LDX_MEM, - BPF_S_ST, - BPF_S_STX, - BPF_S_JMP_JA, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_X, -}; - #ifndef BPF_MAXINSNS #define BPF_MAXINSNS 4096 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From c5485a7e7569ab32eea240c850198519e2a765ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Add generic exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) function This adds generic functions for calculating Exponentially Weighted Moving Averages (EWMA). This implementation makes use of a structure which keeps the EWMA parameters and a scaled up internal representation to reduce rounding errors. The original idea for this implementation came from the rt2x00 driver (rt2x00link.c). I would like to use it in several places in the mac80211 and ath5k code and I hope it can be useful in many other places in the kernel code. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/average.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7706e40f95f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H +#define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H + +#include + +/* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ + +/* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ + +struct ewma { + unsigned long internal; + unsigned long factor; + unsigned long weight; +}; + +extern void ewma_init(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long factor, + unsigned long weight); + +extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); + +/** + * ewma_read() - Get average value + * @avg: Average structure + * + * Returns the average value held in @avg. + */ +static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) +{ + return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); +} + +#endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:48 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e49889..1ce3775e9e2 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,6 +1161,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1178,6 +1179,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 8fd9eebd0cc..69e2364889f 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -424,6 +424,7 @@ struct station_parameters { * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled + * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled */ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0, @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10, STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11, STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12, + STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13, }; /** @@ -485,6 +487,7 @@ struct rate_info { * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @signal: signal strength of last received packet in dBm + * @signal_avg: signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets received from this station * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station @@ -505,6 +508,7 @@ struct station_info { u16 plid; u8 plink_state; s8 signal; + s8 signal_avg; struct rate_info txrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 042957801626465492b9428860de39a3cb2a8219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 22:32:11 -0500 Subject: tracing/events: Show real number in array fields Currently we have in something like the sched_switch event: field:char prev_comm[TASK_COMM_LEN]; offset:12; size:16; signed:1; When a userspace tool such as perf tries to parse this, the TASK_COMM_LEN is meaningless. This is done because the TRACE_EVENT() macro simply uses a #len to show the string of the length. When the length is an enum, we get a string that means nothing for tools. By adding a static buffer and a mutex to protect it, we can store the string into that buffer with snprintf and show the actual number. Now we get: field:char prev_comm[16]; offset:12; size:16; signed:1; Something much more useful. Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 4 ++++ include/trace/ftrace.h | 14 ++++++++++---- 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 725bf6bd39f..47e3997f7b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -225,6 +225,10 @@ enum { FILTER_PTR_STRING, }; +#define EVENT_STORAGE_SIZE 128 +extern struct mutex event_storage_mutex; +extern char event_storage[EVENT_STORAGE_SIZE]; + extern int trace_event_raw_init(struct ftrace_event_call *call); extern int trace_define_field(struct ftrace_event_call *call, const char *type, const char *name, int offset, int size, diff --git a/include/trace/ftrace.h b/include/trace/ftrace.h index e718a917d89..e16610c208c 100644 --- a/include/trace/ftrace.h +++ b/include/trace/ftrace.h @@ -296,13 +296,19 @@ static struct trace_event_functions ftrace_event_type_funcs_##call = { \ #undef __array #define __array(type, item, len) \ - BUILD_BUG_ON(len > MAX_FILTER_STR_VAL); \ - ret = trace_define_field(event_call, #type "[" #len "]", #item, \ + do { \ + mutex_lock(&event_storage_mutex); \ + BUILD_BUG_ON(len > MAX_FILTER_STR_VAL); \ + snprintf(event_storage, sizeof(event_storage), \ + "%s[%d]", #type, len); \ + ret = trace_define_field(event_call, event_storage, #item, \ offsetof(typeof(field), item), \ sizeof(field.item), \ is_signed_type(type), FILTER_OTHER); \ - if (ret) \ - return ret; + mutex_unlock(&event_storage_mutex); \ + if (ret) \ + return ret; \ + } while (0); #undef __dynamic_array #define __dynamic_array(type, item, len) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93aaae2e01e57483256b7da05c9a7ebd65ad4686 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:49:59 -0800 Subject: filter: optimize sk_run_filter Remove pc variable to avoid arithmetic to compute fentry at each filter instruction. Jumps directly manipulate fentry pointer. As the last instruction of filter[] is guaranteed to be a RETURN, and all jumps are before the last instruction, we dont need to check filter bounds (number of instructions in filter array) at each iteration, so we remove it from sk_run_filter() params. On x86_32 remove f_k var introduced in commit 57fe93b374a6b871 (filter: make sure filters dont read uninitialized memory) Note : We could use a CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_{FEW|MANY}_REGISTERS in order to avoid too many ifdefs in this code. This helps compiler to use cpu registers to hold fentry and A accumulator. On x86_32, this saves 401 bytes, and more important, sk_run_filter() runs much faster because less register pressure (One less conditional branch per BPF instruction) # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 2948 0 0 2948 b84 net/core/filter.o 3349 0 0 3349 d15 net/core/filter_pre.o on x86_64 : # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 5173 0 0 5173 1435 net/core/filter.o 5224 0 0 5224 1468 net/core/filter_pre.o Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 151f5d703b7..447a775878f 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, - struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); + const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); extern int sk_chk_filter(struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20a95a2169d1cd3da50cf65ba882d0e27a4a2d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Engelhardt Date: Sat, 20 Nov 2010 18:07:21 +0000 Subject: netns: let net_generic take pointer-to-const args This commit is same in nature as v2.6.37-rc1-755-g3654654; the network namespace itself is not modified when calling net_generic, so the parameter can be const. Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/netns/generic.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netns/generic.h b/include/net/netns/generic.h index 81a31c0db3e..3419bf5cd15 100644 --- a/include/net/netns/generic.h +++ b/include/net/netns/generic.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ struct net_generic { void *ptr[0]; }; -static inline void *net_generic(struct net *net, int id) +static inline void *net_generic(const struct net *net, int id) { struct net_generic *ng; void *ptr; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 07a8cdd2bb17a4da68136d963b8bc71959bd31a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Anand Gadiyar Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 18:54:17 +0530 Subject: usb: musb: do not use dma for control transfers The Inventra DMA engine used with the MUSB controller in many SoCs cannot use DMA for control transfers on EP0, but can use DMA for all other transfers. The USB core maps urbs for DMA if hcd->self.uses_dma is true. (hcd->self.uses_dma is true for MUSB as well). Split the uses_dma flag into two - one that says if the controller needs to use PIO for control transfers, and another which says if the controller uses DMA (for all other transfers). Also, populate this flag for all MUSB by default. (Tested on OMAP3 and OMAP4 boards, with EHCI and MUSB HCDs simultaneously in use). Signed-off-by: Maulik Mankad Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar Signed-off-by: Anand Gadiyar Cc: Oliver Neukum Cc: Alan Stern Cc: Praveena NADAHALLY Cc: Ajay Kumar Gupta Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 24300d8a1bc..a28eb259257 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -313,6 +313,10 @@ struct usb_bus { int busnum; /* Bus number (in order of reg) */ const char *bus_name; /* stable id (PCI slot_name etc) */ u8 uses_dma; /* Does the host controller use DMA? */ + u8 uses_pio_for_control; /* + * Does the host controller use PIO + * for control transfers? + */ u8 otg_port; /* 0, or number of OTG/HNP port */ unsigned is_b_host:1; /* true during some HNP roleswitches */ unsigned b_hnp_enable:1; /* OTG: did A-Host enable HNP? */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9a1f8b34aa539000da17a06235e4bec254d0bfb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Laurent Pinchart Date: Fri, 24 Sep 2010 10:16:44 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l: Remove module_name argument to the v4l2_i2c_new_subdev* functions The argument isn't used anymore by the functions, remove it. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-common.h | 16 ++++++---------- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-common.h b/include/media/v4l2-common.h index 41dd480e45f..239125af3ea 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-common.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-common.h @@ -137,31 +137,27 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_ops; /* Load an i2c module and return an initialized v4l2_subdev struct. - Only call request_module if module_name != NULL. The client_type argument is the name of the chip that's on the adapter. */ struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_cfg(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - struct i2c_adapter *adapter, - const char *module_name, const char *client_type, + struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type, int irq, void *platform_data, u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs); /* Load an i2c module and return an initialized v4l2_subdev struct. - Only call request_module if module_name != NULL. The client_type argument is the name of the chip that's on the adapter. */ static inline struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - struct i2c_adapter *adapter, - const char *module_name, const char *client_type, + struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type, u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs) { - return v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_cfg(v4l2_dev, adapter, module_name, - client_type, 0, NULL, addr, probe_addrs); + return v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_cfg(v4l2_dev, adapter, client_type, 0, NULL, + addr, probe_addrs); } struct i2c_board_info; struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *module_name, - struct i2c_board_info *info, const unsigned short *probe_addrs); + struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info, + const unsigned short *probe_addrs); /* Initialize an v4l2_subdev with data from an i2c_client struct */ void v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client, -- cgit v1.2.3 From eb06acdc85585f28864261f28659157848762ee4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sridhar Samudrala Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 13:10:50 +0000 Subject: macvlan: Introduce 'passthru' mode to takeover the underlying device With the current default 'vepa' mode, a KVM guest using virtio with macvtap backend has the following limitations. - cannot change/add a mac address on the guest virtio-net - cannot create a vlan device on the guest virtio-net - cannot enable promiscuous mode on guest virtio-net To address these limitations, this patch introduces a new mode called 'passthru' when creating a macvlan device which allows takeover of the underlying device and passing it to a guest using virtio with macvtap backend. Only one macvlan device is allowed in passthru mode and it inherits the mac address from the underlying device and sets it in promiscuous mode to receive and forward all the packets. Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2e02e4d7b11..6485d2a89be 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ enum macvlan_mode { MACVLAN_MODE_PRIVATE = 1, /* don't talk to other macvlans */ MACVLAN_MODE_VEPA = 2, /* talk to other ports through ext bridge */ MACVLAN_MODE_BRIDGE = 4, /* talk to bridge ports directly */ + MACVLAN_MODE_PASSTHRU = 8,/* take over the underlying device */ }; /* SR-IOV virtual function management section */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d8638d4038eb8709edc80e37a0bbb77253d86e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Klaffenbach Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 21:25:21 -0600 Subject: ssb: b43-pci-bridge: Add new vendor for BCM4318 Add new vendor for Broadcom 4318. Signed-off-by: Daniel Klaffenbach Signed-off-by: Larry Finger Cc: Stable Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index d278dd9cb76..f29c25ede70 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -2043,6 +2043,7 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AFAVLAB_P030 0x2182 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_AFAVLAB_P061 0x2150 +#define PCI_VENDOR_ID_BCM_GVC 0x14a4 #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_BROADCOM 0x14e4 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_TIGON3_5752 0x1600 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_TIGON3_5752M 0x1601 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b2e253cf300c5e33f49b7dd8b593bfc722177401 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 21:46:09 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: Fix regulatory bug with multiple cards and delays When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a request as the last request it was already the currently set regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory domain since the alpha2 would match. We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically, and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed. In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam. This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known regression. Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request. This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2) and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter options. This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this CRDA delayer: #!/bin/bash echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log sleep 2 /sbin/crda.orig And these regulatory tests: modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2 modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3 Reported-by: Mark Mentovai Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Tested-by: Mark Mentovai Tested-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/regulatory.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/regulatory.h b/include/net/regulatory.h index 9e103a4e91e..356d6e3dc20 100644 --- a/include/net/regulatory.h +++ b/include/net/regulatory.h @@ -43,6 +43,12 @@ enum environment_cap { * @intersect: indicates whether the wireless core should intersect * the requested regulatory domain with the presently set regulatory * domain. + * @processed: indicates whether or not this requests has already been + * processed. When the last request is processed it means that the + * currently regulatory domain set on cfg80211 is updated from + * CRDA and can be used by other regulatory requests. When a + * the last request is not yet processed we must yield until it + * is processed before processing any new requests. * @country_ie_checksum: checksum of the last processed and accepted * country IE * @country_ie_env: lets us know if the AP is telling us we are outdoor, @@ -54,6 +60,7 @@ struct regulatory_request { enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator; char alpha2[2]; bool intersect; + bool processed; enum environment_cap country_ie_env; struct list_head list; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 293bb1c41b728d4aa248fe8a0acd2b9066ff5c34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Giuseppe CAVALLARO Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 02:38:05 +0000 Subject: stmmac: add init/exit callback in plat_stmmacenet_data struct This patch adds in the plat_stmmacenet_data the init and exit callbacks that can be used for invoking specific platform functions. For example, on ST targets, these call the PAD manager functions to set PIO lines and syscfg registers. The patch removes the stmmac_claim_resource only used on STM Kernels as well. Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/stmmac.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/stmmac.h b/include/linux/stmmac.h index d66c61774d9..e1035291569 100644 --- a/include/linux/stmmac.h +++ b/include/linux/stmmac.h @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ struct plat_stmmacenet_data { int pmt; void (*fix_mac_speed)(void *priv, unsigned int speed); void (*bus_setup)(void __iomem *ioaddr); -#ifdef CONFIG_STM_DRIVERS - struct stm_pad_config *pad_config; -#endif + int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void *custom_cfg; void *bsp_priv; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 456b61bca8ee324ab6c18b065e632c9a8c88aa39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 13:12:15 +0000 Subject: ipv6: mcast: RCU conversion ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock. readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore. struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace period. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ipv6.h | 2 +- include/net/if_inet6.h | 3 ++- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ipv6.h b/include/linux/ipv6.h index 8e429d0e040..0c997767429 100644 --- a/include/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/linux/ipv6.h @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ struct ipv6_pinfo { __u32 dst_cookie; - struct ipv6_mc_socklist *ipv6_mc_list; + struct ipv6_mc_socklist __rcu *ipv6_mc_list; struct ipv6_ac_socklist *ipv6_ac_list; struct ipv6_fl_socklist *ipv6_fl_list; diff --git a/include/net/if_inet6.h b/include/net/if_inet6.h index f95ff8d9aa4..04977eefb0e 100644 --- a/include/net/if_inet6.h +++ b/include/net/if_inet6.h @@ -89,10 +89,11 @@ struct ip6_sf_socklist { struct ipv6_mc_socklist { struct in6_addr addr; int ifindex; - struct ipv6_mc_socklist *next; + struct ipv6_mc_socklist __rcu *next; rwlock_t sflock; unsigned int sfmode; /* MCAST_{INCLUDE,EXCLUDE} */ struct ip6_sf_socklist *sflist; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; struct ip6_sf_list { -- cgit v1.2.3 From bba14de98753cb6599a2dae0e520714b2153522d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 14:09:15 +0000 Subject: scm: lower SCM_MAX_FD Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure) scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate needed size. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/scm.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/scm.h b/include/net/scm.h index 31656506d96..745460fa2f0 100644 --- a/include/net/scm.h +++ b/include/net/scm.h @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ /* Well, we should have at least one descriptor open * to accept passed FDs 8) */ -#define SCM_MAX_FD 255 +#define SCM_MAX_FD 253 struct scm_fp_list { struct list_head list; - int count; + short count; + short max; struct file *fp[SCM_MAX_FD]; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3853b5841c01a3f492fe137afaad9c209e5162c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:29 +0000 Subject: xps: Improvements in TX queue selection In dev_pick_tx, don't do work in calculating queue index or setting the index in the sock unless the device has more than one queue. This allows the sock to be set only with a queue index of a multi-queue device which is desirable if device are stacked like in a tunnel. We also allow the mapping of a socket to queue to be changed. To maintain in order packet transmission a flag (ooo_okay) has been added to the sk_buff structure. If a transport layer sets this flag on a packet, the transmit queue can be changed for the socket. Presumably, the transport would set this if there was no possbility of creating OOO packets (for instance, there are no packets in flight for the socket). This patch includes the modification in TCP output for setting this flag. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index e6ba898de61..19f37a6ee6c 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -386,9 +386,10 @@ struct sk_buff { #else __u8 deliver_no_wcard:1; #endif + __u8 ooo_okay:1; kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags2); - /* 0/14 bit hole */ + /* 0/13 bit hole */ #ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA dma_cookie_t dma_cookie; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d24eb4815d1e0e8b451ecc546645f8ef1176d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:27 +0000 Subject: xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index b45c1b8b1d1..badf9285fe0 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -503,6 +503,10 @@ struct netdev_queue { struct Qdisc *qdisc; unsigned long state; struct Qdisc *qdisc_sleeping; +#ifdef CONFIG_RPS + struct kobject kobj; +#endif + /* * write mostly part */ @@ -529,6 +533,30 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) + /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -1016,6 +1044,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; + struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb14354017272ddac002e859a2711610b6af174 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "John W. Linville" Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 16:18:36 -0500 Subject: Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average" This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae. This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 -- include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ---- 2 files changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1ce3775e9e2..037b4e49889 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,7 +1161,6 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) - * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1179,7 +1178,6 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, - NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 69e2364889f..8fd9eebd0cc 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -424,7 +424,6 @@ struct station_parameters { * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled - * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled */ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0, @@ -440,7 +439,6 @@ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10, STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11, STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12, - STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13, }; /** @@ -487,7 +485,6 @@ struct rate_info { * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @signal: signal strength of last received packet in dBm - * @signal_avg: signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets received from this station * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station @@ -508,7 +505,6 @@ struct station_info { u16 plid; u8 plink_state; s8 signal; - s8 signal_avg; struct rate_info txrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd5b4cc71cd09c33e1579cc6d5720656e94e52de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 20:58:24 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling - store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value (reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath) - validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ++-- include/net/mac80211.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 91f099556ac..dd4c43f512e 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured * after joining * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS - * @mcast_rate: multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) + * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) */ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u8 *ssid; @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u32 basic_rates; bool channel_fixed; bool privacy; - int mcast_rate; + int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; }; /** diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 5b0fff2178b..08e97e5d03f 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an * index into the rate table configured by the driver in * the current band. - * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for AP and Ad-Hoc (in 100 kbps) + * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not * @channel_type: Channel type for this BSS -- the hardware might be @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { u16 assoc_capability; u64 timestamp; u32 basic_rates; - u32 mcast_rate; + int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; u16 ht_operation_mode; s32 cqm_rssi_thold; u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 79b1c460a0b55e55981c25c56597c4d5d2872de3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 14:34:41 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 08e97e5d03f..eaa4affd40c 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1745,6 +1745,13 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * completion of the channel switch. * * @napi_poll: Poll Rx queue for incoming data frames. + * + * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. + * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may + * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL + * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). + * + * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). */ struct ieee80211_ops { int (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c063dbf52b998b852122dff07a8b8dd430b38437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 08:10:05 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: allow using CQM event to notify packet loss This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events to notify about packet loss for specific stations (which could be the AP for the managed mode case). Since the threshold might be determined by the driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be passed out of the driver to userspace in the event. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 3 +++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e49889..d706bf3badc 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1819,6 +1819,8 @@ enum nl80211_ps_state { * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event + * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many + * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1827,6 +1829,7 @@ enum nl80211_attr_cqm { NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, + NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, /* keep last */ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index dd4c43f512e..0663945cfa4 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -2601,6 +2601,18 @@ void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, gfp_t gfp); +/** + * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer + * @dev: network device + * @peer: peer's MAC address + * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold + * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent + * threshold (to account for temporary interference) + * @gfp: context flags + */ +void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, + const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); + /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a782d688e9c6f9ca9a7a9a28e8e2876969ddef53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 10:05:22 +0000 Subject: mmc: sh_mmcif: add DMA support The MMCIF controller on sh-mobile platforms can use the DMA controller for data transfers. Interface to the SH dmaengine driver to enable DMA. We also have to lower the maximum number of segments to match with the number od DMA descriptors on SuperH, this doesn't significantly affect driver's PIO performance. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 15 +++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index a6bfa529649..f216a8879b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ #ifndef __SH_MMCIF_H__ #define __SH_MMCIF_H__ -#include #include +#include +#include /* * MMCIF : CE_CLK_CTRL [19:16] @@ -31,13 +32,19 @@ * 1111 : Peripheral clock (sup_pclk set '1') */ +struct sh_mmcif_dma { + struct sh_dmae_slave chan_priv_tx; + struct sh_dmae_slave chan_priv_rx; +}; + struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { void (*set_pwr)(struct platform_device *pdev, int state); void (*down_pwr)(struct platform_device *pdev); int (*get_cd)(struct platform_device *pdef); - u8 sup_pclk; /* 1 :SH7757, 0: SH7724/SH7372 */ - unsigned long caps; - u32 ocr; + struct sh_mmcif_dma *dma; + u8 sup_pclk; /* 1 :SH7757, 0: SH7724/SH7372 */ + unsigned long caps; + u32 ocr; }; #define MMCIF_CE_CMD_SET 0x00000000 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6d803ba736abb5e122dede70a4720e4843dd6df4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Christop PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 10:04:33 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6483/1: arm & sh: factorised duplicated clkdev.c factorise some generic infrastructure to assist looking up struct clks for the ARM & SH architecture. as the code is identical at 99% put the arch specific code for allocation as example in asm/clkdev.h Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Acked-by: Paul Mundt Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/clkdev.h | 36 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/clkdev.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/clkdev.h b/include/linux/clkdev.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..457bcb0a310 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/clkdev.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * include/linux/clkdev.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Russell King. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * Helper for the clk API to assist looking up a struct clk. + */ +#ifndef __CLKDEV_H +#define __CLKDEV_H + +#include + +struct clk; +struct device; + +struct clk_lookup { + struct list_head node; + const char *dev_id; + const char *con_id; + struct clk *clk; +}; + +struct clk_lookup *clkdev_alloc(struct clk *clk, const char *con_id, + const char *dev_fmt, ...); + +void clkdev_add(struct clk_lookup *cl); +void clkdev_drop(struct clk_lookup *cl); + +void clkdev_add_table(struct clk_lookup *, size_t); +int clk_add_alias(const char *, const char *, char *, struct device *); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 65500fa94aaeb3475e39c0c5180f188014164ca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Walleij Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 13:06:59 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6467/1: amba: optional PrimeCell core voltage switch On some contemporary sub-micron SoCs, peripherals on the chip have power domain switches, i.e. the voltage to the core may be turned off to conserve power. In the Ux500 we have this for out PrimeCell derivates. This patch makes it possible to specify an (optional) regulator to handle the voltage domain switch on AMBA PrimeCells, modeled very similar to how block clocks are handled. Additional amba_vcore_[enable|disable] calls are supplied to make it possible introduce optional powering off of the core voltage. Using this will require code to spool/unspool any core HW state. Cc: Rabin Vincent Cc: Bengt Jonsson Cc: Jonas Aaberg Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/bus.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/bus.h b/include/linux/amba/bus.h index c6454cca044..9e7f259346e 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/bus.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/bus.h @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #define AMBA_NR_IRQS 2 #define AMBA_CID 0xb105f00d @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ struct amba_device { struct device dev; struct resource res; struct clk *pclk; + struct regulator *vcore; u64 dma_mask; unsigned int periphid; unsigned int irq[AMBA_NR_IRQS]; @@ -71,6 +73,12 @@ void amba_release_regions(struct amba_device *); #define amba_pclk_disable(d) \ do { if (!IS_ERR((d)->pclk)) clk_disable((d)->pclk); } while (0) +#define amba_vcore_enable(d) \ + (IS_ERR((d)->vcore) ? 0 : regulator_enable((d)->vcore)) + +#define amba_vcore_disable(d) \ + do { if (!IS_ERR((d)->vcore)) regulator_disable((d)->vcore); } while (0) + /* Some drivers don't use the struct amba_device */ #define AMBA_CONFIG_BITS(a) (((a) >> 24) & 0xff) #define AMBA_REV_BITS(a) (((a) >> 20) & 0x0f) -- cgit v1.2.3 From dddd3379a619a4cb8247bfd3c94ca9ae3797aa2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 10:05:55 +0100 Subject: perf: Fix inherit vs. context rotation bug It was found that sometimes children of tasks with inherited events had one extra event. Eventually it turned out to be due to the list rotation no being exclusive with the list iteration in the inheritance code. Cure this by temporarily disabling the rotation while we inherit the events. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: Cc: Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 40150f34598..142e3d6042c 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -850,6 +850,7 @@ struct perf_event_context { int nr_active; int is_active; int nr_stat; + int rotate_disable; atomic_t refcount; struct task_struct *task; -- cgit v1.2.3 From ee6dcfa40a50fe12a3ae0fb4d2653c66c3ed6556 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 13:49:04 +0100 Subject: perf: Fix the software context switch counter Stephane noticed that because the perf_sw_event() call is inside the perf_event_task_sched_out() call it won't get called unless we have a per-task counter. Reported-by: Stephane Eranian Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 29 +++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 142e3d6042c..de2c41758e2 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -909,20 +909,6 @@ extern int perf_num_counters(void); extern const char *perf_pmu_name(void); extern void __perf_event_task_sched_in(struct task_struct *task); extern void __perf_event_task_sched_out(struct task_struct *task, struct task_struct *next); - -extern atomic_t perf_task_events; - -static inline void perf_event_task_sched_in(struct task_struct *task) -{ - COND_STMT(&perf_task_events, __perf_event_task_sched_in(task)); -} - -static inline -void perf_event_task_sched_out(struct task_struct *task, struct task_struct *next) -{ - COND_STMT(&perf_task_events, __perf_event_task_sched_out(task, next)); -} - extern int perf_event_init_task(struct task_struct *child); extern void perf_event_exit_task(struct task_struct *child); extern void perf_event_free_task(struct task_struct *task); @@ -1031,6 +1017,21 @@ have_event: __perf_sw_event(event_id, nr, nmi, regs, addr); } +extern atomic_t perf_task_events; + +static inline void perf_event_task_sched_in(struct task_struct *task) +{ + COND_STMT(&perf_task_events, __perf_event_task_sched_in(task)); +} + +static inline +void perf_event_task_sched_out(struct task_struct *task, struct task_struct *next) +{ + perf_sw_event(PERF_COUNT_SW_CONTEXT_SWITCHES, 1, 1, NULL, 0); + + COND_STMT(&perf_task_events, __perf_event_task_sched_out(task, next)); +} + extern void perf_event_mmap(struct vm_area_struct *vma); extern struct perf_guest_info_callbacks *perf_guest_cbs; extern int perf_register_guest_info_callbacks(struct perf_guest_info_callbacks *callbacks); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 335d7afbfb71faac833734a94240c1e07cf0ead8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerald Schaefer Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 15:47:36 +0100 Subject: mutexes, sched: Introduce arch_mutex_cpu_relax() The spinning mutex implementation uses cpu_relax() in busy loops as a compiler barrier. Depending on the architecture, cpu_relax() may do more than needed in this specific mutex spin loops. On System z we also give up the time slice of the virtual cpu in cpu_relax(), which prevents effective spinning on the mutex. This patch replaces cpu_relax() in the spinning mutex code with arch_mutex_cpu_relax(), which can be defined by each architecture that selects HAVE_ARCH_MUTEX_CPU_RELAX. The default is still cpu_relax(), so this patch should not affect other architectures than System z for now. Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290437256.7455.4.camel@thinkpad> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/mutex.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mutex.h b/include/linux/mutex.h index f363bc8fdc7..94b48bd40dd 100644 --- a/include/linux/mutex.h +++ b/include/linux/mutex.h @@ -160,4 +160,8 @@ extern int mutex_trylock(struct mutex *lock); extern void mutex_unlock(struct mutex *lock); extern int atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock(atomic_t *cnt, struct mutex *lock); +#ifndef CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_MUTEX_CPU_RELAX +#define arch_mutex_cpu_relax() cpu_relax() +#endif + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6c7e550f13f8ad82efb6a5653ae628c2543c1768 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Franck Bui-Huu Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 16:21:43 +0100 Subject: perf: Introduce is_sampling_event() and use it when appropriate. Signed-off-by: Franck Bui-Huu Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290525705-6265-1-git-send-email-fbuihuu@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index de2c41758e2..cbf04cc1e63 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -969,6 +969,11 @@ extern int perf_event_overflow(struct perf_event *event, int nmi, struct perf_sample_data *data, struct pt_regs *regs); +static inline bool is_sampling_event(struct perf_event *event) +{ + return event->attr.sample_period != 0; +} + /* * Return 1 for a software event, 0 for a hardware event */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 004417a6d468e24399e383645c068b498eed84ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 18:38:29 +0100 Subject: perf, arch: Cleanup perf-pmu init vs lockup-detector The perf hardware pmu got initialized at various points in the boot, some before early_initcall() some after (notably arch_initcall). The problem is that the NMI lockup detector is ran from early_initcall() and expects the hardware pmu to be present. Sanitize this by moving all architecture hardware pmu implementations to initialize at early_initcall() and move the lockup detector to an explicit initcall right after that. Cc: paulus Cc: davem Cc: Michael Cree Cc: Deng-Cheng Zhu Acked-by: Paul Mundt Acked-by: Will Deacon Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290707759.2145.119.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 2c79e921a68..d2e63d1e725 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -316,6 +316,7 @@ extern int proc_dowatchdog_thresh(struct ctl_table *table, int write, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos); extern unsigned int softlockup_panic; extern int softlockup_thresh; +void lockup_detector_init(void); #else static inline void touch_softlockup_watchdog(void) { @@ -326,6 +327,9 @@ static inline void touch_softlockup_watchdog_sync(void) static inline void touch_all_softlockup_watchdogs(void) { } +static inline void lockup_detector_init(void) +{ +} #endif #ifdef CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf7afbfeb8ceb0187348d0a1a0db61305e25f05f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 01:31:54 +0000 Subject: rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already leaving the link behind in a undefined state. This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to commit the changes later. This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the validation function method will not be able to detect all error scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex and thus may change between validation and setting. Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and config blocks for address families which did not register a set function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without notifying the user. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/rtnetlink.h | 12 ++++++++---- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/rtnetlink.h b/include/net/rtnetlink.h index 35be0bbcd7d..4093ca78cf6 100644 --- a/include/net/rtnetlink.h +++ b/include/net/rtnetlink.h @@ -92,8 +92,10 @@ extern void rtnl_link_unregister(struct rtnl_link_ops *ops); * specific netlink attributes. * @get_link_af_size: Function to calculate size of address family specific * netlink attributes exlusive the container attribute. - * @parse_link_af: Function to parse a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute and modify - * net_device accordingly. + * @validate_link_af: Validate a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute, must check attr + * for invalid configuration settings. + * @set_link_af: Function to parse a IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute and modify + * net_device accordingly. */ struct rtnl_af_ops { struct list_head list; @@ -103,8 +105,10 @@ struct rtnl_af_ops { const struct net_device *dev); size_t (*get_link_af_size)(const struct net_device *dev); - int (*parse_link_af)(struct net_device *dev, - const struct nlattr *attr); + int (*validate_link_af)(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct nlattr *attr); + int (*set_link_af)(struct net_device *dev, + const struct nlattr *attr); }; extern int __rtnl_af_register(struct rtnl_af_ops *ops); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5584b8078a60e34ec7d37c9b67a0f3d389a1a2f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 23:00:42 +0000 Subject: sctp: kill unused macro definition These macros have been existed for several years since v2.6.12-rc2. But they never be used. So remove them now. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sctp/constants.h | 14 -------------- 1 file changed, 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sctp/constants.h b/include/net/sctp/constants.h index 63908840eef..c70d8ccc55c 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/constants.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/constants.h @@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ enum { SCTP_DEFAULT_INSTREAMS = SCTP_MAX_STREAM }; * symbols. CIDs are dense through SCTP_CID_BASE_MAX. */ #define SCTP_CID_BASE_MAX SCTP_CID_SHUTDOWN_COMPLETE -#define SCTP_CID_MAX SCTP_CID_ASCONF_ACK #define SCTP_NUM_BASE_CHUNK_TYPES (SCTP_CID_BASE_MAX + 1) @@ -86,9 +85,6 @@ typedef enum { } sctp_event_t; -#define SCTP_EVENT_T_MAX SCTP_EVENT_T_PRIMITIVE -#define SCTP_EVENT_T_NUM (SCTP_EVENT_T_MAX + 1) - /* As a convenience for the state machine, we append SCTP_EVENT_* and * SCTP_ULP_* to the list of possible chunks. */ @@ -162,9 +158,6 @@ SCTP_SUBTYPE_CONSTRUCTOR(PRIMITIVE, sctp_event_primitive_t, primitive) - (unsigned long)(c->chunk_hdr)\ - sizeof(sctp_data_chunk_t))) -#define SCTP_MAX_ERROR_CAUSE SCTP_ERROR_NONEXIST_IP -#define SCTP_NUM_ERROR_CAUSE 10 - /* Internal error codes */ typedef enum { @@ -266,7 +259,6 @@ enum { SCTP_ARBITRARY_COOKIE_ECHO_LEN = 200 }; #define SCTP_TSN_MAP_INITIAL BITS_PER_LONG #define SCTP_TSN_MAP_INCREMENT SCTP_TSN_MAP_INITIAL #define SCTP_TSN_MAP_SIZE 4096 -#define SCTP_TSN_MAX_GAP 65535 /* We will not record more than this many duplicate TSNs between two * SACKs. The minimum PMTU is 576. Remove all the headers and there @@ -301,9 +293,6 @@ enum { SCTP_MAX_GABS = 16 }; #define SCTP_CLOCK_GRANULARITY 1 /* 1 jiffy */ -#define SCTP_DEF_MAX_INIT 6 -#define SCTP_DEF_MAX_SEND 10 - #define SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_LIFE (60 * 1000) /* 60 seconds */ #define SCTP_DEFAULT_MINWINDOW 1500 /* default minimum rwnd size */ @@ -317,9 +306,6 @@ enum { SCTP_MAX_GABS = 16 }; */ #define SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT 512 /* MTU size ... if no mtu disc */ #define SCTP_HOW_MANY_SECRETS 2 /* How many secrets I keep */ -#define SCTP_HOW_LONG_COOKIE_LIVE 3600 /* How many seconds the current - * secret will live? - */ #define SCTP_SECRET_SIZE 32 /* Number of octets in a 256 bits. */ #define SCTP_SIGNATURE_SIZE 20 /* size of a SLA-1 signature */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a0d2268d259886f0c87131639d19eb4a67b4532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 10:42:02 +0000 Subject: net: add netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped When testing struct netdev_queue state against FROZEN bit, we also test XOFF bit. We can test both bits at once and save some cycles. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index badf9285fe0..7c6ae2f4b9a 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -493,6 +493,8 @@ static inline void napi_synchronize(const struct napi_struct *n) enum netdev_queue_state_t { __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF, __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, +#define QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN ((1 << __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF) | \ + (1 << __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN)) }; struct netdev_queue { @@ -1629,9 +1631,9 @@ static inline int netif_queue_stopped(const struct net_device *dev) return netif_tx_queue_stopped(netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, 0)); } -static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) +static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) { - return test_bit(__QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, &dev_queue->state); + return dev_queue->state & QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN; } /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5595a1a5997953dbd8c5df7c2f7d4b3a2eb2be4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: andrew hendry Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 02:18:15 +0000 Subject: X25 remove bkl in subscription ioctls Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/x25.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/x25.h b/include/net/x25.h index 1479cb4a41f..a06119a0512 100644 --- a/include/net/x25.h +++ b/include/net/x25.h @@ -315,6 +315,8 @@ extern struct list_head x25_route_list; extern rwlock_t x25_route_list_lock; extern struct list_head x25_forward_list; extern rwlock_t x25_forward_list_lock; +extern struct list_head x25_neigh_list; +extern rwlock_t x25_neigh_list_lock; extern int x25_proc_init(void); extern void x25_proc_exit(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From aa285b1740f5b13e5a2606a927f3129954583d78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Timo=20Ter=C3=A4s?= Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 04:03:45 +0000 Subject: xfrm: fix gre key endianess MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit fl->fl_gre_key is network byte order contrary to fl->fl_icmp_*. Make xfrm_flowi_{s|d}port return network byte order values for gre key too. Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/xfrm.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index 54b28322948..7fa5b005893 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_sport(struct flowi *fl) port = htons(fl->fl_mh_type); break; case IPPROTO_GRE: - port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) >> 16; + port = htons(ntohl(fl->fl_gre_key) >> 16); break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ __be16 xfrm_flowi_dport(struct flowi *fl) port = htons(fl->fl_icmp_code); break; case IPPROTO_GRE: - port = htonl(fl->fl_gre_key) & 0xffff; + port = htons(ntohl(fl->fl_gre_key) & 0xffff); break; default: port = 0; /*XXX*/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c66fb347946ebdd5b10908866ecc9fa05ee2cf3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Torvalds Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 14:09:57 -0800 Subject: Export 'get_pipe_info()' to other users And in particular, use it in 'pipe_fcntl()'. The other pipe functions do not need to use the 'careful' version, since they are only ever called for things that are already known to be pipes. The normal read/write/ioctl functions are called through the file operations structures, so if a file isn't a pipe, they'd never get called. But pipe_fcntl() is special, and called directly from the generic fcntl code, and needs to use the same careful function that the splice code is using. Cc: Jens Axboe Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Al Viro Cc: Dave Jones Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h b/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h index 445796945ac..3c5ac314742 100644 --- a/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h +++ b/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h @@ -161,4 +161,16 @@ void generic_pipe_buf_release(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct pipe_buffer *); /* for F_SETPIPE_SZ and F_GETPIPE_SZ */ long pipe_fcntl(struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long arg); +/* + * After the inode slimming patch, i_pipe/i_bdev/i_cdev share the same + * location, so checking ->i_pipe is not enough to verify that this is a + * pipe. + */ +static inline struct pipe_inode_info *get_pipe_info(struct file *file) +{ + struct inode *i = file->f_path.dentry->d_inode; + + return S_ISFIFO(i->i_mode) ? i->i_pipe : NULL; +} + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 72083646528d4887b920deb71b37e09bc7d227bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Torvalds Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 16:27:19 -0800 Subject: Un-inline get_pipe_info() helper function This avoids some include-file hell, and the function isn't really important enough to be inlined anyway. Reported-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h | 13 +------------ 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h b/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h index 3c5ac314742..bb27d7ec2fb 100644 --- a/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h +++ b/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h @@ -160,17 +160,6 @@ void generic_pipe_buf_release(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct pipe_buffer *); /* for F_SETPIPE_SZ and F_GETPIPE_SZ */ long pipe_fcntl(struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long arg); - -/* - * After the inode slimming patch, i_pipe/i_bdev/i_cdev share the same - * location, so checking ->i_pipe is not enough to verify that this is a - * pipe. - */ -static inline struct pipe_inode_info *get_pipe_info(struct file *file) -{ - struct inode *i = file->f_path.dentry->d_inode; - - return S_ISFIFO(i->i_mode) ? i->i_pipe : NULL; -} +struct pipe_inode_info *get_pipe_info(struct file *file); #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From bf26414510103448ad3dc069c7422462f03ea3d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 08:36:09 +0000 Subject: xps: Add CONFIG_XPS This patch adds XPS_CONFIG option to enable and disable XPS. This is done in the same manner as RPS_CONFIG. This is also fixes build failure in XPS code when SMP is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 7c6ae2f4b9a..9ae4544f0cf 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -535,30 +535,6 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -/* - * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The - * map is an array of queues. - */ -struct xps_map { - unsigned int len; - unsigned int alloc_len; - struct rcu_head rcu; - u16 queues[0]; -}; -#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ - / sizeof(u16)) - -/* - * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. - */ -struct xps_dev_maps { - struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; -}; -#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ - (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) - /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -626,6 +602,32 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) +#endif /* CONFIG_XPS */ + /* * This structure defines the management hooks for network devices. * The following hooks can be defined; unless noted otherwise, they are @@ -1046,7 +1048,9 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; +#endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ae0affedce1d3e401991fbe7f2674753f0a7641 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 23:02:58 +0000 Subject: mmc, sh: Correct value for reset This resolves a regression that I introduced in "mmc, sh: Move constants to sh_mmcif.h". Having examined the manual and tested the code on an AP4EVB board it seems that the correct sequence is. 1) Write 1 to bit 31 and zeros to all other bits 2) Write zero to all bits Cc: Yusuke Goda Cc: Magnus Damm Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 9 +++------ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index a6bfa529649..342ec1a3868 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { /* CE_VERSION */ #define SOFT_RST_ON (1 << 31) -#define SOFT_RST_OFF ~SOFT_RST_ON +#define SOFT_RST_OFF 0 static inline u32 sh_mmcif_readl(void __iomem *addr, int reg) { @@ -168,12 +168,9 @@ static inline int sh_mmcif_boot_do_read(void __iomem *base, static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_init(void __iomem *base) { - unsigned long tmp; - /* reset */ - tmp = sh_mmcif_readl(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp | SOFT_RST_ON); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp & SOFT_RST_OFF); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, SOFT_RST_ON); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, SOFT_RST_OFF); /* byte swap */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BUF_ACC, BUF_ACC_ATYP); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 22efa0fee32d9e7f6f6fbc396a872b5708d86048 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 00:11:55 +0000 Subject: sh, mmc: Use defines when setting CE_CLK_CTRL The 16-19th bits of CE_CLK_CTRL set the MMC clock frequency. Cc: Yusuke Goda Cc: Magnus Damm Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 17 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index 342ec1a3868..ffabf8c0a53 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -70,6 +70,9 @@ struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { #define CLK_ENABLE (1 << 24) /* 1: output mmc clock */ #define CLK_CLEAR ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) #define CLK_SUP_PCLK ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) +#define CLKDIV_4 (1<<16) /* mmc clock frequency. + * n: bus clock/(2^(n+1)) */ +#define CLKDIV_256 (7<<16) /* mmc clock frequency. (see above) */ #define SRSPTO_256 ((1 << 13) | (0 << 12)) /* resp timeout */ #define SRBSYTO_29 ((1 << 11) | (1 << 10) | \ (1 << 9) | (1 << 8)) /* resp busy timeout */ @@ -178,14 +181,10 @@ static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_init(void __iomem *base) /* Set block size in MMCIF hardware */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BLOCK_SET, SH_MMCIF_BBS); - /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz). - * It is unclear where 0x70000 comes from or if it is even needed. - * It is there for byte-compatibility with code that is known to - * work. - */ + /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz). */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, - CLK_ENABLE | SRSPTO_256 | SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | - SCCSTO_29 | 0x70000); + CLK_ENABLE | CLKDIV_256 | SRSPTO_256 | + SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | SCCSTO_29); /* CMD0 */ sh_mmcif_boot_cmd(base, 0x00000040, 0); @@ -210,7 +209,9 @@ static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_slurp(void __iomem *base, unsigned long tmp; /* In data transfer mode: Set clock to Bus clock/4 (about 20Mhz) */ - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, 0x01012fff); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, + CLK_ENABLE | CLKDIV_4 | SRSPTO_256 | + SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | SCCSTO_29); /* CMD9 - Get CSD */ sh_mmcif_boot_cmd(base, 0x09806000, 0x00010000); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 49b4a6546fac02f58784f0744e0f99a6562ccc03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 00:14:58 +0000 Subject: sctp: kill unused macros in head file 1. SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS,SCTP_CMD_MAX These two macros have never been used for several years since v2.6.12-rc2. 2.sctp_port_rover,sctp_port_alloc_lock The commit 063930 abandoned global variables of port_rover and port_alloc_lock, but still keep two macros to refer to them. So, remove them now. commit 06393009000779b00a558fd2f280882cc7dc2008 Author: Stephen Hemminger Date: Wed Oct 10 17:30:18 2007 -0700 [SCTP]: port randomization Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sctp/command.h | 3 --- include/net/sctp/structs.h | 2 -- 2 files changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sctp/command.h b/include/net/sctp/command.h index 2c55a7ea20a..c01dc99def0 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/command.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/command.h @@ -111,9 +111,6 @@ typedef enum { SCTP_CMD_LAST } sctp_verb_t; -#define SCTP_CMD_MAX (SCTP_CMD_LAST - 1) -#define SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS (SCTP_CMD_MAX + 1) - /* How many commands can you put in an sctp_cmd_seq_t? * This is a rather arbitrary number, ideally derived from a careful * analysis of the state functions, but in reality just taken from diff --git a/include/net/sctp/structs.h b/include/net/sctp/structs.h index 69fef4fb79c..cc9185ca8fd 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/structs.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/structs.h @@ -261,8 +261,6 @@ extern struct sctp_globals { #define sctp_assoc_hashsize (sctp_globals.assoc_hashsize) #define sctp_assoc_hashtable (sctp_globals.assoc_hashtable) #define sctp_port_hashsize (sctp_globals.port_hashsize) -#define sctp_port_rover (sctp_globals.port_rover) -#define sctp_port_alloc_lock (sctp_globals.port_alloc_lock) #define sctp_port_hashtable (sctp_globals.port_hashtable) #define sctp_local_addr_list (sctp_globals.local_addr_list) #define sctp_local_addr_lock (sctp_globals.addr_list_lock) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a41778694806ac1ccd4b1dafed1abef8d5ba98ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 21:43:02 +0000 Subject: xps: add __rcu annotations Avoid sparse warnings : add __rcu annotations and use rcu_dereference_protected() where necessary. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 9ae4544f0cf..4b0c7f3aa32 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ struct xps_map { */ struct xps_dev_maps { struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; + struct xps_map __rcu *cpu_map[0]; }; #define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ struct net_device { spinlock_t tx_global_lock; #ifdef CONFIG_XPS - struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + struct xps_dev_maps __rcu *xps_maps; #endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 25888e30319f8896fc656fc68643e6a078263060 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 04:11:39 +0000 Subject: af_unix: limit recursion level MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Its easy to eat all kernel memory and trigger NMI watchdog, using an exploit program that queues unix sockets on top of others. lkml ref : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/25/8 This mechanism is used in applications, one choice we have is to have a recursion limit. Other limits might be needed as well (if we queue other types of files), since the passfd mechanism is currently limited by socket receive queue sizes only. Add a recursion_level to unix socket, allowing up to 4 levels. Each time we send an unix socket through sendfd mechanism, we copy its recursion level (plus one) to receiver. This recursion level is cleared when socket receive queue is emptied. Reported-by: Марк Коренберг Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/af_unix.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/af_unix.h b/include/net/af_unix.h index 90c9e2872f2..18e5c3f6758 100644 --- a/include/net/af_unix.h +++ b/include/net/af_unix.h @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ extern void unix_inflight(struct file *fp); extern void unix_notinflight(struct file *fp); extern void unix_gc(void); extern void wait_for_unix_gc(void); +extern struct sock *unix_get_socket(struct file *filp); #define UNIX_HASH_SIZE 256 @@ -56,6 +57,7 @@ struct unix_sock { spinlock_t lock; unsigned int gc_candidate : 1; unsigned int gc_maybe_cycle : 1; + unsigned char recursion_level; struct socket_wq peer_wq; }; #define unix_sk(__sk) ((struct unix_sock *)__sk) -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7ca38dfe58c20cb1aa2ed9643187e8b194b5bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 10:02:29 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: extend mgmt-tx API for off-channel With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit a frame (typically an action frame) on another channel than the current channel. Enable this through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait for a response. A new command allows that wait to be aborted. However, allow userspace to specify whether or not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may actually want to use the same channel only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++----- include/net/cfg80211.h | 11 ++++++++--- 2 files changed, 28 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index d706bf3badc..5cfa579df47 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -358,11 +358,16 @@ * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and * optionally %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE) is used to indicate on - * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. This - * channel has to be the current channel (remain-on-channel or the - * operational channel). When called, this operation returns a cookie - * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the TX status event - * pertaining to the TX request. + * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. If this + * channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel or the + * operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel and + * transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time + * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation + * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the + * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. + * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this + * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait + * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies @@ -493,6 +498,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, + NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -828,6 +835,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * + * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be + * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match + * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this + * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an + * nl80211 capability flag. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1002,6 +1015,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 0663945cfa4..49a7c53a48c 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1134,7 +1134,9 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on * the duration value. - * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame + * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. + * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management + * frame on another channel * * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command * @@ -1291,10 +1293,13 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { u64 cookie); int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, - struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, bool offchan, enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, - bool channel_type_valid, + bool channel_type_valid, unsigned int wait, const u8 *buf, size_t len, u64 *cookie); + int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, + u64 cookie); int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, bool enabled, int timeout); -- cgit v1.2.3 From acfa747baf73922021a047f2d87a2d866f5dbab5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Slaby Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 10:16:54 +0100 Subject: TTY: open/hangup race fixup Like in the "TTY: don't allow reopen when ldisc is changing" patch, this one fixes a TTY WARNING as described in the option 1) there: 1) __tty_hangup from tty_ldisc_hangup to tty_ldisc_enable. During this section tty_lock is held. However tty_lock is temporarily dropped in the middle of the function by tty_ldisc_hangup. The fix is to introduce a new flag which we set during the unlocked window and check it in tty_reopen too. The flag is TTY_HUPPING and is cleared after TTY_HUPPED is set. While at it, remove duplicate TTY_HUPPED set_bit. The one after calling ops->hangup seems to be more correct. But anyway, we hold tty_lock, so there should be no difference. Also document the function it does that kind of crap. Nicely reproducible with two forked children: static void do_work(const char *tty) { if (signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN) == SIG_ERR) exit(1); setsid(); while (1) { int fd = open(tty, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); if (fd < 0) continue; if (ioctl(fd, TIOCSCTTY)) continue; if (vhangup()) continue; close(fd); } exit(0); } Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby Reported-by: Reported-by: Kyle McMartin Cc: Alan Cox Cc: stable Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/tty.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tty.h b/include/linux/tty.h index c7ea9bc8897..021bfd2f086 100644 --- a/include/linux/tty.h +++ b/include/linux/tty.h @@ -367,6 +367,7 @@ struct tty_file_private { #define TTY_HUPPED 18 /* Post driver->hangup() */ #define TTY_FLUSHING 19 /* Flushing to ldisc in progress */ #define TTY_FLUSHPENDING 20 /* Queued buffer flush pending */ +#define TTY_HUPPING 21 /* ->hangup() in progress */ #define TTY_WRITE_FLUSH(tty) tty_write_flush((tty)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24278d148316d2180be6df40e06db013d8b232b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Mon, 27 Sep 2010 17:25:23 -0700 Subject: rcu: priority boosting for TINY_PREEMPT_RCU Add priority boosting, but only for TINY_PREEMPT_RCU. This is enabled by the default-off RCU_BOOST kernel parameter. The priority to which to boost preempted RCU readers is controlled by the RCU_BOOST_PRIO kernel parameter (defaulting to real-time priority 1) and the time to wait before boosting the readers blocking a given grace period is controlled by the RCU_BOOST_DELAY kernel parameter (defaulting to 500 milliseconds). Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/init_task.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/sched.h | 11 +++++++++-- 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 2fea6c8ef6b..69f91aacdee 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -81,6 +81,12 @@ extern struct group_info init_groups; */ # define CAP_INIT_BSET CAP_FULL_SET +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST +#define INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() \ + .rcu_boost_mutex = NULL, +#else +#define INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU #define INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() \ .rcu_blocked_node = NULL, @@ -92,7 +98,8 @@ extern struct group_info init_groups; .rcu_read_lock_nesting = 0, \ .rcu_read_unlock_special = 0, \ .rcu_node_entry = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.rcu_node_entry), \ - INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() + INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() \ + INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() #else #define INIT_TASK_RCU_PREEMPT(tsk) #endif diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index e18473f0eb7..ed1a9bc52b2 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1210,6 +1210,9 @@ struct task_struct { #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU struct rcu_node *rcu_blocked_node; #endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST + struct rt_mutex *rcu_boost_mutex; +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST */ #if defined(CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS) || defined(CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT) struct sched_info sched_info; @@ -1745,7 +1748,8 @@ extern void thread_group_times(struct task_struct *p, cputime_t *ut, cputime_t * #ifdef CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU #define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_BLOCKED (1 << 0) /* blocked while in RCU read-side. */ -#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_NEED_QS (1 << 1) /* RCU core needs CPU response. */ +#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_BOOSTED (1 << 1) /* boosted while in RCU read-side. */ +#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_NEED_QS (1 << 2) /* RCU core needs CPU response. */ static inline void rcu_copy_process(struct task_struct *p) { @@ -1753,7 +1757,10 @@ static inline void rcu_copy_process(struct task_struct *p) p->rcu_read_unlock_special = 0; #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU p->rcu_blocked_node = NULL; -#endif +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST + p->rcu_boost_mutex = NULL; +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST */ INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->rcu_node_entry); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b27d5475f86186914e54e4a6bb994e9a985337b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lai Jiangshan Date: Thu, 21 Oct 2010 11:29:05 +0800 Subject: rcu,cleanup: move synchronize_sched_expedited() out of sched.c The first version of synchronize_sched_expedited() used the migration code in the scheduler, and was therefore implemented in kernel/sched.c. However, the more recent version of this code no longer uses the migration code, so this commit moves it to the main RCU source files. Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 1 - include/linux/rcutiny.h | 5 +++++ include/linux/rcutree.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 7142ee3304a..49e8e16308e 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ extern void call_rcu_sched(struct rcu_head *head, extern void synchronize_sched(void); extern void rcu_barrier_bh(void); extern void rcu_barrier_sched(void); -extern void synchronize_sched_expedited(void); extern int sched_expedited_torture_stats(char *page); static inline void __rcu_read_lock_bh(void) diff --git a/include/linux/rcutiny.h b/include/linux/rcutiny.h index ea025a611fc..30ebd7c8d87 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutiny.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutiny.h @@ -60,6 +60,11 @@ static inline void synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(void) synchronize_sched(); } +static inline void synchronize_sched_expedited(void) +{ + synchronize_sched(); +} + #ifdef CONFIG_TINY_RCU static inline void rcu_preempt_note_context_switch(void) diff --git a/include/linux/rcutree.h b/include/linux/rcutree.h index c0e96833aa7..3a933482734 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutree.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutree.h @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ static inline void exit_rcu(void) #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ extern void synchronize_rcu_bh(void); +extern void synchronize_sched_expedited(void); extern void synchronize_rcu_expedited(void); static inline void synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(void) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9833c39400c3e6ee19daeded6910df648741611e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mika Westerberg Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:29:24 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6485/5: proc/vmcore - allow archs to override vmcore_elf_check_arch() Allow architectures to redefine this macro if needed. This is useful for example in architectures where 64-bit ELF vmcores are not supported. Specifying zero vmcore_elf64_check_arch() allows compiler to optimize away unnecessary parts of parse_crash_elf64_headers(). We also rename the macro to vmcore_elf64_check_arch() to reflect that it is used for 64-bit vmcores only. Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/crash_dump.h | 9 ++++++++- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/crash_dump.h b/include/linux/crash_dump.h index 0026f267da2..088cd4ace4e 100644 --- a/include/linux/crash_dump.h +++ b/include/linux/crash_dump.h @@ -20,7 +20,14 @@ extern ssize_t copy_oldmem_page(unsigned long, char *, size_t, #define vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x) 0 #endif -#define vmcore_elf_check_arch(x) (elf_check_arch(x) || vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x)) +/* + * Architecture code can redefine this if there are any special checks + * needed for 64-bit ELF vmcores. In case of 32-bit only architecture, + * this can be set to zero. + */ +#ifndef vmcore_elf64_check_arch +#define vmcore_elf64_check_arch(x) (elf_check_arch(x) || vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x)) +#endif /* * is_kdump_kernel() checks whether this kernel is booting after a panic of -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5091faa449ee0b7d73bc296a93bca9540fc51d0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Galbraith Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:18:03 +0100 Subject: sched: Add 'autogroup' scheduling feature: automated per session task groups A recurring complaint from CFS users is that parallel kbuild has a negative impact on desktop interactivity. This patch implements an idea from Linus, to automatically create task groups. Currently, only per session autogroups are implemented, but the patch leaves the way open for enhancement. Implementation: each task's signal struct contains an inherited pointer to a refcounted autogroup struct containing a task group pointer, the default for all tasks pointing to the init_task_group. When a task calls setsid(), a new task group is created, the process is moved into the new task group, and a reference to the preveious task group is dropped. Child processes inherit this task group thereafter, and increase it's refcount. When the last thread of a process exits, the process's reference is dropped, such that when the last process referencing an autogroup exits, the autogroup is destroyed. At runqueue selection time, IFF a task has no cgroup assignment, its current autogroup is used. Autogroup bandwidth is controllable via setting it's nice level through the proc filesystem: cat /proc//autogroup Displays the task's group and the group's nice level. echo > /proc//autogroup Sets the task group's shares to the weight of nice task. Setting nice level is rate limited for !admin users due to the abuse risk of task group locking. The feature is enabled from boot by default if CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP=y is selected, but can be disabled via the boot option noautogroup, and can also be turned on/off on the fly via: echo [01] > /proc/sys/kernel/sched_autogroup_enabled ... which will automatically move tasks to/from the root task group. Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith Acked-by: Linus Torvalds Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Markus Trippelsdorf Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: Paul Turner Cc: Oleg Nesterov [ Removed the task_group_path() debug code, and fixed !EVENTFD build failure. ] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar LKML-Reference: <1290281700.28711.9.camel@maggy.simson.net> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 23 +++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index a5b92c70c73..9c2d46da486 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -509,6 +509,8 @@ struct thread_group_cputimer { spinlock_t lock; }; +struct autogroup; + /* * NOTE! "signal_struct" does not have it's own * locking, because a shared signal_struct always @@ -576,6 +578,9 @@ struct signal_struct { struct tty_struct *tty; /* NULL if no tty */ +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP + struct autogroup *autogroup; +#endif /* * Cumulative resource counters for dead threads in the group, * and for reaped dead child processes forked by this group. @@ -1927,6 +1932,24 @@ int sched_rt_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_compat_yield; +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP +extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_autogroup_enabled; + +extern void sched_autogroup_create_attach(struct task_struct *p); +extern void sched_autogroup_detach(struct task_struct *p); +extern void sched_autogroup_fork(struct signal_struct *sig); +extern void sched_autogroup_exit(struct signal_struct *sig); +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +extern void proc_sched_autogroup_show_task(struct task_struct *p, struct seq_file *m); +extern int proc_sched_autogroup_set_nice(struct task_struct *p, int *nice); +#endif +#else +static inline void sched_autogroup_create_attach(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_detach(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_fork(struct signal_struct *sig) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_exit(struct signal_struct *sig) { } +#endif + #ifdef CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES extern int rt_mutex_getprio(struct task_struct *p); extern void rt_mutex_setprio(struct task_struct *p, int prio); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20ed3166c84d145589a89d8cde12aa32cf2d17f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Stezenbach Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 16:49:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index eaa4affd40c..e411cf87fb4 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2055,8 +2055,8 @@ static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls - * to this function and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed - * for a single hardware. + * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() + * may not be mixed for a single hardware. * * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call @@ -2064,14 +2064,34 @@ static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); +/** + * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) + * + * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. + * + * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and + * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed + * for a single hardware. + * + * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by + * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call + */ +static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + local_bh_disable(); + ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); + local_bh_enable(); +} + /** * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback * * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context * (internally defers to a tasklet.) * - * Calls to this function and ieee80211_tx_status() may not be mixed for a - * single hardware. + * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and + * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. * * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call -- cgit v1.2.3 From 582a72da9a41be9227dc931d728ae2906880a589 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 11:53:55 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Introduce inet_peer_address_t. Currently only the v4 aspect is used, but this will change. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 10 +++++++++- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index fe239bfe5f7..d7e60792d76 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -13,10 +13,18 @@ #include #include +typedef struct { + union { + __be32 a4; + __be32 a6[4]; + }; + __u16 family; +} inet_peer_address_t; + struct inet_peer { /* group together avl_left,avl_right,v4daddr to speedup lookups */ struct inet_peer __rcu *avl_left, *avl_right; - __be32 v4daddr; /* peer's address */ + inet_peer_address_t daddr; __u32 avl_height; struct list_head unused; __u32 dtime; /* the time of last use of not -- cgit v1.2.3 From b534ecf1cd26f094497da6ae28a6ab64cdbe1617 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 11:54:19 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Make inet_getpeer() take an inet_peer_adress_t pointer. And make an inet_getpeer_v4() helper, update callers. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 11 ++++++++++- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index d7e60792d76..834f0456c87 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -50,7 +50,16 @@ struct inet_peer { void inet_initpeers(void) __init; /* can be called with or without local BH being disabled */ -struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(__be32 daddr, int create); +struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(inet_peer_address_t *daddr, int create); + +static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) +{ + inet_peer_address_t daddr; + + daddr.a4 = v4daddr; + daddr.family = AF_INET; + return inet_getpeer(&daddr, create); +} /* can be called from BH context or outside */ extern void inet_putpeer(struct inet_peer *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 672f007d65f50468a4a1e55825fe58e5b035324d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 12:20:00 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Add inet_getpeer_v6() Now that all of the infrastructure is in place, we can add the ipv6 shorthand for peer creation. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index 834f0456c87..fb8aeb1fd23 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include typedef struct { @@ -61,6 +62,15 @@ static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) return inet_getpeer(&daddr, create); } +static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v6(struct in6_addr *v6daddr, int create) +{ + inet_peer_address_t daddr; + + ipv6_addr_copy((struct in6_addr *)daddr.a6, v6daddr); + daddr.family = AF_INET6; + return inet_getpeer(&daddr, create); +} + /* can be called from BH context or outside */ extern void inet_putpeer(struct inet_peer *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b3419363808f2481b24a817f491878e1795db4c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 12:27:11 -0800 Subject: ipv6: Add infrastructure to bind inet_peer objects to routes. They are only allowed on cached ipv6 routes. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip6_fib.h | 2 ++ include/net/ip6_route.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip6_fib.h b/include/net/ip6_fib.h index 062a823d311..708ff7cb880 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_fib.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_fib.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #ifdef CONFIG_IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES #define FIB6_TABLE_HASHSZ 256 @@ -109,6 +110,7 @@ struct rt6_info { u32 rt6i_metric; struct inet6_dev *rt6i_idev; + struct inet_peer *rt6i_peer; #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM u32 rt6i_flow_cache_genid; diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 278312c95f9..23fed28db4b 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -56,6 +56,9 @@ static inline unsigned int rt6_flags2srcprefs(int flags) return (flags >> 3) & 7; } +extern void rt6_bind_peer(struct rt6_info *rt, + int create); + extern void ip6_route_input(struct sk_buff *skb); extern struct dst_entry * ip6_route_output(struct net *net, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f419d2d487821093ee46e898b5f8747f9edc9cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 13:37:14 -0800 Subject: inet: Turn ->remember_stamp into ->get_peer in connection AF ops. Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp() that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement the ipv6 side of TW recycling. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet_connection_sock.h | 2 +- include/net/tcp.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h index e4f494b42e0..6c93a56cc95 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops { struct sock *(*syn_recv_sock)(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, struct request_sock *req, struct dst_entry *dst); - int (*remember_stamp)(struct sock *sk); + struct inet_peer *(*get_peer)(struct sock *sk, bool *release_it); u16 net_header_len; u16 sockaddr_len; int (*setsockopt)(struct sock *sk, int level, int optname, diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index e36c874c7fb..3e239641d4e 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ extern void tcp_shutdown (struct sock *sk, int how); extern int tcp_v4_rcv(struct sk_buff *skb); -extern int tcp_v4_remember_stamp(struct sock *sk); +extern struct inet_peer *tcp_v4_get_peer(struct sock *sk, bool *release_it); extern int tcp_v4_tw_remember_stamp(struct inet_timewait_sock *tw); extern int tcp_sendmsg(struct kiocb *iocb, struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t size); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c320c7b7d380e630f595de1236d9d085b035d5b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 12:50:11 -0200 Subject: perf events: Precalculate the header space for PERF_SAMPLE_ fields MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit PERF_SAMPLE_{CALLCHAIN,RAW} have variable lenghts per sample, but the others can be precalculated, reducing a bit the per sample cost. Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index cbf04cc1e63..adf6d993164 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -758,6 +758,8 @@ struct perf_event { u64 shadow_ctx_time; struct perf_event_attr attr; + u16 header_size; + u16 read_size; struct hw_perf_event hw; struct perf_event_context *ctx; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 498cb95175c29ed96bf32f30df2d11ec1c7f3879 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:11:49 -0800 Subject: OMAP: Serial: Define OMAP uart MDR1 reg and remove magic numbers Define MDR1 register serial definitions used in serial and bluetooth drivers. Change magic number to ones defined in serial_reg for omap1/2 serial driver. Remove redefined MDR1 register definitions in omap-serial driver. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Acked-by: G, Manjunath Kondaiah Acked-by: Govindraj.R Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren --- include/linux/serial_reg.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_reg.h b/include/linux/serial_reg.h index c7a0ce11cd4..6f3823474e6 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_reg.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_reg.h @@ -341,5 +341,17 @@ #define UART_OMAP_SYSS 0x16 /* System status register */ #define UART_OMAP_WER 0x17 /* Wake-up enable register */ +/* + * These are the definitions for the MDR1 register + */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_16X_MODE 0x00 /* UART 16x mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_SIR_MODE 0x01 /* SIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_16X_ABAUD_MODE 0x02 /* UART 16x auto-baud */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_13X_MODE 0x03 /* UART 13x mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_MIR_MODE 0x04 /* MIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_FIR_MODE 0x05 /* FIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_CIR_MODE 0x06 /* CIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_DISABLE 0x07 /* Disable (default state) */ + #endif /* _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 662b083a87a3489f3f19c6e0651c1b99b0de5df0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:11:49 -0800 Subject: omap: Serial: Define register access modes in LCR MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Access to some registers depends on register access mode Three different modes are available for OMAP (at least) • Operational mode LCR_REG[7] = 0x0 • Configuration mode A LCR_REG[7] = 0x1 and LCR_REG[7:0]! = 0xBF • Configuration mode B LCR_REG[7] = 0x1 and LCR_REG[7:0] = 0xBF Define access modes and remove redefinitions and magic numbers in serial drivers (and later in bluetooth driver). Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Acked-by: Govindraj.R Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren --- include/linux/serial_reg.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_reg.h b/include/linux/serial_reg.h index 6f3823474e6..3ecb71a9e50 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_reg.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_reg.h @@ -99,6 +99,13 @@ #define UART_LCR_WLEN7 0x02 /* Wordlength: 7 bits */ #define UART_LCR_WLEN8 0x03 /* Wordlength: 8 bits */ +/* + * Access to some registers depends on register access / configuration + * mode. + */ +#define UART_LCR_CONF_MODE_A UART_LCR_DLAB /* Configutation mode A */ +#define UART_LCR_CONF_MODE_B 0xBF /* Configutation mode B */ + #define UART_MCR 4 /* Out: Modem Control Register */ #define UART_MCR_CLKSEL 0x80 /* Divide clock by 4 (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */ #define UART_MCR_TCRTLR 0x40 /* Access TCR/TLR (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7fc56f0d9908fe140a01387d59954e3d0a2e7744 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Luo Andy Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 10:41:21 +0800 Subject: usb: gadget: langwell_udc: add usb test mode support This patch adds test mode support for Langwell gadget driver. Signed-off-by: Henry Yuan Signed-off-by: Andy Luo Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/ch9.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h index f917bbbc890..ab461948b57 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -123,6 +123,16 @@ #define USB_DEVICE_A_ALT_HNP_SUPPORT 5 /* (otg) other RH port does */ #define USB_DEVICE_DEBUG_MODE 6 /* (special devices only) */ +/* + * Test Mode Selectors + * See USB 2.0 spec Table 9-7 + */ +#define TEST_J 1 +#define TEST_K 2 +#define TEST_SE0_NAK 3 +#define TEST_PACKET 4 +#define TEST_FORCE_EN 5 + /* * New Feature Selectors as added by USB 3.0 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 9-6 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3c77f845722158206a7209c45ccddc264d19319c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oleg Nesterov Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 20:55:34 +0100 Subject: exec: make argv/envp memory visible to oom-killer Brad Spengler published a local memory-allocation DoS that evades the OOM-killer (though not the virtual memory RLIMIT): http://www.grsecurity.net/~spender/64bit_dos.c execve()->copy_strings() can allocate a lot of memory, but this is not visible to oom-killer, nobody can see the nascent bprm->mm and take it into account. With this patch get_arg_page() increments current's MM_ANONPAGES counter every time we allocate the new page for argv/envp. When do_execve() succeds or fails, we change this counter back. Technically this is not 100% correct, we can't know if the new page is swapped out and turn MM_ANONPAGES into MM_SWAPENTS, but I don't think this really matters and everything becomes correct once exec changes ->mm or fails. Reported-by: Brad Spengler Reviewed-and-discussed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/binfmts.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/binfmts.h b/include/linux/binfmts.h index a065612fc92..7c87796d20d 100644 --- a/include/linux/binfmts.h +++ b/include/linux/binfmts.h @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ struct linux_binprm{ char buf[BINPRM_BUF_SIZE]; #ifdef CONFIG_MMU struct vm_area_struct *vma; + unsigned long vma_pages; #else # define MAX_ARG_PAGES 32 struct page *page[MAX_ARG_PAGES]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 114279be2120a916e8a04feeb2ac976a10016f2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Oleg Nesterov Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 20:56:02 +0100 Subject: exec: copy-and-paste the fixes into compat_do_execve() paths Note: this patch targets 2.6.37 and tries to be as simple as possible. That is why it adds more copy-and-paste horror into fs/compat.c and uglifies fs/exec.c, this will be cleanuped later. compat_copy_strings() plays with bprm->vma/mm directly and thus has two problems: it lacks the RLIMIT_STACK check and argv/envp memory is not visible to oom killer. Export acct_arg_size() and get_arg_page(), change compat_copy_strings() to use get_arg_page(), change compat_do_execve() to do acct_arg_size(0) as do_execve() does. Add the fatal_signal_pending/cond_resched checks into compat_count() and compat_copy_strings(), this matches the code in fs/exec.c and certainly makes sense. Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/binfmts.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/binfmts.h b/include/linux/binfmts.h index 7c87796d20d..64a7114a939 100644 --- a/include/linux/binfmts.h +++ b/include/linux/binfmts.h @@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ struct linux_binprm{ unsigned long loader, exec; }; +extern void acct_arg_size(struct linux_binprm *bprm, unsigned long pages); +extern struct page *get_arg_page(struct linux_binprm *bprm, unsigned long pos, + int write); + #define BINPRM_FLAGS_ENFORCE_NONDUMP_BIT 0 #define BINPRM_FLAGS_ENFORCE_NONDUMP (1 << BINPRM_FLAGS_ENFORCE_NONDUMP_BIT) -- cgit v1.2.3 From b029ffafe89cf4b97cf39e0225a5205cbbf9e02f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hemanth V Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 23:03:54 -0800 Subject: Input: add CMA3000 accelerometer driver Add support for CMA3000 Tri-axis accelerometer, which supports Motion detect, Measurement and Free fall modes. CMA3000 supports both I2C/SPI bus for communication, currently the driver supports I2C based communication. Signed-off-by: Hemanth V Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron Reviewed-by: Sergio Aguirre Reviewed-by: Shubhrajyoti Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/linux/input/cma3000.h | 59 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 59 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/input/cma3000.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input/cma3000.h b/include/linux/input/cma3000.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cbbaac27d31 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/input/cma3000.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * VTI CMA3000_Dxx Accelerometer driver + * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments + * Author: Hemanth V + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by + * the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with + * this program. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef _LINUX_CMA3000_H +#define _LINUX_CMA3000_H + +#define CMAMODE_DEFAULT 0 +#define CMAMODE_MEAS100 1 +#define CMAMODE_MEAS400 2 +#define CMAMODE_MEAS40 3 +#define CMAMODE_MOTDET 4 +#define CMAMODE_FF100 5 +#define CMAMODE_FF400 6 +#define CMAMODE_POFF 7 + +#define CMARANGE_2G 2000 +#define CMARANGE_8G 8000 + +/** + * struct cma3000_i2c_platform_data - CMA3000 Platform data + * @fuzz_x: Noise on X Axis + * @fuzz_y: Noise on Y Axis + * @fuzz_z: Noise on Z Axis + * @g_range: G range in milli g i.e 2000 or 8000 + * @mode: Operating mode + * @mdthr: Motion detect threshold value + * @mdfftmr: Motion detect and free fall time value + * @ffthr: Free fall threshold value + */ + +struct cma3000_platform_data { + int fuzz_x; + int fuzz_y; + int fuzz_z; + int g_range; + uint8_t mode; + uint8_t mdthr; + uint8_t mdfftmr; + uint8_t ffthr; + unsigned long irqflags; +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0417596f66dd6621f4fd46563c7c56a95311dbe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bastien Nocera Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 23:33:05 -0800 Subject: Input: add keycodes for touchpad on/off keys Some laptops will have a "touchpad toggle" soft button, which expects user-space to turn off the touchpad themselves, some other devices will do this in hardware, but send key events telling us that the touchpad has been turned off/on. KEY_TOUCHPAD_ON/KEY_TOUCHPAD_OFF will be used by user-space to show a popup with the status of the touchpad. Signed-off-by: Bastien Nocera Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/linux/input.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 6ef44465db8..a50046f1537 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -624,6 +624,10 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define KEY_CAMERA_FOCUS 0x210 #define KEY_WPS_BUTTON 0x211 /* WiFi Protected Setup key */ +#define KEY_TOUCHPAD_TOGGLE 0x212 /* Request switch touchpad on or off */ +#define KEY_TOUCHPAD_ON 0x213 +#define KEY_TOUCHPAD_OFF 0x214 + #define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY 0x2c0 #define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY1 0x2c0 #define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY2 0x2c1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86b17f76f462db460d6d916e105a4c44cb353e36 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dmitry Torokhov Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 23:33:04 -0800 Subject: Input: document struct input_absinfo Add documentation for struct input_absinfo that is used in EVIOCGABS and EVIOCSABS ioctl and specify units of measure used for reporting resolution for an axis. Acked-by: Henrik Rydberg Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/linux/input.h | 21 ++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index a50046f1537..a8af21d42bc 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -47,6 +47,25 @@ struct input_id { __u16 version; }; +/** + * struct input_absinfo - used by EVIOCGABS/EVIOCSABS ioctls + * @value: latest reported value for the axis. + * @minimum: specifies minimum value for the axis. + * @maximum: specifies maximum value for the axis. + * @fuzz: specifies fuzz value that is used to filter noise from + * the event stream. + * @flat: values that are within this value will be discarded by + * joydev interface and reported as 0 instead. + * @resolution: specifies resolution for the values reported for + * the axis. + * + * Note that input core does not clamp reported values to the + * [minimum, maximum] limits, such task is left to userspace. + * + * Resolution for main axes (ABS_X, ABS_Y, ABS_Z) is reported in + * units per millimeter (units/mm), resolution for rotational axes + * (ABS_RX, ABS_RY, ABS_RZ) is reported in units per radian. + */ struct input_absinfo { __s32 value; __s32 minimum; @@ -1134,7 +1153,7 @@ struct input_mt_slot { * of tracked contacts * @mtsize: number of MT slots the device uses * @slot: MT slot currently being transmitted - * @absinfo: array of &struct absinfo elements holding information + * @absinfo: array of &struct input_absinfo elements holding information * about absolute axes (current value, min, max, flat, fuzz, * resolution) * @key: reflects current state of device's keys/buttons -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8348c259dd6a6019a8fa01b0a3443409480f7b9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 17:12:15 -0800 Subject: arm/pxa2xx: reorgazine SSP and SPI header files The PXA-SPI driver relies on some files / defines which are arm specific and are within the ARM tree. The CE4100 SoC which is x86 has also the SPI core. This patch moves the ssp and spi files from arm/mach-pxa and plat-pxa to include/linux where the CE4100 can access them. This move got verified by building the following defconfigs: cm_x2xx_defconfig corgi_defconfig em_x270_defconfig ezx_defconfig imote2_defconfig pxa3xx_defconfig spitz_defconfig zeus_defconfig raumfeld_defconfig magician_defconfig Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h | 187 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h | 49 +++++++++++ 2 files changed, 236 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h create mode 100644 include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84465d4a51b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * pxa2xx_ssp.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2003 Russell King, All Rights Reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This driver supports the following PXA CPU/SSP ports:- + * + * PXA250 SSP + * PXA255 SSP, NSSP + * PXA26x SSP, NSSP, ASSP + * PXA27x SSP1, SSP2, SSP3 + * PXA3xx SSP1, SSP2, SSP3, SSP4 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_SSP_H +#define __LINUX_SSP_H + +#include +#include + +/* + * SSP Serial Port Registers + * PXA250, PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x SSP controllers are all slightly different. + * PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x have extra ports, registers and bits. + */ + +#define SSCR0 (0x00) /* SSP Control Register 0 */ +#define SSCR1 (0x04) /* SSP Control Register 1 */ +#define SSSR (0x08) /* SSP Status Register */ +#define SSITR (0x0C) /* SSP Interrupt Test Register */ +#define SSDR (0x10) /* SSP Data Write/Data Read Register */ + +#define SSTO (0x28) /* SSP Time Out Register */ +#define SSPSP (0x2C) /* SSP Programmable Serial Protocol */ +#define SSTSA (0x30) /* SSP Tx Timeslot Active */ +#define SSRSA (0x34) /* SSP Rx Timeslot Active */ +#define SSTSS (0x38) /* SSP Timeslot Status */ +#define SSACD (0x3C) /* SSP Audio Clock Divider */ +#define SSACDD (0x40) /* SSP Audio Clock Dither Divider */ + +/* Common PXA2xx bits first */ +#define SSCR0_DSS (0x0000000f) /* Data Size Select (mask) */ +#define SSCR0_DataSize(x) ((x) - 1) /* Data Size Select [4..16] */ +#define SSCR0_FRF (0x00000030) /* FRame Format (mask) */ +#define SSCR0_Motorola (0x0 << 4) /* Motorola's Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) */ +#define SSCR0_TI (0x1 << 4) /* Texas Instruments' Synchronous Serial Protocol (SSP) */ +#define SSCR0_National (0x2 << 4) /* National Microwire */ +#define SSCR0_ECS (1 << 6) /* External clock select */ +#define SSCR0_SSE (1 << 7) /* Synchronous Serial Port Enable */ +#define SSCR0_SCR(x) ((x) << 8) /* Serial Clock Rate (mask) */ + +/* PXA27x, PXA3xx */ +#define SSCR0_EDSS (1 << 20) /* Extended data size select */ +#define SSCR0_NCS (1 << 21) /* Network clock select */ +#define SSCR0_RIM (1 << 22) /* Receive FIFO overrrun interrupt mask */ +#define SSCR0_TUM (1 << 23) /* Transmit FIFO underrun interrupt mask */ +#define SSCR0_FRDC (0x07000000) /* Frame rate divider control (mask) */ +#define SSCR0_SlotsPerFrm(x) (((x) - 1) << 24) /* Time slots per frame [1..8] */ +#define SSCR0_FPCKE (1 << 29) /* FIFO packing enable */ +#define SSCR0_ACS (1 << 30) /* Audio clock select */ +#define SSCR0_MOD (1 << 31) /* Mode (normal or network) */ + + +#define SSCR1_RIE (1 << 0) /* Receive FIFO Interrupt Enable */ +#define SSCR1_TIE (1 << 1) /* Transmit FIFO Interrupt Enable */ +#define SSCR1_LBM (1 << 2) /* Loop-Back Mode */ +#define SSCR1_SPO (1 << 3) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK polarity setting */ +#define SSCR1_SPH (1 << 4) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK phase setting */ +#define SSCR1_MWDS (1 << 5) /* Microwire Transmit Data Size */ +#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000003c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..16] */ +#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00003c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..16] */ + +#define SSSR_TNF (1 << 2) /* Transmit FIFO Not Full */ +#define SSSR_RNE (1 << 3) /* Receive FIFO Not Empty */ +#define SSSR_BSY (1 << 4) /* SSP Busy */ +#define SSSR_TFS (1 << 5) /* Transmit FIFO Service Request */ +#define SSSR_RFS (1 << 6) /* Receive FIFO Service Request */ +#define SSSR_ROR (1 << 7) /* Receive FIFO Overrun */ +#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0xf << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ +#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0xf << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +/* extra bits in PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x SSP ports */ +#define SSCR0_TISSP (1 << 4) /* TI Sync Serial Protocol */ +#define SSCR0_PSP (3 << 4) /* PSP - Programmable Serial Protocol */ +#define SSCR1_TTELP (1 << 31) /* TXD Tristate Enable Last Phase */ +#define SSCR1_TTE (1 << 30) /* TXD Tristate Enable */ +#define SSCR1_EBCEI (1 << 29) /* Enable Bit Count Error interrupt */ +#define SSCR1_SCFR (1 << 28) /* Slave Clock free Running */ +#define SSCR1_ECRA (1 << 27) /* Enable Clock Request A */ +#define SSCR1_ECRB (1 << 26) /* Enable Clock request B */ +#define SSCR1_SCLKDIR (1 << 25) /* Serial Bit Rate Clock Direction */ +#define SSCR1_SFRMDIR (1 << 24) /* Frame Direction */ +#define SSCR1_RWOT (1 << 23) /* Receive Without Transmit */ +#define SSCR1_TRAIL (1 << 22) /* Trailing Byte */ +#define SSCR1_TSRE (1 << 21) /* Transmit Service Request Enable */ +#define SSCR1_RSRE (1 << 20) /* Receive Service Request Enable */ +#define SSCR1_TINTE (1 << 19) /* Receiver Time-out Interrupt enable */ +#define SSCR1_PINTE (1 << 18) /* Peripheral Trailing Byte Interupt Enable */ +#define SSCR1_IFS (1 << 16) /* Invert Frame Signal */ +#define SSCR1_STRF (1 << 15) /* Select FIFO or EFWR */ +#define SSCR1_EFWR (1 << 14) /* Enable FIFO Write/Read */ + +#define SSSR_BCE (1 << 23) /* Bit Count Error */ +#define SSSR_CSS (1 << 22) /* Clock Synchronisation Status */ +#define SSSR_TUR (1 << 21) /* Transmit FIFO Under Run */ +#define SSSR_EOC (1 << 20) /* End Of Chain */ +#define SSSR_TINT (1 << 19) /* Receiver Time-out Interrupt */ +#define SSSR_PINT (1 << 18) /* Peripheral Trailing Byte Interrupt */ + + +#define SSPSP_SCMODE(x) ((x) << 0) /* Serial Bit Rate Clock Mode */ +#define SSPSP_SFRMP (1 << 2) /* Serial Frame Polarity */ +#define SSPSP_ETDS (1 << 3) /* End of Transfer data State */ +#define SSPSP_STRTDLY(x) ((x) << 4) /* Start Delay */ +#define SSPSP_DMYSTRT(x) ((x) << 7) /* Dummy Start */ +#define SSPSP_SFRMDLY(x) ((x) << 9) /* Serial Frame Delay */ +#define SSPSP_SFRMWDTH(x) ((x) << 16) /* Serial Frame Width */ +#define SSPSP_DMYSTOP(x) ((x) << 23) /* Dummy Stop */ +#define SSPSP_FSRT (1 << 25) /* Frame Sync Relative Timing */ + +/* PXA3xx */ +#define SSPSP_EDMYSTRT(x) ((x) << 26) /* Extended Dummy Start */ +#define SSPSP_EDMYSTOP(x) ((x) << 28) /* Extended Dummy Stop */ +#define SSPSP_TIMING_MASK (0x7f8001f0) + +#define SSACD_SCDB (1 << 3) /* SSPSYSCLK Divider Bypass */ +#define SSACD_ACPS(x) ((x) << 4) /* Audio clock PLL select */ +#define SSACD_ACDS(x) ((x) << 0) /* Audio clock divider select */ +#define SSACD_SCDX8 (1 << 7) /* SYSCLK division ratio select */ + +enum pxa_ssp_type { + SSP_UNDEFINED = 0, + PXA25x_SSP, /* pxa 210, 250, 255, 26x */ + PXA25x_NSSP, /* pxa 255, 26x (including ASSP) */ + PXA27x_SSP, + PXA168_SSP, +}; + +struct ssp_device { + struct platform_device *pdev; + struct list_head node; + + struct clk *clk; + void __iomem *mmio_base; + unsigned long phys_base; + + const char *label; + int port_id; + int type; + int use_count; + int irq; + int drcmr_rx; + int drcmr_tx; +}; + +/** + * pxa_ssp_write_reg - Write to a SSP register + * + * @dev: SSP device to access + * @reg: Register to write to + * @val: Value to be written. + */ +static inline void pxa_ssp_write_reg(struct ssp_device *dev, u32 reg, u32 val) +{ + __raw_writel(val, dev->mmio_base + reg); +} + +/** + * pxa_ssp_read_reg - Read from a SSP register + * + * @dev: SSP device to access + * @reg: Register to read from + */ +static inline u32 pxa_ssp_read_reg(struct ssp_device *dev, u32 reg) +{ + return __raw_readl(dev->mmio_base + reg); +} + +struct ssp_device *pxa_ssp_request(int port, const char *label); +void pxa_ssp_free(struct ssp_device *); +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..471ed688911 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 Stephen Street / StreetFire Sound Labs + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ +#ifndef __linux_pxa2xx_spi_h +#define __linux_pxa2xx_spi_h + +#include +#include + +#define PXA2XX_CS_ASSERT (0x01) +#define PXA2XX_CS_DEASSERT (0x02) + +/* device.platform_data for SSP controller devices */ +struct pxa2xx_spi_master { + u32 clock_enable; + u16 num_chipselect; + u8 enable_dma; +}; + +/* spi_board_info.controller_data for SPI slave devices, + * copied to spi_device.platform_data ... mostly for dma tuning + */ +struct pxa2xx_spi_chip { + u8 tx_threshold; + u8 rx_threshold; + u8 dma_burst_size; + u32 timeout; + u8 enable_loopback; + int gpio_cs; + void (*cs_control)(u32 command); +}; + +extern void pxa2xx_set_spi_info(unsigned id, struct pxa2xx_spi_master *info); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From d6ea3df0d470fb9260db93883f97764cf9f0e562 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 10:17:14 +0100 Subject: spi/pxa2xx: Add CE4100 support Sodaville's SPI controller is very much the same as in PXA25x. The difference: - The RX/TX FIFO is only 4 words deep instead of 16 - No DMA support - The SPI controller offers a CS functionality Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h | 105 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h index 471ed688911..d3e1075f7b6 100644 --- a/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h +++ b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ #define __linux_pxa2xx_spi_h #include -#include #define PXA2XX_CS_ASSERT (0x01) #define PXA2XX_CS_DEASSERT (0x02) @@ -44,6 +43,110 @@ struct pxa2xx_spi_chip { void (*cs_control)(u32 command); }; +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_PXA + +#include +#include + extern void pxa2xx_set_spi_info(unsigned id, struct pxa2xx_spi_master *info); +#else +/* + * This is the implemtation for CE4100 on x86. ARM defines them in mach/ or + * plat/ include path. + * The CE4100 does not provide DMA support. This bits are here to let the driver + * compile and will never be used. Maybe we get DMA support at a later point in + * time. + */ + +#define DCSR(n) (n) +#define DSADR(n) (n) +#define DTADR(n) (n) +#define DCMD(n) (n) +#define DRCMR(n) (n) + +#define DCSR_RUN (1 << 31) /* Run Bit */ +#define DCSR_NODESC (1 << 30) /* No-Descriptor Fetch */ +#define DCSR_STOPIRQEN (1 << 29) /* Stop Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCSR_REQPEND (1 << 8) /* Request Pending (read-only) */ +#define DCSR_STOPSTATE (1 << 3) /* Stop State (read-only) */ +#define DCSR_ENDINTR (1 << 2) /* End Interrupt */ +#define DCSR_STARTINTR (1 << 1) /* Start Interrupt */ +#define DCSR_BUSERR (1 << 0) /* Bus Error Interrupt */ + +#define DCSR_EORIRQEN (1 << 28) /* End of Receive Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCSR_EORJMPEN (1 << 27) /* Jump to next descriptor on EOR */ +#define DCSR_EORSTOPEN (1 << 26) /* STOP on an EOR */ +#define DCSR_SETCMPST (1 << 25) /* Set Descriptor Compare Status */ +#define DCSR_CLRCMPST (1 << 24) /* Clear Descriptor Compare Status */ +#define DCSR_CMPST (1 << 10) /* The Descriptor Compare Status */ +#define DCSR_EORINTR (1 << 9) /* The end of Receive */ + +#define DRCMR_MAPVLD (1 << 7) /* Map Valid */ +#define DRCMR_CHLNUM 0x1f /* mask for Channel Number */ + +#define DDADR_DESCADDR 0xfffffff0 /* Address of next descriptor */ +#define DDADR_STOP (1 << 0) /* Stop */ + +#define DCMD_INCSRCADDR (1 << 31) /* Source Address Increment Setting. */ +#define DCMD_INCTRGADDR (1 << 30) /* Target Address Increment Setting. */ +#define DCMD_FLOWSRC (1 << 29) /* Flow Control by the source. */ +#define DCMD_FLOWTRG (1 << 28) /* Flow Control by the target. */ +#define DCMD_STARTIRQEN (1 << 22) /* Start Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCMD_ENDIRQEN (1 << 21) /* End Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCMD_ENDIAN (1 << 18) /* Device Endian-ness. */ +#define DCMD_BURST8 (1 << 16) /* 8 byte burst */ +#define DCMD_BURST16 (2 << 16) /* 16 byte burst */ +#define DCMD_BURST32 (3 << 16) /* 32 byte burst */ +#define DCMD_WIDTH1 (1 << 14) /* 1 byte width */ +#define DCMD_WIDTH2 (2 << 14) /* 2 byte width (HalfWord) */ +#define DCMD_WIDTH4 (3 << 14) /* 4 byte width (Word) */ +#define DCMD_LENGTH 0x01fff /* length mask (max = 8K - 1) */ + +/* + * Descriptor structure for PXA's DMA engine + * Note: this structure must always be aligned to a 16-byte boundary. + */ + +typedef enum { + DMA_PRIO_HIGH = 0, + DMA_PRIO_MEDIUM = 1, + DMA_PRIO_LOW = 2 +} pxa_dma_prio; + +/* + * DMA registration + */ + +static inline int pxa_request_dma(char *name, + pxa_dma_prio prio, + void (*irq_handler)(int, void *), + void *data) +{ + return -ENODEV; +} + +static inline void pxa_free_dma(int dma_ch) +{ +} + +/* + * The CE4100 does not have the clk framework implemented and SPI clock can + * not be switched on/off or the divider changed. + */ +static inline void clk_disable(struct clk *clk) +{ +} + +static inline int clk_enable(struct clk *clk) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline unsigned long clk_get_rate(struct clk *clk) +{ + return 3686400; +} + +#endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From d0777f2c3eda180e3fc549e0efbe741014f17689 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 17:12:16 -0800 Subject: spi/pxa2xx: Consider CE4100's FIFO depth For PXA the default threshold is FIFO_DEPTH / 2. Adjust this value for CE4100. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h index 84465d4a51b..c3aa334cbb9 100644 --- a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h +++ b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h @@ -71,10 +71,6 @@ #define SSCR1_SPO (1 << 3) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK polarity setting */ #define SSCR1_SPH (1 << 4) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK phase setting */ #define SSCR1_MWDS (1 << 5) /* Microwire Transmit Data Size */ -#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000003c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ -#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..16] */ -#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00003c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ -#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..16] */ #define SSSR_TNF (1 << 2) /* Transmit FIFO Not Full */ #define SSSR_RNE (1 << 3) /* Receive FIFO Not Empty */ @@ -82,8 +78,32 @@ #define SSSR_TFS (1 << 5) /* Transmit FIFO Service Request */ #define SSSR_RFS (1 << 6) /* Receive FIFO Service Request */ #define SSSR_ROR (1 << 7) /* Receive FIFO Overrun */ -#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0xf << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ -#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0xf << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_PXA +#define RX_THRESH_DFLT 8 +#define TX_THRESH_DFLT 8 + +#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0xf << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ +#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0xf << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000003c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..16] */ +#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00003c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..16] */ + +#else + +#define RX_THRESH_DFLT 2 +#define TX_THRESH_DFLT 2 + +#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0x3 << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ +#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0x3 << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000000c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..4] */ +#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00000c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..4] */ +#endif /* extra bits in PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x SSP ports */ #define SSCR0_TISSP (1 << 4) /* TI Sync Serial Protocol */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2cd2d3e9b3ef960612e362f0ad129d735452df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 08:14:37 +0000 Subject: net sched: use xps information for qdisc NUMA affinity Allocate qdisc memory according to NUMA properties of cpus included in xps map. To be effective, qdisc should be (re)setup after changes of /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus I added a numa_node field in struct netdev_queue, containing NUMA node if all cpus included in xps_cpus share same node, else -1. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Ben Hutchings Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 4b0c7f3aa32..a9ac5dc26e3 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -508,7 +508,9 @@ struct netdev_queue { #ifdef CONFIG_RPS struct kobject kobj; #endif - +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + int numa_node; +#endif /* * write mostly part */ @@ -523,6 +525,22 @@ struct netdev_queue { u64 tx_dropped; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; +static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + return q->numa_node; +#else + return -1; +#endif +} + +static inline void netdev_queue_numa_node_write(struct netdev_queue *q, int node) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + q->numa_node = node; +#endif +} + #ifdef CONFIG_RPS /* * This structure holds an RPS map which can be of variable length. The -- cgit v1.2.3 From 879aa24d6394aa04b690a600a41ff500441ad384 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 06:47:28 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L: improve the BKL replacement heuristic The BKL replacement mutex had some serious performance side-effects on V4L drivers. It is replaced by a better heuristic that works around the worst of the side-effects. Read the v4l2-dev.c comments for the whole sorry story. This is a temporary measure only until we can convert all v4l drivers to use unlocked_ioctl. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-device.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-device.h index 6648036b728..b16f307d471 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-device.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-device.h @@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ struct v4l2_device { unsigned int notification, void *arg); /* The control handler. May be NULL. */ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler; + /* BKL replacement mutex. Temporary solution only. */ + struct mutex ioctl_lock; }; /* Initialize v4l2_dev and make dev->driver_data point to v4l2_dev. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 735cbc4784a084b7a76c43c69f9dba683bb3b48b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:22 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up sco code Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/sco.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h index e28a2a77147..ea5c6641243 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ struct sco_conninfo { struct sco_conn { struct hci_conn *hcon; - bdaddr_t *dst; - bdaddr_t *src; - + bdaddr_t *dst; + bdaddr_t *src; + spinlock_t lock; - struct sock *sk; + struct sock *sk; unsigned int mtu; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 285b4e90318dcf421a00b2ac3fe8ab713f3281e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:23 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up rfcomm code Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static variables, extra braces. Fix includes. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h index 71047bc0af8..2e7875691f0 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ struct rfcomm_hdr { u8 addr; u8 ctrl; - u8 len; // Actual size can be 2 bytes + u8 len; /* Actual size can be 2 bytes */ } __packed; struct rfcomm_cmd { @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ struct rfcomm_dlc { /* ---- RFCOMM SEND RPN ---- */ int rfcomm_send_rpn(struct rfcomm_session *s, int cr, u8 dlci, u8 bit_rate, u8 data_bits, u8 stop_bits, - u8 parity, u8 flow_ctrl_settings, + u8 parity, u8 flow_ctrl_settings, u8 xon_char, u8 xoff_char, u16 param_mask); /* ---- RFCOMM DLCs (channels) ---- */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 894718a6be69d8cfd191dc291b42be32a1e4851b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:24 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up l2cap code Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index c819c8bf9b6..217bb91a734 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -417,11 +417,11 @@ static inline int l2cap_tx_window_full(struct sock *sk) return sub == pi->remote_tx_win; } -#define __get_txseq(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_TXSEQ) >> 1 -#define __get_reqseq(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_REQSEQ) >> 8 -#define __is_iframe(ctrl) !((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE) -#define __is_sframe(ctrl) (ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE -#define __is_sar_start(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_SAR) == L2CAP_SDU_START +#define __get_txseq(ctrl) (((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_TXSEQ) >> 1) +#define __get_reqseq(ctrl) (((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_REQSEQ) >> 8) +#define __is_iframe(ctrl) (!((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE)) +#define __is_sframe(ctrl) ((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_FRAME_TYPE) +#define __is_sar_start(ctrl) (((ctrl) & L2CAP_CTRL_SAR) == L2CAP_SDU_START) void l2cap_load(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 70f23020e6d89155504b5b39f22505f4aec6fa6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:25 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up hci code Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces, fixing typos, simplify code. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci.h | 4 ++-- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 14 +++++++------- 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h index e30e0083434..e9527c51234 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ struct hci_rp_read_local_name { #define HCI_OP_WRITE_PG_TIMEOUT 0x0c18 -#define HCI_OP_WRITE_SCAN_ENABLE 0x0c1a +#define HCI_OP_WRITE_SCAN_ENABLE 0x0c1a #define SCAN_DISABLED 0x00 #define SCAN_INQUIRY 0x01 #define SCAN_PAGE 0x02 @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ struct hci_ev_si_security { struct hci_command_hdr { __le16 opcode; /* OCF & OGF */ - __u8 plen; + __u8 plen; } __packed; struct hci_event_hdr { diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index ebec8c9a929..9c08625617a 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ struct inquiry_data { }; struct inquiry_entry { - struct inquiry_entry *next; + struct inquiry_entry *next; __u32 timestamp; struct inquiry_data data; }; struct inquiry_cache { - spinlock_t lock; + spinlock_t lock; __u32 timestamp; - struct inquiry_entry *list; + struct inquiry_entry *list; }; struct hci_conn_hash { @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ struct hci_dev { void *driver_data; void *core_data; - atomic_t promisc; + atomic_t promisc; struct dentry *debugfs; @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ struct hci_dev { struct rfkill *rfkill; - struct module *owner; + struct module *owner; int (*open)(struct hci_dev *hdev); int (*close)(struct hci_dev *hdev); @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ extern rwlock_t hci_dev_list_lock; extern rwlock_t hci_cb_list_lock; /* ----- Inquiry cache ----- */ -#define INQUIRY_CACHE_AGE_MAX (HZ*30) // 30 seconds -#define INQUIRY_ENTRY_AGE_MAX (HZ*60) // 60 seconds +#define INQUIRY_CACHE_AGE_MAX (HZ*30) /* 30 seconds */ +#define INQUIRY_ENTRY_AGE_MAX (HZ*60) /* 60 seconds */ #define inquiry_cache_lock(c) spin_lock(&c->lock) #define inquiry_cache_unlock(c) spin_unlock(&c->lock) -- cgit v1.2.3 From be21871f24b0fcd8d0d09c8090385c9cec80efa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 16:58:26 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: clean up legal text Remove extra spaces from legal text so that legal stuff looks the same for all bluetooth code. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci.h | 12 ++++++------ include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 12 ++++++------ include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h | 14 +++++++------- include/net/bluetooth/sco.h | 12 ++++++------ 4 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h index e9527c51234..f3c5ed6d7bd 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Qualcomm Incorporated @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index 217bb91a734..7ad25ca60ec 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Qualcomm Incorporated Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Gustavo F. Padovan @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h index 2e7875691f0..6eac4a760c3 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -/* - RFCOMM implementation for Linux Bluetooth stack (BlueZ). +/* + RFCOMM implementation for Linux Bluetooth stack (BlueZ) Copyright (C) 2002 Maxim Krasnyansky Copyright (C) 2002 Marcel Holtmann @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h index ea5c6641243..1e35c43657c 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/sco.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Qualcomm Incorporated @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY - CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES - WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN - ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, - COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8790ca172a1550949804a2ad59ccea310f680c9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 17:28:18 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Kill use of inet_peer_address_t typedef. They are verboten these days. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index fb8aeb1fd23..5161bfdf5a5 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ #include #include -typedef struct { +struct inetpeer_addr { union { __be32 a4; __be32 a6[4]; }; __u16 family; -} inet_peer_address_t; +}; struct inet_peer { /* group together avl_left,avl_right,v4daddr to speedup lookups */ struct inet_peer __rcu *avl_left, *avl_right; - inet_peer_address_t daddr; + struct inetpeer_addr daddr; __u32 avl_height; struct list_head unused; __u32 dtime; /* the time of last use of not @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ struct inet_peer { void inet_initpeers(void) __init; /* can be called with or without local BH being disabled */ -struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(inet_peer_address_t *daddr, int create); +struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer(struct inetpeer_addr *daddr, int create); static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) { - inet_peer_address_t daddr; + struct inetpeer_addr daddr; daddr.a4 = v4daddr; daddr.family = AF_INET; @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v4(__be32 v4daddr, int create) static inline struct inet_peer *inet_getpeer_v6(struct in6_addr *v6daddr, int create) { - inet_peer_address_t daddr; + struct inetpeer_addr daddr; ipv6_addr_copy((struct in6_addr *)daddr.a6, v6daddr); daddr.family = AF_INET6; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4399ce402c7c837dec80bf9fb40d079b39b9265a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 17:29:08 -0800 Subject: inetpeer: Fix incorrect comment about inetpeer struct size. Now with ipv6 support it is no longer less than 64 bytes. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inetpeer.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inetpeer.h b/include/net/inetpeer.h index 5161bfdf5a5..599d96e7411 100644 --- a/include/net/inetpeer.h +++ b/include/net/inetpeer.h @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ struct inet_peer { * Once inet_peer is queued for deletion (refcnt == -1), following fields * are not available: rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts, tcp_ts_stamp * We can share memory with rcu_head to keep inet_peer small - * (less then 64 bytes) */ union { struct { -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb7c410ddc054b8c1ae780319bc98ae092d3854 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:09:13 -0800 Subject: timewait_sock: Create and use getpeer op. The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer. Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector. Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 1 + include/net/timewait_sock.h | 8 ++++++++ 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 3e239641d4e..4097320caa2 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -313,6 +313,7 @@ extern void tcp_shutdown (struct sock *sk, int how); extern int tcp_v4_rcv(struct sk_buff *skb); extern struct inet_peer *tcp_v4_get_peer(struct sock *sk, bool *release_it); +extern void *tcp_v4_tw_get_peer(struct sock *sk); extern int tcp_v4_tw_remember_stamp(struct inet_timewait_sock *tw); extern int tcp_sendmsg(struct kiocb *iocb, struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t size); diff --git a/include/net/timewait_sock.h b/include/net/timewait_sock.h index 97c3b14da55..053b3cf2c66 100644 --- a/include/net/timewait_sock.h +++ b/include/net/timewait_sock.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ struct timewait_sock_ops { int (*twsk_unique)(struct sock *sk, struct sock *sktw, void *twp); void (*twsk_destructor)(struct sock *sk); + void *(*twsk_getpeer)(struct sock *sk); }; static inline int twsk_unique(struct sock *sk, struct sock *sktw, void *twp) @@ -39,4 +40,11 @@ static inline void twsk_destructor(struct sock *sk) sk->sk_prot->twsk_prot->twsk_destructor(sk); } +static inline void *twsk_getpeer(struct sock *sk) +{ + if (sk->sk_prot->twsk_prot->twsk_getpeer) + return sk->sk_prot->twsk_prot->twsk_getpeer(sk); + return NULL; +} + #endif /* _TIMEWAIT_SOCK_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a757ee2216211278680dd8ac869aabe7b4a9970d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 01:57:03 -0200 Subject: [media] Don't export format_by_forcc on two different drivers Drivers should append their name on exported symbols, to avoid conflicts with allyesconfig: drivers/staging/built-in.o: In function `format_by_fourcc': /home/v4l/work_trees/linus/drivers/staging/cx25821/cx25821-video.c:96: multiple definition of `format_by_fourcc' drivers/media/built-in.o:/home/v4l/work_trees/linus/drivers/media/common/saa7146_video.c:88: first defined here Let's rename both occurences with a small shellscript: for i in drivers/staging/cx25821/*.[ch]; do sed s,format_by_fourcc,cx25821_format_by_fourcc,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in drivers/media/common/saa7146*.[ch]; do sed s,format_by_fourcc,saa7146_format_by_fourcc,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in include/media/saa7146*.[ch]; do sed s,format_by_fourcc,saa7146_format_by_fourcc,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/saa7146.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/saa7146.h b/include/media/saa7146.h index 7a9f76ecbbb..ac7ce00f39c 100644 --- a/include/media/saa7146.h +++ b/include/media/saa7146.h @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ extern struct list_head saa7146_devices; extern struct mutex saa7146_devices_lock; int saa7146_register_extension(struct saa7146_extension*); int saa7146_unregister_extension(struct saa7146_extension*); -struct saa7146_format* format_by_fourcc(struct saa7146_dev *dev, int fourcc); +struct saa7146_format* saa7146_format_by_fourcc(struct saa7146_dev *dev, int fourcc); int saa7146_pgtable_alloc(struct pci_dev *pci, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt); void saa7146_pgtable_free(struct pci_dev *pci, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt); int saa7146_pgtable_build_single(struct pci_dev *pci, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt, struct scatterlist *list, int length ); -- cgit v1.2.3 From e5fc7345412d5e4758fcef55a74354c5cbefd61e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefano Stabellini Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 14:51:44 +0000 Subject: xen: use PHYSDEVOP_get_free_pirq to implement find_unbound_pirq Use the new hypercall PHYSDEVOP_get_free_pirq to ask Xen to allocate a pirq. Remove the unsupported PHYSDEVOP_get_nr_pirqs hypercall to get the amount of pirq available. This fixes find_unbound_pirq that otherwise would return a number starting from nr_irqs that might very well be out of range in Xen. The symptom of this bug is that when you passthrough an MSI capable pci device to a PV on HVM guest, Linux would fail to enable MSIs on the device. Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini --- include/xen/interface/physdev.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/xen/interface/physdev.h b/include/xen/interface/physdev.h index 2b2c66c3df0..534cac89a77 100644 --- a/include/xen/interface/physdev.h +++ b/include/xen/interface/physdev.h @@ -188,6 +188,16 @@ struct physdev_nr_pirqs { uint32_t nr_pirqs; }; +/* type is MAP_PIRQ_TYPE_GSI or MAP_PIRQ_TYPE_MSI + * the hypercall returns a free pirq */ +#define PHYSDEVOP_get_free_pirq 23 +struct physdev_get_free_pirq { + /* IN */ + int type; + /* OUT */ + uint32_t pirq; +}; + /* * Notify that some PIRQ-bound event channels have been unmasked. * ** This command is obsolete since interface version 0x00030202 and is ** -- cgit v1.2.3 From af42b8d12f8adec6711cb824549a0edac6a4ae8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefano Stabellini Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 14:51:44 +0000 Subject: xen: fix MSI setup and teardown for PV on HVM guests When remapping MSIs into pirqs for PV on HVM guests, qemu is responsible for doing the actual mapping and unmapping. We only give qemu the desired pirq number when we ask to do the mapping the first time, after that we should be reading back the pirq number from qemu every time we want to re-enable the MSI. This fixes a bug in xen_hvm_setup_msi_irqs that manifests itself when trying to enable the same MSI for the second time: the old MSI to pirq mapping is still valid at this point but xen_hvm_setup_msi_irqs would try to assign a new pirq anyway. A simple way to reproduce this bug is to assign an MSI capable network card to a PV on HVM guest, if the user brings down the corresponding ethernet interface and up again, Linux would fail to enable MSIs on the device. Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini --- include/xen/events.h | 7 ++++++- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/xen/events.h b/include/xen/events.h index 646dd17d3aa..00f53ddcc06 100644 --- a/include/xen/events.h +++ b/include/xen/events.h @@ -76,7 +76,9 @@ int xen_map_pirq_gsi(unsigned pirq, unsigned gsi, int shareable, char *name); #ifdef CONFIG_PCI_MSI /* Allocate an irq and a pirq to be used with MSIs. */ -void xen_allocate_pirq_msi(char *name, int *irq, int *pirq); +#define XEN_ALLOC_PIRQ (1 << 0) +#define XEN_ALLOC_IRQ (1 << 1) +void xen_allocate_pirq_msi(char *name, int *irq, int *pirq, int alloc_mask); int xen_create_msi_irq(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msi_desc *msidesc, int type); #endif @@ -89,4 +91,7 @@ int xen_vector_from_irq(unsigned pirq); /* Return gsi allocated to pirq */ int xen_gsi_from_irq(unsigned pirq); +/* Return irq from pirq */ +int xen_irq_from_pirq(unsigned pirq); + #endif /* _XEN_EVENTS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6072d13c429373c5d63b69dadbbef40a9b035552 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Torvalds Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 13:35:19 -0500 Subject: Call the filesystem back whenever a page is removed from the page cache NFS needs to be able to release objects that are stored in the page cache once the page itself is no longer visible from the page cache. This patch adds a callback to the address space operations that allows filesystems to perform page cleanups once the page has been removed from the page cache. Original patch by: Linus Torvalds [trondmy: cover the cases of invalidate_inode_pages2() and truncate_inode_pages()] Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/fs.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index c9e06cc70da..090f0eacde2 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -602,6 +602,7 @@ struct address_space_operations { sector_t (*bmap)(struct address_space *, sector_t); void (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned long); int (*releasepage) (struct page *, gfp_t); + void (*freepage)(struct page *); ssize_t (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *iov, loff_t offset, unsigned long nr_segs); int (*get_xip_mem)(struct address_space *, pgoff_t, int, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 11de3b11e08cac26d59e88efaf4e316701883552 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Trond Myklebust Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 14:17:06 -0500 Subject: NFS: Fix a memory leak in nfs_readdir We need to ensure that the entries in the nfs_cache_array get cleared when the page is removed from the page cache. To do so, we use the freepage address_space operation. Change nfs_readdir_clear_array to use kmap_atomic(), so that the function can be safely called from all contexts. Finally, modify the cache_page_release helper to call nfs_readdir_clear_array directly, when dealing with an anonymous page from 'uncached_readdir'. Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_fs.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs.h index c66fdb7d699..29d504d5d1c 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs.h @@ -401,6 +401,7 @@ extern const struct inode_operations nfs3_file_inode_operations; #endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V3 */ extern const struct file_operations nfs_file_operations; extern const struct address_space_operations nfs_file_aops; +extern const struct address_space_operations nfs_dir_aops; static inline struct nfs_open_context *nfs_file_open_context(struct file *filp) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2a8626a9e2d86d114a2d9f813a1acebf9d53dd10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 17:12:17 -0800 Subject: spi/pxa2xx: Add chipselect support for Sodaville The SPI core on Sodaville supports chip selects. Its configuration moved into the SSSR register at bit 0 and 1. Thus Sodaville can be hooked up with up to 4 devices. This patch ensures that the bits which are otherwiese reserved are only touched on Sodaville and not on any other PXAs. Also it makes sure that the status register does not lose the CS information while clearing the ROR bit. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h index c3aa334cbb9..2f691e4e622 100644 --- a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h +++ b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ #define SSCR1_SPH (1 << 4) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK phase setting */ #define SSCR1_MWDS (1 << 5) /* Microwire Transmit Data Size */ +#define SSSR_ALT_FRM_MASK 3 /* Masks the SFRM signal number */ #define SSSR_TNF (1 << 2) /* Transmit FIFO Not Full */ #define SSSR_RNE (1 << 3) /* Receive FIFO Not Empty */ #define SSSR_BSY (1 << 4) /* SSP Busy */ @@ -160,6 +161,7 @@ enum pxa_ssp_type { PXA25x_NSSP, /* pxa 255, 26x (including ASSP) */ PXA27x_SSP, PXA168_SSP, + CE4100_SSP, }; struct ssp_device { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 15c054251ab84895ec043e90826612c1a3d6d4f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 10:16:06 -0800 Subject: ipv6: Add rt6_get_peer() helper. To go along side ipv4's rt_get_peer(). Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip6_route.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 23fed28db4b..67d154a3f31 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ static inline unsigned int rt6_flags2srcprefs(int flags) extern void rt6_bind_peer(struct rt6_info *rt, int create); +static inline struct inet_peer *rt6_get_peer(struct rt6_info *rt) +{ + if (rt->rt6i_peer) + return rt->rt6i_peer; + + rt6_bind_peer(rt, 0); + return rt->rt6i_peer; +} + extern void ip6_route_input(struct sk_buff *skb); extern struct dst_entry * ip6_route_output(struct net *net, -- cgit v1.2.3 From ae4694b2d3e4c0f47c0e804a68417be57e5daf85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 10:59:22 -0800 Subject: ipv6: Create inet6_csk_route_req(). Brother of ipv4's inet_csk_route_req(). Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h b/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h index aae08f68663..ff013505236 100644 --- a/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet6_connection_sock.h @@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ struct sockaddr; extern int inet6_csk_bind_conflict(const struct sock *sk, const struct inet_bind_bucket *tb); +extern struct dst_entry* inet6_csk_route_req(struct sock *sk, + const struct request_sock *req); + extern struct request_sock *inet6_csk_search_req(const struct sock *sk, struct request_sock ***prevp, const __be16 rport, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 172c69a47675dc1ca9c7243c031d8d77701bccc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Rafa=C5=82=20Mi=C5=82ecki?= Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 10:39:35 +0100 Subject: ssb: extract indexes for power tables MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki Acked-by: Michael Buesch Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ssb/ssb.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h index 623b704fdc4..9659eff52ca 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h @@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ struct ssb_sprom { u8 tri5gl; /* 5.2GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5g; /* 5.3GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5gh; /* 5.8GHz TX isolation */ + u8 txpid2g[4]; /* 2GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gl[4]; /* 4.9 - 5.1GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5g[4]; /* 5.1 - 5.5GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gh[4]; /* 5.5 - ...GHz TX power index */ u8 rxpo2g; /* 2GHz RX power offset */ u8 rxpo5g; /* 5GHz RX power offset */ u8 rssisav2g; /* 2GHz RSSI params */ diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h index 11daf9c140e..489f7b6d61c 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h @@ -299,6 +299,46 @@ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN2_SHIFT 0 #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3 0xFF00 /* Antenna 3 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G01 0x0062 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G23 0x0064 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G01 0x0066 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G23 0x0068 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL01 0x006A /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL23 0x006C /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH01 0x006E /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH23 0x0070 /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3_SHIFT 8 #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG 0x0080 /* Max Power BG in path 1 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG_MASK 0x00FF /* Mask for Max Power BG */ #define SSB_SPROM4_ITSSI_BG 0xFF00 /* Mask for path 1 itssi_bg */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 547025d5d4d1056fb4b5a0c9c3c0d5c2fe22c082 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 16:23:12 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 49a7c53a48c..6b2af7aeddd 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1154,6 +1154,13 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was * registered. Note that this callback may not sleep, and cannot run * concurrently with itself. + * + * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. + * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may + * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL + * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). + * + * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); -- cgit v1.2.3 From a9527a3b621e507c85b639c183c3aa22afd4eb61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:04:43 +0000 Subject: net: snmp: fix the wrong ICMP_MIB_MAX value __ICMP_MIB_MAX is equal to the total number of icmp mib, So no need to add 1. This wastes 4/8 bytes memory. Change it to be same as ICMP6_MIB_MAX, TCP_MIB_MAX, UDP_MIB_MAX. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/snmp.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/snmp.h b/include/net/snmp.h index a0e61806d48..aebb55383c4 100644 --- a/include/net/snmp.h +++ b/include/net/snmp.h @@ -61,8 +61,7 @@ struct ipstats_mib { /* ICMP */ #define ICMP_MIB_DUMMY __ICMP_MIB_MAX -#define ICMP_MIB_MAX (__ICMP_MIB_MAX + 1) - +#define ICMP_MIB_MAX __ICMP_MIB_MAX struct icmp_mib { unsigned long mibs[ICMP_MIB_MAX]; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From dca9b2404a6d6579828da2425c051462701efd3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:05:17 +0000 Subject: net: kill unused macros from head file MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit These macros have been defined for several years since v2.6.12-rc2（tracing by git）, but never be used. So remove them. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/addrconf.h | 2 -- include/net/ip6_route.h | 1 - include/net/ndisc.h | 3 --- include/net/snmp.h | 1 - include/net/sock.h | 3 --- include/net/tcp.h | 6 ------ 6 files changed, 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/addrconf.h b/include/net/addrconf.h index a9441249306..23710aa6a18 100644 --- a/include/net/addrconf.h +++ b/include/net/addrconf.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _ADDRCONF_H #define _ADDRCONF_H -#define RETRANS_TIMER HZ - #define MAX_RTR_SOLICITATIONS 3 #define RTR_SOLICITATION_INTERVAL (4*HZ) diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 67d154a3f31..e06e0ca1e91 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ #define IP6_RT_PRIO_USER 1024 #define IP6_RT_PRIO_ADDRCONF 256 -#define IP6_RT_PRIO_KERN 512 struct route_info { __u8 type; diff --git a/include/net/ndisc.h b/include/net/ndisc.h index 895997bc2ea..e0e594f8e9d 100644 --- a/include/net/ndisc.h +++ b/include/net/ndisc.h @@ -42,9 +42,6 @@ enum { #define ND_REACHABLE_TIME (30*HZ) #define ND_RETRANS_TIMER HZ -#define ND_MIN_RANDOM_FACTOR (1/2) -#define ND_MAX_RANDOM_FACTOR (3/2) - #ifdef __KERNEL__ #include diff --git a/include/net/snmp.h b/include/net/snmp.h index aebb55383c4..762e2abce88 100644 --- a/include/net/snmp.h +++ b/include/net/snmp.h @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ struct ipstats_mib { }; /* ICMP */ -#define ICMP_MIB_DUMMY __ICMP_MIB_MAX #define ICMP_MIB_MAX __ICMP_MIB_MAX struct icmp_mib { unsigned long mibs[ICMP_MIB_MAX]; diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 5557dfb3dd6..717cfbf649d 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -516,9 +516,6 @@ static __inline__ void sk_add_bind_node(struct sock *sk, #define sk_nulls_for_each_from(__sk, node) \ if (__sk && ({ node = &(__sk)->sk_nulls_node; 1; })) \ hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_from(__sk, node, sk_nulls_node) -#define sk_for_each_continue(__sk, node) \ - if (__sk && ({ node = &(__sk)->sk_node; 1; })) \ - hlist_for_each_entry_continue(__sk, node, sk_node) #define sk_for_each_safe(__sk, node, tmp, list) \ hlist_for_each_entry_safe(__sk, node, tmp, list, sk_node) #define sk_for_each_bound(__sk, node, list) \ diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 4097320caa2..3f227baee4b 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -100,12 +100,6 @@ extern void tcp_time_wait(struct sock *sk, int state, int timeo); #define TCP_SYNACK_RETRIES 5 /* number of times to retry passive opening a * connection: ~180sec is RFC minimum */ - -#define TCP_ORPHAN_RETRIES 7 /* number of times to retry on an orphaned - * socket. 7 is ~50sec-16min. - */ - - #define TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN (60*HZ) /* how long to wait to destroy TIME-WAIT * state, about 60 seconds */ #define TCP_FIN_TIMEOUT TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN -- cgit v1.2.3 From d265fef6ddf9042195aae551e1fde211c2a1588b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 12:00:53 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove obsolete native API files and exports As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent. The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tipc/tipc.h | 186 ------------------------------------ include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h | 138 --------------------------- include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h | 207 ----------------------------------------- include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h | 101 -------------------- 4 files changed, 632 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc.h delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h delete mode 100644 include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1e0645e1eed..00000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc.h: Main include file for TIPC users - * - * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005,2010 Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -#include -#include - -/* - * Native API - */ - -/* - * TIPC operating mode routines - */ - -#define TIPC_NOT_RUNNING 0 -#define TIPC_NODE_MODE 1 -#define TIPC_NET_MODE 2 - -typedef void (*tipc_mode_event)(void *usr_handle, int mode, u32 addr); - -int tipc_attach(unsigned int *userref, tipc_mode_event, void *usr_handle); - -void tipc_detach(unsigned int userref); - -/* - * TIPC port manipulation routines - */ - -typedef void (*tipc_msg_err_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - int reason, - struct tipc_portid const *attmpt_destid); - -typedef void (*tipc_named_msg_err_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - int reason, - struct tipc_name_seq const *attmpt_dest); - -typedef void (*tipc_conn_shutdown_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - int reason); - -typedef void (*tipc_msg_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - unsigned int importance, - struct tipc_portid const *origin); - -typedef void (*tipc_named_msg_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size, - unsigned int importance, - struct tipc_portid const *orig, - struct tipc_name_seq const *dest); - -typedef void (*tipc_conn_msg_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref, - struct sk_buff **buf, - unsigned char const *data, - unsigned int size); - -typedef void (*tipc_continue_event) (void *usr_handle, - u32 portref); - -int tipc_createport(unsigned int tipc_user, - void *usr_handle, - unsigned int importance, - tipc_msg_err_event error_cb, - tipc_named_msg_err_event named_error_cb, - tipc_conn_shutdown_event conn_error_cb, - tipc_msg_event message_cb, - tipc_named_msg_event named_message_cb, - tipc_conn_msg_event conn_message_cb, - tipc_continue_event continue_event_cb, - u32 *portref); - -int tipc_deleteport(u32 portref); - -int tipc_ownidentity(u32 portref, struct tipc_portid *port); - -int tipc_portimportance(u32 portref, unsigned int *importance); -int tipc_set_portimportance(u32 portref, unsigned int importance); - -int tipc_portunreliable(u32 portref, unsigned int *isunreliable); -int tipc_set_portunreliable(u32 portref, unsigned int isunreliable); - -int tipc_portunreturnable(u32 portref, unsigned int *isunreturnable); -int tipc_set_portunreturnable(u32 portref, unsigned int isunreturnable); - -int tipc_publish(u32 portref, unsigned int scope, - struct tipc_name_seq const *name_seq); -int tipc_withdraw(u32 portref, unsigned int scope, - struct tipc_name_seq const *name_seq); - -int tipc_connect2port(u32 portref, struct tipc_portid const *port); - -int tipc_disconnect(u32 portref); - -int tipc_shutdown(u32 ref); - -/* - * TIPC messaging routines - */ - -#define TIPC_PORT_IMPORTANCE 100 /* send using current port setting */ - - -int tipc_send(u32 portref, - unsigned int num_sect, - struct iovec const *msg_sect); - -int tipc_send2name(u32 portref, - struct tipc_name const *name, - u32 domain, - unsigned int num_sect, - struct iovec const *msg_sect); - -int tipc_send2port(u32 portref, - struct tipc_portid const *dest, - unsigned int num_sect, - struct iovec const *msg_sect); - -int tipc_send_buf2port(u32 portref, - struct tipc_portid const *dest, - struct sk_buff *buf, - unsigned int dsz); - -int tipc_multicast(u32 portref, - struct tipc_name_seq const *seq, - u32 domain, /* currently unused */ - unsigned int section_count, - struct iovec const *msg); -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h deleted file mode 100644 index ee2f304e491..00000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc_bearer.h: Include file for privileged access to TIPC bearers - * - * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_BEARER_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_BEARER_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -#include -#include -#include - -/* - * Identifiers of supported TIPC media types - */ - -#define TIPC_MEDIA_TYPE_ETH 1 - -/* - * Destination address structure used by TIPC bearers when sending messages - * - * IMPORTANT: The fields of this structure MUST be stored using the specified - * byte order indicated below, as the structure is exchanged between nodes - * as part of a link setup process. - */ - -struct tipc_media_addr { - __be32 type; /* bearer type (network byte order) */ - union { - __u8 eth_addr[6]; /* 48 bit Ethernet addr (byte array) */ -#if 0 - /* Prototypes for other possible bearer types */ - - struct { - __u16 sin_family; - __u16 sin_port; - struct { - __u32 s_addr; - } sin_addr; - char pad[4]; - } addr_in; /* IP-based bearer */ - __u16 sock_descr; /* generic socket bearer */ -#endif - } dev_addr; -}; - -/** - * struct tipc_bearer - TIPC bearer info available to privileged users - * @usr_handle: pointer to additional user-defined information about bearer - * @mtu: max packet size bearer can support - * @blocked: non-zero if bearer is blocked - * @lock: spinlock for controlling access to bearer - * @addr: media-specific address associated with bearer - * @name: bearer name (format = media:interface) - * - * Note: TIPC initializes "name" and "lock" fields; user is responsible for - * initialization all other fields when a bearer is enabled. - */ - -struct tipc_bearer { - void *usr_handle; - u32 mtu; - int blocked; - spinlock_t lock; - struct tipc_media_addr addr; - char name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME]; -}; - -/* - * TIPC routines available to supported media types - */ - -int tipc_register_media(u32 media_type, - char *media_name, - int (*enable)(struct tipc_bearer *), - void (*disable)(struct tipc_bearer *), - int (*send_msg)(struct sk_buff *, - struct tipc_bearer *, - struct tipc_media_addr *), - char *(*addr2str)(struct tipc_media_addr *a, - char *str_buf, - int str_size), - struct tipc_media_addr *bcast_addr, - const u32 bearer_priority, - const u32 link_tolerance, /* [ms] */ - const u32 send_window_limit); - -void tipc_recv_msg(struct sk_buff *buf, struct tipc_bearer *tb_ptr); - -int tipc_block_bearer(const char *name); -void tipc_continue(struct tipc_bearer *tb_ptr); - -int tipc_enable_bearer(const char *bearer_name, u32 bcast_scope, u32 priority); -int tipc_disable_bearer(const char *name); - -/* - * Routines made available to TIPC by supported media types - */ - -int tipc_eth_media_start(void); -void tipc_eth_media_stop(void); - -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffe50b4e7b9..00000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h: Include file for privileged access to TIPC message headers - * - * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_MSG_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_MSG_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -struct tipc_msg { - __be32 hdr[15]; -}; - - -/* - TIPC user data message header format, version 2: - - - 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4|3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6|5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w0:|vers | user |hdr sz |n|d|s|-| message size | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w1:|mstyp| error |rer cnt|lsc|opt p| broadcast ack no | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w2:| link level ack no | broadcast/link level seq no | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w3:| previous node | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w4:| originating port | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w5:| destination port | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w6:| originating node | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w7:| destination node | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w8:| name type / transport sequence number | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - w9:| name instance/multicast lower bound | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - wA:| multicast upper bound | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - / / - \ options \ - / / - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - -*/ - -#define TIPC_CONN_MSG 0 -#define TIPC_MCAST_MSG 1 -#define TIPC_NAMED_MSG 2 -#define TIPC_DIRECT_MSG 3 - - -static inline u32 msg_word(struct tipc_msg *m, u32 pos) -{ - return ntohl(m->hdr[pos]); -} - -static inline u32 msg_bits(struct tipc_msg *m, u32 w, u32 pos, u32 mask) -{ - return (msg_word(m, w) >> pos) & mask; -} - -static inline u32 msg_importance(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 0, 25, 0xf); -} - -static inline u32 msg_hdr_sz(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 0, 21, 0xf) << 2; -} - -static inline int msg_short(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_hdr_sz(m) == 24; -} - -static inline u32 msg_size(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 0, 0, 0x1ffff); -} - -static inline u32 msg_data_sz(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_size(m) - msg_hdr_sz(m); -} - -static inline unchar *msg_data(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return ((unchar *)m) + msg_hdr_sz(m); -} - -static inline u32 msg_type(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 1, 29, 0x7); -} - -static inline u32 msg_named(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_type(m) == TIPC_NAMED_MSG; -} - -static inline u32 msg_mcast(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_type(m) == TIPC_MCAST_MSG; -} - -static inline u32 msg_connected(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_type(m) == TIPC_CONN_MSG; -} - -static inline u32 msg_errcode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_bits(m, 1, 25, 0xf); -} - -static inline u32 msg_prevnode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 3); -} - -static inline u32 msg_origport(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 4); -} - -static inline u32 msg_destport(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 5); -} - -static inline u32 msg_mc_netid(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 5); -} - -static inline u32 msg_orignode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - if (likely(msg_short(m))) - return msg_prevnode(m); - return msg_word(m, 6); -} - -static inline u32 msg_destnode(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 7); -} - -static inline u32 msg_nametype(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 8); -} - -static inline u32 msg_nameinst(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 9); -} - -static inline u32 msg_namelower(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_nameinst(m); -} - -static inline u32 msg_nameupper(struct tipc_msg *m) -{ - return msg_word(m, 10); -} - -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h b/include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1893aaf4942..00000000000 --- a/include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/net/tipc/tipc_port.h: Include file for privileged access to TIPC ports - * - * Copyright (c) 1994-2007, Ericsson AB - * Copyright (c) 2005-2008, Wind River Systems - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the names of the copyright holders nor the names of its - * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from - * this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * Alternatively, this software may be distributed under the terms of the - * GNU General Public License ("GPL") version 2 as published by the Free - * Software Foundation. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE - * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE - * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -#ifndef _NET_TIPC_PORT_H_ -#define _NET_TIPC_PORT_H_ - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -#include -#include -#include - -#define TIPC_FLOW_CONTROL_WIN 512 - -/** - * struct tipc_port - native TIPC port info available to privileged users - * @usr_handle: pointer to additional user-defined information about port - * @lock: pointer to spinlock for controlling access to port - * @connected: non-zero if port is currently connected to a peer port - * @conn_type: TIPC type used when connection was established - * @conn_instance: TIPC instance used when connection was established - * @conn_unacked: number of unacknowledged messages received from peer port - * @published: non-zero if port has one or more associated names - * @congested: non-zero if cannot send because of link or port congestion - * @max_pkt: maximum packet size "hint" used when building messages sent by port - * @ref: unique reference to port in TIPC object registry - * @phdr: preformatted message header used when sending messages - */ - -struct tipc_port { - void *usr_handle; - spinlock_t *lock; - int connected; - u32 conn_type; - u32 conn_instance; - u32 conn_unacked; - int published; - u32 congested; - u32 max_pkt; - u32 ref; - struct tipc_msg phdr; -}; - - -struct tipc_port *tipc_createport_raw(void *usr_handle, - u32 (*dispatcher)(struct tipc_port *, struct sk_buff *), - void (*wakeup)(struct tipc_port *), - const u32 importance); - -int tipc_reject_msg(struct sk_buff *buf, u32 err); - -int tipc_send_buf_fast(struct sk_buff *buf, u32 destnode); - -void tipc_acknowledge(u32 port_ref,u32 ack); - -struct tipc_port *tipc_get_port(const u32 ref); - -/* - * The following routines require that the port be locked on entry - */ - -int tipc_disconnect_port(struct tipc_port *tp_ptr); - - -#endif - -#endif - -- cgit v1.2.3 From 64141da587241301ce8638cc945f8b67853156ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 14:31:18 -0800 Subject: vmalloc: eagerly clear ptes on vunmap On stock 2.6.37-rc4, running: # mount lilith:/export /mnt/lilith # find /mnt/lilith/ -type f -print0 | xargs -0 file crashes the machine fairly quickly under Xen. Often it results in oops messages, but the couple of times I tried just now, it just hung quietly and made Xen print some rude messages: (XEN) mm.c:2389:d80 Bad type (saw 7400000000000001 != exp 3000000000000000) for mfn 1d7058 (pfn 18fa7) (XEN) mm.c:964:d80 Attempt to create linear p.t. with write perms (XEN) mm.c:2389:d80 Bad type (saw 7400000000000010 != exp 1000000000000000) for mfn 1d2e04 (pfn 1d1fb) (XEN) mm.c:2965:d80 Error while pinning mfn 1d2e04 Which means the domain tried to map a pagetable page RW, which would allow it to map arbitrary memory, so Xen stopped it. This is because vm_unmap_ram() left some pages mapped in the vmalloc area after NFS had finished with them, and those pages got recycled as pagetable pages while still having these RW aliases. Removing those mappings immediately removes the Xen-visible aliases, and so it has no problem with those pages being reused as pagetable pages. Deferring the TLB flush doesn't upset Xen because it can flush the TLB itself as needed to maintain its invariants. When unmapping a region in the vmalloc space, clear the ptes immediately. There's no point in deferring this because there's no amortization benefit. The TLBs are left dirty, and they are flushed lazily to amortize the cost of the IPIs. This specific motivation for this patch is an oops-causing regression since 2.6.36 when using NFS under Xen, triggered by the NFS client's use of vm_map_ram() introduced in 56e4ebf877b60 ("NFS: readdir with vmapped pages") . XFS also uses vm_map_ram() and could cause similar problems. Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Bryan Schumaker Cc: Trond Myklebust Cc: Alex Elder Cc: Dave Chinner Cc: Christoph Hellwig Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/vmalloc.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/vmalloc.h b/include/linux/vmalloc.h index a03dcf62ca9..44b54f619ac 100644 --- a/include/linux/vmalloc.h +++ b/include/linux/vmalloc.h @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ struct vm_area_struct; /* vma defining user mapping in mm_types.h */ -extern bool vmap_lazy_unmap; - /* bits in flags of vmalloc's vm_struct below */ #define VM_IOREMAP 0x00000001 /* ioremap() and friends */ #define VM_ALLOC 0x00000002 /* vmalloc() */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20d6c96b5f1cad5c5da4641945ec17a1d9a1afc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KOSAKI Motohiro Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 14:31:19 -0800 Subject: mem-hotplug: introduce {un}lock_memory_hotplug() Presently hwpoison is using lock_system_sleep() to prevent a race with memory hotplug. However lock_system_sleep() is a no-op if CONFIG_HIBERNATION=n. Therefore we need a new lock. Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Andi Kleen Cc: Kamezawa Hiroyuki Suggested-by: Hugh Dickins Acked-by: Hugh Dickins Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/memory_hotplug.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/memory_hotplug.h b/include/linux/memory_hotplug.h index 4307231bd22..31c237a00c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/memory_hotplug.h +++ b/include/linux/memory_hotplug.h @@ -161,6 +161,9 @@ extern void register_page_bootmem_info_node(struct pglist_data *pgdat); extern void put_page_bootmem(struct page *page); #endif +void lock_memory_hotplug(void); +void unlock_memory_hotplug(void); + #else /* ! CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG */ /* * Stub functions for when hotplug is off @@ -192,6 +195,9 @@ static inline void register_page_bootmem_info_node(struct pglist_data *pgdat) { } +static inline void lock_memory_hotplug(void) {} +static inline void unlock_memory_hotplug(void) {} + #endif /* ! CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG */ #ifdef CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTREMOVE -- cgit v1.2.3 From 87de5ac782761a3ebf806e434e8c9cc205a87274 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Mon, 20 Sep 2010 17:42:46 -0700 Subject: timers: Introduce timerlist infrastructure. The timerlist infrastructure is a thin layer over the rbtree code that implements a simple list of timers sorted by an expires value, and a getnext function that provides a pointer to the earliest timer. This infrastructure allows drivers and other kernel infrastructure to easily implement timers without duplicating code. Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-2-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/timerlist.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 37 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/timerlist.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timerlist.h b/include/linux/timerlist.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c46b28ae6e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/timerlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H +#define _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H + +#include +#include + + +struct timerlist_node { + struct rb_node node; + ktime_t expires; +}; + +struct timerlist_head { + struct rb_root head; + struct timerlist_node *next; +}; + + +extern void timerlist_add(struct timerlist_head *head, + struct timerlist_node *node); +extern void timerlist_del(struct timerlist_head *head, + struct timerlist_node *node); +extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_getnext(struct timerlist_head *head); +extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_iterate_next( + struct timerlist_node *node); + +static inline void timerlist_init(struct timerlist_node *node) +{ + RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); +} + +static inline void timerlist_init_head(struct timerlist_head *head) +{ + head->head = RB_ROOT; + head->next = NULL; +} +#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 287050d390264402e11bea8b811859e42e8faa29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 16:46:18 -0500 Subject: tracing: Add TRACE_EVENT_CONDITIONAL() There are instances in the kernel that we only want to trace a tracepoint when a certain condition is set. But we do not want to test for that condition in the core kernel. If we test for that condition before calling the tracepoin, then we will be performing that test even when tracing is not enabled. This is 99.99% of the time. We currently can just filter out on that condition, but that happens after we write to the trace buffer. We just wasted time writing to the ring buffer for an event we never cared about. This patch adds: TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION() and DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION() These have a new TP_CONDITION() argument that comes right after the TP_ARGS(). This condition can use the parameters of TP_ARGS() in the TRACE_EVENT() to determine if the tracepoint should be traced or not. The TP_CONDITION() will be placed in a if (cond) trace; For example, for the tracepoint sched_wakeup, it is useless to trace a wakeup event where the caller never actually wakes anything up (where success == 0). So adding: TP_CONDITION(success), which uses the "success" parameter of the wakeup tracepoint will have it only trace when we have successfully woken up a task. Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Arjan van de Ven Cc: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 29 +++++++++++++++++++++++------ include/trace/define_trace.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index 5a6074fcd81..d3e4f87e95c 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, #define TP_PROTO(args...) args #define TP_ARGS(args...) args +#define TP_CONDITION(args...) args #ifdef CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS @@ -119,12 +120,14 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, * as "(void *, void)". The DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS() will pass in just * "void *data", where as the DECLARE_TRACE() will pass in "void *data, proto". */ -#define __DO_TRACE(tp, proto, args) \ +#define __DO_TRACE(tp, proto, args, cond) \ do { \ struct tracepoint_func *it_func_ptr; \ void *it_func; \ void *__data; \ \ + if (!(cond)) \ + return; \ rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace(); \ it_func_ptr = rcu_dereference_sched((tp)->funcs); \ if (it_func_ptr) { \ @@ -142,7 +145,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, * not add unwanted padding between the beginning of the section and the * structure. Force alignment to the same alignment as the section start. */ -#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, data_proto, data_args) \ +#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, cond, data_proto, data_args) \ extern struct tracepoint __tracepoint_##name; \ static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ { \ @@ -151,7 +154,8 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, do_trace: \ __DO_TRACE(&__tracepoint_##name, \ TP_PROTO(data_proto), \ - TP_ARGS(data_args)); \ + TP_ARGS(data_args), \ + TP_CONDITION(cond)); \ } \ static inline int \ register_trace_##name(void (*probe)(data_proto), void *data) \ @@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ do_trace: \ EXPORT_SYMBOL(__tracepoint_##name) #else /* !CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS */ -#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, data_proto, data_args) \ +#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, cond, data_proto, data_args) \ static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ { } \ static inline int \ @@ -227,13 +231,18 @@ do_trace: \ * "void *__data, proto" as the callback prototype. */ #define DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS(name) \ - __DECLARE_TRACE(name, void, , void *__data, __data) + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, void, , 1, void *__data, __data) #define DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args) \ - __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), \ + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), 1, \ PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ PARAMS(__data, args)) +#define DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond) \ + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond), \ + PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ + PARAMS(__data, args)) + #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) #endif /* DECLARE_TRACE */ @@ -349,12 +358,20 @@ do_trace: \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) #define DEFINE_EVENT_PRINT(template, name, proto, args, print) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION(template, name, proto, \ + args, cond) \ + DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond)) #define TRACE_EVENT(name, proto, args, struct, assign, print) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) #define TRACE_EVENT_FN(name, proto, args, struct, \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond, \ + struct, assign, print) \ + DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond)) #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) diff --git a/include/trace/define_trace.h b/include/trace/define_trace.h index 1dfab540151..b0b4eb24d59 100644 --- a/include/trace/define_trace.h +++ b/include/trace/define_trace.h @@ -26,6 +26,15 @@ #define TRACE_EVENT(name, proto, args, tstruct, assign, print) \ DEFINE_TRACE(name) +#undef TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION +#define TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond, tstruct, assign, print) \ + TRACE_EVENT(name, \ + PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), \ + PARAMS(tstruct), \ + PARAMS(assign), \ + PARAMS(print)) + #undef TRACE_EVENT_FN #define TRACE_EVENT_FN(name, proto, args, tstruct, \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ @@ -39,6 +48,10 @@ #define DEFINE_EVENT_PRINT(template, name, proto, args, print) \ DEFINE_TRACE(name) +#undef DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION +#define DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION(template, name, proto, args, cond) \ + DEFINE_EVENT(template, name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) + #undef DECLARE_TRACE #define DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args) \ DEFINE_TRACE(name) @@ -75,9 +88,11 @@ #undef TRACE_EVENT #undef TRACE_EVENT_FN +#undef TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION #undef DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS #undef DEFINE_EVENT #undef DEFINE_EVENT_PRINT +#undef DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION #undef TRACE_HEADER_MULTI_READ #undef DECLARE_TRACE -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6844c09d849aeb00e8ddfe9525e8567a531c22d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 16:36:35 -0200 Subject: perf events: Separate the routines handling the PERF_SAMPLE_ identity fields MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Those will be made available in sample like events like MMAP, EXEC, etc in a followup patch. So precalculate the extra id header space and have a separate routine to fill them up. V2: Thomas noticed that the id header needs to be precalculated at inherit_events too: LKML-Reference: Tested-by: Thomas Gleixner Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ian Munsie Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian Cc: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: <1291318772-30880-2-git-send-email-acme@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index adf6d993164..b9950b1620d 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -759,6 +759,7 @@ struct perf_event { struct perf_event_attr attr; u16 header_size; + u16 id_header_size; u16 read_size; struct hw_perf_event hw; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c980d1091810df13f21aabbce545fd98f545bbf7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 23:02:20 -0200 Subject: perf events: Make sample_type identity fields available in all PERF_RECORD_ events MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set it will add the PERF_SAMPLE_ identity info: TID, TIME, ID, CPU, STREAM_ID As a trailer, so that older perf tools can process new files, just ignoring the extra payload. With this its possible to do further analysis on problems in the event stream, like detecting reordering of MMAP and FORK events, etc. V2: Fixup header size in comm, mmap and task processing, as we have to take into account different sample_types for each matching event, noticed by Thomas Gleixner. Thomas also noticed a problem in v2 where if we didn't had space in the buffer we wouldn't restore the header size. Tested-by: Thomas Gleixner Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ian Munsie Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian Cc: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 12 +++++++++++- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index b9950b1620d..2814ead4adb 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -215,8 +215,9 @@ struct perf_event_attr { */ precise_ip : 2, /* skid constraint */ mmap_data : 1, /* non-exec mmap data */ + sample_id_all : 1, /* sample_type all events */ - __reserved_1 : 46; + __reserved_1 : 45; union { __u32 wakeup_events; /* wakeup every n events */ @@ -327,6 +328,15 @@ struct perf_event_header { enum perf_event_type { /* + * If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set then all event types will + * have the sample_type selected fields related to where/when + * (identity) an event took place (TID, TIME, ID, CPU, STREAM_ID) + * described in PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE below, it will be stashed just after + * the perf_event_header and the fields already present for the existing + * fields, i.e. at the end of the payload. That way a newer perf.data + * file will be supported by older perf tools, with these new optional + * fields being ignored. + * * The MMAP events record the PROT_EXEC mappings so that we can * correlate userspace IPs to code. They have the following structure: * -- cgit v1.2.3 From bbf0c6b3620b3872929ef7d3c392ce436889110f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Vetter Date: Sun, 5 Dec 2010 11:30:40 +0100 Subject: drm/i915: announce to userspace that the bsd ring is coherent Otherwise we can't really fix the abi-braindeadness of forcing libva to manually wait for rendering when switching rings. Which in turn makes implementing hw semaphores a pointless exercise (at least for ironlake). [Also added the relaxed fencing param to explain the jump in numbering - relaxed fencing is in -next.] Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson --- include/drm/i915_drm.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/drm/i915_drm.h b/include/drm/i915_drm.h index 8c641bed9bb..a2776e2807a 100644 --- a/include/drm/i915_drm.h +++ b/include/drm/i915_drm.h @@ -287,6 +287,8 @@ typedef struct drm_i915_irq_wait { #define I915_PARAM_HAS_EXECBUF2 9 #define I915_PARAM_HAS_BSD 10 #define I915_PARAM_HAS_BLT 11 +#define I915_PARAM_HAS_RELAXED_FENCING 12 +#define I915_PARAM_HAS_COHERENT_RINGS 13 typedef struct drm_i915_getparam { int param; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3fcc0afbb9c93f3599ba03273e59915670b6c2c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uk Kim Date: Sun, 5 Dec 2010 17:32:16 +0900 Subject: ASoC: Fix off by one error in WM8994 EQ register bank size Signed-off-by: Uk Kim Acked-by: Liam Girdwood Signed-off-by: Mark Brown Cc: stable@kernel.org --- include/linux/mfd/wm8994/pdata.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/wm8994/pdata.h b/include/linux/mfd/wm8994/pdata.h index 5c51f367c06..add8a1b8bcf 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/wm8994/pdata.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/wm8994/pdata.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ struct wm8994_ldo_pdata { #define WM8994_CONFIGURE_GPIO 0x8000 #define WM8994_DRC_REGS 5 -#define WM8994_EQ_REGS 19 +#define WM8994_EQ_REGS 20 /** * DRC configurations are specified with a label and a set of register -- cgit v1.2.3 From cd7ebe2298ff1c3112232878678ce5fe6be8a15b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masami Hiramatsu Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 18:54:28 +0900 Subject: kprobes: Use text_poke_smp_batch for optimizing Use text_poke_smp_batch() in optimization path for reducing the number of stop_machine() issues. If the number of optimizing probes is more than MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES(=256), kprobes optimizes first MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES probes and kicks optimizer for remaining probes. Changes in v5: - Use kick_kprobe_optimizer() instead of directly calling schedule_delayed_work(). - Rescheduling optimizer outside of kprobe mutex lock. Changes in v2: - Allocate code buffer and parameters in arch_init_kprobes() instead of using static arraies. - Merge previous max optimization limit patch into this patch. So, this patch introduces upper limit of optimization at once. Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: 2nddept-manager@sdl.hitachi.co.jp Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Steven Rostedt LKML-Reference: <20101203095428.2961.8994.stgit@ltc236.sdl.hitachi.co.jp> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index e7d1b2e0070..fe157ba6aa0 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ extern int arch_prepared_optinsn(struct arch_optimized_insn *optinsn); extern int arch_check_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern int arch_prepare_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_remove_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); -extern int arch_optimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); +extern void arch_optimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist); extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern kprobe_opcode_t *get_optinsn_slot(void); extern void free_optinsn_slot(kprobe_opcode_t *slot, int dirty); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f984ba4eb575e4a27ed28a76d4126d2aa9233c32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masami Hiramatsu Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 18:54:34 +0900 Subject: kprobes: Use text_poke_smp_batch for unoptimizing Use text_poke_smp_batch() on unoptimization path for reducing the number of stop_machine() issues. If the number of unoptimizing probes is more than MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES(=256), kprobes unoptimizes first MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES probes and kicks optimizer for remaining probes. Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: 2nddept-manager@sdl.hitachi.co.jp Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Steven Rostedt LKML-Reference: <20101203095434.2961.22657.stgit@ltc236.sdl.hitachi.co.jp> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index fe157ba6aa0..b78edb58ee6 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -276,6 +276,8 @@ extern int arch_check_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern int arch_prepare_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_remove_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_optimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist); +extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist, + struct list_head *done_list); extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern kprobe_opcode_t *get_optinsn_slot(void); extern void free_optinsn_slot(kprobe_opcode_t *slot, int dirty); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 46bcf14f44d8f31ecfdc8b6708ec15a3b33316d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 09:29:43 -0800 Subject: filter: fix sk_filter rcu handling Pavel Emelyanov tried to fix a race between sk_filter_(de|at)tach and sk_clone() in commit 47e958eac280c263397 Problem is we can have several clones sharing a common sk_filter, and these clones might want to sk_filter_attach() their own filters at the same time, and can overwrite old_filter->rcu, corrupting RCU queues. We can not use filter->rcu without being sure no other thread could do the same thing. Switch code to a more conventional ref-counting technique : Do the atomic decrement immediately and queue one rcu call back when last reference is released. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index a6338d03985..659d968d95c 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -1155,6 +1155,8 @@ extern void sk_common_release(struct sock *sk); /* Initialise core socket variables */ extern void sock_init_data(struct socket *sock, struct sock *sk); +extern void sk_filter_release_rcu(struct rcu_head *rcu); + /** * sk_filter_release - release a socket filter * @fp: filter to remove @@ -1165,7 +1167,7 @@ extern void sock_init_data(struct socket *sock, struct sock *sk); static inline void sk_filter_release(struct sk_filter *fp) { if (atomic_dec_and_test(&fp->refcnt)) - kfree(fp); + call_rcu_bh(&fp->rcu, sk_filter_release_rcu); } static inline void sk_filter_uncharge(struct sock *sk, struct sk_filter *fp) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3110f5f5545a645c50ef66b1f705d08dfd1df404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Carlson Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 08:28:50 +0000 Subject: tg3: Move EEE definitions into mdio.h In commit 52b02d04c801fff51ca49ad033210846d1713253 entitled "tg3: Add EEE support", Ben Hutchings had commented that the EEE advertisement register will be in a standard location. This patch moves that definition into mdio.h and changes the code to use it. Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson Reviewed-by: Benjamin Li Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index c779b49a1fd..b1494aced21 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2 33 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL 32 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT 33 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV 60 /* EEE advertisement */ /* LASI (Link Alarm Status Interrupt) registers, defined by XENPAK MSA. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXCTRL 0x9000 /* RX_ALARM control */ @@ -235,6 +236,10 @@ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS 0x4000 /* Master/slave config */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT 0x8000 /* Master/slave config fault */ +/* AN EEE Advertisement register. */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_100TX 0x0002 /* Advertise 100TX EEE cap */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_1000T 0x0004 /* Advertise 1000T EEE cap */ + /* LASI RX_ALARM control/status registers. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PHYXSLFLT 0x0001 /* PHY XS RX local fault */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PCSLFLT 0x0008 /* PCS RX local fault */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From af5568843594fb71055debe36e521fa8072fcecc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:50:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Improve EWMA efficiency by using bitshifts Using bitshifts instead of division and multiplication should improve performance. That requires weight and factor to be powers of two, but i think this is something we can live with. Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the improved formula! Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v2: use log2.h functions Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h index 7706e40f95f..c6028fd742c 100644 --- a/include/linux/average.h +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H #define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H -#include - /* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ /* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); */ static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) { - return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); + return avg->internal >> avg->factor; } #endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 073285fd392f6dc901da7c698d46e1e2a7e26436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Orishko Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 23:23:27 +0000 Subject: usbnet: changes for upcoming cdc_ncm driver Changes: include/linux/usb/usbnet.h: - a new flag to indicate driver's capability to accumulate IP packets in Tx direction and extract several packets from single skb in Rx direction. drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c: - the procedure of counting packets in usbnet was updated due to the accumulating of IP packets in the driver - no short packets are sent if indicated by the flag in driver_info structure Signed-off-by: Alexey Orishko Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/usb/usbnet.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h index 7ae27a47381..44842c8d38c 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h @@ -97,6 +97,12 @@ struct driver_info { #define FLAG_LINK_INTR 0x0800 /* updates link (carrier) status */ +/* + * Indicates to usbnet, that USB driver accumulates multiple IP packets. + * Affects statistic (counters) and short packet handling. + */ +#define FLAG_MULTI_PACKET 0x1000 + /* init device ... can sleep, or cause probe() failure */ int (*bind)(struct usbnet *, struct usb_interface *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da2033c282264bfba4e339b7cb3df62adb5c5fc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 21:45:56 +0000 Subject: filter: add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU Add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU to filter ancillary mechanism, to be able to build advanced filters. This can help spreading packets on several sockets with a fast selection, after RPS dispatch to N cpus for example, or to catch a percentage of flows in one queue. tcpdump -s 500 "cpu = 1" : [0] ld CPU [1] jeq #1 jt 2 jf 3 [2] ret #500 [3] ret #0 # take 12.5 % of flows (average) tcpdump -s 1000 "rxhash & 7 = 2" : [0] ld RXHASH [1] and #7 [2] jeq #2 jt 3 jf 4 [3] ret #1000 [4] ret #0 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Rui Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 447a775878f..5334adaf407 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -124,7 +124,9 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define SKF_AD_MARK 20 #define SKF_AD_QUEUE 24 #define SKF_AD_HATYPE 28 -#define SKF_AD_MAX 32 +#define SKF_AD_RXHASH 32 +#define SKF_AD_CPU 36 +#define SKF_AD_MAX 40 #define SKF_NET_OFF (-0x100000) #define SKF_LL_OFF (-0x200000) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 06a9701f4b3e3381dea96fee1cc8a3bb41b0a1f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 01:37:42 +0000 Subject: __in_dev_get_rtnl() can use rtnl_dereference() If caller holds RTNL, we dont need a memory barrier (smp_read_barrier_depends) included in rcu_dereference(). Just use rtnl_dereference() to properly document the assertions. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 2b86eaf1177..ae8fdc54e0c 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static inline struct in_device *in_dev_get(const struct net_device *dev) static inline struct in_device *__in_dev_get_rtnl(const struct net_device *dev) { - return rcu_dereference_check(dev->ip_ptr, lockdep_rtnl_is_held()); + return rtnl_dereference(dev->ip_ptr); } extern void in_dev_finish_destroy(struct in_device *idev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45904f21655cf4f0ae7d0fab5906fe51bf56ecf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:40 +0100 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: define and allow configuring mesh element TTL The TTL in path selection information elements is different from the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 5cfa579df47..9e541452d80 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1547,6 +1547,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1593,6 +1596,7 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, + NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, /* keep last */ __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 6b2af7aeddd..93a4b206833 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -624,6 +624,8 @@ struct mesh_config { u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; u8 dot11MeshTTL; + /* ttl used in path selection information elements */ + u8 element_ttl; bool auto_open_plinks; /* HWMP parameters */ u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f9e10ce4cf86945eb5efcab31284c971877ed012 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:42 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: require add_virtual_intf to return new dev cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in the notifier, but some new stuff will have to use local variables so make the callback return the netdev pointer. Tested-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 11 +++++++---- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 93a4b206833..902895dfbd4 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1033,7 +1033,8 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create - * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! + * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the netdev, + * or an ERR_PTR. * * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface determined by ifindex. * @@ -1168,9 +1169,11 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); - int (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, char *name, - enum nl80211_iftype type, u32 *flags, - struct vif_params *params); + struct net_device * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + char *name, + enum nl80211_iftype type, + u32 *flags, + struct vif_params *params); int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 29cbe68c516a48a9a88b3226878570c6cbd83c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:44 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 8 ++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 38 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------- 2 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 9e541452d80..410a06ea551 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -394,6 +394,11 @@ * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial + * mesh config parameters may be given. + * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the + * network is determined by the network interface. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -500,6 +505,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 902895dfbd4..788c3989a9e 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -258,13 +258,9 @@ struct ieee80211_supported_band { /** * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters - * @mesh_id: mesh ID to use - * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames */ struct vif_params { - u8 *mesh_id; - int mesh_id_len; int use_4addr; }; @@ -615,6 +611,11 @@ struct bss_parameters { int ap_isolate; }; +/* + * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration + * + * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. + */ struct mesh_config { /* Timeouts in ms */ /* Mesh plink management parameters */ @@ -637,6 +638,18 @@ struct mesh_config { u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; }; +/** + * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration + * @mesh_id: the mesh ID + * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes + * + * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. + */ +struct mesh_setup { + const u8 *mesh_id; + u8 mesh_id_len; +}; + /** * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters * @queue: TX queue identifier (NL80211_TXQ_Q_*) @@ -1078,7 +1091,7 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * * @get_mesh_params: Put the current mesh parameters into *params * - * @set_mesh_params: Set mesh parameters. + * @update_mesh_params: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to * set, and which to leave alone. * @@ -1229,9 +1242,14 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*get_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct mesh_config *conf); - int (*set_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, - struct net_device *dev, - const struct mesh_config *nconf, u32 mask); + int (*update_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, + const struct mesh_config *nconf); + int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + const struct mesh_config *conf, + const struct mesh_setup *setup); + int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); + int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct bss_parameters *params); @@ -1647,6 +1665,8 @@ struct cfg80211_cached_keys; * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the @@ -1676,7 +1696,7 @@ struct wireless_dev { /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; - u8 ssid_len; + u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; enum { CFG80211_SME_IDLE, CFG80211_SME_CONNECTING, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c9e664f1fdf34aa8cede047b206deaa8f1945af0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 22:57:45 +0100 Subject: PM / Hibernate: Fix memory corruption related to swap There is a problem that swap pages allocated before the creation of a hibernation image can be released and used for storing the contents of different memory pages while the image is being saved. Since the kernel stored in the image doesn't know of that, it causes memory corruption to occur after resume from hibernation, especially on systems with relatively small RAM that need to swap often. This issue can be addressed by keeping the GFP_IOFS bits clear in gfp_allowed_mask during the entire hibernation, including the saving of the image, until the system is finally turned off or the hibernation is aborted. Unfortunately, for this purpose it's necessary to rework the way in which the hibernate and suspend code manipulates gfp_allowed_mask. This change is based on an earlier patch from Hugh Dickins. Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki Reported-by: Ondrej Zary Acked-by: Hugh Dickins Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki Cc: stable@kernel.org --- include/linux/gfp.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index e8713d55360..f54adfcbec9 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ void drain_local_pages(void *dummy); extern gfp_t gfp_allowed_mask; -extern void set_gfp_allowed_mask(gfp_t mask); -extern gfp_t clear_gfp_allowed_mask(gfp_t mask); +extern void pm_restrict_gfp_mask(void); +extern void pm_restore_gfp_mask(void); #endif /* __LINUX_GFP_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e7d0c860a0dee49dacb7bbb248d1eba637075ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gabor Juhos Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 17:14:47 -0800 Subject: Input: add input driver for polled GPIO buttons The existing gpio-keys driver can be usable only for GPIO lines with interrupt support. Several devices have buttons connected to a GPIO line which is not capable to generate interrupts. This patch adds a new input driver using the generic GPIO layer and the input-polldev to support such buttons. [Ben Gardiner Signed-off-by: Ben Gardiner Tested-by: Ben Gardiner Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/linux/gpio_keys.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gpio_keys.h b/include/linux/gpio_keys.h index ce73a30113b..dd1a56fbe92 100644 --- a/include/linux/gpio_keys.h +++ b/include/linux/gpio_keys.h @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ struct gpio_keys_button { struct gpio_keys_platform_data { struct gpio_keys_button *buttons; int nbuttons; + unsigned int poll_interval; /* polling interval in msecs - + for polling driver only */ unsigned int rep:1; /* enable input subsystem auto repeat */ int (*enable)(struct device *dev); void (*disable)(struct device *dev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 871a2c16c21b988688b4ab1a78eadd969765c0a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tomasz Grobelny Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 13:38:01 +0100 Subject: dccp: Policy-based packet dequeueing infrastructure This patch adds a generic infrastructure for policy-based dequeueing of TX packets and provides two policies: * a simple FIFO policy (which is the default) and * a priority based policy (set via socket options). Both policies honour the tx_qlen sysctl for the maximum size of the write queue (can be overridden via socket options). The priority policy uses skb->priority internally to assign an u32 priority identifier, using the same ranking as SO_PRIORITY. The skb->priority field is set to 0 when the packet leaves DCCP. The priority is supplied as ancillary data using cmsg(3), the patch also provides the requisite parsing routines. Signed-off-by: Tomasz Grobelny Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index eed52bcd35d..010e2d87ed7 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -197,6 +197,21 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { DCCPF_MAX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 255, }; +/* DCCP socket control message types for cmsg */ +enum dccp_cmsg_type { + DCCP_SCM_PRIORITY = 1, + DCCP_SCM_QPOLICY_MAX = 0xFFFF, + /* ^-- Up to here reserved exclusively for qpolicy parameters */ + DCCP_SCM_MAX +}; + +/* DCCP priorities for outgoing/queued packets */ +enum dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy { + DCCPQ_POLICY_SIMPLE, + DCCPQ_POLICY_PRIO, + DCCPQ_POLICY_MAX +}; + /* DCCP socket options */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_PACKET_SIZE 1 /* XXX deprecated, without effect */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE 2 @@ -210,6 +225,8 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID 13 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_TX_CCID 14 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_RX_CCID 15 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_ID 16 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_TXQLEN 17 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_RX_INFO 128 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_TX_INFO 192 @@ -458,6 +475,8 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_ccid - CCID used for the receiver (or receiving half-connection) * @dccps_hc_tx_ccid - CCID used for the sender (or sending half-connection) * @dccps_options_received - parsed set of retrieved options + * @dccps_qpolicy - TX dequeueing policy, one of %dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy + * @dccps_tx_qlen - maximum length of the TX queue * @dccps_role - role of this sock, one of %dccp_role * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending @@ -500,6 +519,8 @@ struct dccp_sock { struct ccid *dccps_hc_rx_ccid; struct ccid *dccps_hc_tx_ccid; struct dccp_options_received dccps_options_received; + __u8 dccps_qpolicy; + __u32 dccps_tx_qlen; enum dccp_role dccps_role:2; __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 541a45a142df281c974d74eac2066138fc107b23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:12:43 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. -- v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 410a06ea551..8e28053ea42 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1191,6 +1191,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (u32, to this station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (u32, to this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) */ enum nl80211_sta_info { __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, @@ -1206,6 +1207,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 788c3989a9e..8764c9a5bab 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -420,6 +420,7 @@ struct station_parameters { * @STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES: @tx_retries filled * @STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED: @tx_failed filled * @STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: @rx_dropped_misc filled + * @STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: @signal_avg filled */ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME = 1<<0, @@ -435,6 +436,7 @@ enum station_info_flags { STATION_INFO_TX_RETRIES = 1<<10, STATION_INFO_TX_FAILED = 1<<11, STATION_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC = 1<<12, + STATION_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG = 1<<13, }; /** @@ -481,6 +483,7 @@ struct rate_info { * @plid: mesh peer link id * @plink_state: mesh peer link state * @signal: signal strength of last received packet in dBm + * @signal_avg: signal strength average in dBm * @txrate: current unicast bitrate to this station * @rx_packets: packets received from this station * @tx_packets: packets transmitted to this station @@ -501,6 +504,7 @@ struct station_info { u16 plid; u8 plink_state; s8 signal; + s8 signal_avg; struct rate_info txrate; u32 rx_packets; u32 tx_packets; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 88d60c32765716289abeb362c44adf6c35c6824c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 18:19:22 -0500 Subject: fanotify: remove packed from access response message Since fanotify has decided to be careful about alignment and packing rather than rely on __attribute__((packed)) for multiarch support. Since this attribute isn't doing anything on fanotify_response we just drop it. This does not break API/ABI. Suggested-by: Tvrtko Ursulin Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fanotify.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fanotify.h b/include/linux/fanotify.h index 0f0121467fc..bdbf9bb29b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/fanotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fanotify.h @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ struct fanotify_event_metadata { struct fanotify_response { __s32 fd; __u32 response; -} __attribute__ ((packed)); +}; /* Legit userspace responses to a _PERM event */ #define FAN_ALLOW 0x01 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b1085ba80cd2784400a7beec3fda5099198ed01c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lino Sanfilippo Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 17:05:27 +0100 Subject: fanotify: if set by user unset FMODE_NONOTIFY before fsnotify_perm() is called Unsetting FMODE_NONOTIFY in fsnotify_open() is too late, since fsnotify_perm() is called before. If FMODE_NONOTIFY is set fsnotify_perm() will skip permission checks, so a user can still disable permission checks by setting this flag in an open() call. This patch corrects this by unsetting the flag before fsnotify_perm is called. Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fsnotify.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify.h b/include/linux/fsnotify.h index 5c185fa2708..b10bcdeaef7 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify.h @@ -235,9 +235,6 @@ static inline void fsnotify_open(struct file *file) if (S_ISDIR(inode->i_mode)) mask |= FS_ISDIR; - /* FMODE_NONOTIFY must never be set from user */ - file->f_mode &= ~FMODE_NONOTIFY; - fsnotify_parent(path, NULL, mask); fsnotify(inode, mask, path, FSNOTIFY_EVENT_PATH, NULL, 0); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09e5f14e57c70f9d357862bb56e57026c51092a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lino Sanfilippo Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 10:58:07 +0100 Subject: fanotify: on group destroy allow all waiters to bypass permission check When fanotify_release() is called, there may still be processes waiting for access permission. Currently only processes for which an event has already been queued into the groups access list will be woken up. Processes for which no event has been queued will continue to sleep and thus cause a deadlock when fsnotify_put_group() is called. Furthermore there is a race allowing further processes to be waiting on the access wait queue after wake_up (if they arrive before clear_marks_by_group() is called). This patch corrects this by setting a flag to inform processes that the group is about to be destroyed and thus not to wait for access permission. [additional changelog from eparis] Lets think about the 4 relevant code paths from the PoV of the 'operator' 'listener' 'responder' and 'closer'. Where operator is the process doing an action (like open/read) which could require permission. Listener is the task (or in this case thread) slated with reading from the fanotify file descriptor. The 'responder' is the thread responsible for responding to access requests. 'Closer' is the thread attempting to close the fanotify file descriptor. The 'operator' is going to end up in: fanotify_handle_event() get_response_from_access() (THIS BLOCKS WAITING ON USERSPACE) The 'listener' interesting code path fanotify_read() copy_event_to_user() prepare_for_access_response() (THIS CREATES AN fanotify_response_event) The 'responder' code path: fanotify_write() process_access_response() (REMOVE A fanotify_response_event, SET RESPONSE, WAKE UP 'operator') The 'closer': fanotify_release() (SUPPOSED TO CLEAN UP THE REST OF THIS MESS) What we have today is that in the closer we remove all of the fanotify_response_events and set a bit so no more response events are ever created in prepare_for_access_response(). The bug is that we never wake all of the operators up and tell them to move along. You fix that in fanotify_get_response_from_access(). You also fix other operators which haven't gotten there yet. So I agree that's a good fix. [/additional changelog from eparis] [remove additional changes to minimize patch size] [move initialization so it was inside CONFIG_FANOTIFY_PERMISSION] Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h index 0a68f924f06..7380763595d 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ struct fsnotify_group { struct mutex access_mutex; struct list_head access_list; wait_queue_head_t access_waitq; - bool bypass_perm; /* protected by access_mutex */ + atomic_t bypass_perm; #endif /* CONFIG_FANOTIFY_ACCESS_PERMISSIONS */ int f_flags; unsigned int max_marks; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e9a3854fd4ff3907e6c200a3980e19365ee695e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lino Sanfilippo Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 18:22:09 +0100 Subject: fanotify: Introduce FAN_NOFD FAN_NOFD is used in fanotify events that do not provide an open file descriptor (like the overflow_event). Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fanotify.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fanotify.h b/include/linux/fanotify.h index bdbf9bb29b5..c73224315ae 100644 --- a/include/linux/fanotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fanotify.h @@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ struct fanotify_response { /* Legit userspace responses to a _PERM event */ #define FAN_ALLOW 0x01 #define FAN_DENY 0x02 +/* No fd set in event */ +#define FAN_NOFD -1 /* Helper functions to deal with fanotify_event_metadata buffers */ #define FAN_EVENT_METADATA_LEN (sizeof(struct fanotify_event_metadata)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From c02178d22b3ef2d18c38c96151600ee1c7ed94f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 00:21:05 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add Bluetooth Management interface definitions Add initial definitions for the new Bluetooth Management interface to the bluetooth headers. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci.h | 4 ++++ include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 1 + include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 46 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 51 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h index f3c5ed6d7bd..29a7a8ca043 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci.h @@ -934,9 +934,13 @@ static inline struct hci_sco_hdr *hci_sco_hdr(const struct sk_buff *skb) struct sockaddr_hci { sa_family_t hci_family; unsigned short hci_dev; + unsigned short hci_channel; }; #define HCI_DEV_NONE 0xffff +#define HCI_CHANNEL_RAW 0 +#define HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL 1 + struct hci_filter { unsigned long type_mask; unsigned long event_mask[2]; diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 9c08625617a..3e343594598 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -668,6 +668,7 @@ struct hci_pinfo { struct hci_dev *hdev; struct hci_filter filter; __u32 cmsg_mask; + unsigned short channel; }; /* HCI security filter */ diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95974daa725 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + BlueZ - Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux + + Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + published by the Free Software Foundation; + + THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. + IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) AND AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY + CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES + WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + + ALL LIABILITY, INCLUDING LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENTS, + COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS, RELATING TO USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE IS DISCLAIMED. +*/ + +struct mgmt_hdr { + __le16 opcode; + __le16 len; +} __packed; +#define MGMT_HDR_SIZE 4 + +#define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 +struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { + __le16 opcode; + __u8 data[0]; +} __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_CMD_STATUS 0x0002 +struct mgmt_ev_cmd_status { + __u8 status; + __le16 opcode; +} __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_CONTROLLER_ERROR 0x0003 +struct mgmt_ev_controller_error { + __le16 index; + __u8 error_code; +} __packed; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0381101fd6a73c7d6b545044dc1472d019fc64e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 00:21:06 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add initial Bluetooth Management interface callbacks Add initial code for handling Bluetooth Management interface messages. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 3e343594598..1992fac7e92 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -660,6 +660,9 @@ void hci_si_event(struct hci_dev *hdev, int type, int dlen, void *data); /* ----- HCI Sockets ----- */ void hci_send_to_sock(struct hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb); +/* Management interface */ +int mgmt_control(struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t len); + /* HCI info for socket */ #define hci_pi(sk) ((struct hci_pinfo *) sk) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a40c406cbdd28dcca3483065bc2ba794cf5aaab7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 00:21:07 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Make hci_send_to_sock usable for management control sockets In order to send data to management control sockets the function should: - skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events - make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to management control sockets In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control sockets. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h index d81ea799770..0c5e72503b7 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h @@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ struct bt_skb_cb { __u8 tx_seq; __u8 retries; __u8 sar; + unsigned short channel; }; #define bt_cb(skb) ((struct bt_skb_cb *)((skb)->cb)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2df485a774ba59c3f43bfe84107672c1d9b731a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Trond Myklebust Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 22:39:17 -0500 Subject: nfs: remove extraneous and problematic calls to nfs_clear_request When a nfs_page is freed, nfs_free_request is called which also calls nfs_clear_request to clean out the lock and open contexts and free the pagecache page. However, a couple of places in the nfs code call nfs_clear_request themselves. What happens here if the refcount on the request is still high? We'll be releasing contexts and freeing pointers while the request is possibly still in use. Remove those bare calls to nfs_clear_context. That should only be done when the request is being freed. Note that when doing this, we need to watch out for tests of req->wb_page. Previously, nfs_set_page_tag_locked() and nfs_clear_page_tag_locked() would check the value of req->wb_page to figure out if the page is mapped into the nfsi->nfs_page_tree. We now indicate the page is mapped using the new bit PG_MAPPED in req->wb_flags . Reported-by: Jeff Layton Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_page.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_page.h b/include/linux/nfs_page.h index f8b60e7f4c4..d55cee73f63 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_page.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_page.h @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ */ enum { PG_BUSY = 0, + PG_MAPPED, PG_CLEAN, PG_NEED_COMMIT, PG_NEED_RESCHED, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 941666c2e3e0f9f6a1cb5808d02352d445bd702c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 5 Dec 2010 01:23:53 +0000 Subject: net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 09:19 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit : > Hmm.. > > If somebody can explain why RTNL is held in arp_ioctl() (and therefore > in arp_req_delete()), we might first remove RTNL use in arp_ioctl() so > that your patch can be applied. > > Right now it is not good, because RTNL wont be necessarly held when you > are going to call arp_invalidate() ? While doing this analysis, I found a refcount bug in llc, I'll send a patch for net-2.6 Meanwhile, here is the patch for net-next-2.6 Your patch then can be applied after mine. Thanks [PATCH] net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() dev_getbyhwaddr() was called under RTNL. Rename it to dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu() and change all its caller to now use RCU locking instead of RTNL. Change arp_ioctl() to use RCU instead of RTNL locking. Note: this fix a dev refcount bug in llc Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index a9ac5dc26e3..d31bc3c9471 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1360,7 +1360,8 @@ static inline struct net_device *first_net_device(struct net *net) extern int netdev_boot_setup_check(struct net_device *dev); extern unsigned long netdev_boot_base(const char *prefix, int unit); -extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr(struct net *net, unsigned short type, char *hwaddr); +extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned short type, + const char *hwaddr); extern struct net_device *dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern struct net_device *__dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern void dev_add_pack(struct packet_type *pt); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62ab0812137ec4f9884dd7de346238841ac03283 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 20:50:09 +0000 Subject: filter: constify sk_run_filter() sk_run_filter() doesnt write on skb, change its prototype to reflect this. Fix two af_packet comments. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 5334adaf407..45266b75409 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ struct sk_buff; struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); -extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, +extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(const struct sk_buff *skb, const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5167695753c63444a9e6cbbef136200a16c7a225 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 14:18:20 +0100 Subject: perf: Fix duplicate events with multiple-pmu vs software events Because the multi-pmu bits can share contexts between struct pmu instances we could get duplicate events by iterating the pmu list. Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index de2c41758e2..4f1279e105e 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -887,6 +887,7 @@ struct perf_cpu_context { int exclusive; struct list_head rotation_list; int jiffies_interval; + struct pmu *active_pmu; }; struct perf_output_handle { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0f004f5a696a9434b7214d0d3cbd0525ee77d428 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:48:45 +0100 Subject: sched: Cure more NO_HZ load average woes There's a long-running regression that proved difficult to fix and which is hitting certain people and is rather annoying in its effects. Damien reported that after 74f5187ac8 (sched: Cure load average vs NO_HZ woes) his load average is unnaturally high, he also noted that even with that patch reverted the load avgerage numbers are not correct. The problem is that the previous patch only solved half the NO_HZ problem, it addressed the part of going into NO_HZ mode, not of comming out of NO_HZ mode. This patch implements that missing half. When comming out of NO_HZ mode there are two important things to take care of: - Folding the pending idle delta into the global active count. - Correctly aging the averages for the idle-duration. So with this patch the NO_HZ interaction should be complete and behaviour between CONFIG_NO_HZ=[yn] should be equivalent. Furthermore, this patch slightly changes the load average computation by adding a rounding term to the fixed point multiplication. Reported-by: Damien Wyart Reported-by: Tim McGrath Tested-by: Damien Wyart Tested-by: Orion Poplawski Tested-by: Kyle McMartin Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: stable@kernel.org Cc: Chase Douglas LKML-Reference: <1291129145.32004.874.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 2c79e921a68..223874538b3 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ extern unsigned long nr_iowait_cpu(int cpu); extern unsigned long this_cpu_load(void); -extern void calc_global_load(void); +extern void calc_global_load(unsigned long ticks); extern unsigned long get_parent_ip(unsigned long addr); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 806c09a7db457be3758e14b1f152761135d89af5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dario Faggioli Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:51:33 +0100 Subject: sched: Make pushable_tasks CONFIG_SMP dependant As noted by Peter Zijlstra at https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/10/391 (while reviewing other stuff, though), tracking pushable tasks only makes sense on SMP systems. Signed-off-by: Dario Faggioli Acked-by: Steven Rostedt Acked-by: Gregory Haskins Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1291143093.2697.298.camel@Palantir> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/init_task.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/sched.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 1f8c06ce0fa..6ed8812bfe2 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -12,6 +12,13 @@ #include #include +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP +# define INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) \ + .pushable_tasks = PLIST_NODE_INIT(tsk.pushable_tasks, MAX_PRIO), +#else +# define INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) +#endif + extern struct files_struct init_files; extern struct fs_struct init_fs; @@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ extern struct cred init_cred; .nr_cpus_allowed = NR_CPUS, \ }, \ .tasks = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.tasks), \ - .pushable_tasks = PLIST_NODE_INIT(tsk.pushable_tasks, MAX_PRIO), \ + INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) \ .ptraced = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.ptraced), \ .ptrace_entry = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.ptrace_entry), \ .real_parent = &tsk, \ diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 9c2d46da486..4f92a239c14 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1240,7 +1240,9 @@ struct task_struct { #endif struct list_head tasks; +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP struct plist_node pushable_tasks; +#endif struct mm_struct *mm, *active_mm; #if defined(SPLIT_RSS_COUNTING) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 67631510a318d5a930055fe927607f483716e100 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 12:16:33 -0800 Subject: tcp: Replace time wait bucket msg by counter Rather than printing the message to the log, use a mib counter to keep track of the count of occurences of time wait bucket overflow. Reduces spam in logs. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/snmp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/snmp.h b/include/linux/snmp.h index ebb0c80ffd6..12b2b18e50c 100644 --- a/include/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/linux/snmp.h @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@ enum LINUX_MIB_TCPMINTTLDROP, /* RFC 5082 */ LINUX_MIB_TCPDEFERACCEPTDROP, LINUX_MIB_IPRPFILTER, /* IP Reverse Path Filter (rp_filter) */ + LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEWAITOVERFLOW, /* TCPTimeWaitOverflow */ __LINUX_MIB_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 50b12f597be354a5a224f05c65c54c0667e57aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Helmut Schaa Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 12:40:25 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: Add new BSS attribute ht_opmode Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode. Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in AP mode. Cc: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 8e28053ea42..380421253d1 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -849,6 +849,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an * nl80211 capability flag. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1025,6 +1027,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 8764c9a5bab..0d5979924be 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -605,6 +605,8 @@ struct mpath_info { * (or NULL for no change) * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations + * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode + * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) */ struct bss_parameters { int use_cts_prot; @@ -613,6 +615,7 @@ struct bss_parameters { u8 *basic_rates; u8 basic_rates_len; int ap_isolate; + int ht_opmode; }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7e8941b2df518186d9f7679c007f6b619bb4e89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 13:43:03 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: add some element IDs in enum ieee80211_eid 1)WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 2)WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM 3)WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index ed5a03cbe18..351c0ab4e28 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1223,6 +1223,9 @@ enum ieee80211_eid { WLAN_EID_BSS_AC_ACCESS_DELAY = 68, WLAN_EID_RRM_ENABLED_CAPABILITIES = 70, WLAN_EID_MULTIPLE_BSSID = 71, + WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 = 72, + WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM = 74, + WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY = 127, WLAN_EID_MOBILITY_DOMAIN = 54, WLAN_EID_FAST_BSS_TRANSITION = 55, -- cgit v1.2.3 From defb3519a64141608725e2dac5a5aa9a3c644bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 21:16:57 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract away all dst_entry metrics accesses. Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes, to dst_entry metrics values. This will allow us to: 1) More easily change how the metrics are stored. 2) Implement COW for metrics. In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller Acked-by: Eric Dumazet --- include/net/dst.h | 26 +++++++++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index a5bd72646d6..85dee3a57b9 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ struct dst_entry { struct dst_ops *ops; - u32 metrics[RTAX_MAX]; + u32 _metrics[RTAX_MAX]; #ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE __u32 tclassid; @@ -106,7 +106,27 @@ struct dst_entry { static inline u32 dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) { - return dst->metrics[metric-1]; + return dst->_metrics[metric-1]; +} + +static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) +{ + dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; +} + +static inline void dst_import_metrics(struct dst_entry *dst, const u32 *src_metrics) +{ + memcpy(dst->_metrics, src_metrics, RTAX_MAX * sizeof(u32)); +} + +static inline void dst_copy_metrics(struct dst_entry *dest, const struct dst_entry *src) +{ + dst_import_metrics(dest, src->_metrics); +} + +static inline u32 *dst_metrics_ptr(struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + return dst->_metrics; } static inline u32 @@ -134,7 +154,7 @@ static inline unsigned long dst_metric_rtt(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metr static inline void set_dst_metric_rtt(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, unsigned long rtt) { - dst->metrics[metric-1] = jiffies_to_msecs(rtt); + dst_metric_set(dst, metric, jiffies_to_msecs(rtt)); } static inline u32 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96a84c20d635fb1e98ab92f9fc517c4441f5c424 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 17:07:16 -0500 Subject: lockup detector: Compile fixes from removing the old x86 nmi watchdog My patch that removed the old x86 nmi watchdog broke other arches. This change reverts a piece of that patch and puts the change in the correct spot. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Reviewed-by: Cyrill Gorcunov Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: yinghai@kernel.org LKML-Reference: <1291068437-5331-2-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 1c451e6ecc1..17ccf44e7dc 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ */ #ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG #include -#endif +extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); +#else #ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { @@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) #else extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif +#endif /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68835aba4d9b74e2f94106d13b6a4bddc447c4c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:04:07 +0000 Subject: net: optimize INET input path further Followup of commit b178bb3dfc30 (net: reorder struct sock fields) Optimize INET input path a bit further, by : 1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock. This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and 64 bytes cache line size). 2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk (same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node) This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont increase size of inet and timewait socks. inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields. Before patch : offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274 After patch : offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44 offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48 offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0 offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4 compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored item, instead of two. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet_sock.h | 5 +++-- include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h | 20 +++++++------------- include/net/sock.h | 37 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------- 3 files changed, 34 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_sock.h b/include/net/inet_sock.h index 8945f9fb192..8181498fa96 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_sock.h @@ -116,8 +116,9 @@ struct inet_sock { struct ipv6_pinfo *pinet6; #endif /* Socket demultiplex comparisons on incoming packets. */ - __be32 inet_daddr; - __be32 inet_rcv_saddr; +#define inet_daddr sk.__sk_common.skc_daddr +#define inet_rcv_saddr sk.__sk_common.skc_rcv_saddr + __be16 inet_dport; __u16 inet_num; __be32 inet_saddr; diff --git a/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h b/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h index a066fdd50da..17404b5388a 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h @@ -88,12 +88,6 @@ extern void inet_twdr_hangman(unsigned long data); extern void inet_twdr_twkill_work(struct work_struct *work); extern void inet_twdr_twcal_tick(unsigned long data); -#if (BITS_PER_LONG == 64) -#define INET_TIMEWAIT_ADDRCMP_ALIGN_BYTES 8 -#else -#define INET_TIMEWAIT_ADDRCMP_ALIGN_BYTES 4 -#endif - struct inet_bind_bucket; /* @@ -117,15 +111,15 @@ struct inet_timewait_sock { #define tw_hash __tw_common.skc_hash #define tw_prot __tw_common.skc_prot #define tw_net __tw_common.skc_net +#define tw_daddr __tw_common.skc_daddr +#define tw_rcv_saddr __tw_common.skc_rcv_saddr int tw_timeout; volatile unsigned char tw_substate; - /* 3 bits hole, try to pack */ unsigned char tw_rcv_wscale; + /* Socket demultiplex comparisons on incoming packets. */ - /* these five are in inet_sock */ + /* these three are in inet_sock */ __be16 tw_sport; - __be32 tw_daddr __attribute__((aligned(INET_TIMEWAIT_ADDRCMP_ALIGN_BYTES))); - __be32 tw_rcv_saddr; __be16 tw_dport; __u16 tw_num; kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); @@ -191,10 +185,10 @@ static inline struct inet_timewait_sock *inet_twsk(const struct sock *sk) return (struct inet_timewait_sock *)sk; } -static inline __be32 inet_rcv_saddr(const struct sock *sk) +static inline __be32 sk_rcv_saddr(const struct sock *sk) { - return likely(sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT) ? - inet_sk(sk)->inet_rcv_saddr : inet_twsk(sk)->tw_rcv_saddr; +/* both inet_sk() and inet_twsk() store rcv_saddr in skc_rcv_saddr */ + return sk->__sk_common.skc_rcv_saddr; } extern void inet_twsk_put(struct inet_timewait_sock *tw); diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 3482004e5c2..82e86034702 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -105,10 +105,8 @@ struct net; /** * struct sock_common - minimal network layer representation of sockets - * @skc_node: main hash linkage for various protocol lookup tables - * @skc_nulls_node: main hash linkage for TCP/UDP/UDP-Lite protocol - * @skc_refcnt: reference count - * @skc_tx_queue_mapping: tx queue number for this connection + * @skc_daddr: Foreign IPv4 addr + * @skc_rcv_saddr: Bound local IPv4 addr * @skc_hash: hash value used with various protocol lookup tables * @skc_u16hashes: two u16 hash values used by UDP lookup tables * @skc_family: network address family @@ -119,20 +117,20 @@ struct net; * @skc_portaddr_node: second hash linkage for UDP/UDP-Lite protocol * @skc_prot: protocol handlers inside a network family * @skc_net: reference to the network namespace of this socket + * @skc_node: main hash linkage for various protocol lookup tables + * @skc_nulls_node: main hash linkage for TCP/UDP/UDP-Lite protocol + * @skc_tx_queue_mapping: tx queue number for this connection + * @skc_refcnt: reference count * * This is the minimal network layer representation of sockets, the header * for struct sock and struct inet_timewait_sock. */ struct sock_common { - /* - * first fields are not copied in sock_copy() + /* skc_daddr and skc_rcv_saddr must be grouped : + * cf INET_MATCH() and INET_TW_MATCH() */ - union { - struct hlist_node skc_node; - struct hlist_nulls_node skc_nulls_node; - }; - atomic_t skc_refcnt; - int skc_tx_queue_mapping; + __be32 skc_daddr; + __be32 skc_rcv_saddr; union { unsigned int skc_hash; @@ -150,6 +148,18 @@ struct sock_common { #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS struct net *skc_net; #endif + /* + * fields between dontcopy_begin/dontcopy_end + * are not copied in sock_copy() + */ + int skc_dontcopy_begin[0]; + union { + struct hlist_node skc_node; + struct hlist_nulls_node skc_nulls_node; + }; + int skc_tx_queue_mapping; + atomic_t skc_refcnt; + int skc_dontcopy_end[0]; }; /** @@ -232,7 +242,8 @@ struct sock { #define sk_refcnt __sk_common.skc_refcnt #define sk_tx_queue_mapping __sk_common.skc_tx_queue_mapping -#define sk_copy_start __sk_common.skc_hash +#define sk_dontcopy_begin __sk_common.skc_dontcopy_begin +#define sk_dontcopy_end __sk_common.skc_dontcopy_end #define sk_hash __sk_common.skc_hash #define sk_family __sk_common.skc_family #define sk_state __sk_common.skc_state -- cgit v1.2.3 From 60d509c823cca21e77d537bd356785f7cfe8f0d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 02:39:01 +0000 Subject: The new jhash implementation The current jhash.h implements the lookup2() hash function by Bob Jenkins. However, lookup2() is outdated as Bob wrote a new hash function called lookup3(). The patch replaces the lookup2() implementation of the 'jhash*' functions with that of lookup3(). You can read a longer comparison of the two and other hash functions at http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Acked-by: Rusty Russell Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/jhash.h | 183 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 105 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/jhash.h b/include/linux/jhash.h index ced1159fa4f..47cb09edec1 100644 --- a/include/linux/jhash.h +++ b/include/linux/jhash.h @@ -3,129 +3,156 @@ /* jhash.h: Jenkins hash support. * - * Copyright (C) 1996 Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) + * Copyright (C) 2006. Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) * * http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/ * * These are the credits from Bob's sources: * - * lookup2.c, by Bob Jenkins, December 1996, Public Domain. - * hash(), hash2(), hash3, and mix() are externally useful functions. - * Routines to test the hash are included if SELF_TEST is defined. - * You can use this free for any purpose. It has no warranty. + * lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain. * - * Copyright (C) 2003 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com) + * These are functions for producing 32-bit hashes for hash table lookup. + * hashword(), hashlittle(), hashlittle2(), hashbig(), mix(), and final() + * are externally useful functions. Routines to test the hash are included + * if SELF_TEST is defined. You can use this free for any purpose. It's in + * the public domain. It has no warranty. + * + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Jozsef Kadlecsik (kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu) * * I've modified Bob's hash to be useful in the Linux kernel, and - * any bugs present are surely my fault. -DaveM + * any bugs present are my fault. + * Jozsef */ +#include +#include + +/* Best hash sizes are of power of two */ +#define jhash_size(n) ((u32)1<<(n)) +/* Mask the hash value, i.e (value & jhash_mask(n)) instead of (value % n) */ +#define jhash_mask(n) (jhash_size(n)-1) + +/* __jhash_mix -- mix 3 32-bit values reversibly. */ +#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 4); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 6); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 8); b += a; \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 16); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 19); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 4); b += a; \ +} -/* NOTE: Arguments are modified. */ -#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ -{ \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>13); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<8); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>13); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>12); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<16); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>5); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>3); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<10); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>15); \ +/* __jhash_final - final mixing of 3 32-bit values (a,b,c) into c */ +#define __jhash_final(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 14); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 11); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 25); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 16); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 4); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 14); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 24); \ } -/* The golden ration: an arbitrary value */ -#define JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO 0x9e3779b9 +/* An arbitrary initial parameter */ +#define JHASH_INITVAL 0xdeadbeef -/* The most generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence - * of bytes. No alignment or length assumptions are made about - * the input key. +/* jhash - hash an arbitrary key + * @k: sequence of bytes as key + * @length: the length of the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * The generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence of bytes. + * No alignment or length assumptions are made about the input key. + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. The result depends on endianness. */ static inline u32 jhash(const void *key, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; const u8 *k = key; - len = length; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - - while (len >= 12) { - a += (k[0] +((u32)k[1]<<8) +((u32)k[2]<<16) +((u32)k[3]<<24)); - b += (k[4] +((u32)k[5]<<8) +((u32)k[6]<<16) +((u32)k[7]<<24)); - c += (k[8] +((u32)k[9]<<8) +((u32)k[10]<<16)+((u32)k[11]<<24)); - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + length + initval; + /* All but the last block: affect some 32 bits of (a,b,c) */ + while (length > 12) { + a += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k); + b += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 4); + c += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 8); + __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + length -= 12; k += 12; - len -= 12; } - - c += length; - switch (len) { - case 11: c += ((u32)k[10]<<24); - case 10: c += ((u32)k[9]<<16); - case 9 : c += ((u32)k[8]<<8); - case 8 : b += ((u32)k[7]<<24); - case 7 : b += ((u32)k[6]<<16); - case 6 : b += ((u32)k[5]<<8); - case 5 : b += k[4]; - case 4 : a += ((u32)k[3]<<24); - case 3 : a += ((u32)k[2]<<16); - case 2 : a += ((u32)k[1]<<8); - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Last block: affect all 32 bits of (c) */ + /* All the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 12: c += (u32)k[11]<<24; + case 11: c += (u32)k[10]<<16; + case 10: c += (u32)k[9]<<8; + case 9: c += k[8]; + case 8: b += (u32)k[7]<<24; + case 7: b += (u32)k[6]<<16; + case 6: b += (u32)k[5]<<8; + case 5: b += k[4]; + case 4: a += (u32)k[3]<<24; + case 3: a += (u32)k[2]<<16; + case 2: a += (u32)k[1]<<8; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special optimized version that handles 1 or more of u32s. - * The length parameter here is the number of u32s in the key. +/* jhash2 - hash an array of u32's + * @k: the key which must be an array of u32's + * @length: the number of u32's in the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. */ static inline u32 jhash2(const u32 *k, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - len = length; + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + (length<<2) + initval; - while (len >= 3) { + /* Handle most of the key */ + while (length > 3) { a += k[0]; b += k[1]; c += k[2]; __jhash_mix(a, b, c); - k += 3; len -= 3; + length -= 3; + k += 3; } - c += length * 4; - - switch (len) { - case 2 : b += k[1]; - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Handle the last 3 u32's: all the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 3: c += k[2]; + case 2: b += k[1]; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special ultra-optimized versions that knows they are hashing exactly - * 3, 2 or 1 word(s). - * - * NOTE: In particular the "c += length; __jhash_mix(a,b,c);" normally - * done at the end is not done here. - */ +/* jhash_3words - hash exactly 3, 2 or 1 word(s) */ static inline u32 jhash_3words(u32 a, u32 b, u32 c, u32 initval) { - a += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - b += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; + a += JHASH_INITVAL; + b += JHASH_INITVAL; c += initval; - __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + __jhash_final(a, b, c); return c; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 05ac10dd6862a3fcce33d2203fbb2ef285e3ca87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 08:49:26 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: trivial search and replace patch change all ocurrences of musb_hdrc to musb-hdrc. We will call glue layer drivers musb-, so in order to keep things somewhat standard, let's change the underscore into a dash. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index ee2dd1d506e..e2191d4db4d 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ * Inventra (Multidrop) Highspeed Dual-Role Controllers: (M)HDRC. * * Board initialization should put one of these into dev->platform_data, - * probably on some platform_device named "musb_hdrc". It encapsulates + * probably on some platform_device named "musb-hdrc". It encapsulates * key configuration differences between boards. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7ec94370f417fedad4db1054228ef958d48b926 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 09:48:58 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: pass platform_ops via platform_data ... then we don't need to export any symbols from glue layer to musb_core. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index e2191d4db4d..6f4e5014cf5 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -126,6 +126,9 @@ struct musb_hdrc_platform_data { /* Architecture specific board data */ void *board_data; + + /* Platform specific struct musb_ops pointer */ + const void *platform_ops; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3b7029670d39d22f288ece95254e9ba5ceddd6ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 09:51:00 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: mark ->set_clock deprecated ... we will completely drop that need by moving clock handling to platform glue layer. Marking as deprecated will allow us to catch all users easily. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index 6f4e5014cf5..0b72b574164 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ struct musb_hdrc_platform_data { int (*set_power)(int state); /* Turn device clock on or off */ - int (*set_clock)(struct clk *clock, int is_on); + int (*set_clock)(struct clk *clock, int is_on) __deprecated; /* MUSB configuration-specific details */ struct musb_hdrc_config *config; -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa56df915d101770a495569473b4c13b1904087b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 10:55:29 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: drop the set_clock magic now that platform glue layer handles clock completely, that function is completely useless for us. Drop it. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index 0b72b574164..0b0e383035e 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -118,9 +118,6 @@ struct musb_hdrc_platform_data { /* Power the device on or off */ int (*set_power)(int state); - /* Turn device clock on or off */ - int (*set_clock)(struct clk *clock, int is_on) __deprecated; - /* MUSB configuration-specific details */ struct musb_hdrc_config *config; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e70357e35c522776d9f56f6800af4ed7a5bdbaaf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hema HK Date: Fri, 10 Dec 2010 18:09:52 +0530 Subject: mfd: TWL6030: OMAP4: Registering the TWL6030-usb device Registering the twl6030-usb transceiver device as a child to twl6030 core. Removed the NOP transceiver init call from board file. Populated twl4030_usb_data platform data structure with the function pointers for OMAP4430 internal PHY operation to be used by twl630-usb driver. Signed-off-by: Hema HK Cc: Samuel Ortiz Cc: Tony Lindgren Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/i2c/twl.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/i2c/twl.h b/include/linux/i2c/twl.h index c760991b354..61b9609e55f 100644 --- a/include/linux/i2c/twl.h +++ b/include/linux/i2c/twl.h @@ -593,6 +593,13 @@ enum twl4030_usb_mode { struct twl4030_usb_data { enum twl4030_usb_mode usb_mode; + + int (*phy_init)(struct device *dev); + int (*phy_exit)(struct device *dev); + /* Power on/off the PHY */ + int (*phy_power)(struct device *dev, int iD, int on); + /* enable/disable phy clocks */ + int (*phy_set_clock)(struct device *dev, int on); }; struct twl4030_ins { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1f5a24794a54588ea3a9efd521be31d826e0b9d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:02:18 -0800 Subject: timers: Rename timerlist infrastructure to timerqueue Thomas pointed out a namespace collision between the new timerlist infrastructure I introduced and the existing timer_list.c So to avoid confusion, I've renamed the timerlist infrastructure to timerqueue. Reported-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: John Stultz --- include/linux/timerlist.h | 37 ------------------------------------- include/linux/timerqueue.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/timerlist.h create mode 100644 include/linux/timerqueue.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timerlist.h b/include/linux/timerlist.h deleted file mode 100644 index c46b28ae6e4..00000000000 --- a/include/linux/timerlist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H -#define _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H - -#include -#include - - -struct timerlist_node { - struct rb_node node; - ktime_t expires; -}; - -struct timerlist_head { - struct rb_root head; - struct timerlist_node *next; -}; - - -extern void timerlist_add(struct timerlist_head *head, - struct timerlist_node *node); -extern void timerlist_del(struct timerlist_head *head, - struct timerlist_node *node); -extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_getnext(struct timerlist_head *head); -extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_iterate_next( - struct timerlist_node *node); - -static inline void timerlist_init(struct timerlist_node *node) -{ - RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); -} - -static inline void timerlist_init_head(struct timerlist_head *head) -{ - head->head = RB_ROOT; - head->next = NULL; -} -#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/timerqueue.h b/include/linux/timerqueue.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..406b103894b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/timerqueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H +#define _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H + +#include +#include + + +struct timerqueue_node { + struct rb_node node; + ktime_t expires; +}; + +struct timerqueue_head { + struct rb_root head; + struct timerqueue_node *next; +}; + + +extern void timerqueue_add(struct timerqueue_head *head, + struct timerqueue_node *node); +extern void timerqueue_del(struct timerqueue_head *head, + struct timerqueue_node *node); +extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head); +extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_iterate_next( + struct timerqueue_node *node); + +static inline void timerqueue_init(struct timerqueue_node *node) +{ + RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); +} + +static inline void timerqueue_init_head(struct timerqueue_head *head) +{ + head->head = RB_ROOT; + head->next = NULL; +} +#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 998adc3dda59f811966b3ccb21eb223680b25ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Mon, 20 Sep 2010 19:19:17 -0700 Subject: hrtimers: Convert hrtimers to use timerlist infrastructure Converts the hrtimer code to use the new timerlist infrastructure Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-3-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 32 +++++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index dd9954b7934..330586ffffb 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include #include #include - +#include struct hrtimer_clock_base; struct hrtimer_cpu_base; @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ enum hrtimer_restart { /** * struct hrtimer - the basic hrtimer structure - * @node: red black tree node for time ordered insertion - * @_expires: the absolute expiry time in the hrtimers internal + * @node: timerqueue node, which also manages node.expires, + * the absolute expiry time in the hrtimers internal * representation. The time is related to the clock on * which the timer is based. Is setup by adding * slack to the _softexpires value. For non range timers @@ -101,8 +101,7 @@ enum hrtimer_restart { * The hrtimer structure must be initialized by hrtimer_init() */ struct hrtimer { - struct rb_node node; - ktime_t _expires; + struct timerqueue_node node; ktime_t _softexpires; enum hrtimer_restart (*function)(struct hrtimer *); struct hrtimer_clock_base *base; @@ -141,8 +140,7 @@ struct hrtimer_sleeper { struct hrtimer_clock_base { struct hrtimer_cpu_base *cpu_base; clockid_t index; - struct rb_root active; - struct rb_node *first; + struct timerqueue_head active; ktime_t resolution; ktime_t (*get_time)(void); ktime_t softirq_time; @@ -183,43 +181,43 @@ struct hrtimer_cpu_base { static inline void hrtimer_set_expires(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time) { - timer->_expires = time; + timer->node.expires = time; timer->_softexpires = time; } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_range(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time, ktime_t delta) { timer->_softexpires = time; - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(time, delta); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(time, delta); } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_range_ns(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time, unsigned long delta) { timer->_softexpires = time; - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(time, ns_to_ktime(delta)); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(time, ns_to_ktime(delta)); } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_tv64(struct hrtimer *timer, s64 tv64) { - timer->_expires.tv64 = tv64; + timer->node.expires.tv64 = tv64; timer->_softexpires.tv64 = tv64; } static inline void hrtimer_add_expires(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time) { - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(timer->_expires, time); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(timer->node.expires, time); timer->_softexpires = ktime_add_safe(timer->_softexpires, time); } static inline void hrtimer_add_expires_ns(struct hrtimer *timer, u64 ns) { - timer->_expires = ktime_add_ns(timer->_expires, ns); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_ns(timer->node.expires, ns); timer->_softexpires = ktime_add_ns(timer->_softexpires, ns); } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_expires(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return timer->_expires; + return timer->node.expires; } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_softexpires(const struct hrtimer *timer) @@ -229,7 +227,7 @@ static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_softexpires(const struct hrtimer *timer) static inline s64 hrtimer_get_expires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return timer->_expires.tv64; + return timer->node.expires.tv64; } static inline s64 hrtimer_get_softexpires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) { @@ -238,12 +236,12 @@ static inline s64 hrtimer_get_softexpires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) static inline s64 hrtimer_get_expires_ns(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return ktime_to_ns(timer->_expires); + return ktime_to_ns(timer->node.expires); } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_expires_remaining(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return ktime_sub(timer->_expires, timer->base->get_time()); + return ktime_sub(timer->node.expires, timer->base->get_time()); } #ifdef CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS -- cgit v1.2.3 From 352a337832774a6929c16b569abe9cedc3db01cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 22:46:29 +0100 Subject: USB: otg: fix link breakage, when the NOP USB Xceiver is a module If the NOP USB OTG transceiver driver is built as a module, the otg.h header declares external functions, but if they are referenced from the kernel proper, as, e.g., in the OMAP3 case, where the omap3evm board is calling the usb_nop_xceiv_register() function, linkage breaks. This patch fixes this problem. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/otg.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/otg.h b/include/linux/usb/otg.h index 0a5b3711e50..a1a1e7a73ec 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/otg.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/otg.h @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ struct otg_transceiver { /* for board-specific init logic */ extern int otg_set_transceiver(struct otg_transceiver *); -#if defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV) || defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV_MODULE) +#if defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV) || (defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV_MODULE) && defined(MODULE)) /* sometimes transceivers are accessed only through e.g. ULPI */ extern void usb_nop_xceiv_register(void); extern void usb_nop_xceiv_unregister(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From e0c201f339fe7fc38d1b0f6f4755ff627686c7e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pavankumar Kondeti Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 17:53:55 +0530 Subject: USB: Add MSM OTG Controller driver This driver implements PHY initialization, clock management, ULPI IO ops and simple OTG state machine to kick host/peripheral based on Id/VBUS line status. VBUS/Id lines are tied to a reference voltage on some boards. Hence provide debugfs interface to select host/peripheral mode. Signed-off-by: Pavankumar Kondeti Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h | 108 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h | 56 ++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 164 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b796df94ec7 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* linux/include/asm-arm/arch-msm/hsusb.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Google, Inc. + * Author: Brian Swetland + * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Code Aurora Forum. All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public + * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and + * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef __ASM_ARCH_MSM_HSUSB_H +#define __ASM_ARCH_MSM_HSUSB_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Supported USB modes + * + * USB_PERIPHERAL Only peripheral mode is supported. + * USB_HOST Only host mode is supported. + * USB_OTG OTG mode is supported. + * + */ +enum usb_mode_type { + USB_NONE = 0, + USB_PERIPHERAL, + USB_HOST, + USB_OTG, +}; + +/** + * OTG control + * + * OTG_NO_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifications not required. Useful in host + * only configuration. + * OTG_PHY_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifications comes form USB PHY. + * OTG_PMIC_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifications comes from PMIC hardware. + * OTG_USER_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifcations comes from User via sysfs. + * + */ +enum otg_control_type { + OTG_NO_CONTROL = 0, + OTG_PHY_CONTROL, + OTG_PMIC_CONTROL, + OTG_USER_CONTROL, +}; + +/** + * struct msm_otg_platform_data - platform device data + * for msm72k_otg driver. + * @phy_init_seq: PHY configuration sequence. val, reg pairs + * terminated by -1. + * @vbus_power: VBUS power on/off routine. + * @power_budget: VBUS power budget in mA (0 will be treated as 500mA). + * @mode: Supported mode (OTG/peripheral/host). + * @otg_control: OTG switch controlled by user/Id pin + * @default_mode: Default operational mode. Applicable only if + * OTG switch is controller by user. + * + */ +struct msm_otg_platform_data { + int *phy_init_seq; + void (*vbus_power)(bool on); + unsigned power_budget; + enum usb_mode_type mode; + enum otg_control_type otg_control; + enum usb_mode_type default_mode; + void (*setup_gpio)(enum usb_otg_state state); +}; + +/** + * struct msm_otg: OTG driver data. Shared by HCD and DCD. + * @otg: USB OTG Transceiver structure. + * @pdata: otg device platform data. + * @irq: IRQ number assigned for HSUSB controller. + * @clk: clock struct of usb_hs_clk. + * @pclk: clock struct of usb_hs_pclk. + * @phy_reset_clk: clock struct of usb_phy_clk. + * @core_clk: clock struct of usb_hs_core_clk. + * @regs: ioremapped register base address. + * @inputs: OTG state machine inputs(Id, SessValid etc). + * @sm_work: OTG state machine work. + * + */ +struct msm_otg { + struct otg_transceiver otg; + struct msm_otg_platform_data *pdata; + int irq; + struct clk *clk; + struct clk *pclk; + struct clk *phy_reset_clk; + struct clk *core_clk; + void __iomem *regs; +#define ID 0 +#define B_SESS_VLD 1 + unsigned long inputs; + struct work_struct sm_work; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b061cffcf04 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Google, Inc. + * Author: Brian Swetland + * + * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public + * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and + * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_USB_GADGET_MSM72K_UDC_H__ +#define __LINUX_USB_GADGET_MSM72K_UDC_H__ + +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_MSM7X00A +#define USB_SBUSCFG (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0090) +#else +#define USB_AHBBURST (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0090) +#define USB_AHBMODE (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0098) +#endif +#define USB_CAPLENGTH (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0100) /* 8 bit */ + +#define USB_USBCMD (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0140) +#define USB_PORTSC (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0184) +#define USB_OTGSC (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x01A4) +#define USB_USBMODE (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x01A8) + +#define USBCMD_RESET 2 +#define USB_USBINTR (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0148) + +#define PORTSC_PHCD (1 << 23) /* phy suspend mode */ +#define PORTSC_PTS_MASK (3 << 30) +#define PORTSC_PTS_ULPI (3 << 30) + +#define USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0170) +#define ULPI_RUN (1 << 30) +#define ULPI_WRITE (1 << 29) +#define ULPI_READ (0 << 29) +#define ULPI_ADDR(n) (((n) & 255) << 16) +#define ULPI_DATA(n) ((n) & 255) +#define ULPI_DATA_READ(n) (((n) >> 8) & 255) + +/* OTG definitions */ +#define OTGSC_INTSTS_MASK (0x7f << 16) +#define OTGSC_ID (1 << 8) +#define OTGSC_BSV (1 << 11) +#define OTGSC_IDIS (1 << 16) +#define OTGSC_BSVIS (1 << 19) +#define OTGSC_IDIE (1 << 24) +#define OTGSC_BSVIE (1 << 27) + +#endif /* __LINUX_USB_GADGET_MSM72K_UDC_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 87c0104af742af2acfcbd685f2b9a40f33770dc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pavankumar Kondeti Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 17:53:58 +0530 Subject: USB: OTG: msm: Add support for power management Implement runtime and system pm ops to put hardware into low power mode (LPM). As part of LPM, USB clocks are turned off, PHY is put into suspend state and PHY comparators are turned off if VBUS/Id notifications are not required from PHY. Signed-off-by: Pavankumar Kondeti Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h index b796df94ec7..3675e03b153 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h @@ -88,6 +88,8 @@ struct msm_otg_platform_data { * @regs: ioremapped register base address. * @inputs: OTG state machine inputs(Id, SessValid etc). * @sm_work: OTG state machine work. + * @in_lpm: indicates low power mode (LPM) state. + * @async_int: Async interrupt arrived. * */ struct msm_otg { @@ -103,6 +105,8 @@ struct msm_otg { #define B_SESS_VLD 1 unsigned long inputs; struct work_struct sm_work; + atomic_t in_lpm; + int async_int; }; #endif diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h index b061cffcf04..b92e17349c7 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ #define ULPI_DATA(n) ((n) & 255) #define ULPI_DATA_READ(n) (((n) >> 8) & 255) +#define ASYNC_INTR_CTRL (1 << 29) /* Enable async interrupt */ +#define ULPI_STP_CTRL (1 << 30) /* Block communication with PHY */ + /* OTG definitions */ #define OTGSC_INTSTS_MASK (0x7f << 16) #define OTGSC_ID (1 << 8) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 35d2856b4693e8de5d616307b56cef296b839157 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Willi Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 04:37:49 +0000 Subject: xfrm: Add Traffic Flow Confidentiality padding XFRM attribute The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified length. Signed-off-by: Martin Willi Acked-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/xfrm.h | 1 + include/net/xfrm.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/xfrm.h b/include/linux/xfrm.h index b971e384849..930fdd2de79 100644 --- a/include/linux/xfrm.h +++ b/include/linux/xfrm.h @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ enum xfrm_attr_type_t { XFRMA_KMADDRESS, /* struct xfrm_user_kmaddress */ XFRMA_ALG_AUTH_TRUNC, /* struct xfrm_algo_auth */ XFRMA_MARK, /* struct xfrm_mark */ + XFRMA_TFCPAD, /* __u32 */ __XFRMA_MAX #define XFRMA_MAX (__XFRMA_MAX - 1) diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index 7fa5b005893..b9f385da758 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -143,6 +143,7 @@ struct xfrm_state { struct xfrm_id id; struct xfrm_selector sel; struct xfrm_mark mark; + u32 tfcpad; u32 genid; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3ae0fc34f58e7163b7724feb3d77aa4603f0dc3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jamie Iles Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 23:39:36 +0000 Subject: 8250: add a UPIO_DWAPB32 for 32 bit accesses Some platforms contain a Synopsys DesignWare APB UART that is attached to a 32-bit APB bus where sub-word accesses are not allowed. Add a new IO type (UPIO_DWAPB32) that performs 32 bit acccesses to the UART. v2: - don't test for 32 bit in the output fast path, provide a separate dwabp32_serial_out() function. Refactor dwabp_serial_out() so that we can reuse the LCR saving code. v3: - rebased on top of "8250: use container_of() instead of casting" Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 9ff9b7db293..7a6daf18999 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ struct uart_port { #define UPIO_TSI (5) /* Tsi108/109 type IO */ #define UPIO_DWAPB (6) /* DesignWare APB UART */ #define UPIO_RM9000 (7) /* RM9000 type IO */ +#define UPIO_DWAPB32 (8) /* DesignWare APB UART (32 bit accesses) */ unsigned int read_status_mask; /* driver specific */ unsigned int ignore_status_mask; /* driver specific */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d9ca676bcb26e1fdff9265a3e70f697cd381c889 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan Williams Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 19:40:47 +0000 Subject: atm: correct sysfs 'device' link creation and parent relationships The ATM subsystem was incorrectly creating the 'device' link for ATM nodes in sysfs. This led to incorrect device/parent relationships exposed by sysfs and udev. Instead of rolling the 'device' link by hand in the generic ATM code, pass each ATM driver's bus device down to the sysfs code and let sysfs do this stuff correctly. Signed-off-by: Dan Williams Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/atmdev.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/atmdev.h b/include/linux/atmdev.h index a8e4e832cdb..475f8c42c0e 100644 --- a/include/linux/atmdev.h +++ b/include/linux/atmdev.h @@ -427,8 +427,10 @@ extern rwlock_t vcc_sklist_lock; #define ATM_SKB(skb) (((struct atm_skb_data *) (skb)->cb)) -struct atm_dev *atm_dev_register(const char *type,const struct atmdev_ops *ops, - int number,unsigned long *flags); /* number == -1: pick first available */ +struct atm_dev *atm_dev_register(const char *type, struct device *parent, + const struct atmdev_ops *ops, + int number, /* -1 == pick first available */ + unsigned long *flags); struct atm_dev *atm_dev_lookup(int number); void atm_dev_deregister(struct atm_dev *dev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From e596e6e4d578f2639416e620d367a3af34814a40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:08:35 +0000 Subject: ethtool: Report link-down while interface is down While an interface is down, many implementations of ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(), will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In general the current physical link state is not available if the interface is down. Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 6628a507fd3..1908929204a 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -691,7 +691,9 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL 0x00000007 /* Get driver message level */ #define ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL 0x00000008 /* Set driver msg level. */ #define ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST 0x00000009 /* Restart autonegotiation. */ -#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a /* Get link status (ethtool_value) */ +/* Get link status for host, i.e. whether the interface *and* the + * physical port (if there is one) are up (ethtool_value). */ +#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a #define ETHTOOL_GEEPROM 0x0000000b /* Get EEPROM data */ #define ETHTOOL_SEEPROM 0x0000000c /* Set EEPROM data. */ #define ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE 0x0000000e /* Get coalesce config */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d90aa92c0c1625d7f02050e4d2924805840cda3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lin Ming Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 16:50:52 +0800 Subject: acpi: fix _OSI string setup regression commit b0ed7a91(ACPICA/ACPI: Add new host interfaces for _OSI suppor) introduced a regression that _OSI string setup fails. There are 2 paths to setup _OSI string. DMI: acpi_dmi_osi_linux -> set_osi_linux -> acpi_osi_setup -> copy _OSI string to osi_setup_string Boot command line: acpi_osi_setup -> copy _OSI string to osi_setup_string Later, acpi_osi_setup_late will be called to handle osi_setup_string. If _OSI string is "Linux" or "!Linux", then the call path is, acpi_osi_setup_late -> acpi_cmdline_osi_linux -> set_osi_linux -> acpi_osi_setup -> copy _OSI string to osi_setup_string This actually never installs _OSI string(acpi_install_interface not called), but just copy the _OSI string to osi_setup_string. This patch fixes the regression. Reported-and-tested-by: Lukas Hejtmanek Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/linux/acpi.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/acpi.h b/include/linux/acpi.h index 050a7bccb83..67c91b4418b 100644 --- a/include/linux/acpi.h +++ b/include/linux/acpi.h @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ static inline int acpi_video_display_switch_support(void) extern int acpi_blacklisted(void); extern void acpi_dmi_osi_linux(int enable, const struct dmi_system_id *d); -extern int acpi_osi_setup(char *str); +extern void acpi_osi_setup(char *str); #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI_NUMA int acpi_get_pxm(acpi_handle handle); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3353bebe7c89725ab2f476b9d8d618259402d52e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Len Brown Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 18:21:46 -0500 Subject: ACPI: video: fix build for VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL=n drivers/built-in.o: In function `acpi_video_bus_put_devices': video.c:(.text+0x79663): undefined reference to `video_output_unregister' drivers/built-in.o: In function `acpi_video_bus_add': video.c:(.text+0x7b0b3): undefined reference to `video_output_register' Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/linux/video_output.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/video_output.h b/include/linux/video_output.h index 2fb46bc9340..ed5cdeb3604 100644 --- a/include/linux/video_output.h +++ b/include/linux/video_output.h @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_VIDEO_OUTPUT_H #define _LINUX_VIDEO_OUTPUT_H #include +#include struct output_device; struct output_properties { int (*set_state)(struct output_device *); @@ -34,9 +35,23 @@ struct output_device { struct device dev; }; #define to_output_device(obj) container_of(obj, struct output_device, dev) +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL_MODULE) struct output_device *video_output_register(const char *name, struct device *dev, void *devdata, struct output_properties *op); void video_output_unregister(struct output_device *dev); +#else +static struct output_device *video_output_register(const char *name, + struct device *dev, + void *devdata, + struct output_properties *op) +{ + return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV); +} +static void video_output_unregister(struct output_device *dev) +{ + return; +} +#endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From b72512ed706efb26087fcbbc5f98ed64ac1230d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chris Wilson Date: Sun, 5 Sep 2010 14:51:49 +0100 Subject: ACPI: video: fix build for CONFIG_ACPI=n MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit In file included from drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_opregion.c:30: include/acpi/video.h:22: warning: ‘struct acpi_device’ declared inside parameter list ... include/acpi/video.h:24: error: ‘ENODEV’ undeclared (first use in this function) Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/video.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/video.h b/include/acpi/video.h index 551793c9b6e..0e98e679d3a 100644 --- a/include/acpi/video.h +++ b/include/acpi/video.h @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ #ifndef __ACPI_VIDEO_H #define __ACPI_VIDEO_H +#include /* for ENODEV */ + +struct acpi_device; + #define ACPI_VIDEO_DISPLAY_CRT 1 #define ACPI_VIDEO_DISPLAY_TV 2 #define ACPI_VIDEO_DISPLAY_DVI 3 @@ -26,4 +30,3 @@ static inline int acpi_video_get_edid(struct acpi_device *device, int type, #endif #endif - -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45f74264e18449cf3c93cccaf098ee6e9524ab78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Sat, 11 Dec 2010 12:34:34 +0100 Subject: timerqueue: Make timerqueue_getnext() static inline No point in calling a function just to dereference a pointer. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: John Stultz --- include/linux/timerqueue.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timerqueue.h b/include/linux/timerqueue.h index 406b103894b..d24aabaca47 100644 --- a/include/linux/timerqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/timerqueue.h @@ -20,10 +20,23 @@ extern void timerqueue_add(struct timerqueue_head *head, struct timerqueue_node *node); extern void timerqueue_del(struct timerqueue_head *head, struct timerqueue_node *node); -extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head); extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_iterate_next( struct timerqueue_node *node); +/** + * timerqueue_getnext - Returns the timer with the earlies expiration time + * + * @head: head of timerqueue + * + * Returns a pointer to the timer node that has the + * earliest expiration time. + */ +static inline +struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head) +{ + return head->next; +} + static inline void timerqueue_init(struct timerqueue_node *node) { RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5170ae824ddf1988a63fb12cbedcff817634c444 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Sun, 12 Dec 2010 21:35:57 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract RTAX_HOPLIMIT metric accesses behind helper. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 85dee3a57b9..9208b500aaa 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -104,11 +104,24 @@ struct dst_entry { #ifdef __KERNEL__ static inline u32 -dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) +dst_metric_raw(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) { return dst->_metrics[metric-1]; } +static inline u32 +dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) +{ + WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT); + return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); +} + +static inline u32 +dst_metric_hoplimit(const struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + return dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT); +} + static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) { dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 323e126f0c5995f779d7df7fd035f6e8fed8764d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Sun, 12 Dec 2010 21:55:08 -0800 Subject: ipv4: Don't pre-seed hoplimit metric. Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6. This allowed several simplifications: 1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer userd. 2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in routing cache metrics any longer. 3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and therefore can be marked static. When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago, the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around so kill that off too. We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has a back dependency on net/route.h Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 6 ------ include/net/ip.h | 10 ---------- include/net/route.h | 11 +++++++++++ 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 9208b500aaa..755ac6c1aa0 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -116,12 +116,6 @@ dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); } -static inline u32 -dst_metric_hoplimit(const struct dst_entry *dst) -{ - return dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT); -} - static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) { dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; diff --git a/include/net/ip.h b/include/net/ip.h index 86e2b182a0c..67fac78a186 100644 --- a/include/net/ip.h +++ b/include/net/ip.h @@ -201,7 +201,6 @@ static inline int inet_is_reserved_local_port(int port) return test_bit(port, sysctl_local_reserved_ports); } -extern int sysctl_ip_default_ttl; extern int sysctl_ip_nonlocal_bind; extern struct ctl_path net_core_path[]; @@ -428,15 +427,6 @@ extern void ip_icmp_error(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, int err, extern void ip_local_error(struct sock *sk, int err, __be32 daddr, __be16 dport, u32 info); -/* sysctl helpers - any sysctl which holds a value that ends up being - * fed into the routing cache should use these handlers. - */ -int ipv4_doint_and_flush(ctl_table *ctl, int write, - void __user *buffer, - size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos); -int ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy(ctl_table *table, - void __user *oldval, size_t __user *oldlenp, - void __user *newval, size_t newlen); #ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS extern int ip_misc_proc_init(void); #endif diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index b8c1f7703fc..27002362944 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -231,4 +231,15 @@ static inline int inet_iif(const struct sk_buff *skb) return skb_rtable(skb)->rt_iif; } +extern int sysctl_ip_default_ttl; + +static inline int ip4_dst_hoplimit(const struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + int hoplimit = dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT); + + if (hoplimit == 0) + hoplimit = sysctl_ip_default_ttl; + return hoplimit; +} + #endif /* _ROUTE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7ffac9591a2a0ee74c431396ae475a8d0caa51e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 13:59:24 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add antenna availability information Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the anntenna configuration ops be executed. Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to support this, in case the need arises. The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and rejected if it does not match. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case). v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 0d5979924be..4d5acb01363 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1468,6 +1468,9 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface * type + * + * @available_antennas: bitmap of antennas which are available to configure. + * antenna configuration commands will be rejected unless this is set. */ struct wiphy { /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ @@ -1507,6 +1510,8 @@ struct wiphy { u8 max_num_pmkids; + u32 available_antennas; + /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered -- cgit v1.2.3 From dbd2fd656f2060abfd3a16257f8b51ec60f6d2ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 19:58:59 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/nl80211: separate unicast/multicast default TX keys Allow userspace to specify that a given key is default only for unicast and/or multicast transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both, WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast only. For more future flexibility, allow to specify all combiations. Wireless extensions can only set both so use nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still possible). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 ++++- 2 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 380421253d1..b8fa25d741b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -851,6 +851,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1029,6 +1033,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1774,6 +1780,23 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types + * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default + * unicast key + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default + * multicast key + * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types + */ +enum nl80211_key_default_types { + __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, + + NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES +}; + /** * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid @@ -1790,6 +1813,9 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was * given with the command using the key or not (u32) + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1802,6 +1828,7 @@ enum nl80211_key_attributes { NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, NL80211_KEY_TYPE, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, /* keep last */ __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 4d5acb01363..22be7c625b7 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, - u8 key_index); + u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, u8 key_index); @@ -1393,6 +1393,8 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the * control_port_no_encrypt flag. * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. + * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS: The device supports separate + * unicast and multicast TX keys. */ enum wiphy_flags { WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY = BIT(0), @@ -1404,6 +1406,7 @@ enum wiphy_flags { WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), + WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS= BIT(9), }; struct mac_address { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44316cb1e97a1e7f76eb3f07e5b0ba91d72e9693 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bing Zhao Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 18:24:41 -0800 Subject: ieee80211: add Parameter Set Count bitmask WMM IE QoS Info field lower 4 bits: Parameter Set Count Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 351c0ab4e28..7f235453424 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ /* U-APSD queue for WMM IEs sent by AP */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_UAPSD (1<<7) +#define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_PARAM_SET_CNT_MASK 0x0f /* U-APSD queues for WMM IEs sent by STA */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_VO (1<<0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0dbaee3b37e118a96bb7b8eb0d9bbaeeb46264be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 12:52:14 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract default ADVMSS behind an accessor. Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function, dst_metric_advmss(). Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot, and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops AF specific callback. For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which preserves existing behavior. Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 14 +++++++++++++- include/net/dst_ops.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 755ac6c1aa0..03a1c3d52d8 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -112,10 +112,22 @@ dst_metric_raw(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) static inline u32 dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) { - WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT); + WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT || + metric == RTAX_ADVMSS); return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); } +static inline u32 +dst_metric_advmss(const struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + u32 advmss = dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_ADVMSS); + + if (!advmss) + advmss = dst->ops->default_advmss(dst); + + return advmss; +} + static inline void dst_metric_set(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric, u32 val) { dst->_metrics[metric-1] = val; diff --git a/include/net/dst_ops.h b/include/net/dst_ops.h index 51665b3461b..15fb7af08c4 100644 --- a/include/net/dst_ops.h +++ b/include/net/dst_ops.h @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ struct dst_ops { int (*gc)(struct dst_ops *ops); struct dst_entry * (*check)(struct dst_entry *, __u32 cookie); + unsigned int (*default_advmss)(const struct dst_entry *); void (*destroy)(struct dst_entry *); void (*ifdown)(struct dst_entry *, struct net_device *dev, int how); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53dde5f385bc56e312f78b7cb25ffaf8efd4735d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Suresh Siddha Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 13:23:50 -0800 Subject: bootmem: Add alloc_bootmem_align() Add an alloc_bootmem_align() interface to allocate bootmem with specified alignment. This is necessary to be able to allocate the xsave area in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha LKML-Reference: <20101116212441.977574826@sbsiddha-MOBL3.sc.intel.com> Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin Cc: --- include/linux/bootmem.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/bootmem.h b/include/linux/bootmem.h index 266ab929123..499dfe982a0 100644 --- a/include/linux/bootmem.h +++ b/include/linux/bootmem.h @@ -105,6 +105,8 @@ extern void *__alloc_bootmem_low_node(pg_data_t *pgdat, #define alloc_bootmem(x) \ __alloc_bootmem(x, SMP_CACHE_BYTES, __pa(MAX_DMA_ADDRESS)) +#define alloc_bootmem_align(x, align) \ + __alloc_bootmem(x, align, __pa(MAX_DMA_ADDRESS)) #define alloc_bootmem_nopanic(x) \ __alloc_bootmem_nopanic(x, SMP_CACHE_BYTES, __pa(MAX_DMA_ADDRESS)) #define alloc_bootmem_pages(x) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d33e455337ea2c71d09d7f4367d6ad6dd32b6965 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 13:01:14 -0800 Subject: net: Abstract default MTU metric calculation behind an accessor. Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache entries. Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dst.h | 15 ++++++++------- include/net/dst_ops.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 03a1c3d52d8..93b0310317b 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ static inline u32 dst_metric(const struct dst_entry *dst, const int metric) { WARN_ON_ONCE(metric == RTAX_HOPLIMIT || - metric == RTAX_ADVMSS); + metric == RTAX_ADVMSS || + metric == RTAX_MTU); return dst_metric_raw(dst, metric); } @@ -156,11 +157,11 @@ dst_feature(const struct dst_entry *dst, u32 feature) static inline u32 dst_mtu(const struct dst_entry *dst) { - u32 mtu = dst_metric(dst, RTAX_MTU); - /* - * Alexey put it here, so ask him about it :) - */ - barrier(); + u32 mtu = dst_metric_raw(dst, RTAX_MTU); + + if (!mtu) + mtu = dst->ops->default_mtu(dst); + return mtu; } @@ -186,7 +187,7 @@ dst_allfrag(const struct dst_entry *dst) } static inline int -dst_metric_locked(struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) +dst_metric_locked(const struct dst_entry *dst, int metric) { return dst_metric(dst, RTAX_LOCK) & (1< Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 23:53:21 -0800 Subject: Input: define separate EVIOCGKEYCODE_V2/EVIOCSKEYCODE_V2 The desire to keep old names for the EVIOCGKEYCODE/EVIOCSKEYCODE while extending them to support large scancodes was a mistake. While we tried to keep ABI intact (and we succeeded in doing that, programs compiled on older kernels will work on newer ones) there is still a problem with recompiling existing software with newer kernel headers. New kernel headers will supply updated ioctl numbers and kernel will expect that userspace will use struct input_keymap_entry to set and retrieve keymap data. But since the names of ioctls are still the same userspace will happily compile even if not adjusted to make use of the new structure and will start miraculously fail in the field. To avoid this issue let's revert EVIOCGKEYCODE/EVIOCSKEYCODE definitions and add EVIOCGKEYCODE_V2/EVIOCSKEYCODE_V2 so that userspace can explicitly select the style of ioctls it wants to employ. Reviewed-by: Henrik Rydberg Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/linux/input.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index a8af21d42bc..9777668883b 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -104,8 +104,10 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define EVIOCGREP _IOR('E', 0x03, unsigned int[2]) /* get repeat settings */ #define EVIOCSREP _IOW('E', 0x03, unsigned int[2]) /* set repeat settings */ -#define EVIOCGKEYCODE _IOR('E', 0x04, struct input_keymap_entry) /* get keycode */ -#define EVIOCSKEYCODE _IOW('E', 0x04, struct input_keymap_entry) /* set keycode */ +#define EVIOCGKEYCODE _IOR('E', 0x04, unsigned int[2]) /* get keycode */ +#define EVIOCGKEYCODE_V2 _IOR('E', 0x04, struct input_keymap_entry) +#define EVIOCSKEYCODE _IOW('E', 0x04, unsigned int[2]) /* set keycode */ +#define EVIOCSKEYCODE_V2 _IOW('E', 0x04, struct input_keymap_entry) #define EVIOCGNAME(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x06, len) /* get device name */ #define EVIOCGPHYS(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x07, len) /* get physical location */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ed41390fa57a21d06e6e3a3c4bc238bab8957fbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 16:23:10 +0100 Subject: workqueue: deprecate cancel_rearming_delayed_work[queue]() There's no in-kernel user left for these two obsolete functions. Mark them deprecated and schedule for removal during 2.6.39 cycle. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Acked-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/workqueue.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/workqueue.h b/include/linux/workqueue.h index 0c0771f06bf..6b5193d7026 100644 --- a/include/linux/workqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/workqueue.h @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ static inline bool __cancel_delayed_work(struct delayed_work *work) } /* Obsolete. use cancel_delayed_work_sync() */ -static inline +static inline __deprecated void cancel_rearming_delayed_workqueue(struct workqueue_struct *wq, struct delayed_work *work) { @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ void cancel_rearming_delayed_workqueue(struct workqueue_struct *wq, } /* Obsolete. use cancel_delayed_work_sync() */ -static inline +static inline __deprecated void cancel_rearming_delayed_work(struct delayed_work *work) { cancel_delayed_work_sync(work); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62731fa0c893515dc6cbc3e0a2879a92793c735f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Zaytsev Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 00:33:03 +0000 Subject: fanotify: split version into version and metadata_len To implement per event type optional headers we are interested in knowing how long the metadata structure is. This patch slits the __u32 version field into a __u8 version and a __u16 metadata_len field (with __u8 left over). This should allow for backwards compat ABI. Signed-off-by: Alexey Zaytsev [rewrote descrtion and changed object sizes and ordering - eparis] Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fanotify.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fanotify.h b/include/linux/fanotify.h index c73224315ae..6c6133f76e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/fanotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fanotify.h @@ -83,11 +83,13 @@ FAN_ALL_PERM_EVENTS |\ FAN_Q_OVERFLOW) -#define FANOTIFY_METADATA_VERSION 2 +#define FANOTIFY_METADATA_VERSION 3 struct fanotify_event_metadata { __u32 event_len; - __u32 vers; + __u8 vers; + __u8 reserved; + __u16 metadata_len; __aligned_u64 mask; __s32 fd; __s32 pid; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 667c78afaec0ac500908e191e8f236e9578d7b1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 12:39:12 -0800 Subject: xen: Provide a variant of __RING_SIZE() that is an integer constant expression Without this, gcc 4.5 won't compile xen-netfront and xen-blkfront, where this is being used to specify array sizes. Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Cc: Jens Axboe Cc: David Miller Cc: Stable Kernel Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/xen/interface/io/ring.h | 11 +++++++++-- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/xen/interface/io/ring.h b/include/xen/interface/io/ring.h index e8cbf431c8c..75271b9a8f6 100644 --- a/include/xen/interface/io/ring.h +++ b/include/xen/interface/io/ring.h @@ -24,8 +24,15 @@ typedef unsigned int RING_IDX; * A ring contains as many entries as will fit, rounded down to the nearest * power of two (so we can mask with (size-1) to loop around). */ -#define __RING_SIZE(_s, _sz) \ - (__RD32(((_sz) - (long)&(_s)->ring + (long)(_s)) / sizeof((_s)->ring[0]))) +#define __CONST_RING_SIZE(_s, _sz) \ + (__RD32(((_sz) - offsetof(struct _s##_sring, ring)) / \ + sizeof(((struct _s##_sring *)0)->ring[0]))) + +/* + * The same for passing in an actual pointer instead of a name tag. + */ +#define __RING_SIZE(_s, _sz) \ + (__RD32(((_sz) - (long)&(_s)->ring + (long)(_s)) / sizeof((_s)->ring[0]))) /* * Macros to make the correct C datatypes for a new kind of ring. -- cgit v1.2.3 From a293911d4fd5e8593dbf478399a77f990d466269 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 17:54:28 +0100 Subject: nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration With the upcoming hardware offload implementation, some devices will have a different maximum duration for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 5 +++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index b8fa25d741b..1cee56b3a79 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -773,6 +773,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * cache, a wiphy attribute. * * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that + * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the + * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. * * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. * @@ -1035,6 +1038,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 22be7c625b7..f45e15f1244 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1474,6 +1474,9 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { * * @available_antennas: bitmap of antennas which are available to configure. * antenna configuration commands will be rejected unless this is set. + * + * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation + * may request, if implemented. */ struct wiphy { /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ @@ -1511,6 +1514,8 @@ struct wiphy { char fw_version[ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN]; u32 hw_version; + u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; + u8 max_num_pmkids; u32 available_antennas; -- cgit v1.2.3 From bd2ce6e43f65127bc723e7fcc044758cf8113260 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sujith Manoharan Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 07:47:10 +0530 Subject: mac80211: Add timeout to BA session start API Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead. The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc drivers. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index e411cf87fb4..69ded1ee49c 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2435,6 +2435,7 @@ void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session * @tid: the TID to BA on. + * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) * * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise * @@ -2442,7 +2443,8 @@ void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level * will be managed by the mac80211. */ -int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); +int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, + u16 timeout); /** * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 47c78e891323513e9909729b44033e2c6649e2b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 09:16:48 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Break out slots handling In preparation for common code to handle a larger set of MT slots devices, move the slots handling over to a separate file. Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 16 ---------------- include/linux/input/mt.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) create mode 100644 include/linux/input/mt.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 51af441f3a2..99e2a52c050 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -1082,14 +1082,6 @@ struct ff_effect { #include #include -/** - * struct input_mt_slot - represents the state of an input MT slot - * @abs: holds current values of ABS_MT axes for this slot - */ -struct input_mt_slot { - int abs[ABS_MT_LAST - ABS_MT_FIRST + 1]; -}; - /** * struct input_dev - represents an input device * @name: name of the device @@ -1461,11 +1453,6 @@ static inline void input_mt_sync(struct input_dev *dev) input_event(dev, EV_SYN, SYN_MT_REPORT, 0); } -static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) -{ - input_event(dev, EV_ABS, ABS_MT_SLOT, slot); -} - void input_set_capability(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int type, unsigned int code); /** @@ -1578,8 +1565,5 @@ int input_ff_erase(struct input_dev *dev, int effect_id, struct file *file); int input_ff_create_memless(struct input_dev *dev, void *data, int (*play_effect)(struct input_dev *, void *, struct ff_effect *)); -int input_mt_create_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); -void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); - #endif #endif diff --git a/include/linux/input/mt.h b/include/linux/input/mt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f5e9d0e2ea --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/input/mt.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#ifndef _INPUT_MT_H +#define _INPUT_MT_H + +/* + * Input Multitouch Library + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 Henrik Rydberg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by + * the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#include + +/** + * struct input_mt_slot - represents the state of an input MT slot + * @abs: holds current values of ABS_MT axes for this slot + */ +struct input_mt_slot { + int abs[ABS_MT_LAST - ABS_MT_FIRST + 1]; +}; + +static inline void input_mt_set_value(struct input_mt_slot *slot, + unsigned code, int value) +{ + slot->abs[code - ABS_MT_FIRST] = value; +} + +static inline int input_mt_get_value(const struct input_mt_slot *slot, + unsigned code) +{ + return slot->abs[code - ABS_MT_FIRST]; +} + +int input_mt_create_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); +void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); + +static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) +{ + input_event(dev, EV_ABS, ABS_MT_SLOT, slot); +} + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8cde81001626c4c60b26ef2eb5fc522885ed9fd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 10:50:54 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Collect slots initialization code The MT slots devices all follow the same initialization pattern of creating slots and hinting about buffer size. Let drivers call an initialization function instead, and make sure it can be called repeatedly without side effects. Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input/mt.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input/mt.h b/include/linux/input/mt.h index 4f5e9d0e2ea..d7f6518e322 100644 --- a/include/linux/input/mt.h +++ b/include/linux/input/mt.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static inline int input_mt_get_value(const struct input_mt_slot *slot, return slot->abs[code - ABS_MT_FIRST]; } -int input_mt_create_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); +int input_mt_init_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) -- cgit v1.2.3 From c5f4dec1ceb6ab773bbbefbe64a7c990c7d6b17f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 13:50:34 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Move tracking and pointer emulation to input-mt The drivers using the type B protocol all report tracking information the same way. The contact id is semantically equivalent to ABS_MT_SLOT, and the handling of ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID only complicates the driver. The situation can be improved upon by providing a common pointer emulation code, thereby removing the need for the tracking id in the driver. This patch moves all tracking event handling over to the input core, simplifying both the existing drivers and the ones currently in preparation. Acked-by: Ping Cheng Acked-by: Jiri Kosina Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 3 +++ include/linux/input/mt.h | 13 +++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 99e2a52c050..6de145df4c1 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -848,6 +848,7 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { */ #define MT_TOOL_FINGER 0 #define MT_TOOL_PEN 1 +#define MT_TOOL_MAX 1 /* * Values describing the status of a force-feedback effect @@ -1122,6 +1123,7 @@ struct ff_effect { * of tracked contacts * @mtsize: number of MT slots the device uses * @slot: MT slot currently being transmitted + * @trkid: stores MT tracking ID for the current contact * @absinfo: array of &struct absinfo elements holding information * about absolute axes (current value, min, max, flat, fuzz, * resolution) @@ -1206,6 +1208,7 @@ struct input_dev { struct input_mt_slot *mt; int mtsize; int slot; + int trkid; struct input_absinfo *absinfo; diff --git a/include/linux/input/mt.h b/include/linux/input/mt.h index d7f6518e322..b3ac06a4435 100644 --- a/include/linux/input/mt.h +++ b/include/linux/input/mt.h @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ #include +#define TRKID_MAX 0xffff + /** * struct input_mt_slot - represents the state of an input MT slot * @abs: holds current values of ABS_MT axes for this slot @@ -36,9 +38,20 @@ static inline int input_mt_get_value(const struct input_mt_slot *slot, int input_mt_init_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); +static inline int input_mt_new_trkid(struct input_dev *dev) +{ + return dev->trkid++ & TRKID_MAX; +} + static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) { input_event(dev, EV_ABS, ABS_MT_SLOT, slot); } +void input_mt_report_slot_state(struct input_dev *dev, + unsigned int tool_type, bool active); + +void input_mt_report_finger_count(struct input_dev *dev, int count); +void input_mt_report_pointer_emulation(struct input_dev *dev, bool use_count); + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From e42a98b520bb22535687ead3120e80edc268279a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 10:05:43 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Add hovering distance axis Touch devices capable of hovering, i.e., fingers detected a distance from the surface, are not supported by the current input MT protocol. This patch adds ABS_MT_DISTANCE, which may be used to indicate the distance between the contact and the surface. Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 6de145df4c1..b3a1e02080c 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -733,11 +733,12 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define ABS_MT_BLOB_ID 0x38 /* Group a set of packets as a blob */ #define ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 0x39 /* Unique ID of initiated contact */ #define ABS_MT_PRESSURE 0x3a /* Pressure on contact area */ +#define ABS_MT_DISTANCE 0x3b /* Contact hover distance */ #ifdef __KERNEL__ /* Implementation details, userspace should not care about these */ #define ABS_MT_FIRST ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR -#define ABS_MT_LAST ABS_MT_PRESSURE +#define ABS_MT_LAST ABS_MT_DISTANCE #endif #define ABS_MAX 0x3f -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e80a82a49c4c7eca4e35734380f28298ba5db19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:17:36 +0100 Subject: perf: Dynamic pmu types Extend the perf_pmu_register() interface to allow for named and dynamic pmu types. Because we need to support the existing static types we cannot use dynamic types for everything, hence provide a type argument. If we want to enumerate the PMUs they need a name, provide one. Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101117222056.259707703@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 30e50e2c7f3..21206d27466 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -588,6 +588,9 @@ struct perf_event; struct pmu { struct list_head entry; + char *name; + int type; + int * __percpu pmu_disable_count; struct perf_cpu_context * __percpu pmu_cpu_context; int task_ctx_nr; @@ -916,7 +919,7 @@ struct perf_output_handle { #ifdef CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS -extern int perf_pmu_register(struct pmu *pmu); +extern int perf_pmu_register(struct pmu *pmu, char *name, int type); extern void perf_pmu_unregister(struct pmu *pmu); extern int perf_num_counters(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From abe43400579d5de0078c2d3a760e6598e183f871 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:17:37 +0100 Subject: perf: Sysfs enumeration Simple sysfs emumeration of the PMUs. Use a "event_source" bus, and add PMU devices using their name. Each PMU device has a type attribute which contrains the value needed for perf_event_attr::type to identify this PMU. This is the minimal stub needed to start using this interface, we'll consider extending the sysfs usage later. Cc: Kay Sievers Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101117222056.316982569@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 21206d27466..dda5b0a3ff6 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -588,6 +588,7 @@ struct perf_event; struct pmu { struct list_head entry; + struct device *dev; char *name; int type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f08f5a0add20834d3f3d876dfe08005a5df656db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:11:58 +0100 Subject: PM / Runtime: Fix pm_runtime_suspended() There are some situations (e.g. in __pm_generic_call()), where pm_runtime_suspended() is used to decide whether or not to execute a device's (system) ->suspend() callback. The callback is not executed if pm_runtime_suspended() returns true, but it does so for devices that don't even support runtime PM, because the power.disable_depth device field is ignored by it. This leads to problems (i.e. devices are not suspened when they should), so rework pm_runtime_suspended() so that it returns false if the device's power.disable_depth field is different from zero. Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki Cc: stable@kernel.org --- include/linux/pm_runtime.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h index 3ec2358f869..d19f1cca7f7 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h +++ b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h @@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ static inline void device_set_run_wake(struct device *dev, bool enable) static inline bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev) { - return dev->power.runtime_status == RPM_SUSPENDED; + return dev->power.runtime_status == RPM_SUSPENDED + && !dev->power.disable_depth; } static inline void pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(struct device *dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f84622d7c7818077f5e6cf4b8a0d1b10dc65147 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hauke Mehrtens Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 19:26:32 +0100 Subject: SSB: Fix nvram_get on BCM47xx platform The nvram_get function was never in the mainline kernel, it only existed in an external OpenWrt patch. Use nvram_getenv function, which is in mainline and use an include instead of an extra function declaration. et0macaddr contains the mac address in text from like 00:11:22:33:44:55. We have to parse it before adding it into macaddr. nvram_parse_macaddr will be merged into asm/mach-bcm47xx/nvram.h through the MIPS git tree and will be available soon. It will not build now without nvram_parse_macaddr, but it hasn't before either. Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens To: linux-mips@linux-mips.org Cc: mb@bu3sch.de Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Cc: Hauke Mehrtens Acked-by: Michael Buesch Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/1849/ Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle --- include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h | 17 +++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h index 942e3873690..eba52a10053 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h @@ -96,16 +96,21 @@ static inline bool ssb_gige_must_flush_posted_writes(struct pci_dev *pdev) return 0; } -extern char * nvram_get(const char *name); +#ifdef CONFIG_BCM47XX +#include /* Get the device MAC address */ static inline void ssb_gige_get_macaddr(struct pci_dev *pdev, u8 *macaddr) { -#ifdef CONFIG_BCM47XX - char *res = nvram_get("et0macaddr"); - if (res) - memcpy(macaddr, res, 6); -#endif + char buf[20]; + if (nvram_getenv("et0macaddr", buf, sizeof(buf)) < 0) + return; + nvram_parse_macaddr(buf, macaddr); } +#else +static inline void ssb_gige_get_macaddr(struct pci_dev *pdev, u8 *macaddr) +{ +} +#endif extern int ssb_gige_pcibios_plat_dev_init(struct ssb_device *sdev, struct pci_dev *pdev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf4e594ea7e55555e81647b74a3a8e8b2826a529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 00:52:40 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to management frame protection being in use. This notification is needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch between an AP and STA. This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP (IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7). IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 36 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1cee56b3a79..7483a89cee8 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -399,6 +399,13 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the * network is determined by the network interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -508,6 +515,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index f45e15f1244..3d1c09b777e 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -2359,6 +2359,32 @@ void cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); void __cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); +/** + * cfg80211_send_unprot_deauth - notification of unprotected deauthentication + * @dev: network device + * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * + * This function is called whenever a received Deauthentication frame has been + * dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the Deauthentication + * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. + */ +void cfg80211_send_unprot_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * cfg80211_send_unprot_disassoc - notification of unprotected disassociation + * @dev: network device + * @buf: disassociation frame (header + body) + * @len: length of the frame data + * + * This function is called whenever a received Disassociation frame has been + * dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the Disassociation + * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. + */ +void cfg80211_send_unprot_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, + size_t len); + /** * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) * @dev: network device -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2784fe915cd25adf23ea28534019308d8a144721 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 19:24:11 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: fix null pointer dereference with a custom regulatory request Once we moved the core regulatory request to the queue and let the scheduler process it last_request will have been left NULL until the schedular decides to process the first request. When this happens and we are loading a driver with a custom regulatory request like all Atheros drivers we end up with a NULL pointer dereference. We fix this by checking if the request was a custom one. BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000004 IP: [] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] PGD 71f91067 PUD 712b2067 PMD 0 Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP last sysfs file: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.7/usb2/2-1/firmware/2-1/loading CPU 0 Modules linked in: ath9k_htc(+) ath9k_common ath9k_hw ath Pid: 3094, comm: insmod Tainted: G W 2.6.37-rc5-wl #16 INVALID/28427ZQ RIP: 0010:[] [] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] RSP: 0018:ffff88007045db78 EFLAGS: 00010282 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffffffffa047d9a0 RCX: ffff88007045dbd0 RDX: 0000000000004e20 RSI: 000000000024cde0 RDI: ffff8800700483e0 RBP: ffff88007045db98 R08: ffffffffa02f5b40 R09: 0000000000000001 R10: 000000000000000e R11: 0000000000000001 R12: 0000000000000000 R13: ffff88007004e3b0 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: ffff880070048340 FS: 00007f635a707700(0000) GS:ffff880077400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b CR2: 0000000000000004 CR3: 00000000708a9000 CR4: 00000000000006f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Process insmod (pid: 3094, threadinfo ffff88007045c000, task ffff8800713e3ec0) Stack: ffffffffa047d9a0 0000000000000000 ffff88007004e3b0 0000000000000000 ffff88007045dc08 ffffffffa016e147 000000007045dc08 0000000000000002 ffff8800700483e0 ffffffffa02f5b40 ffff88007045dbd8 0000000000000000 Call Trace: [] wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory+0x137/0x1d0 [cfg80211] [] ? ath9k_reg_notifier+0x0/0x50 [ath9k_htc] [] ath_regd_init+0x347/0x430 [ath] [] ath9k_htc_probe_device+0x6c5/0x960 [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_htc_hw_init+0xc/0x30 [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_hif_usb_probe+0x216/0x3b0 [ath9k_htc] [] usb_probe_interface+0x10c/0x210 [usbcore] [] driver_probe_device+0x96/0x1c0 [] __driver_attach+0xa3/0xb0 [] ? __driver_attach+0x0/0xb0 [] bus_for_each_dev+0x5e/0x90 [] driver_attach+0x19/0x20 [] bus_add_driver+0x168/0x320 [] driver_register+0x71/0x140 [] ? __raw_spin_lock_init+0x38/0x70 [] usb_register_driver+0xdc/0x190 [usbcore] [] ? ath9k_htc_init+0x0/0x4f [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_hif_usb_init+0x1e/0x20 [ath9k_htc] [] ath9k_htc_init+0x2b/0x4f [ath9k_htc] [] do_one_initcall+0x3f/0x180 [] sys_init_module+0xbb/0x200 [] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Code: RIP [] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] RSP CR2: 0000000000000004 ---[ end trace 79e4193601c8b713 ]--- Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 3d1c09b777e..6dc665a727c 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1419,7 +1419,9 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { /** * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description - * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback + * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, + * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() + * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6ce5b1ce5f6922db32599e73bcb22f5cdcbf241f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Timur Tabi Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 14:08:53 -0600 Subject: tty: fix typos/errors in tty_driver.h comments Fix various typos and other errors in comments of tty_driver.h. The most significant is the wrong name of a function for the description of TTY_DRIVER_DYNAMIC_DEV. Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/tty_driver.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tty_driver.h b/include/linux/tty_driver.h index 09678ed370f..c3d43eb4150 100644 --- a/include/linux/tty_driver.h +++ b/include/linux/tty_driver.h @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ * unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); * * This routine allows the tty driver to implement - * device-specific ioctl's. If the ioctl number passed in cmd + * device-specific ioctls. If the ioctl number passed in cmd * is not recognized by the driver, it should return ENOIOCTLCMD. * * Optional @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ * * void (*hangup)(struct tty_struct *tty); * - * This routine notifies the tty driver that it should hangup the + * This routine notifies the tty driver that it should hang up the * tty device. * * Optional: * - * int (*break_ctl)(struct tty_stuct *tty, int state); + * int (*break_ctl)(struct tty_struct *tty, int state); * * This optional routine requests the tty driver to turn on or * off BREAK status on the RS-232 port. If state is -1, @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ static inline struct tty_driver *tty_driver_kref_get(struct tty_driver *d) * overruns, either.) * * TTY_DRIVER_DYNAMIC_DEV --- if set, the individual tty devices need - * to be registered with a call to tty_register_driver() when the + * to be registered with a call to tty_register_device() when the * device is found in the system and unregistered with a call to * tty_unregister_device() so the devices will be show up * properly in sysfs. If not set, driver->num entries will be -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f960dbb9dfe29ff283810624c4340c79fde87f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Govindraj.R" Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 18:12:47 +0530 Subject: Serial: Avoid unbalanced IRQ wake disable during resume To avoid unbalanced IRQ wake disable, ensure that wakeups are disabled only when wakeups have been successfully enabled. Tested on OMAP3630SDP/ZOOM3. Signed-off-by: Govindraj.R Reported-by: Paul Walmsley Cc: Santosh Shilimkar Acked-by: Kevin Hilman Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 7a6daf18999..a23fa29d4eb 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ struct uart_port { struct device *dev; /* parent device */ unsigned char hub6; /* this should be in the 8250 driver */ unsigned char suspended; + unsigned char irq_wake; unsigned char unused[2]; void *private_data; /* generic platform data pointer */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3d22a68d752ccc1a01bb0a64dd70b7a98bf9e23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vladislav Zolotarov Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 06:27:10 +0000 Subject: bnx2x: Take the distribution range definition out of skb_tx_hash() Move the calcualation of the Tx hash for a given hash range into a separate function and define the skb_tx_hash(), which calculates a Tx hash for a [0; dev->real_num_tx_queues - 1] hash values range, using this function (__skb_tx_hash()). Signed-off-by: Vladislav Zolotarov Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d31bc3c9471..445e6825f8e 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1747,6 +1747,16 @@ static inline void netif_wake_subqueue(struct net_device *dev, u16 queue_index) __netif_schedule(txq->qdisc); } +/* + * Returns a Tx hash for the given packet when dev->real_num_tx_queues is used + * as a distribution range limit for the returned value. + */ +static inline u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return __skb_tx_hash(dev, skb, dev->real_num_tx_queues); +} + /** * netif_is_multiqueue - test if device has multiple transmit queues * @dev: network device diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 19f37a6ee6c..4c4bec6316d 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -2165,8 +2165,9 @@ static inline bool skb_rx_queue_recorded(const struct sk_buff *skb) return skb->queue_mapping != 0; } -extern u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, - const struct sk_buff *skb); +extern u16 __skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb, + unsigned int num_tx_queues); #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM static inline struct sec_path *skb_sec_path(struct sk_buff *skb) -- cgit v1.2.3 From b236da6931e2482bfe44a7865dd4e7bb036f3496 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 03:09:15 +0000 Subject: net: use NUMA_NO_NODE instead of the magic number -1 Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 445e6825f8e..cc916c5c327 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) #if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) return q->numa_node; #else - return -1; + return NUMA_NO_NODE; #endif } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 443457242beb6716b43db4d62fe148eab5515505 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Octavian Purdila Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 12:44:07 +0000 Subject: net: factorize sync-rcu call in unregister_netdevice_many Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path. $ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000 $ ip link set dev dummy* up $ time rmmod dummy Without the patch With the patch real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sch_generic.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sch_generic.h b/include/net/sch_generic.h index ea1f8a83160..786cc396cb4 100644 --- a/include/net/sch_generic.h +++ b/include/net/sch_generic.h @@ -321,6 +321,7 @@ extern void dev_init_scheduler(struct net_device *dev); extern void dev_shutdown(struct net_device *dev); extern void dev_activate(struct net_device *dev); extern void dev_deactivate(struct net_device *dev); +extern void dev_deactivate_many(struct list_head *head); extern struct Qdisc *dev_graft_qdisc(struct netdev_queue *dev_queue, struct Qdisc *qdisc); extern void qdisc_reset(struct Qdisc *qdisc); -- cgit v1.2.3 From bc2ce894e113ed95b92541134b002fdc641e8080 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 14:08:34 -0800 Subject: tcp: relax tcp_paws_check() Some windows versions have wrong RFC1323 implementations, with SYN and SYNACKS messages containing zero tcp timestamps. We relaxed in commit fc1ad92dfc4e363 the passive connection case (Windows connects to a linux machine), but the reverse case (linux connects to a Windows machine) has an analogue problem when tsvals from windows machine are 'negative' (high order bit set) : PAWS triggers and we drops incoming messages. Fix this by making zero ts_recent value special, allowing frame to be processed. Based on a report and initial patch from Dmitiy Balakin Bugzilla reference : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24842 Reported-by: dmitriy.balakin@nicneiron.ru Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 8 +++++++- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 3f227baee4b..2ab6c9c1c53 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -1038,7 +1038,13 @@ static inline int tcp_paws_check(const struct tcp_options_received *rx_opt, return 1; if (unlikely(get_seconds() >= rx_opt->ts_recent_stamp + TCP_PAWS_24DAYS)) return 1; - + /* + * Some OSes send SYN and SYNACK messages with tsval=0 tsecr=0, + * then following tcp messages have valid values. Ignore 0 value, + * or else 'negative' tsval might forbid us to accept their packets. + */ + if (!rx_opt->ts_recent) + return 1; return 0; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From fcbdf09d9652c8919dcf47072e3ae7dcb4eb98ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Octavian Purdila Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 14:26:56 -0800 Subject: net: fix nulls list corruptions in sk_prot_alloc Special care is taken inside sk_port_alloc to avoid overwriting skc_node/skc_nulls_node. We should also avoid overwriting skc_bind_node/skc_portaddr_node. The patch fixes the following crash: BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffffffffffff0 IP: [] udp4_lib_lookup2+0xad/0x370 [] __udp4_lib_lookup+0x282/0x360 [] __udp4_lib_rcv+0x31e/0x700 [] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190 [] ? ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0 [] udp_rcv+0x15/0x20 [] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190 [] ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0 [] ip_rcv_finish+0x32d/0x6f0 [] ? netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0 [] ip_rcv+0x2bb/0x350 [] netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0 Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 659d968d95c..7d3f7ce239b 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -754,6 +754,7 @@ struct proto { void (*unhash)(struct sock *sk); void (*rehash)(struct sock *sk); int (*get_port)(struct sock *sk, unsigned short snum); + void (*clear_sk)(struct sock *sk, int size); /* Keeping track of sockets in use */ #ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS @@ -852,6 +853,8 @@ static inline void __sk_prot_rehash(struct sock *sk) sk->sk_prot->hash(sk); } +void sk_prot_clear_portaddr_nulls(struct sock *sk, int size); + /* About 10 seconds */ #define SOCK_DESTROY_TIME (10*HZ) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04fb451eff978ca059399eab83d5594b073caf6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:24:08 +0000 Subject: net: Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() to replace repetitive calculation. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 4c4bec6316d..20ec0a64cb9 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1355,6 +1355,11 @@ static inline void skb_set_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb, const int offset) } #endif /* NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET */ +static inline int skb_checksum_start_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return skb->csum_start - skb_headroom(skb); +} + static inline int skb_transport_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_transport_header(skb) - skb->data; -- cgit v1.2.3 From fbc92a3455577ab17615cbcb91826399061bd789 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:51:05 +0100 Subject: tty: add 'active' sysfs attribute to tty0 and console device tty: add 'active' sysfs attribute to tty0 and console device Userspace can query the actual virtual console, and the configured console devices behind /dev/tt0 and /dev/console. The last entry in the list of devices is the active device, analog to the console= kernel command line option. The attribute supports poll(), which is raised when the virtual console is changed or /dev/console is reconfigured. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman index 0000000..b138b66 --- include/linux/console.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/console.h b/include/linux/console.h index 875cfb1c813..9774fe6a1a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/console.h +++ b/include/linux/console.h @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ extern int is_console_locked(void); extern int braille_register_console(struct console *, int index, char *console_options, char *braille_options); extern int braille_unregister_console(struct console *); - +extern void console_sysfs_notify(void); extern int console_suspend_enabled; /* Suspend and resume console messages over PM events */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7b8de087384cc1954a8cd075af3f9e5977caa2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Werner Fink Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 12:48:23 +0100 Subject: TTY: Add tty ioctl to figure device node of the system console. This has been in the SuSE kernels for a very long time. Signed-off-by: Werner Fink Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/asm-generic/ioctls.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/ioctls.h b/include/asm-generic/ioctls.h index a3216655d65..3f3f2d189fb 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/ioctls.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/ioctls.h @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ #endif #define TIOCGPTN _IOR('T', 0x30, unsigned int) /* Get Pty Number (of pty-mux device) */ #define TIOCSPTLCK _IOW('T', 0x31, int) /* Lock/unlock Pty */ +#define TIOCGDEV _IOR('T', 0x32, unsigned int) /* Get primary device node of /dev/console */ #define TCGETX 0x5432 /* SYS5 TCGETX compatibility */ #define TCSETX 0x5433 #define TCSETXF 0x5434 -- cgit v1.2.3 From e692cb668fdd5a712c6ed2a2d6f2a36ee83997b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Martin K. Petersen" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 19:41:49 +0100 Subject: block: Deprecate QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER and use queue_limits instead When stacking devices, a request_queue is not always available. This forced us to have a no_cluster flag in the queue_limits that could be used as a carrier until the request_queue had been set up for a metadevice. There were several problems with that approach. First of all it was up to the stacking device to remember to set queue flag after stacking had completed. Also, the queue flag and the queue limits had to be kept in sync at all times. We got that wrong, which could lead to us issuing commands that went beyond the max scatterlist limit set by the driver. The proper fix is to avoid having two flags for tracking the same thing. We deprecate QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER and use the queue limit directly in the block layer merging functions. The queue_limit 'no_cluster' is turned into 'cluster' to avoid double negatives and to ease stacking. Clustering defaults to being enabled as before. The queue flag logic is removed from the stacking function, and explicitly setting the cluster flag is no longer necessary in DM and MD. Reported-by: Ed Lin Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen Acked-by: Mike Snitzer Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- include/linux/blkdev.h | 9 ++++++--- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/blkdev.h b/include/linux/blkdev.h index aae86fd10c4..95aeeeb49e8 100644 --- a/include/linux/blkdev.h +++ b/include/linux/blkdev.h @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ struct queue_limits { unsigned char misaligned; unsigned char discard_misaligned; - unsigned char no_cluster; + unsigned char cluster; signed char discard_zeroes_data; }; @@ -380,7 +380,6 @@ struct request_queue #endif }; -#define QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER 0 /* cluster several segments into 1 */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_QUEUED 1 /* uses generic tag queueing */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_STOPPED 2 /* queue is stopped */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_SYNCFULL 3 /* read queue has been filled */ @@ -403,7 +402,6 @@ struct request_queue #define QUEUE_FLAG_SECDISCARD 19 /* supports SECDISCARD */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_DEFAULT ((1 << QUEUE_FLAG_IO_STAT) | \ - (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER) | \ (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_STACKABLE) | \ (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_SAME_COMP) | \ (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_ADD_RANDOM)) @@ -510,6 +508,11 @@ static inline void queue_flag_clear(unsigned int flag, struct request_queue *q) #define rq_data_dir(rq) ((rq)->cmd_flags & 1) +static inline unsigned int blk_queue_cluster(struct request_queue *q) +{ + return q->limits.cluster; +} + /* * We regard a request as sync, if either a read or a sync write */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 72d4cd9f38b5ed96b75df4c622be25e1c2648dd3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Snitzer Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 08:34:20 +0100 Subject: block: max hardware sectors limit wrapper Implement blk_limits_max_hw_sectors() and make blk_queue_max_hw_sectors() a wrapper around it. DM needs this to avoid setting queue_limits' max_hw_sectors and max_sectors directly. dm_set_device_limits() now leverages blk_limits_max_hw_sectors() logic to establish the appropriate max_hw_sectors minimum (PAGE_SIZE). Fixes issue where DM was incorrectly setting max_sectors rather than max_hw_sectors (which caused dm_merge_bvec()'s max_hw_sectors check to be ineffective). Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer Cc: stable@kernel.org Acked-by: Martin K. Petersen Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- include/linux/blkdev.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/blkdev.h b/include/linux/blkdev.h index 95aeeeb49e8..36ab42c9bb9 100644 --- a/include/linux/blkdev.h +++ b/include/linux/blkdev.h @@ -808,6 +808,7 @@ extern struct request_queue *blk_init_allocated_queue(struct request_queue *, extern void blk_cleanup_queue(struct request_queue *); extern void blk_queue_make_request(struct request_queue *, make_request_fn *); extern void blk_queue_bounce_limit(struct request_queue *, u64); +extern void blk_limits_max_hw_sectors(struct queue_limits *, unsigned int); extern void blk_queue_max_hw_sectors(struct request_queue *, unsigned int); extern void blk_queue_max_segments(struct request_queue *, unsigned short); extern void blk_queue_max_segment_size(struct request_queue *, unsigned int); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b76834bc1b6db0a0923eed85c81b1113021b0612 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 11:16:25 -0600 Subject: kprobes: Use this_cpu_ops Use this_cpu ops in various places to optimize per cpu data access. Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Namhyung Kim Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index e7d1b2e0070..0c251e9f050 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -303,12 +303,12 @@ struct hlist_head * kretprobe_inst_table_head(struct task_struct *tsk); /* kprobe_running() will just return the current_kprobe on this CPU */ static inline struct kprobe *kprobe_running(void) { - return (__get_cpu_var(current_kprobe)); + return (__this_cpu_read(current_kprobe)); } static inline void reset_current_kprobe(void) { - __get_cpu_var(current_kprobe) = NULL; + __this_cpu_write(current_kprobe, NULL); } static inline struct kprobe_ctlblk *get_kprobe_ctlblk(void) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 909ea96468096b07fbb41aaf69be060d92bd9271 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 16:22:55 +0100 Subject: core: Replace __get_cpu_var with __this_cpu_read if not used for an address. __get_cpu_var() can be replaced with this_cpu_read and will then use a single read instruction with implied address calculation to access the correct per cpu instance. However, the address of a per cpu variable passed to __this_cpu_read() cannot be determined (since it's an implied address conversion through segment prefixes). Therefore apply this only to uses of __get_cpu_var where the address of the variable is not used. Cc: Pekka Enberg Cc: Hugh Dickins Cc: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/asm-generic/irq_regs.h | 8 ++++---- include/linux/elevator.h | 12 +++--------- include/linux/kernel_stat.h | 2 +- 3 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/irq_regs.h b/include/asm-generic/irq_regs.h index 5ae1d07d4a1..6bf9355fa7e 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/irq_regs.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/irq_regs.h @@ -22,15 +22,15 @@ DECLARE_PER_CPU(struct pt_regs *, __irq_regs); static inline struct pt_regs *get_irq_regs(void) { - return __get_cpu_var(__irq_regs); + return __this_cpu_read(__irq_regs); } static inline struct pt_regs *set_irq_regs(struct pt_regs *new_regs) { - struct pt_regs *old_regs, **pp_regs = &__get_cpu_var(__irq_regs); + struct pt_regs *old_regs; - old_regs = *pp_regs; - *pp_regs = new_regs; + old_regs = __this_cpu_read(__irq_regs); + __this_cpu_write(__irq_regs, new_regs); return old_regs; } diff --git a/include/linux/elevator.h b/include/linux/elevator.h index 4fd978e7eb8..4d857973d2c 100644 --- a/include/linux/elevator.h +++ b/include/linux/elevator.h @@ -195,15 +195,9 @@ enum { /* * io context count accounting */ -#define elv_ioc_count_mod(name, __val) \ - do { \ - preempt_disable(); \ - __get_cpu_var(name) += (__val); \ - preempt_enable(); \ - } while (0) - -#define elv_ioc_count_inc(name) elv_ioc_count_mod(name, 1) -#define elv_ioc_count_dec(name) elv_ioc_count_mod(name, -1) +#define elv_ioc_count_mod(name, __val) this_cpu_add(name, __val) +#define elv_ioc_count_inc(name) this_cpu_inc(name) +#define elv_ioc_count_dec(name) this_cpu_dec(name) #define elv_ioc_count_read(name) \ ({ \ diff --git a/include/linux/kernel_stat.h b/include/linux/kernel_stat.h index ad54c846911..44e83ba12b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel_stat.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel_stat.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ extern unsigned long long nr_context_switches(void); #ifndef CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS #define kstat_irqs_this_cpu(irq) \ - (kstat_this_cpu.irqs[irq]) + (this_cpu_read(kstat.irqs[irq]) struct irq_desc; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a663ffff1d2e94a7c549a37d08ed9169ce83bdd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 11:39:59 -0600 Subject: percpu: Generic support for this_cpu_add, sub, dec, inc_return Introduce generic support for this_cpu_add_return etc. The fallback is to realize these operations with simpler __this_cpu_ops. tj: - Reformatted __cpu_size_call_return2() to make it more consistent with its neighbors. - Dropped unnecessary temp variable ret__ from __this_cpu_generic_add_return(). Reviewed-by: Tejun Heo Reviewed-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/percpu.h | 71 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 71 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/percpu.h b/include/linux/percpu.h index 5095b834a6f..4d593defc47 100644 --- a/include/linux/percpu.h +++ b/include/linux/percpu.h @@ -240,6 +240,21 @@ extern void __bad_size_call_parameter(void); pscr_ret__; \ }) +#define __pcpu_size_call_return2(stem, variable, ...) \ +({ \ + typeof(variable) pscr2_ret__; \ + __verify_pcpu_ptr(&(variable)); \ + switch(sizeof(variable)) { \ + case 1: pscr2_ret__ = stem##1(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + case 2: pscr2_ret__ = stem##2(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + case 4: pscr2_ret__ = stem##4(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + case 8: pscr2_ret__ = stem##8(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + default: \ + __bad_size_call_parameter(); break; \ + } \ + pscr2_ret__; \ +}) + #define __pcpu_size_call(stem, variable, ...) \ do { \ __verify_pcpu_ptr(&(variable)); \ @@ -529,6 +544,62 @@ do { \ # define __this_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(__this_cpu_xor_, (pcp), (val)) #endif +#define _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_add_return +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_1 +# define this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_2 +# define this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_4 +# define this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_8 +# define this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# define this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) +#endif + +#define this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) +#define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) +#define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) + +#define __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ +({ \ + __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ + __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ +}) + +#ifndef __this_cpu_add_return +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_1 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_2 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_4 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_8 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# define __this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) +#endif + +#define __this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) +#define __this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) +#define __this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) + /* * IRQ safe versions of the per cpu RMW operations. Note that these operations * are *not* safe against modification of the same variable from another -- cgit v1.2.3 From cfb824349556904b319464139be5c75fce983b0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 11:40:03 -0600 Subject: highmem: Use this_cpu_xx_return() operations Use this_cpu operations to optimize access primitives for highmem. The main effect is the avoidance of address calculations through the use of a segment prefix. V3->V4 - kmap_atomic_idx: Do not return a value. - Use __this_cpu_dec without HIGHMEM_DEBUG Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Catalin Marinas Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/highmem.h | 13 ++++++++----- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/highmem.h b/include/linux/highmem.h index b676c585574..3a93f73a8ac 100644 --- a/include/linux/highmem.h +++ b/include/linux/highmem.h @@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ DECLARE_PER_CPU(int, __kmap_atomic_idx); static inline int kmap_atomic_idx_push(void) { - int idx = __get_cpu_var(__kmap_atomic_idx)++; + int idx = __this_cpu_inc_return(__kmap_atomic_idx) - 1; + #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM WARN_ON_ONCE(in_irq() && !irqs_disabled()); BUG_ON(idx > KM_TYPE_NR); @@ -91,16 +92,18 @@ static inline int kmap_atomic_idx_push(void) static inline int kmap_atomic_idx(void) { - return __get_cpu_var(__kmap_atomic_idx) - 1; + return __this_cpu_read(__kmap_atomic_idx) - 1; } -static inline int kmap_atomic_idx_pop(void) +static inline void kmap_atomic_idx_pop(void) { - int idx = --__get_cpu_var(__kmap_atomic_idx); #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM + int idx = __this_cpu_dec_return(__kmap_atomic_idx); + BUG_ON(idx < 0); +#else + __this_cpu_dec(__kmap_atomic_idx); #endif - return idx; } #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 403047754cf690b012369b8fb563b738b88086e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 15:47:04 +0100 Subject: percpu,x86: relocate this_cpu_add_return() and friends - include/linux/percpu.h: this_cpu_add_return() and friends were located next to __this_cpu_add_return(). However, the overall organization is to first group by preemption safeness. Relocate this_cpu_add_return() and friends to preemption-safe area. - arch/x86/include/asm/percpu.h: Relocate percpu_add_return_op() after other more basic operations. Relocate [__]this_cpu_add_return_8() so that they're first grouped by preemption safeness. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Cc: Christoph Lameter --- include/linux/percpu.h | 60 +++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/percpu.h b/include/linux/percpu.h index 4d593defc47..3484e88d93f 100644 --- a/include/linux/percpu.h +++ b/include/linux/percpu.h @@ -417,6 +417,36 @@ do { \ # define this_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(this_cpu_or_, (pcp), (val)) #endif +#define _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_add_return +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_1 +# define this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_2 +# define this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_4 +# define this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_8 +# define this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# define this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) +#endif + +#define this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) +#define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) +#define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) + /* * Generic percpu operations that do not require preemption handling. * Either we do not care about races or the caller has the @@ -544,36 +574,6 @@ do { \ # define __this_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(__this_cpu_xor_, (pcp), (val)) #endif -#define _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ -({ \ - typeof(pcp) ret__; \ - preempt_disable(); \ - __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ - ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ - preempt_enable(); \ - ret__; \ -}) - -#ifndef this_cpu_add_return -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_1 -# define this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_2 -# define this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_4 -# define this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_8 -# define this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# define this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) -#endif - -#define this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) -#define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) -#define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) - #define __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ ({ \ __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b6aa5901c7a2bd90d0b6b9866300d2648b2568f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry C Chang Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 20:45:41 -0800 Subject: ceph: mark user pages dirty on direct-io reads For read operation, we have to set the argument _write_ of get_user_pages to 1 since we will write data to pages. Also, we need to SetPageDirty before releasing these pages. Signed-off-by: Henry C Chang Signed-off-by: Sage Weil --- include/linux/ceph/libceph.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h b/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h index 9e76d35670d..72c72bfccb8 100644 --- a/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h +++ b/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h @@ -227,8 +227,10 @@ extern int ceph_open_session(struct ceph_client *client); extern void ceph_release_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages); extern struct page **ceph_get_direct_page_vector(const char __user *data, - int num_pages); -extern void ceph_put_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages); + int num_pages, + bool write_page); +extern void ceph_put_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages, + bool dirty); extern void ceph_release_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages); extern struct page **ceph_alloc_page_vector(int num_pages, gfp_t flags); extern int ceph_copy_user_to_page_vector(struct page **pages, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c0f5ac5426f7fd82b23dd5c6a1e633b290294a08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 10:38:41 -0700 Subject: Revert "resources: support allocating space within a region from the top down" This reverts commit e7f8567db9a7f6b3151b0b275e245c1cef0d9c70. Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes --- include/linux/ioport.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ioport.h b/include/linux/ioport.h index d377ea815d4..b22790268b6 100644 --- a/include/linux/ioport.h +++ b/include/linux/ioport.h @@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ struct resource_list { /* PC/ISA/whatever - the normal PC address spaces: IO and memory */ extern struct resource ioport_resource; extern struct resource iomem_resource; -extern int resource_alloc_from_bottom; extern struct resource *request_resource_conflict(struct resource *root, struct resource *new); extern int request_resource(struct resource *root, struct resource *new); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fcb119183c73bf0781009713f303e28b1fb13d3e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 10:38:46 -0700 Subject: resources: add arch hook for preventing allocation in reserved areas This adds arch_remove_reservations(), which an arch can implement if it needs to protect part of the address space from allocation. Sometimes that can be done by just putting a region in the resource tree, but there are cases where that doesn't work well. For example, x86 BIOS E820 reservations are not related to devices, so they may overlap part of, all of, or more than a device resource, so they may not end up at the correct spot in the resource tree. Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes --- include/linux/ioport.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ioport.h b/include/linux/ioport.h index b22790268b6..e9bb22cba76 100644 --- a/include/linux/ioport.h +++ b/include/linux/ioport.h @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ extern void reserve_region_with_split(struct resource *root, extern struct resource *insert_resource_conflict(struct resource *parent, struct resource *new); extern int insert_resource(struct resource *parent, struct resource *new); extern void insert_resource_expand_to_fit(struct resource *root, struct resource *new); +extern void arch_remove_reservations(struct resource *avail); extern int allocate_resource(struct resource *root, struct resource *new, resource_size_t size, resource_size_t min, resource_size_t max, resource_size_t align, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b8fe66300acb2fba8b16d62606e0d30204022fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Dmitry V. Levin" Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 12:03:14 -0800 Subject: netlink: fix gcc -Wconversion compilation warning $ cat << EOF | gcc -Wconversion -xc -S -o/dev/null - unsigned f(void) {return NLMSG_HDRLEN;} EOF : In function 'f': :3:26: warning: negative integer implicitly converted to unsigned type Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netlink.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netlink.h b/include/linux/netlink.h index 123566912d7..e2b9e63afa6 100644 --- a/include/linux/netlink.h +++ b/include/linux/netlink.h @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ struct nlmsghdr { Check NLM_F_EXCL */ -#define NLMSG_ALIGNTO 4 +#define NLMSG_ALIGNTO 4U #define NLMSG_ALIGN(len) ( ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) & ~(NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) ) #define NLMSG_HDRLEN ((int) NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlmsghdr))) #define NLMSG_LENGTH(len) ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGN(NLMSG_HDRLEN)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From e27fc9641e8ddc8146f8e01f06e5eba2469698de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 21:36:11 -0800 Subject: rcu: increase synchronize_sched_expedited() batching The fix in commit #6a0cc49 requires more than three concurrent instances of synchronize_sched_expedited() before batching is possible. This patch uses a ticket-counter-like approach that is also not unrelated to Lai Jiangshan's Ring RCU to allow sharing of expedited grace periods even when there are only two concurrent instances of synchronize_sched_expedited(). This commit builds on Tejun's original posting, which may be found at http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/9/204, adding memory barriers, avoiding overflow of signed integers (other than via atomic_t), and fixing the detection of batching. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 49e8e16308e..af561485628 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ extern int rcutorture_runnable; /* for sysctl */ #endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST */ +#define UINT_CMP_GE(a, b) (UINT_MAX / 2 >= (a) - (b)) +#define UINT_CMP_LT(a, b) (UINT_MAX / 2 < (a) - (b)) #define ULONG_CMP_GE(a, b) (ULONG_MAX / 2 >= (a) - (b)) #define ULONG_CMP_LT(a, b) (ULONG_MAX / 2 < (a) - (b)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8a9c1cee26c0ece23b38c45b92b724438878f842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mariusz Kozlowski Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 23:11:12 +0100 Subject: rculist: fix borked __list_for_each_rcu() macro This restores parentheses blance. Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rculist.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rculist.h b/include/linux/rculist.h index f31ef61f1c6..70d3ba504d1 100644 --- a/include/linux/rculist.h +++ b/include/linux/rculist.h @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ static inline void list_splice_init_rcu(struct list_head *list, #define __list_for_each_rcu(pos, head) \ for (pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(head)); \ pos != (head); \ - pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu((pos))) + pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(pos))) /** * list_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3c2dcf2aed5ea22ecf65a9a871c4963faec421b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 21:12:15 -0800 Subject: rcu: remove unused __list_for_each_rcu() macro Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rculist.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rculist.h b/include/linux/rculist.h index 70d3ba504d1..2dea94fc440 100644 --- a/include/linux/rculist.h +++ b/include/linux/rculist.h @@ -241,11 +241,6 @@ static inline void list_splice_init_rcu(struct list_head *list, #define list_first_entry_rcu(ptr, type, member) \ list_entry_rcu((ptr)->next, type, member) -#define __list_for_each_rcu(pos, head) \ - for (pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(head)); \ - pos != (head); \ - pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(pos))) - /** * list_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type * @pos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2b7124428561c7c3cfa4a58cc4c6feea53f3148e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2010 15:54:04 +0100 Subject: percpu: Generic this_cpu_cmpxchg() and this_cpu_xchg support Generic code to provide new per cpu atomic features this_cpu_cmpxchg this_cpu_xchg Fallback occurs to functions using interrupts disable/enable to ensure correct per cpu atomicity. Fallback to regular cmpxchg and xchg is not possible since per cpu atomic semantics include the guarantee that the current cpus per cpu data is accessed atomically. Use of regular cmpxchg and xchg requires the determination of the address of the per cpu data before regular cmpxchg or xchg which therefore cannot be atomically included in an xchg or cmpxchg without segment override. tj: - Relocated new ops to conform better to the general organization. - This patch contains a trivial comment fix. Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/percpu.h | 134 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 133 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/percpu.h b/include/linux/percpu.h index 3484e88d93f..27c3c6fcfad 100644 --- a/include/linux/percpu.h +++ b/include/linux/percpu.h @@ -447,6 +447,59 @@ do { \ #define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) #define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) +#define _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) \ +({ typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_xchg +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_1 +# define this_cpu_xchg_1(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_2 +# define this_cpu_xchg_2(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_4 +# define this_cpu_xchg_4(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_8 +# define this_cpu_xchg_8(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# define this_cpu_xchg(pcp, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_xchg_, (pcp), nval) +#endif + +#define _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ +({ typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + if (ret__ == (oval)) \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_1 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_1(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_2 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_2(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_4 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_4(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_8 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_8(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_cmpxchg_, pcp, oval, nval) +#endif + /* * Generic percpu operations that do not require preemption handling. * Either we do not care about races or the caller has the @@ -600,11 +653,61 @@ do { \ #define __this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) #define __this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) +#define __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) \ +({ typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef __this_cpu_xchg +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_1 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_1(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_2 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_2(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_4 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_4(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_8 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_8(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# define __this_cpu_xchg(pcp, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(__this_cpu_xchg_, (pcp), nval) +#endif + +#define __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + if (ret__ == (oval)) \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_1 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_1(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_2 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_2(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_4 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_4(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_8 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_8(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(__this_cpu_cmpxchg_, pcp, oval, nval) +#endif + /* * IRQ safe versions of the per cpu RMW operations. Note that these operations * are *not* safe against modification of the same variable from another * processors (which one gets when using regular atomic operations) - . They are guaranteed to be atomic vs. local interrupts and + * They are guaranteed to be atomic vs. local interrupts and * preemption only. */ #define irqsafe_cpu_generic_to_op(pcp, val, op) \ @@ -691,4 +794,33 @@ do { \ # define irqsafe_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(irqsafe_cpu_xor_, (val)) #endif +#define irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + unsigned long flags; \ + local_irq_save(flags); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + if (ret__ == (oval)) \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + local_irq_restore(flags); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_1 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_1(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_2 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_2(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_4 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_4(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_8 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_8(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_, (pcp), oval, nval) +#endif + #endif /* __LINUX_PERCPU_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c6eda6c5eeb357ff231121619fb49d2bc0605faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:12 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc35892: rename tc35892 header to tc3589x Rename the header file to include further variants within the same mfd core driver Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h | 136 -------------------------------------------- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 136 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 136 insertions(+), 136 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h create mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h deleted file mode 100644 index eff3094ca84..00000000000 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010 - * - * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 - */ - -#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H -#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H - -#include - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) - -#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 - -#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 -#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 -#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 -#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 - -#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 -#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 -#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 -#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 -#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 - -#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 -#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA -#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB -#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC -#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD -#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE - -#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 - -#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB - -#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 - -#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 -#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 -#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 -#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 -#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 -#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 -#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 - -#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 -#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) - -struct tc35892 { - struct mutex lock; - struct device *dev; - struct i2c_client *i2c; - - int irq_base; - int num_gpio; - struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; -}; - -extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); -extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); -extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, - u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, - const u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); - -/** - * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data - * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of - * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. - * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization - * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown - */ -struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { - int gpio_base; - void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); - void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); -}; - -/** - * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data - * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. - * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data - */ -struct tc35892_platform_data { - int irq_base; - struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; -}; - -#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 -#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) - -#endif diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eff3094ca84 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010 + * + * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H +#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H + +#include + +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) + +#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 + +#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 +#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 +#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 +#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 + +#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 +#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 +#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A + +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 +#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 +#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 + +#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 +#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA +#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB +#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC +#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD +#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE + +#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 +#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 +#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 + +#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 +#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 +#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 + +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 + +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB + +#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 +#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 +#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 + +#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 +#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 +#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 +#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 +#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 +#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 +#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 + +#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 +#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) + +struct tc35892 { + struct mutex lock; + struct device *dev; + struct i2c_client *i2c; + + int irq_base; + int num_gpio; + struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; +}; + +extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); +extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); +extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, + u8 *values); +extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, + const u8 *values); +extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); + +/** + * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data + * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of + * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. + * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization + * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown + */ +struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { + int gpio_base; + void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); +}; + +/** + * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data + * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. + * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data + */ +struct tc35892_platform_data { + int irq_base; + struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; +}; + +#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 +#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20406ebff4a298e6e3abbc1717a90bb3e55dc820 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:14 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc3589x: rename tc35892 structs/registers to tc359x Most of the register layout, client IRQ numbers on the TC35892 is shared also by other variants. Make this generic as tc3589x Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 202 ++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 101 insertions(+), 101 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index eff3094ca84..ea1918896f5 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -4,133 +4,133 @@ * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 */ -#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H -#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H +#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC3589x_H +#define __LINUX_MFD_TC3589x_H #include -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) - -#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 - -#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 -#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 -#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 -#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 - -#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 -#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 -#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 -#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 -#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 - -#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 -#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA -#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB -#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC -#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD -#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE - -#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 - -#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB - -#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 - -#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 -#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 -#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 -#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 -#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 -#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 -#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 - -#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 -#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) - -struct tc35892 { +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) + +#define TC3589x_IRQST 0x91 + +#define TC3589x_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 +#define TC3589x_MANFCODE 0x80 +#define TC3589x_VERSION 0x81 +#define TC3589x_IOCFG 0xA7 + +#define TC3589x_CLKMODE 0x88 +#define TC3589x_CLKCFG 0x89 +#define TC3589x_CLKEN 0x8A + +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL 0x82 +#define TC3589x_EXTRSTN 0x83 +#define TC3589x_RSTINTCLR 0x84 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS0 0xC9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS1 0xCA +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS2 0xCB +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE0 0xCC +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE1 0xCD +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE2 0xCE +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV0 0xCF +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE0 0xD2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE1 0xD3 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE2 0xD4 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS0 0xD6 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS1 0xD7 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS2 0xD8 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS1 0xDA +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS2 0xDB +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC0 0xDC +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC1 0xDD +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC2 0xDE + +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA0 0xC0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA1 0xC2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA2 0xC4 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 + +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR0 0xC6 +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR1 0xC7 +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR2 0xC8 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB + +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM0 0xE0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE0 0xE1 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM1 0xE2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE1 0xE3 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM2 0xE4 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE2 0xE5 + +#define TC3589x_INT_GPIIRQ 0 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI0IRQ 1 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI1IRQ 2 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI2IRQ 3 +#define TC3589x_INT_ROTIRQ 5 +#define TC3589x_INT_KBDIRQ 6 +#define TC3589x_INT_PORIRQ 7 + +#define TC3589x_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 +#define TC3589x_INT_GPIO(x) (TC3589x_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) + +struct tc3589x { struct mutex lock; struct device *dev; struct i2c_client *i2c; int irq_base; int num_gpio; - struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; + struct tc3589x_platform_data *pdata; }; -extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); -extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); -extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, +extern int tc3589x_reg_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 data); +extern int tc3589x_reg_read(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg); +extern int tc3589x_block_read(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, +extern int tc3589x_block_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, const u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); +extern int tc3589x_set_bits(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); /** - * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data - * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of - * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. + * struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data - TC3589x GPIO platform data + * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC3589x. A maximum of + * %TC3589x_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown */ -struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { +struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { int gpio_base; - void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); - void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*setup)(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*remove)(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, unsigned gpio_base); }; /** - * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data - * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. + * struct tc3589x_platform_data - TC3589x platform data + * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data */ -struct tc35892_platform_data { +struct tc3589x_platform_data { int irq_base; - struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; + struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; }; -#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 -#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) +#define TC3589x_NR_GPIOS 24 +#define TC3589x_NR_IRQS TC3589x_INT_GPIO(TC3589x_NR_GPIOS) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 611b7590afa6e6c6b0942b1d3efef17fbb348ef5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:15 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc3589x: add block identifier for multiple child devices Add block identifier to be able to add multiple mfd clients to the mfd core Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index ea1918896f5..da00958b12d 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ #include +enum tx3589x_block { + TC3589x_BLOCK_GPIO = 1 << 0, + TC3589x_BLOCK_KEYPAD = 1 << 1, +}; + #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) @@ -122,10 +127,12 @@ struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { /** * struct tc3589x_platform_data - TC3589x platform data + * @block: bitmask of blocks to enable (use TC3589x_BLOCK_*) * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data */ struct tc3589x_platform_data { + unsigned int block; int irq_base; struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From ad0081e43af6de3fecf308b0d098f9611835766b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Stevens Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 11:42:42 +0000 Subject: ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets as needed. This patch modifies IPsec6 to fragment IPv6 packets that are locally generated as needed. This version of the patch only fragments in tunnel mode, so that fragment headers will not be obscured by ESP in transport mode. Signed-off-by: David L Stevens Acked-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip6_route.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 278312c95f9..2ab926860cd 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -164,5 +164,15 @@ static inline int ipv6_unicast_destination(struct sk_buff *skb) return rt->rt6i_flags & RTF_LOCAL; } +int ip6_fragment(struct sk_buff *skb, int (*output)(struct sk_buff *)); + +static inline int ip6_skb_dst_mtu(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + struct ipv6_pinfo *np = skb->sk ? inet6_sk(skb->sk) : NULL; + + return (np && np->pmtudisc == IPV6_PMTUDISC_PROBE) ? + skb_dst(skb)->dev->mtu : dst_mtu(skb_dst(skb)); +} + #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c306a9291a077879fc3e933326caac3bc319caa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shan Wei Date: Sun, 19 Dec 2010 21:59:35 -0800 Subject: net: kill unused macros These macros never be used, so remove them. Signed-off-by: Shan Wei Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/inet_connection_sock.h | 1 - include/net/tcp.h | 2 -- 2 files changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h index 6c93a56cc95..6ac4e3b5007 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_connection_sock.h @@ -132,7 +132,6 @@ struct inet_connection_sock { #define ICSK_TIME_RETRANS 1 /* Retransmit timer */ #define ICSK_TIME_DACK 2 /* Delayed ack timer */ #define ICSK_TIME_PROBE0 3 /* Zero window probe timer */ -#define ICSK_TIME_KEEPOPEN 4 /* Keepalive timer */ static inline struct inet_connection_sock *inet_csk(const struct sock *sk) { diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 2ab6c9c1c53..b4480300cad 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -1158,8 +1158,6 @@ struct tcp_md5sig_pool { union tcp_md5sum_block md5_blk; }; -#define TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYS (~(u32)0) /* really?! */ - /* - functions */ extern int tcp_v4_md5_hash_skb(char *md5_hash, struct tcp_md5sig_key *key, struct sock *sk, struct request_sock *req, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 85b7720039fc000b561c20fe2aaa3b54cddae4a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2010 20:51:13 +0100 Subject: Input: introduce device properties Today, userspace sets up an input device based on the data it emits. This is not always enough; a tablet and a touchscreen may emit exactly the same data, for instance, but the former should be set up with a pointer whereas the latter does not need to. Recently, a new type of touchpad has emerged where the buttons are under the pad, which changes logic without changing the emitted data. This patch introduces a new ioctl, EVIOCGPROP, which enables user access to a set of device properties useful during setup. The properties are given as a bitmap in the same fashion as the event types, and are also made available via sysfs, uevent and /proc/bus/input/devices. Acked-by: Ping Cheng Acked-by: Chase Douglas Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ include/linux/uinput.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index b3a1e02080c..8d9c76cd3c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define EVIOCGNAME(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x06, len) /* get device name */ #define EVIOCGPHYS(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x07, len) /* get physical location */ #define EVIOCGUNIQ(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x08, len) /* get unique identifier */ +#define EVIOCGPROP(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x09, len) /* get device properties */ #define EVIOCGKEY(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x18, len) /* get global key state */ #define EVIOCGLED(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x19, len) /* get all LEDs */ @@ -107,6 +108,18 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define EVIOCGRAB _IOW('E', 0x90, int) /* Grab/Release device */ +/* + * Device properties and quirks + */ + +#define INPUT_PROP_POINTER 0x00 /* needs a pointer */ +#define INPUT_PROP_DIRECT 0x01 /* direct input devices */ +#define INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD 0x02 /* has button(s) under pad */ +#define INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT 0x03 /* touch rectangle only */ + +#define INPUT_PROP_MAX 0x1f +#define INPUT_PROP_CNT (INPUT_PROP_MAX + 1) + /* * Event types */ @@ -1090,6 +1103,7 @@ struct ff_effect { * @phys: physical path to the device in the system hierarchy * @uniq: unique identification code for the device (if device has it) * @id: id of the device (struct input_id) + * @propbit: bitmap of device properties and quirks * @evbit: bitmap of types of events supported by the device (EV_KEY, * EV_REL, etc.) * @keybit: bitmap of keys/buttons this device has @@ -1173,6 +1187,8 @@ struct input_dev { const char *uniq; struct input_id id; + unsigned long propbit[BITS_TO_LONGS(INPUT_PROP_CNT)]; + unsigned long evbit[BITS_TO_LONGS(EV_CNT)]; unsigned long keybit[BITS_TO_LONGS(KEY_CNT)]; unsigned long relbit[BITS_TO_LONGS(REL_CNT)]; diff --git a/include/linux/uinput.h b/include/linux/uinput.h index 05f7fed2b17..d28c726ede4 100644 --- a/include/linux/uinput.h +++ b/include/linux/uinput.h @@ -104,6 +104,7 @@ struct uinput_ff_erase { #define UI_SET_FFBIT _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 107, int) #define UI_SET_PHYS _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 108, char*) #define UI_SET_SWBIT _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 109, int) +#define UI_SET_PROPBIT _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 110, int) #define UI_BEGIN_FF_UPLOAD _IOWR(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 200, struct uinput_ff_upload) #define UI_END_FF_UPLOAD _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 201, struct uinput_ff_upload) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 521bc83b0fcda6f323f1de0e7bf137401a8145a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andres Salomon Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 19:00:13 -0800 Subject: s1d13xxxfb: drop unused code MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Silence warnings such as - drivers/video/s1d13xxxfb.c:421: warning: ‘bltbit_wait_bitset’ defined but not used Just drop the unused code. Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h | 6 ------ 1 file changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h b/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h index f0736cff2ca..55f534491a3 100644 --- a/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h +++ b/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h @@ -136,12 +136,6 @@ #define S1DREG_DELAYOFF 0xFFFE #define S1DREG_DELAYON 0xFFFF -#define BBLT_FIFO_EMPTY 0x00 -#define BBLT_FIFO_NOT_EMPTY 0x40 -#define BBLT_FIFO_NOT_FULL 0x30 -#define BBLT_FIFO_HALF_FULL 0x20 -#define BBLT_FIFO_FULL 0x10 - #define BBLT_SOLID_FILL 0x0c -- cgit v1.2.3 From b8da46d3d55807037b58f14621a0949f18053bde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Pitre Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 00:29:32 -0500 Subject: clarify a usage constraint for cnt32_to_63() The cnt32_to_63 algorithm relies on proper counter data evaluation ordering to work properly. This was missing from the provided documentation. Let's augment the documentation with the missing usage constraint and fix the only instance that got it wrong. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre Acked-by: David Howells Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h b/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h index 7605fdd1eb6..e3d8bf26e5e 100644 --- a/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h +++ b/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h @@ -61,13 +61,31 @@ union cnt32_to_63 { * * 2) this code must not be preempted for a duration longer than the * 32-bit counter half period minus the longest period between two - * calls to this code. + * calls to this code; * * Those requirements ensure proper update to the state bit in memory. * This is usually not a problem in practice, but if it is then a kernel * timer should be scheduled to manage for this code to be executed often * enough. * + * And finally: + * + * 3) the cnt_lo argument must be seen as a globally incrementing value, + * meaning that it should be a direct reference to the counter data which + * can be evaluated according to a specific ordering within the macro, + * and not the result of a previous evaluation stored in a variable. + * + * For example, this is wrong: + * + * u32 partial = get_hw_count(); + * u64 full = cnt32_to_63(partial); + * return full; + * + * This is fine: + * + * u64 full = cnt32_to_63(get_hw_count()); + * return full; + * * Note that the top bit (bit 63) in the returned value should be considered * as garbage. It is not cleared here because callers are likely to use a * multiplier on the returned value which can get rid of the top bit -- cgit v1.2.3 From 173021072e86a0a5b3d2271347493a3e0d5f68e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 04:35:30 +0000 Subject: net_sched: always clone skbs Pawel reported a panic related to handling shared skbs in ixgbe incorrectly. So we need to revert my previous patch to work around this bug. Instead of reverting the patch completely, I just revert the essential lines, so we can add the previous optimization back more easily in future. commit 3511c9132f8b1e1b5634e41a3331c44b0c13be70 Author: Changli Gao Date: Sat Oct 16 13:04:08 2010 +0000 net_sched: remove the unused parameter of qdisc_create_dflt() Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sch_generic.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sch_generic.h b/include/net/sch_generic.h index ea1f8a83160..79f34e2b752 100644 --- a/include/net/sch_generic.h +++ b/include/net/sch_generic.h @@ -610,11 +610,7 @@ static inline struct sk_buff *skb_act_clone(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp_mask, { struct sk_buff *n; - if ((action == TC_ACT_STOLEN || action == TC_ACT_QUEUED) && - !skb_shared(skb)) - n = skb_get(skb); - else - n = skb_clone(skb, gfp_mask); + n = skb_clone(skb, gfp_mask); if (n) { n->tc_verd = SET_TC_VERD(n->tc_verd, 0); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6561a3b12d62ed5317e6ac32182d87a03f62c8dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Sun, 19 Dec 2010 21:11:20 -0800 Subject: ipv4: Flush per-ns routing cache more sanely. Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the network namespace in which the purge event occurred. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller Acked-by: Eric Dumazet --- include/net/route.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 27002362944..93e10c453f6 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ extern int ip_rt_init(void); extern void ip_rt_redirect(__be32 old_gw, __be32 dst, __be32 new_gw, __be32 src, struct net_device *dev); extern void rt_cache_flush(struct net *net, int how); -extern void rt_cache_flush_batch(void); +extern void rt_cache_flush_batch(struct net *net); extern int __ip_route_output_key(struct net *, struct rtable **, const struct flowi *flp); extern int ip_route_output_key(struct net *, struct rtable **, struct flowi *flp); extern int ip_route_output_flow(struct net *, struct rtable **rp, struct flowi *flp, struct sock *sk, int flags); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f333281a7da4c3a59bccc0cb53f7590eb850d93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Stezenbach Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 16:49:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892 Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 9fdf982d128..365359b2417 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -2024,8 +2024,8 @@ static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls - * to this function and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed - * for a single hardware. + * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() + * may not be mixed for a single hardware. * * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call @@ -2033,14 +2033,34 @@ static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); +/** + * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) + * + * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. + * + * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and + * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed + * for a single hardware. + * + * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by + * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call + */ +static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + local_bh_disable(); + ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); + local_bh_enable(); +} + /** * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback * * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context * (internally defers to a tasklet.) * - * Calls to this function and ieee80211_tx_status() may not be mixed for a - * single hardware. + * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and + * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. * * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24bdd9f4c9af75b33b438d60381a67626de0128d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:48 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Rename mesh_params to mesh_config to prepare for mesh_setup Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it. This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config in preparation for mesh_setup. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 15 ++++++++++----- include/net/cfg80211.h | 8 ++++---- 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 7483a89cee8..11a1de67b61 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. * - * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS: Get mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * - * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS: Set mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, - NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS, - NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, + NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, @@ -538,6 +538,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT +/* source-level API compatibility */ +#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG +#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG + /** * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes * @@ -922,7 +926,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, - NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, @@ -1058,6 +1062,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { /* source-level API compatibility */ #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION +#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG /* * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 6dc665a727c..7283496c2d0 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1096,9 +1096,9 @@ struct cfg80211_pmksa { * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx * - * @get_mesh_params: Put the current mesh parameters into *params + * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration * - * @update_mesh_params: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. + * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to * set, and which to leave alone. * @@ -1246,10 +1246,10 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); - int (*get_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct mesh_config *conf); - int (*update_mesh_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, const struct mesh_config *nconf); int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c80d545da3f7c0e534ccd4a780f322f80a92cff1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:49 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Let userspace enable and configure vendor specific path selection. Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the 802.11s draft. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/nl80211.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- include/net/cfg80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 3 files changed, 76 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 7f235453424..cd681681d21 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1291,6 +1291,31 @@ enum ieee80211_key_len { WLAN_KEY_LEN_AES_CMAC = 16, }; +/** + * enum - mesh path selection protocol identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP: the default path selection protocol + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR: a vendor specific protocol that will + * be specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR = 255, +}; + +/** + * enum - mesh path selection metric identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME: the default path selection metric + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR: a vendor specific metric that will be + * specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR = 255, +}; + + /* * IEEE 802.11-2007 7.3.2.9 Country information element * diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 11a1de67b61..69eaccac78c 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -872,6 +872,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be + * changed once the mesh is active. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1054,6 +1057,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1564,7 +1569,8 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { /** * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters * - * Mesh configuration parameters + * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is + * active. * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use * @@ -1587,9 +1593,6 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * - * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a - * source mesh point for path selection elements. - * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1616,6 +1619,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use @@ -1643,6 +1649,39 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 }; +/** + * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters + * + * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be + * changed while the mesh is active. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the default + * HWMP. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime + * metric. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE: A vendor specific information + * element that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and + * metrics in use. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use + */ +enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 +}; + /** * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 7283496c2d0..924d6036623 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -649,12 +649,20 @@ struct mesh_config { * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration * @mesh_id: the mesh ID * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes + * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use + * @path_metric: which metric to use + * @vendor_ie: vendor information elements (optional) + * @vendor_ie_len: length of vendor information elements * * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. */ struct mesh_setup { const u8 *mesh_id; u8 mesh_id_len; + u8 path_sel_proto; + u8 path_metric; + const u8 *vendor_ie; + u8 vendor_ie_len; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7f531e03abf0162df3966c4fa5fa6fdd9302cb6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 11:30:22 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Separate available antennas for RX and TX As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100) can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks for RX and TX. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 12 +++++++++--- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 924d6036623..bcc9f448ec4 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1482,8 +1482,13 @@ struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface * type * - * @available_antennas: bitmap of antennas which are available to configure. - * antenna configuration commands will be rejected unless this is set. + * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be + * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be + * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. + * + * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be + * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be + * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. * * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation * may request, if implemented. @@ -1528,7 +1533,8 @@ struct wiphy { u8 max_num_pmkids; - u32 available_antennas; + u32 available_antennas_tx; + u32 available_antennas_rx; /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't -- cgit v1.2.3 From 39fd5de4472b7b222c6cec78d72b069133f694e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 11:30:28 +0900 Subject: nl80211: Export available antennas Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or RX antennas via nl80211. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 69eaccac78c..2b89b712565 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -858,6 +858,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be @@ -1059,6 +1065,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61ad5394590c5c5338ab4ec50553d809a9996d50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:23:34 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Remove unused third address from mesh address extension header. The Mesh Control header only includes 0, 1 or 2 addresses. If there is one address, it should be interpreted as Address 4. If there are 2, they are interpreted as Addresses 5 and 6 (Address 4 being the 4th address in the 802.11 header). The address extension used to hold up to 3 addresses instead of the current 2. I'm not sure which draft version changed this, but it is very unlikely that it will change again given the state of the approval process of this draft. See section 7.1.3.6.3 in current draft (8.0). Also, note that the extra address that I'm removing was not being used, so this change has no effect on over-the-air frame formats. But I thought I better remove it before someone does start using it. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index cd681681d21..6042228954a 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -536,7 +536,6 @@ struct ieee80211s_hdr { __le32 seqnum; u8 eaddr1[6]; u8 eaddr2[6]; - u8 eaddr3[6]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); /* Mesh flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 356f039822b8d802138f7121c80d2a9286976dbd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nandita Dukkipati Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 14:15:56 +0000 Subject: TCP: increase default initial receive window. This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss (defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460). draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB. Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10. However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss. Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is to fix this shortcoming. References: 1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date. http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html 2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10. http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621 3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a fairness study. http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf 4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers) with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss. http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10 5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window. https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/ Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index b4480300cad..38509f04738 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ extern void tcp_time_wait(struct sock *sk, int state, int timeo); */ #define MAX_TCP_WINDOW 32767U +/* Offer an initial receive window of 10 mss. */ +#define TCP_DEFAULT_INIT_RCVWND 10 + /* Minimal accepted MSS. It is (60+60+8) - (20+20). */ #define TCP_MIN_MSS 88U -- cgit v1.2.3 From 00f0254ed9b19164d416dc2e3c2e81eda55a6faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan Williams Date: Fri, 1 Oct 2010 13:55:52 -0700 Subject: [SCSI] libsas: fix definition of wideport, include local sas address To date libsas has only looked at the attached sas address when determining the formation of wide ports. The specification and some hardware expects that phys with different addresses will not form a wide port unless the local peer phys also match each other. Introduce a flag to select stricter behavior at sas_register_ha() time. The flag can be dropped once it is known that all libsas users expect the same behavior. Current drivers just initialize this field to zero and get the traditional behavior. Reported-by: Patrick Thomson Signed-off-by: Dan Williams Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/libsas.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libsas.h b/include/scsi/libsas.h index 90ce527ecf3..8f6bb9c7f3e 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libsas.h +++ b/include/scsi/libsas.h @@ -361,6 +361,8 @@ struct sas_ha_struct { /* The class calls this to send a task for execution. */ int lldd_max_execute_num; int lldd_queue_size; + int strict_wide_ports; /* both sas_addr and attached_sas_addr must match + * their siblings when forming wide ports */ /* LLDD calls these to notify the class of an event. */ void (*notify_ha_event)(struct sas_ha_struct *, enum ha_event); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8eea2f55a65b9471276e78e5c86ddd19c4c0365c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eddie Wai Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 15:29:21 -0800 Subject: [SCSI] bnx2i: Added fix for NOP-Out response panic from unsolicited NOP-In The patch fixes the following situations where NOP-Out pkt is called for: - local unsolicited NOP-Out requests (requesting no NOP-In response) - local NOP-Out responses to unsolicited NOP-In requests kernel panic is observed due to double session spin_lock requests; one in the bnx2i_process_nopin_local_cmpl routine in bnx2i_hwi.c and the other in the iscsi_put_task routine in libiscsi.c The proposed fix is to export the currently static __iscsi_put_task() routine and have bnx2i call it directly instead of the iscsi_put_task() routine which holds the session spin lock. Signed-off-by: Eddie Wai Reviewed-by: Michael Chan Reviewed-by: Anil Veerabhadrappa Acked-by: Benjamin Li Reviewed-by: Mike Christie Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/libiscsi.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libiscsi.h b/include/scsi/libiscsi.h index b81d969ddc6..68e951d79f0 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libiscsi.h +++ b/include/scsi/libiscsi.h @@ -419,6 +419,7 @@ extern struct iscsi_task *iscsi_itt_to_ctask(struct iscsi_conn *, itt_t); extern struct iscsi_task *iscsi_itt_to_task(struct iscsi_conn *, itt_t); extern void iscsi_requeue_task(struct iscsi_task *task); extern void iscsi_put_task(struct iscsi_task *task); +extern void __iscsi_put_task(struct iscsi_task *task); extern void __iscsi_get_task(struct iscsi_task *task); extern void iscsi_complete_scsi_task(struct iscsi_task *task, uint32_t exp_cmdsn, uint32_t max_cmdsn); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 05fee645e96e732a79ad083cab8ddd4efd108e2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: john fastabend Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 16:18:49 -0800 Subject: [SCSI] libfc: remove tgt_flags from fc_fcp_pkt struct We can easily remove the tgt_flags from fc_fcp_pkt struct and use rpriv->tgt_flags directly where needed. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: Robert Love Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/libfc.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libfc.h b/include/scsi/libfc.h index 5c4c1678f7b..3eb3915eb55 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libfc.h +++ b/include/scsi/libfc.h @@ -263,7 +263,6 @@ struct fc_seq_els_data { * struct fc_fcp_pkt - FCP request structure (one for each scsi_cmnd request) * @lp: The associated local port * @state: The state of the I/O - * @tgt_flags: Target's flags * @ref_cnt: Reference count * @scsi_pkt_lock: Lock to protect the SCSI packet (must be taken before the * host_lock if both are to be held at the same time) @@ -298,7 +297,6 @@ struct fc_fcp_pkt { /* Housekeeping information */ struct fc_lport *lp; u16 state; - u16 tgt_flags; atomic_t ref_cnt; spinlock_t scsi_pkt_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 794d98e77f5901ceded697f1633463e88f078038 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Eykholt Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 16:19:56 -0800 Subject: [SCSI] libfcoe: retry rejected FLOGI to another FCF if possible Switches using multiple-FCFs may reject FLOGI in order to balance the load between multiple FCFs. Even though the FCF was available, it may have more load at the point we actually send the FLOGI. If the FLOGI fails, select a different FCF if possible, among those with the same priority. If no other FCF is available, just deliver the reject to libfc for retry. Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt Signed-off-by: Robert Love Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/libfcoe.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libfcoe.h b/include/scsi/libfcoe.h index 06f1b5a8ed1..feb6a94c90e 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libfcoe.h +++ b/include/scsi/libfcoe.h @@ -92,10 +92,12 @@ enum fip_state { * @timer_work: &work_struct for doing keep-alives and resets. * @recv_work: &work_struct for receiving FIP frames. * @fip_recv_list: list of received FIP frames. + * @flogi_req: clone of FLOGI request sent * @rnd_state: state for pseudo-random number generator. * @port_id: proposed or selected local-port ID. * @user_mfs: configured maximum FC frame size, including FC header. * @flogi_oxid: exchange ID of most recent fabric login. + * @flogi_req_send: send of FLOGI requested * @flogi_count: number of FLOGI attempts in AUTO mode. * @map_dest: use the FC_MAP mode for destination MAC addresses. * @spma: supports SPMA server-provided MACs mode @@ -106,6 +108,7 @@ enum fip_state { * @update_mac: LLD-supplied function to handle changes to MAC addresses. * @get_src_addr: LLD-supplied function to supply a source MAC address. * @ctlr_mutex: lock protecting this structure. + * @ctlr_lock: spinlock covering flogi_req * * This structure is used by all FCoE drivers. It contains information * needed by all FCoE low-level drivers (LLDs) as well as internal state @@ -126,12 +129,14 @@ struct fcoe_ctlr { struct work_struct timer_work; struct work_struct recv_work; struct sk_buff_head fip_recv_list; + struct sk_buff *flogi_req; struct rnd_state rnd_state; u32 port_id; u16 user_mfs; u16 flogi_oxid; + u8 flogi_req_send; u8 flogi_count; u8 map_dest; u8 spma; @@ -143,6 +148,7 @@ struct fcoe_ctlr { void (*update_mac)(struct fc_lport *, u8 *addr); u8 * (*get_src_addr)(struct fc_lport *); struct mutex ctlr_mutex; + spinlock_t ctlr_lock; }; /** @@ -155,6 +161,7 @@ struct fcoe_ctlr { * @fcf_mac: Ethernet address of the FCF * @vfid: virtual fabric ID * @pri: selection priority, smaller values are better + * @flogi_sent: current FLOGI sent to this FCF * @flags: flags received from advertisement * @fka_period: keep-alive period, in jiffies * @@ -176,6 +183,7 @@ struct fcoe_fcf { u8 fcf_mac[ETH_ALEN]; u8 pri; + u8 flogi_sent; u16 flags; u32 fka_period; u8 fd_flags:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f0e385fdafb7d6c8ded6464fa6421c735d96caf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Eykholt Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 16:20:18 -0800 Subject: [SCSI] libfc: fix statistics for FCP input/output megabytes The statistics for InputMegabytes and OutputMegabytes are misnamed. They're accumulating bytes, not megabytes. The statistic returned via /sys must be in megabytes, however, which is what the HBA-API wants. The FCP code needs to accumulate it in bytes and then divide by 1,000,000 (not 2^20) before it presented via sysfs. This affects fcoe.ko only, not fnic. The fnic driver correctly by accumulating bytes and then converts to megabytes. I checked that libhbalinux is using the /sys file directly without conversion. BTW, qla2xxx does divide by 2^20, which I'm not fixing here. Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt Signed-off-by: Robert Love Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/libfc.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libfc.h b/include/scsi/libfc.h index 3eb3915eb55..f53c8e31d5f 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libfc.h +++ b/include/scsi/libfc.h @@ -221,8 +221,8 @@ struct fc_rport_priv { * @InputRequests: Number of input requests * @OutputRequests: Number of output requests * @ControlRequests: Number of control requests - * @InputMegabytes: Number of received megabytes - * @OutputMegabytes: Number of transmitted megabytes + * @InputBytes: Number of received bytes + * @OutputBytes: Number of transmitted bytes * @VLinkFailureCount: Number of virtual link failures * @MissDiscAdvCount: Number of missing FIP discovery advertisement */ @@ -241,8 +241,8 @@ struct fcoe_dev_stats { u64 InputRequests; u64 OutputRequests; u64 ControlRequests; - u64 InputMegabytes; - u64 OutputMegabytes; + u64 InputBytes; + u64 OutputBytes; u64 VLinkFailureCount; u64 MissDiscAdvCount; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e9ccc998b70fbe59626f393bb0328402159c6b5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicholas Bellinger Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 13:11:16 -0800 Subject: [SCSI] Add missing SPC-4 CDB and MAINTENANCE_[IN,OUT] service action definitions This patch adds a handful of missing CDBs defs that are used by TCM persistent reservation logic in the SPC-4 defined CDB exclusion table for registrations and reservations. This includes a number of missing MI_* and MO_* prefixed service actions defs for MAINTENANCE_IN and MAINTENANCE_OUT that are mentioned wrt to persistent registration and reservation status for the SCSI Initiator Port. Signed-off-by: Nicholas A. Bellinger Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/scsi.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/scsi.h b/include/scsi/scsi.h index 216af8538cc..1651fef1883 100644 --- a/include/scsi/scsi.h +++ b/include/scsi/scsi.h @@ -115,33 +115,61 @@ struct scsi_cmnd; #define PERSISTENT_RESERVE_OUT 0x5f #define VARIABLE_LENGTH_CMD 0x7f #define REPORT_LUNS 0xa0 +#define SECURITY_PROTOCOL_IN 0xa2 #define MAINTENANCE_IN 0xa3 #define MAINTENANCE_OUT 0xa4 #define MOVE_MEDIUM 0xa5 #define EXCHANGE_MEDIUM 0xa6 #define READ_12 0xa8 #define WRITE_12 0xaa +#define READ_MEDIA_SERIAL_NUMBER 0xab #define WRITE_VERIFY_12 0xae #define VERIFY_12 0xaf #define SEARCH_HIGH_12 0xb0 #define SEARCH_EQUAL_12 0xb1 #define SEARCH_LOW_12 0xb2 +#define SECURITY_PROTOCOL_OUT 0xb5 #define READ_ELEMENT_STATUS 0xb8 #define SEND_VOLUME_TAG 0xb6 #define WRITE_LONG_2 0xea +#define EXTENDED_COPY 0x83 +#define RECEIVE_COPY_RESULTS 0x84 +#define ACCESS_CONTROL_IN 0x86 +#define ACCESS_CONTROL_OUT 0x87 #define READ_16 0x88 #define WRITE_16 0x8a +#define READ_ATTRIBUTE 0x8c +#define WRITE_ATTRIBUTE 0x8d #define VERIFY_16 0x8f #define WRITE_SAME_16 0x93 #define SERVICE_ACTION_IN 0x9e /* values for service action in */ #define SAI_READ_CAPACITY_16 0x10 #define SAI_GET_LBA_STATUS 0x12 +/* values for VARIABLE_LENGTH_CMD service action codes + * see spc4r17 Section D.3.5, table D.7 and D.8 */ +#define VLC_SA_RECEIVE_CREDENTIAL 0x1800 /* values for maintenance in */ +#define MI_REPORT_IDENTIFYING_INFORMATION 0x05 #define MI_REPORT_TARGET_PGS 0x0a +#define MI_REPORT_ALIASES 0x0b +#define MI_REPORT_SUPPORTED_OPERATION_CODES 0x0c +#define MI_REPORT_SUPPORTED_TASK_MANAGEMENT_FUNCTIONS 0x0d +#define MI_REPORT_PRIORITY 0x0e +#define MI_REPORT_TIMESTAMP 0x0f +#define MI_MANAGEMENT_PROTOCOL_IN 0x10 /* values for maintenance out */ +#define MO_SET_IDENTIFYING_INFORMATION 0x06 #define MO_SET_TARGET_PGS 0x0a +#define MO_CHANGE_ALIASES 0x0b +#define MO_SET_PRIORITY 0x0e +#define MO_SET_TIMESTAMP 0x0f +#define MO_MANAGEMENT_PROTOCOL_OUT 0x10 /* values for variable length command */ +#define XDREAD_32 0x03 +#define XDWRITE_32 0x04 +#define XPWRITE_32 0x06 +#define XDWRITEREAD_32 0x07 #define READ_32 0x09 #define VERIFY_32 0x0a #define WRITE_32 0x0b -- cgit v1.2.3 From da521b2c4f046383bc8941604174bc0e8bffb430 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 12:43:16 -0800 Subject: net: Fix range checks in tcf_valid_offset(). This function has three bugs: 1) The offset should be valid most of the time, this is just a sanity check, therefore we should use "likely" not "unlikely" 2) This is the only place where we can check for arithmetic overflow of the pointer plus the length. 3) The existing range checks are off by one, the valid range is skb->head to skb_tail_pointer(), inclusive. Based almost entirely upon a patch by Ralph Loader. Reported-by: Ralph Loader Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/pkt_cls.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/pkt_cls.h b/include/net/pkt_cls.h index dd3031aed9d..9fcc680ab6b 100644 --- a/include/net/pkt_cls.h +++ b/include/net/pkt_cls.h @@ -323,7 +323,9 @@ static inline unsigned char * tcf_get_base_ptr(struct sk_buff *skb, int layer) static inline int tcf_valid_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb, const unsigned char *ptr, const int len) { - return unlikely((ptr + len) < skb_tail_pointer(skb) && ptr > skb->head); + return likely((ptr + len) <= skb_tail_pointer(skb) && + ptr >= skb->head && + (ptr <= (ptr + len))); } #ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_IND -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4f32e9b1f812fd6c00cc85a127583fefbdedaedc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 10:27:53 +0100 Subject: kthread_work: make lockdep happy spinlock in kthread_worker and wait_queue_head in kthread_work both should be lockdep sensible, so change the interface to make it suiltable for CONFIG_LOCKDEP. tj: comment update Reported-by: Nicolas Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Signed-off-by: Andy Walls Tested-by: Andy Walls Cc: Tejun Heo Cc: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/kthread.h | 45 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 35 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kthread.h b/include/linux/kthread.h index 685ea65eb80..ce0775aa64c 100644 --- a/include/linux/kthread.h +++ b/include/linux/kthread.h @@ -81,16 +81,41 @@ struct kthread_work { #define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK(work, fn) \ struct kthread_work work = KTHREAD_WORK_INIT(work, fn) -static inline void init_kthread_worker(struct kthread_worker *worker) -{ - *worker = (struct kthread_worker)KTHREAD_WORKER_INIT(*worker); -} - -static inline void init_kthread_work(struct kthread_work *work, - kthread_work_func_t fn) -{ - *work = (struct kthread_work)KTHREAD_WORK_INIT(*work, fn); -} +/* + * kthread_worker.lock and kthread_work.done need their own lockdep class + * keys if they are defined on stack with lockdep enabled. Use the + * following macros when defining them on stack. + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP +# define KTHREAD_WORKER_INIT_ONSTACK(worker) \ + ({ init_kthread_worker(&worker); worker; }) +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORKER_ONSTACK(worker) \ + struct kthread_worker worker = KTHREAD_WORKER_INIT_ONSTACK(worker) +# define KTHREAD_WORK_INIT_ONSTACK(work, fn) \ + ({ init_kthread_work((&work), fn); work; }) +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK_ONSTACK(work, fn) \ + struct kthread_work work = KTHREAD_WORK_INIT_ONSTACK(work, fn) +#else +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORKER_ONSTACK(worker) DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORKER(worker) +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK_ONSTACK(work, fn) DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK(work, fn) +#endif + +extern void __init_kthread_worker(struct kthread_worker *worker, + const char *name, struct lock_class_key *key); + +#define init_kthread_worker(worker) \ + do { \ + static struct lock_class_key __key; \ + __init_kthread_worker((worker), "("#worker")->lock", &__key); \ + } while (0) + +#define init_kthread_work(work, fn) \ + do { \ + memset((work), 0, sizeof(struct kthread_work)); \ + INIT_LIST_HEAD(&(work)->node); \ + (work)->func = (fn); \ + init_waitqueue_head(&(work)->done); \ + } while (0) int kthread_worker_fn(void *worker_ptr); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da1f026b532ce944d74461497dc6d8c16456466e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Janusz Krzysztofik Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 21:09:22 +0000 Subject: Keyboard: omap-keypad: use matrix_keypad.h Most keypad drivers make use of the defined macros, structures and inline functions. Convert omap-keypad driver to use those as well, as suggested by a compile time warning, hardcoded into the OMAP . Created against linux-2.6.37-rc5. Tested on Amstrad Delta. Compile tested with omap1_defconfig and omap2plus_defconfig shrinked to board-h4. Signed-off-by: Janusz Krzysztofik Reviewed-by: Aaro Koskinen Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren --- include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h b/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h index 80352ad6581..69747469174 100644 --- a/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h +++ b/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ #define KEY(row, col, val) ((((row) & (MATRIX_MAX_ROWS - 1)) << 24) |\ (((col) & (MATRIX_MAX_COLS - 1)) << 16) |\ - (val & 0xffff)) + ((val) & 0xffff)) #define KEY_ROW(k) (((k) >> 24) & 0xff) #define KEY_COL(k) (((k) >> 16) & 0xff) -- cgit v1.2.3 From e1e5406854378dfada3f33c7192b012083a5b8e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 08:58:45 +0100 Subject: mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 38 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 69ded1ee49c..40a93d582c7 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1852,11 +1852,26 @@ struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, */ int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); +/** + * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description + * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec + * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds + * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) + */ +struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { + int throughput; + int blink_time; +}; + #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); +extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger( + struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, + unsigned int blink_table_len); #endif /** * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED @@ -1934,6 +1949,29 @@ static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) #endif } +/** + * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger + * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for + * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput + * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table + * + * This function returns %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED + * triggers are configured) or the name of the new trigger. + * This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). + */ +static inline char * +ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, + unsigned int blink_table_len) +{ +#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS + return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, blink_table, + blink_table_len); +#else + return NULL; +#endif +} + /** * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 67408c8c7b9daf28b50e33be3541334c07d15789 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 08:59:23 +0100 Subject: mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 40a93d582c7..479c35e160e 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1863,13 +1863,26 @@ struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { int blink_time; }; +/** + * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags + * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio + * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working + * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one + * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP + */ +enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { + IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0), + IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1), + IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2), +}; + #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger( - struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, unsigned int blink_table_len); #endif @@ -1952,6 +1965,7 @@ static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) /** * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for + * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table * @@ -1960,12 +1974,12 @@ static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) * This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). */ static inline char * -ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, +ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, unsigned int blink_table_len) { #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS - return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, blink_table, + return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, blink_table_len); #else return NULL; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4a7863cc2eb5f9804f1c4e9156619a801cd7f14f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 14:00:03 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG and rely on CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR The x86 arch has shifted its use of the nmi_watchdog from a local implementation to the global one provide by kernel/watchdog.c. This shift has caused a whole bunch of compile problems under different config options. I attempt to simplify things with the patch below. In order to simplify things, I had to come to terms with the meaning of two terms ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG and CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. Basically they mean the same thing, the former on a local level and the latter on a global level. With the old x86 nmi watchdog gone, there is no need to rely on defining the ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG variable because it doesn't make sense any more. x86 will now use the global implementation. The changes below do a few things. First it changes the few places that relied on ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG to use CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC (the former was an alias for the latter anyway, so nothing unusual here). Those pieces of code were relying more on local apic functionality the nmi watchdog functionality, so the change should make sense. Second, I removed the x86 implementation of touch_nmi_watchdog(). It isn't need now, instead x86 will rely on kernel/watchdog.c's implementation. Third, I removed the #define ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG itself from x86. And tweaked the include/linux/nmi.h file to tell users to look for an externally defined touch_nmi_watchdog in the case of ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG _or_ CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. This changes removes some of the ugliness in that file. Finally, I added a Kconfig dependency for CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR that said you can't have ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG _and_ CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. You can only have one nmi_watchdog. Tested with ARCH=i386: allnoconfig, defconfig, allyesconfig, (various broken configs) ARCH=x86_64: allnoconfig, defconfig, allyesconfig, (various broken configs) Hopefully, after this patch I won't get any more compile broken emails. :-) v3: changed a couple of 'linux/nmi.h' -> 'asm/nmi.h' to pick-up correct function prototypes when CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR is not set. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com LKML-Reference: <1293044403-14117-1-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 17ccf44e7dc..c536f8545f7 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -14,18 +14,14 @@ * may be used to reset the timeout - for code which intentionally * disables interrupts for a long time. This call is stateless. */ -#ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG +#if defined(ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR) #include extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #else -#ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { touch_softlockup_watchdog(); } -#else -extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); -#endif #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 02d981292ad3149e8e5f37cffbccedab1a8576d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:04 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add read_version management command This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace will use before any other management interface operations. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index 95974daa725..d353d64bfff 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -27,6 +27,12 @@ struct mgmt_hdr { } __packed; #define MGMT_HDR_SIZE 4 +#define MGMT_OP_READ_VERSION 0x0001 +struct mgmt_rp_read_version { + __u8 version; + __le16 revision; +} __packed; + #define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { __le16 opcode; -- cgit v1.2.3 From faba42eb2a8cf905ed26d540c3c93d429e327224 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:05 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add read_index_list management command This patch implements the read_index_list command through which userspace can get a list of current adapter indices. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index d353d64bfff..c2b4c83ab17 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -33,6 +33,12 @@ struct mgmt_rp_read_version { __le16 revision; } __packed; +#define MGMT_OP_READ_INDEX_LIST 0x0003 +struct mgmt_rp_read_index_list { + __le16 num_controllers; + __le16 index[0]; +} __packed; + #define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { __le16 opcode; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7b64e69c7c75c8e9f2d5e23edec8de1ce883bcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:06 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add read_info management command This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic info about an adapter. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index c2b4c83ab17..70985aacc14 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -39,6 +39,25 @@ struct mgmt_rp_read_index_list { __le16 index[0]; } __packed; +#define MGMT_OP_READ_INFO 0x0004 +struct mgmt_cp_read_info { + __le16 index; +} __packed; +struct mgmt_rp_read_info { + __le16 index; + __u8 type; + __u8 powered; + __u8 discoverable; + __u8 pairable; + __u8 sec_mode; + bdaddr_t bdaddr; + __u8 dev_class[3]; + __u8 features[8]; + __u16 manufacturer; + __u8 hci_ver; + __u16 hci_rev; +} __packed; + #define MGMT_EV_CMD_COMPLETE 0x0001 struct mgmt_ev_cmd_complete { __le16 opcode; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c71e97bfaadfa727669fcfcf12301744fd169091 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 21:07:07 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add management events for controller addition & removal This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 2 ++ include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h | 10 ++++++++++ 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 1992fac7e92..3786ee83604 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -662,6 +662,8 @@ void hci_send_to_sock(struct hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb); /* Management interface */ int mgmt_control(struct sock *sk, struct msghdr *msg, size_t len); +int mgmt_index_added(u16 index); +int mgmt_index_removed(u16 index); /* HCI info for socket */ #define hci_pi(sk) ((struct hci_pinfo *) sk) diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h index 70985aacc14..ca29c1367ff 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/mgmt.h @@ -75,3 +75,13 @@ struct mgmt_ev_controller_error { __le16 index; __u8 error_code; } __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_INDEX_ADDED 0x0004 +struct mgmt_ev_index_added { + __le16 index; +} __packed; + +#define MGMT_EV_INDEX_REMOVED 0x0005 +struct mgmt_ev_index_removed { + __le16 index; +} __packed; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 23bb57633df97ede067ea26f3cdc8a7ba2cd8109 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johan Hedberg Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 23:01:27 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Fix __hci_request synchronization for hci_open_dev The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs). Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which causes __hci_request to return prematurely. This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes. Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 3786ee83604..a29feb01854 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ struct hci_dev { wait_queue_head_t req_wait_q; __u32 req_status; __u32 req_result; + __u16 req_last_cmd; struct inquiry_cache inq_cache; struct hci_conn_hash conn_hash; @@ -693,6 +694,6 @@ struct hci_sec_filter { #define hci_req_lock(d) mutex_lock(&d->req_lock) #define hci_req_unlock(d) mutex_unlock(&d->req_lock) -void hci_req_complete(struct hci_dev *hdev, int result); +void hci_req_complete(struct hci_dev *hdev, __u16 cmd, int result); #endif /* __HCI_CORE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4e06fd14d5fa78826397c891654a37e5a36ee827 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Will Newton Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 17:24:29 -0800 Subject: include/linux/unaligned: pack the whole struct rather than just the field The current packed struct implementation of unaligned access adds the packed attribute only to the field within the unaligned struct rather than to the struct as a whole. This is not sufficient to enforce proper behaviour on architectures with a default struct alignment of more than one byte. For example, the current implementation of __get_unaligned_cpu16 when compiled for arm with gcc -O1 -mstructure-size-boundary=32 assumes the struct is on a 4 byte boundary so performs the load of the 16bit packed field as if it were on a 4 byte boundary: __get_unaligned_cpu16: ldrh r0, [r0, #0] bx lr Moving the packed attribute to the struct rather than the field causes the proper unaligned access code to be generated: __get_unaligned_cpu16: ldrb r3, [r0, #0] @ zero_extendqisi2 ldrb r0, [r0, #1] @ zero_extendqisi2 orr r0, r3, r0, asl #8 bx lr Signed-off-by: Will Newton Cc: Arnd Bergmann Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h b/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h index 2498bb9fe00..c9a6abd972a 100644 --- a/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h +++ b/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ #include -struct __una_u16 { u16 x __attribute__((packed)); }; -struct __una_u32 { u32 x __attribute__((packed)); }; -struct __una_u64 { u64 x __attribute__((packed)); }; +struct __una_u16 { u16 x; } __attribute__((packed)); +struct __una_u32 { u32 x; } __attribute__((packed)); +struct __una_u64 { u64 x; } __attribute__((packed)); static inline u16 __get_unaligned_cpu16(const void *p) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4be2c95d1f7706ca0e74499f2bd118e1cee19669 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeff Mahoney Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 17:24:30 -0800 Subject: taskstats: pad taskstats netlink response for aligment issues on ia64 The taskstats structure is internally aligned on 8 byte boundaries but the layout of the aggregrate reply, with two NLA headers and the pid (each 4 bytes), actually force the entire structure to be unaligned. This causes the kernel to issue unaligned access warnings on some architectures like ia64. Unfortunately, some software out there doesn't properly unroll the NLA packet and assumes that the start of the taskstats structure will always be 20 bytes from the start of the netlink payload. Aligning the start of the taskstats structure breaks this software, which we don't want. So, for now the alignment only happens on architectures that require it and those users will have to update to fixed versions of those packages. Space is reserved in the packet only when needed. This ifdef should be removed in several years e.g. 2012 once we can be confident that fixed versions are installed on most systems. We add the padding before the aggregate since the aggregate is already a defined type. Commit 85893120 ("delayacct: align to 8 byte boundary on 64-bit systems") previously addressed the alignment issues by padding out the pid field. This was supposed to be a compatible change but the circumstances described above mean that it wasn't. This patch backs out that change, since it was a hack, and introduces a new NULL attribute type to provide the padding. Padding the response with 4 bytes avoids allocating an aligned taskstats structure and copying it back. Since the structure weighs in at 328 bytes, it's too big to do it on the stack. Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney Reported-by: Brian Rogers Cc: Jeff Mahoney Cc: Guillaume Chazarain Cc: Balbir Singh Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/taskstats.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/taskstats.h b/include/linux/taskstats.h index 341dddb5509..2466e550a41 100644 --- a/include/linux/taskstats.h +++ b/include/linux/taskstats.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ */ -#define TASKSTATS_VERSION 7 +#define TASKSTATS_VERSION 8 #define TS_COMM_LEN 32 /* should be >= TASK_COMM_LEN * in linux/sched.h */ @@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ enum { TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS, /* taskstats structure */ TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_PID, /* contains pid + stats */ TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_TGID, /* contains tgid + stats */ + TASKSTATS_TYPE_NULL, /* contains nothing */ __TASKSTATS_TYPE_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e058464990c2ef1f3ecd6b83a154913c3c06f02a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Thu, 23 Dec 2010 12:03:57 -0800 Subject: Revert "ipv4: Allow configuring subnets as local addresses" This reverts commit 4465b469008bc03b98a1b8df4e9ae501b6c69d4b. Conflicts: net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c As reported by Ben Greear, this causes regressions: > Change 4465b469008bc03b98a1b8df4e9ae501b6c69d4b caused rules > to stop matching the input device properly because the > FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF is always defined in ip_dev_find(). > > This breaks rules such as: > > ip rule add pref 512 lookup local > ip rule del pref 0 lookup local > ip link set eth2 up > ip -4 addr add 172.16.0.102/24 broadcast 172.16.0.255 dev eth2 > ip rule add to 172.16.0.102 iif eth2 lookup local pref 10 > ip rule add iif eth2 lookup 10001 pref 20 > ip route add 172.16.0.0/24 dev eth2 table 10001 > ip route add unreachable 0/0 table 10001 > > If you had a second interface 'eth0' that was on a different > subnet, pinging a system on that interface would fail: > > [root@ct503-60 ~]# ping 192.168.100.1 > connect: Invalid argument Reported-by: Ben Greear Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/flow.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/flow.h b/include/net/flow.h index 0ac3fb5e097..bb08692a20b 100644 --- a/include/net/flow.h +++ b/include/net/flow.h @@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ struct flowi { __u8 proto; __u8 flags; #define FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC 0x01 -#define FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF 0x02 union { struct { __be16 sport; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7063c0d942a1af2993531fbe52b4c74c1db818c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Feng Tang Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 13:59:11 +0800 Subject: spi/dw_spi: add DMA support dw_spi driver in upstream only supports PIO mode, and this patch will support it to cowork with the Designware dma controller used on Intel Moorestown platform, at the same time it provides a general framework to support dw_spi core to cowork with dma controllers on other platforms It has been tested with a Option GTM501L 3G modem and Infenion 60x60 modem. To use DMA mode, DMA controller 2 of Moorestown has to be enabled Also change the dma interface suggested by Linus Walleij. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Feng Tang [Typo fix and renames to match intel_mid_dma renaming] Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h | 24 +++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h index c91302f3a25..6cd10f6ad47 100644 --- a/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h +++ b/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ #ifndef DW_SPI_HEADER_H #define DW_SPI_HEADER_H + #include /* Bit fields in CTRLR0 */ @@ -82,6 +83,13 @@ struct dw_spi_reg { though only low 16 bits matters */ } __packed; +struct dw_spi; +struct dw_spi_dma_ops { + int (*dma_init)(struct dw_spi *dws); + void (*dma_exit)(struct dw_spi *dws); + int (*dma_transfer)(struct dw_spi *dws, int cs_change); +}; + struct dw_spi { struct spi_master *master; struct spi_device *cur_dev; @@ -136,13 +144,15 @@ struct dw_spi { /* Dma info */ int dma_inited; struct dma_chan *txchan; + struct scatterlist tx_sgl; struct dma_chan *rxchan; - int txdma_done; - int rxdma_done; - u64 tx_param; - u64 rx_param; + struct scatterlist rx_sgl; + int dma_chan_done; struct device *dma_dev; - dma_addr_t dma_addr; + dma_addr_t dma_addr; /* phy address of the Data register */ + struct dw_spi_dma_ops *dma_ops; + void *dma_priv; /* platform relate info */ + struct pci_dev *dmac; /* Bus interface info */ void *priv; @@ -216,4 +226,8 @@ extern int dw_spi_add_host(struct dw_spi *dws); extern void dw_spi_remove_host(struct dw_spi *dws); extern int dw_spi_suspend_host(struct dw_spi *dws); extern int dw_spi_resume_host(struct dw_spi *dws); +extern void dw_spi_xfer_done(struct dw_spi *dws); + +/* platform related setup */ +extern int dw_spi_mid_init(struct dw_spi *dws); /* Intel MID platforms */ #endif /* DW_SPI_HEADER_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 00df055ae315c9c8792dc4d012e6ad9c4d527e87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarkko Nikula Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 11:31:39 -0300 Subject: [media] radio-si4713: Add regulator framework support Convert the driver to use regulator framework instead of set_power callback. This with gpio_reset platform data provide cleaner way to manage chip VIO, VDD and reset signal inside the driver. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Nikula Cc: Eduardo Valentin Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/si4713.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/si4713.h b/include/media/si4713.h index 99850a54ed0..ed7353e8a98 100644 --- a/include/media/si4713.h +++ b/include/media/si4713.h @@ -23,8 +23,7 @@ * Platform dependent definition */ struct si4713_platform_data { - /* Set power state, zero is off, non-zero is on. */ - int (*set_power)(int power); + int gpio_reset; /* < 0 if not used */ }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2997137be8eba5bf9c07a24d5fda1f4225f9ca7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?David=20H=C3=A4rdeman?= Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 16:08:02 -0300 Subject: [media] ir-core: convert drivers/media/video/cx88 to ir-core MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit This patch converts the cx88 driver (for sampling hw) to use the decoders provided by ir-core instead of the separate ones provided by ir-functions (and gets rid of those). The value for MO_DDS_IO had a comment saying it corresponded to a 4kHz samplerate. That comment was unfortunately misleading. The actual samplerate was something like 3250Hz. The current value has been derived by analyzing the elapsed time between interrupts for different values (knowing that each interrupt corresponds to 32 samples). Thanks to Mariusz Bialonczyk for testing my patches (about one a day for two weeks!) on actual hardware. Signed-off-by: David Härdeman Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-common.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-common.h b/include/media/ir-common.h index 528050e39ad..415242047b6 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-common.h +++ b/include/media/ir-common.h @@ -96,9 +96,6 @@ void ir_input_nokey(struct input_dev *dev, struct ir_input_state *ir); void ir_input_keydown(struct input_dev *dev, struct ir_input_state *ir, u32 ir_key); u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask); -int ir_dump_samples(u32 *samples, int count); -int ir_decode_biphase(u32 *samples, int count, int low, int high); -int ir_decode_pulsedistance(u32 *samples, int count, int low, int high); u32 ir_rc5_decode(unsigned int code); void ir_rc5_timer_end(unsigned long data); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62c6503125389763a74911408d984c5dd09eeb97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?David=20H=C3=83=C2=A4rdeman?= Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 16:08:07 -0300 Subject: [media] ir-core: remove remaining users of the ir-functions keyhandlers MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit This patch removes the remaining usages of the ir_input_nokey() and ir_input_keydown() functions provided by drivers/media/IR/ir-functions.c by using the corresponding functionality in ir-core instead. Signed-off-by: David Härdeman Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-common.h | 31 +++---------------------------- include/media/ir-core.h | 3 ++- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 4 ++-- 3 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-common.h b/include/media/ir-common.h index 415242047b6..4a32e89a3cf 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-common.h +++ b/include/media/ir-common.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* - * - * some common structs and functions to handle infrared remotes via - * input layer ... + * some common functions to handle infrared remote protocol decoding for + * drivers which have not yet been (or can't be) converted to use the + * regular protocol decoders... * * (c) 2003 Gerd Knorr [SuSE Labs] * @@ -33,30 +33,17 @@ #define RC5_ADDR(x) (((x)>>6)&31) #define RC5_INSTR(x) ((x)&63) -struct ir_input_state { - /* configuration */ - u64 ir_type; - - /* key info */ - u32 ir_key; /* ir scancode */ - u32 keycode; /* linux key code */ - int keypressed; /* current state */ -}; - /* this was saa7134_ir and bttv_ir, moved here for * rc5 decoding. */ struct card_ir { struct input_dev *dev; - struct ir_input_state ir; char name[32]; char phys[32]; int users; - u32 running:1; struct ir_dev_props props; /* Usual gpio signalling */ - u32 mask_keycode; u32 mask_keydown; u32 mask_keyup; @@ -65,7 +52,6 @@ struct card_ir { int shift_by; int start; // What should RC5_START() be int addr; // What RC5_ADDR() should be. - int rc5_key_timeout; int rc5_remote_gap; struct work_struct work; struct timer_list timer; @@ -73,8 +59,6 @@ struct card_ir { /* RC5 gpio */ u32 rc5_gpio; struct timer_list timer_end; /* timer_end for code completion */ - struct timer_list timer_keyup; /* timer_end for key release */ - u32 last_rc5; /* last good rc5 code */ u32 last_bit; /* last raw bit seen */ u32 code; /* raw code under construction */ struct timeval base_time; /* time of last seen code */ @@ -89,16 +73,7 @@ struct card_ir { }; /* Routines from ir-functions.c */ - -int ir_input_init(struct input_dev *dev, struct ir_input_state *ir, - const u64 ir_type); -void ir_input_nokey(struct input_dev *dev, struct ir_input_state *ir); -void ir_input_keydown(struct input_dev *dev, struct ir_input_state *ir, - u32 ir_key); u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask); -u32 ir_rc5_decode(unsigned int code); - void ir_rc5_timer_end(unsigned long data); -void ir_rc5_timer_keyup(unsigned long data); #endif diff --git a/include/media/ir-core.h b/include/media/ir-core.h index 6dc37fae660..bff75f258fb 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-core.h +++ b/include/media/ir-core.h @@ -159,7 +159,8 @@ void ir_input_unregister(struct input_dev *input_dev); void ir_repeat(struct input_dev *dev); void ir_keydown(struct input_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keyup(struct ir_input_dev *ir); +void ir_keydown_notimeout(struct input_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void ir_keyup(struct input_dev *dev); u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct input_dev *input_dev, u32 scancode); /* From ir-raw-event.c */ diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index 557c676ab7d..8c37b5ec0cf 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ struct IR_i2c { struct i2c_client *c; struct input_dev *input; - struct ir_input_state ir; - u64 ir_type; + /* Used to avoid fast repeating */ unsigned char old; @@ -41,6 +40,7 @@ struct IR_i2c_init_data { const char *name; u64 type; /* IR_TYPE_RC5, etc */ u32 polling_interval; /* 0 means DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL */ + /* * Specify either a function pointer or a value indicating one of * ir_kbd_i2c's internal get_key functions -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3ffea4988be3f3fa65f2104ba31eff2b5e0e82a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?David=20H=C3=83=C2=A4rdeman?= Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 16:08:12 -0300 Subject: [media] ir-core: more cleanups of ir-functions.c MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit cx88 only depends on VIDEO_IR because it needs ir_extract_bits(). Move that function to ir-core.h and make it inline. Lots of drivers had dependencies on VIDEO_IR when they really wanted IR_CORE. The only remaining drivers to depend on VIDEO_IR are bt8xx and saa7134 (ir_rc5_timer_end is the only function exported by ir-functions). Rename VIDEO_IR -> IR_LEGACY to give a hint to anyone writing or converting drivers to IR_CORE that they do not want a dependency on IR_LEGACY. Signed-off-by: David Härdeman Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-common.h | 1 - include/media/ir-core.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-common.h b/include/media/ir-common.h index 4a32e89a3cf..d1ae869f962 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-common.h +++ b/include/media/ir-common.h @@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ struct card_ir { }; /* Routines from ir-functions.c */ -u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask); void ir_rc5_timer_end(unsigned long data); #endif diff --git a/include/media/ir-core.h b/include/media/ir-core.h index bff75f258fb..53048a2eefb 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-core.h +++ b/include/media/ir-core.h @@ -212,4 +212,23 @@ static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct input_dev *input_dev) ir_raw_event_handle(input_dev); } + +/* extract mask bits out of data and pack them into the result */ +static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) +{ + u32 vbit = 1, value = 0; + + do { + if (mask & 1) { + if (data & 1) + value |= vbit; + vbit <<= 1; + } + data >>= 1; + } while (mask >>= 1); + + return value; +} + + #endif /* _IR_CORE */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c7b355df6e7f05304e05f6b7a286e59a5f1cc54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?David=20H=C3=A4rdeman?= Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 11:04:19 -0300 Subject: [media] rc-core: Code cleanup after merging rc-sysfs and rc-map into rc-main MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit [mchehab@redhat.com: this patch were originally bundled with some renaming stuff and with the file merges, as seen at: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/291092/. Instead of using the original approach, I wrote the rename patches and the code merge as separate changes, then applied the difference on this patch. This way, it is easier to see the real changes at the code, and will be easier to merge upstream, especially if some conflict rises on the renaming patches] Signed-off-by: David Härdeman Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Tested-by: Jarod Wilson Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-core.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-core.h b/include/media/ir-core.h index 53048a2eefb..d41502d9919 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-core.h +++ b/include/media/ir-core.h @@ -117,7 +117,6 @@ enum raw_event_type { #define to_ir_input_dev(_attr) container_of(_attr, struct ir_input_dev, attr) -/* From ir-keytable.c */ int __ir_input_register(struct input_dev *dev, const struct ir_scancode_table *ir_codes, struct ir_dev_props *props, @@ -164,7 +163,6 @@ void ir_keyup(struct input_dev *dev); u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct input_dev *input_dev, u32 scancode); /* From ir-raw-event.c */ - struct ir_raw_event { union { u32 duration; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d8b4b5822f51e2142b731b42c81e3f03eec475b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?David=20H=C3=83=C2=A4rdeman?= Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 16:08:23 -0300 Subject: [media] ir-core: make struct rc_dev the primary interface MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit This patch merges the ir_input_dev and ir_dev_props structs into a single struct called rc_dev. The drivers and various functions in rc-core used by the drivers are also changed to use rc_dev as the primary interface when dealing with rc-core. This means that the input_dev is abstracted away from the drivers which is necessary if we ever want to support multiple input devs per rc device. The new API is similar to what the input subsystem uses, i.e: rc_device_alloc() rc_device_free() rc_device_register() rc_device_unregister() [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix compilation on mceusb and cx231xx, due to merge conflicts] Signed-off-by: David Härdeman Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Tested-by: Jarod Wilson Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-common.h | 3 +- include/media/ir-core.h | 181 ++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 3 +- 3 files changed, 82 insertions(+), 105 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-common.h b/include/media/ir-common.h index d1ae869f962..41fefd9816e 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-common.h +++ b/include/media/ir-common.h @@ -36,12 +36,11 @@ /* this was saa7134_ir and bttv_ir, moved here for * rc5 decoding. */ struct card_ir { - struct input_dev *dev; + struct rc_dev *dev; char name[32]; char phys[32]; int users; u32 running:1; - struct ir_dev_props props; /* Usual gpio signalling */ u32 mask_keycode; diff --git a/include/media/ir-core.h b/include/media/ir-core.h index d41502d9919..c5909981b07 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-core.h +++ b/include/media/ir-core.h @@ -32,21 +32,38 @@ enum rc_driver_type { }; /** - * struct ir_dev_props - Allow caller drivers to set special properties - * @driver_type: specifies if the driver or hardware have already a decoder, - * or if it needs to use the IR raw event decoders to produce a scancode + * struct rc_dev - represents a remote control device + * @dev: driver model's view of this device + * @input_name: name of the input child device + * @input_phys: physical path to the input child device + * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id) + * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device + * @map_name: name of the default keymap + * @rc_tab: current scan/key table + * @devno: unique remote control device number + * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices + * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace + * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software + * @idle: used to keep track of RX state * @allowed_protos: bitmask with the supported IR_TYPE_* protocols * @scanmask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full * scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do * anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other * devices, a mask is provided to allow its usage. Drivers should generally * leave this field in blank + * @priv: driver-specific data + * @keylock: protects the remaining members of the struct + * @keypressed: whether a key is currently pressed + * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released + * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress + * @last_keycode: keycode of last keypress + * @last_scancode: scancode of last keypress + * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command * @timeout: optional time after which device stops sending data * @min_timeout: minimum timeout supported by device * @max_timeout: maximum timeout supported by device * @rx_resolution : resolution (in ns) of input sampler * @tx_resolution: resolution (in ns) of output sampler - * @priv: driver-specific data, to be used on the callbacks * @change_protocol: allow changing the protocol used on hardware decoders * @open: callback to allow drivers to enable polling/irq when IR input device * is opened. @@ -57,55 +74,50 @@ enum rc_driver_type { * @s_tx_duty_cycle: set transmit duty cycle (0% - 100%) * @s_rx_carrier: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle * @tx_ir: transmit IR - * @s_idle: optional: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which, - device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses + * @s_idle: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which, + * device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses * @s_learning_mode: enable wide band receiver used for learning * @s_carrier_report: enable carrier reports */ -struct ir_dev_props { - enum rc_driver_type driver_type; - unsigned long allowed_protos; - u32 scanmask; - - u32 timeout; - u32 min_timeout; - u32 max_timeout; - - u32 rx_resolution; - u32 tx_resolution; - - void *priv; - int (*change_protocol)(void *priv, u64 ir_type); - int (*open)(void *priv); - void (*close)(void *priv); - int (*s_tx_mask)(void *priv, u32 mask); - int (*s_tx_carrier)(void *priv, u32 carrier); - int (*s_tx_duty_cycle)(void *priv, u32 duty_cycle); - int (*s_rx_carrier_range)(void *priv, u32 min, u32 max); - int (*tx_ir)(void *priv, int *txbuf, u32 n); - void (*s_idle)(void *priv, bool enable); - int (*s_learning_mode)(void *priv, int enable); - int (*s_carrier_report) (void *priv, int enable); -}; - -struct ir_input_dev { - struct device dev; /* device */ - char *driver_name; /* Name of the driver module */ - struct ir_scancode_table rc_tab; /* scan/key table */ - unsigned long devno; /* device number */ - struct ir_dev_props *props; /* Device properties */ - struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw; /* for raw pulse/space events */ - struct input_dev *input_dev; /* the input device associated with this device */ +struct rc_dev { + struct device dev; + const char *input_name; + const char *input_phys; + struct input_id input_id; + char *driver_name; + const char *map_name; + struct ir_scancode_table rc_tab; + unsigned long devno; + struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw; + struct input_dev *input_dev; + enum rc_driver_type driver_type; bool idle; - - /* key info - needed by IR keycode handlers */ - spinlock_t keylock; /* protects the below members */ - bool keypressed; /* current state */ - unsigned long keyup_jiffies; /* when should the current keypress be released? */ - struct timer_list timer_keyup; /* timer for releasing a keypress */ - u32 last_keycode; /* keycode of last command */ - u32 last_scancode; /* scancode of last command */ - u8 last_toggle; /* toggle of last command */ + u64 allowed_protos; + u32 scanmask; + void *priv; + spinlock_t keylock; + bool keypressed; + unsigned long keyup_jiffies; + struct timer_list timer_keyup; + u32 last_keycode; + u32 last_scancode; + u8 last_toggle; + u32 timeout; + u32 min_timeout; + u32 max_timeout; + u32 rx_resolution; + u32 tx_resolution; + int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 ir_type); + int (*open)(struct rc_dev *dev); + void (*close)(struct rc_dev *dev); + int (*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask); + int (*s_tx_carrier)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 carrier); + int (*s_tx_duty_cycle)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 duty_cycle); + int (*s_rx_carrier_range)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 min, u32 max); + int (*tx_ir)(struct rc_dev *dev, int *txbuf, u32 n); + void (*s_idle)(struct rc_dev *dev, bool enable); + int (*s_learning_mode)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); + int (*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); }; enum raw_event_type { @@ -115,52 +127,14 @@ enum raw_event_type { IR_STOP_EVENT = (1 << 3), }; -#define to_ir_input_dev(_attr) container_of(_attr, struct ir_input_dev, attr) - -int __ir_input_register(struct input_dev *dev, - const struct ir_scancode_table *ir_codes, - struct ir_dev_props *props, - const char *driver_name); - -static inline int ir_input_register(struct input_dev *dev, - const char *map_name, - struct ir_dev_props *props, - const char *driver_name) { - struct ir_scancode_table *ir_codes; - struct ir_input_dev *ir_dev; - int rc; - - if (!map_name) - return -EINVAL; - - ir_codes = get_rc_map(map_name); - if (!ir_codes) { - ir_codes = get_rc_map(RC_MAP_EMPTY); +#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev) - if (!ir_codes) - return -EINVAL; - } - rc = __ir_input_register(dev, ir_codes, props, driver_name); - if (rc < 0) - return -EINVAL; - - ir_dev = input_get_drvdata(dev); - - if (!rc && ir_dev->props && ir_dev->props->change_protocol) - rc = ir_dev->props->change_protocol(ir_dev->props->priv, - ir_codes->ir_type); - - return rc; -} - -void ir_input_unregister(struct input_dev *input_dev); - -void ir_repeat(struct input_dev *dev); -void ir_keydown(struct input_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keydown_notimeout(struct input_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keyup(struct input_dev *dev); -u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct input_dev *input_dev, u32 scancode); +void ir_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev); +void ir_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void ir_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void ir_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev); +u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 scancode); /* From ir-raw-event.c */ struct ir_raw_event { @@ -194,20 +168,25 @@ static inline void init_ir_raw_event(struct ir_raw_event *ev) #define IR_MAX_DURATION 0xFFFFFFFF /* a bit more than 4 seconds */ -void ir_raw_event_handle(struct input_dev *input_dev); -int ir_raw_event_store(struct input_dev *input_dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); -int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct input_dev *input_dev, enum raw_event_type type); -int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct input_dev *input_dev, +struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(void); +void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev); +int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev); +void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev); + +void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev); +int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); +int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, enum raw_event_type type); +int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); -void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct input_dev *input_dev, bool idle); +void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct rc_dev *dev, bool idle); -static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct input_dev *input_dev) +static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct rc_dev *dev) { DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(ev); ev.reset = true; - ir_raw_event_store(input_dev, &ev); - ir_raw_event_handle(input_dev); + ir_raw_event_store(dev, &ev); + ir_raw_event_handle(dev); } diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index 8c37b5ec0cf..4ee9b42cbf7 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -9,9 +9,8 @@ struct IR_i2c; struct IR_i2c { char *ir_codes; - struct i2c_client *c; - struct input_dev *input; + struct rc_dev *rc; /* Used to avoid fast repeating */ unsigned char old; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2eb258327722de3ed4d84ce1b9add2bad21a0ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 09:02:40 -0300 Subject: [media] ir-kbd-i2c: add rc_dev as a parameter to the driver There are several fields on rc_dev that drivers can benefit. Allow drivers to pass it as a parameter to the driver. For now, the rc_dev parameter is optional. If drivers don't pass it, create them internally. However, the best is to create rc_dev inside the drivers, in order to fill other fields, like open(), close(), driver_name, etc. So, a latter patch making it mandatory and changing the caller drivers is welcome. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index 4ee9b42cbf7..aca015e04f1 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -46,5 +46,7 @@ struct IR_i2c_init_data { */ int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c*, u32*, u32*); enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn internal_get_key_func; + + struct rc_dev *rc_dev; }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9eae42e5a216059a146b3fbbe24b4fdc0b10c723 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Richard=20R=C3=B6jfors?= Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 10:45:44 -0300 Subject: [media] media: Add timberdale video-in driver MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit This patch adds the timberdale video-in driver. The video IP of timberdale delivers the video data via DMA. The driver uses the DMA api to handle DMA transfers, and make use of the V4L2 video buffers to handle buffers against user space. If available the driver uses an encoder to get/set the video standard Signed-off-by: Richard Röjfors Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/timb_radio.h | 1 - include/media/timb_video.h | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) create mode 100644 include/media/timb_video.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/timb_radio.h b/include/media/timb_radio.h index fcd32a3696b..a59a84854dc 100644 --- a/include/media/timb_radio.h +++ b/include/media/timb_radio.h @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ struct timb_radio_platform_data { int i2c_adapter; /* I2C adapter where the tuner and dsp are attached */ struct { - const char *module_name; struct i2c_board_info *info; } tuner; struct { diff --git a/include/media/timb_video.h b/include/media/timb_video.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70ae43970a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/timb_video.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * timb_video.h Platform struct for the Timberdale video driver + * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Intel Corporation + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#ifndef _TIMB_VIDEO_ +#define _TIMB_VIDEO_ 1 + +#include + +struct timb_video_platform_data { + int dma_channel; + int i2c_adapter; /* The I2C adapter where the encoder is attached */ + struct { + const char *module_name; + struct i2c_board_info *info; + } encoder; +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From a6e3b81f6198654207c4e972e7ed91931e53e93c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 10:05:29 -0300 Subject: [media] rc: Remove ir-common.h Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-common.h | 77 ---------------------------------------------- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 1 insertion(+), 78 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/media/ir-common.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-common.h b/include/media/ir-common.h deleted file mode 100644 index 41fefd9816e..00000000000 --- a/include/media/ir-common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* - * some common functions to handle infrared remote protocol decoding for - * drivers which have not yet been (or can't be) converted to use the - * regular protocol decoders... - * - * (c) 2003 Gerd Knorr [SuSE Labs] - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ - -#ifndef _IR_COMMON -#define _IR_COMMON - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#define RC5_START(x) (((x)>>12)&3) -#define RC5_TOGGLE(x) (((x)>>11)&1) -#define RC5_ADDR(x) (((x)>>6)&31) -#define RC5_INSTR(x) ((x)&63) - -/* this was saa7134_ir and bttv_ir, moved here for - * rc5 decoding. */ -struct card_ir { - struct rc_dev *dev; - char name[32]; - char phys[32]; - int users; - u32 running:1; - - /* Usual gpio signalling */ - u32 mask_keycode; - u32 mask_keydown; - u32 mask_keyup; - u32 polling; - u32 last_gpio; - int shift_by; - int start; // What should RC5_START() be - int addr; // What RC5_ADDR() should be. - int rc5_remote_gap; - struct work_struct work; - struct timer_list timer; - - /* RC5 gpio */ - u32 rc5_gpio; - struct timer_list timer_end; /* timer_end for code completion */ - u32 last_bit; /* last raw bit seen */ - u32 code; /* raw code under construction */ - struct timeval base_time; /* time of last seen code */ - int active; /* building raw code */ - - /* NEC decoding */ - u32 nec_gpio; - struct tasklet_struct tlet; - - /* IR core raw decoding */ - u32 raw_decode; -}; - -/* Routines from ir-functions.c */ -void ir_rc5_timer_end(unsigned long data); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index aca015e04f1..d27505f2448 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #ifndef _IR_I2C #define _IR_I2C -#include +#include #define DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL 100 /* ms */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6bda96447cef24fbf97a798b1ea664224d5fdc25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 13:28:38 -0300 Subject: [media] rc: rename the remaining things to rc_core The Remote Controller subsystem is meant to be used not only by Infra Red but also for similar types of Remote Controllers. The core is not specific to Infra Red. As such, rename: - ir-core.h to rc-core.h - IR_CORE to RC_CORE - namespace inside rc-core.c/rc-core.h To be consistent with the other changes. No functional change on this patch. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-core.h | 211 --------------------------------------------- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 2 +- include/media/rc-core.h | 211 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 212 insertions(+), 212 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/media/ir-core.h create mode 100644 include/media/rc-core.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-core.h b/include/media/ir-core.h deleted file mode 100644 index c5909981b07..00000000000 --- a/include/media/ir-core.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Remote Controller core header - * - * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - */ - -#ifndef _IR_CORE -#define _IR_CORE - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -extern int ir_core_debug; -#define IR_dprintk(level, fmt, arg...) if (ir_core_debug >= level) \ - printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: " fmt , __func__, ## arg) - -enum rc_driver_type { - RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE = 0, /* Driver or hardware generates a scancode */ - RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW, /* Needs a Infra-Red pulse/space decoder */ -}; - -/** - * struct rc_dev - represents a remote control device - * @dev: driver model's view of this device - * @input_name: name of the input child device - * @input_phys: physical path to the input child device - * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id) - * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device - * @map_name: name of the default keymap - * @rc_tab: current scan/key table - * @devno: unique remote control device number - * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices - * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace - * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software - * @idle: used to keep track of RX state - * @allowed_protos: bitmask with the supported IR_TYPE_* protocols - * @scanmask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full - * scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do - * anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other - * devices, a mask is provided to allow its usage. Drivers should generally - * leave this field in blank - * @priv: driver-specific data - * @keylock: protects the remaining members of the struct - * @keypressed: whether a key is currently pressed - * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released - * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress - * @last_keycode: keycode of last keypress - * @last_scancode: scancode of last keypress - * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command - * @timeout: optional time after which device stops sending data - * @min_timeout: minimum timeout supported by device - * @max_timeout: maximum timeout supported by device - * @rx_resolution : resolution (in ns) of input sampler - * @tx_resolution: resolution (in ns) of output sampler - * @change_protocol: allow changing the protocol used on hardware decoders - * @open: callback to allow drivers to enable polling/irq when IR input device - * is opened. - * @close: callback to allow drivers to disable polling/irq when IR input device - * is opened. - * @s_tx_mask: set transmitter mask (for devices with multiple tx outputs) - * @s_tx_carrier: set transmit carrier frequency - * @s_tx_duty_cycle: set transmit duty cycle (0% - 100%) - * @s_rx_carrier: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle - * @tx_ir: transmit IR - * @s_idle: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which, - * device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses - * @s_learning_mode: enable wide band receiver used for learning - * @s_carrier_report: enable carrier reports - */ -struct rc_dev { - struct device dev; - const char *input_name; - const char *input_phys; - struct input_id input_id; - char *driver_name; - const char *map_name; - struct ir_scancode_table rc_tab; - unsigned long devno; - struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw; - struct input_dev *input_dev; - enum rc_driver_type driver_type; - bool idle; - u64 allowed_protos; - u32 scanmask; - void *priv; - spinlock_t keylock; - bool keypressed; - unsigned long keyup_jiffies; - struct timer_list timer_keyup; - u32 last_keycode; - u32 last_scancode; - u8 last_toggle; - u32 timeout; - u32 min_timeout; - u32 max_timeout; - u32 rx_resolution; - u32 tx_resolution; - int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 ir_type); - int (*open)(struct rc_dev *dev); - void (*close)(struct rc_dev *dev); - int (*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask); - int (*s_tx_carrier)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 carrier); - int (*s_tx_duty_cycle)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 duty_cycle); - int (*s_rx_carrier_range)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 min, u32 max); - int (*tx_ir)(struct rc_dev *dev, int *txbuf, u32 n); - void (*s_idle)(struct rc_dev *dev, bool enable); - int (*s_learning_mode)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); - int (*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); -}; - -enum raw_event_type { - IR_SPACE = (1 << 0), - IR_PULSE = (1 << 1), - IR_START_EVENT = (1 << 2), - IR_STOP_EVENT = (1 << 3), -}; - -#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev) - - -void ir_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev); -void ir_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev); -u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 scancode); - -/* From ir-raw-event.c */ -struct ir_raw_event { - union { - u32 duration; - - struct { - u32 carrier; - u8 duty_cycle; - }; - }; - - unsigned pulse:1; - unsigned reset:1; - unsigned timeout:1; - unsigned carrier_report:1; -}; - -#define DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(event) \ - struct ir_raw_event event = { \ - { .duration = 0 } , \ - .pulse = 0, \ - .reset = 0, \ - .timeout = 0, \ - .carrier_report = 0 } - -static inline void init_ir_raw_event(struct ir_raw_event *ev) -{ - memset(ev, 0, sizeof(*ev)); -} - -#define IR_MAX_DURATION 0xFFFFFFFF /* a bit more than 4 seconds */ - -struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(void); -void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev); -int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev); -void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev); - -void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev); -int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); -int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, enum raw_event_type type); -int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct rc_dev *dev, - struct ir_raw_event *ev); -void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct rc_dev *dev, bool idle); - -static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct rc_dev *dev) -{ - DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(ev); - ev.reset = true; - - ir_raw_event_store(dev, &ev); - ir_raw_event_handle(dev); -} - - -/* extract mask bits out of data and pack them into the result */ -static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) -{ - u32 vbit = 1, value = 0; - - do { - if (mask & 1) { - if (data & 1) - value |= vbit; - vbit <<= 1; - } - data >>= 1; - } while (mask >>= 1); - - return value; -} - - -#endif /* _IR_CORE */ diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index d27505f2448..f22b359c37f 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #ifndef _IR_I2C #define _IR_I2C -#include +#include #define DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL 100 /* ms */ diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eedb2f0575a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/rc-core.h @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* + * Remote Controller core header + * + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + */ + +#ifndef _IR_CORE +#define _IR_CORE + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +extern int rc_core_debug; +#define IR_dprintk(level, fmt, arg...) if (rc_core_debug >= level) \ + printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: " fmt , __func__, ## arg) + +enum rc_driver_type { + RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE = 0, /* Driver or hardware generates a scancode */ + RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW, /* Needs a Infra-Red pulse/space decoder */ +}; + +/** + * struct rc_dev - represents a remote control device + * @dev: driver model's view of this device + * @input_name: name of the input child device + * @input_phys: physical path to the input child device + * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id) + * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device + * @map_name: name of the default keymap + * @rc_tab: current scan/key table + * @devno: unique remote control device number + * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices + * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace + * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software + * @idle: used to keep track of RX state + * @allowed_protos: bitmask with the supported IR_TYPE_* protocols + * @scanmask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full + * scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do + * anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other + * devices, a mask is provided to allow its usage. Drivers should generally + * leave this field in blank + * @priv: driver-specific data + * @keylock: protects the remaining members of the struct + * @keypressed: whether a key is currently pressed + * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released + * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress + * @last_keycode: keycode of last keypress + * @last_scancode: scancode of last keypress + * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command + * @timeout: optional time after which device stops sending data + * @min_timeout: minimum timeout supported by device + * @max_timeout: maximum timeout supported by device + * @rx_resolution : resolution (in ns) of input sampler + * @tx_resolution: resolution (in ns) of output sampler + * @change_protocol: allow changing the protocol used on hardware decoders + * @open: callback to allow drivers to enable polling/irq when IR input device + * is opened. + * @close: callback to allow drivers to disable polling/irq when IR input device + * is opened. + * @s_tx_mask: set transmitter mask (for devices with multiple tx outputs) + * @s_tx_carrier: set transmit carrier frequency + * @s_tx_duty_cycle: set transmit duty cycle (0% - 100%) + * @s_rx_carrier: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle + * @tx_ir: transmit IR + * @s_idle: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which, + * device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses + * @s_learning_mode: enable wide band receiver used for learning + * @s_carrier_report: enable carrier reports + */ +struct rc_dev { + struct device dev; + const char *input_name; + const char *input_phys; + struct input_id input_id; + char *driver_name; + const char *map_name; + struct ir_scancode_table rc_tab; + unsigned long devno; + struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw; + struct input_dev *input_dev; + enum rc_driver_type driver_type; + bool idle; + u64 allowed_protos; + u32 scanmask; + void *priv; + spinlock_t keylock; + bool keypressed; + unsigned long keyup_jiffies; + struct timer_list timer_keyup; + u32 last_keycode; + u32 last_scancode; + u8 last_toggle; + u32 timeout; + u32 min_timeout; + u32 max_timeout; + u32 rx_resolution; + u32 tx_resolution; + int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 ir_type); + int (*open)(struct rc_dev *dev); + void (*close)(struct rc_dev *dev); + int (*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask); + int (*s_tx_carrier)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 carrier); + int (*s_tx_duty_cycle)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 duty_cycle); + int (*s_rx_carrier_range)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 min, u32 max); + int (*tx_ir)(struct rc_dev *dev, int *txbuf, u32 n); + void (*s_idle)(struct rc_dev *dev, bool enable); + int (*s_learning_mode)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); + int (*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); +}; + +enum raw_event_type { + IR_SPACE = (1 << 0), + IR_PULSE = (1 << 1), + IR_START_EVENT = (1 << 2), + IR_STOP_EVENT = (1 << 3), +}; + +#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev) + + +void ir_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev); +void ir_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void ir_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void ir_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev); +u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 scancode); + +/* From ir-raw-event.c */ +struct ir_raw_event { + union { + u32 duration; + + struct { + u32 carrier; + u8 duty_cycle; + }; + }; + + unsigned pulse:1; + unsigned reset:1; + unsigned timeout:1; + unsigned carrier_report:1; +}; + +#define DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(event) \ + struct ir_raw_event event = { \ + { .duration = 0 } , \ + .pulse = 0, \ + .reset = 0, \ + .timeout = 0, \ + .carrier_report = 0 } + +static inline void init_ir_raw_event(struct ir_raw_event *ev) +{ + memset(ev, 0, sizeof(*ev)); +} + +#define IR_MAX_DURATION 0xFFFFFFFF /* a bit more than 4 seconds */ + +struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(void); +void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev); +int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev); +void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev); + +void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev); +int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); +int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, enum raw_event_type type); +int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct rc_dev *dev, + struct ir_raw_event *ev); +void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct rc_dev *dev, bool idle); + +static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct rc_dev *dev) +{ + DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(ev); + ev.reset = true; + + ir_raw_event_store(dev, &ev); + ir_raw_event_handle(dev); +} + + +/* extract mask bits out of data and pack them into the result */ +static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) +{ + u32 vbit = 1, value = 0; + + do { + if (mask & 1) { + if (data & 1) + value |= vbit; + vbit <<= 1; + } + data >>= 1; + } while (mask >>= 1); + + return value; +} + + +#endif /* _IR_CORE */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca86674b8a93ea11c4bb6f4dd0113b1adf1fa841 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 13:53:11 -0300 Subject: [media] Rename all public generic RC functions from ir_ to rc_ Those functions are not InfraRed specific. So, rename them to properly reflect it. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-core.h | 49 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 29 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h index eedb2f0575a..170581b4fa8 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-core.h +++ b/include/media/rc-core.h @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. */ -#ifndef _IR_CORE -#define _IR_CORE +#ifndef _RC_CORE +#define _RC_CORE #include #include @@ -120,6 +120,32 @@ struct rc_dev { int (*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); }; +#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev) + +/* + * From rc-main.c + * Those functions can be used on any type of Remote Controller. They + * basically creates an input_dev and properly reports the device as a + * Remote Controller, at sys/class/rc. + */ + +struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(void); +void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev); +int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev); +void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev); + +void rc_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev); +void rc_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void rc_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void rc_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev); +u32 rc_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 scancode); + +/* + * From rc-raw.c + * The Raw interface is specific to InfraRed. It may be a good idea to + * split it later into a separate header. + */ + enum raw_event_type { IR_SPACE = (1 << 0), IR_PULSE = (1 << 1), @@ -127,16 +153,6 @@ enum raw_event_type { IR_STOP_EVENT = (1 << 3), }; -#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev) - - -void ir_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev); -void ir_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void ir_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev); -u32 ir_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 scancode); - -/* From ir-raw-event.c */ struct ir_raw_event { union { u32 duration; @@ -168,11 +184,6 @@ static inline void init_ir_raw_event(struct ir_raw_event *ev) #define IR_MAX_DURATION 0xFFFFFFFF /* a bit more than 4 seconds */ -struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(void); -void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev); -int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev); -void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev); - void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev); int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, enum raw_event_type type); @@ -189,7 +200,6 @@ static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct rc_dev *dev) ir_raw_event_handle(dev); } - /* extract mask bits out of data and pack them into the result */ static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) { @@ -207,5 +217,4 @@ static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) return value; } - -#endif /* _IR_CORE */ +#endif /* _RC_CORE */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 52b661449aecc47e652a164c0d8078b31e10aca0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 14:20:52 -0300 Subject: [media] rc: Rename remote controller type to rc_type instead of ir_type for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,IR_TYPE,RC_TYPE,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,ir_type,rc_type,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 2 +- include/media/rc-core.h | 4 ++-- include/media/rc-map.h | 26 +++++++++++++------------- 3 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index f22b359c37f..768aa77925c 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn { struct IR_i2c_init_data { char *ir_codes; const char *name; - u64 type; /* IR_TYPE_RC5, etc */ + u64 type; /* RC_TYPE_RC5, etc */ u32 polling_interval; /* 0 means DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL */ /* diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h index 170581b4fa8..42543257fa0 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-core.h +++ b/include/media/rc-core.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ enum rc_driver_type { * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software * @idle: used to keep track of RX state - * @allowed_protos: bitmask with the supported IR_TYPE_* protocols + * @allowed_protos: bitmask with the supported RC_TYPE_* protocols * @scanmask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full * scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do * anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ struct rc_dev { u32 max_timeout; u32 rx_resolution; u32 tx_resolution; - int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 ir_type); + int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 rc_type); int (*open)(struct rc_dev *dev); void (*close)(struct rc_dev *dev); int (*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask); diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index e0f17edf38e..c53351e15f5 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -11,19 +11,19 @@ #include -#define IR_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 -#define IR_TYPE_RC5 (1 << 0) /* Philips RC5 protocol */ -#define IR_TYPE_NEC (1 << 1) -#define IR_TYPE_RC6 (1 << 2) /* Philips RC6 protocol */ -#define IR_TYPE_JVC (1 << 3) /* JVC protocol */ -#define IR_TYPE_SONY (1 << 4) /* Sony12/15/20 protocol */ -#define IR_TYPE_RC5_SZ (1 << 5) /* RC5 variant used by Streamzap */ -#define IR_TYPE_LIRC (1 << 30) /* Pass raw IR to lirc userspace */ -#define IR_TYPE_OTHER (1u << 31) +#define RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 +#define RC_TYPE_RC5 (1 << 0) /* Philips RC5 protocol */ +#define RC_TYPE_NEC (1 << 1) +#define RC_TYPE_RC6 (1 << 2) /* Philips RC6 protocol */ +#define RC_TYPE_JVC (1 << 3) /* JVC protocol */ +#define RC_TYPE_SONY (1 << 4) /* Sony12/15/20 protocol */ +#define RC_TYPE_RC5_SZ (1 << 5) /* RC5 variant used by Streamzap */ +#define RC_TYPE_LIRC (1 << 30) /* Pass raw IR to lirc userspace */ +#define RC_TYPE_OTHER (1u << 31) -#define IR_TYPE_ALL (IR_TYPE_RC5 | IR_TYPE_NEC | IR_TYPE_RC6 | \ - IR_TYPE_JVC | IR_TYPE_SONY | IR_TYPE_LIRC | \ - IR_TYPE_RC5_SZ | IR_TYPE_OTHER) +#define RC_TYPE_ALL (RC_TYPE_RC5 | RC_TYPE_NEC | RC_TYPE_RC6 | \ + RC_TYPE_JVC | RC_TYPE_SONY | RC_TYPE_LIRC | \ + RC_TYPE_RC5_SZ | RC_TYPE_OTHER) struct ir_scancode { u32 scancode; @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ struct ir_scancode_table { unsigned int size; /* Max number of entries */ unsigned int len; /* Used number of entries */ unsigned int alloc; /* Size of *scan in bytes */ - u64 ir_type; + u64 rc_type; const char *name; spinlock_t lock; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b088ba658b3438056dab4d744701364db3f08b9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 14:28:27 -0300 Subject: [media] rc: Properly name the rc_map struct The struct that describes a rc mapping had an weird and long name. We should properly name it, to make easier for developers to work with it, and to avoid confusion. Basically, generated by this script: for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,ir_scancode_table,rc_map,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,rc_tab,rc_map,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done (and manually fixed where needed) Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-core.h | 4 ++-- include/media/rc-map.h | 6 +++--- 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h index 42543257fa0..affb93feed3 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-core.h +++ b/include/media/rc-core.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ enum rc_driver_type { * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id) * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device * @map_name: name of the default keymap - * @rc_tab: current scan/key table + * @rc_map: current scan/key table * @devno: unique remote control device number * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ struct rc_dev { struct input_id input_id; char *driver_name; const char *map_name; - struct ir_scancode_table rc_tab; + struct rc_map rc_map; unsigned long devno; struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw; struct input_dev *input_dev; diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index c53351e15f5..a6b2738f2d6 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ struct ir_scancode { u32 keycode; }; -struct ir_scancode_table { +struct rc_map { struct ir_scancode *scan; unsigned int size; /* Max number of entries */ unsigned int len; /* Used number of entries */ @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ struct ir_scancode_table { struct rc_keymap { struct list_head list; - struct ir_scancode_table map; + struct rc_map map; }; /* Routines from rc-map.c */ int ir_register_map(struct rc_keymap *map); void ir_unregister_map(struct rc_keymap *map); -struct ir_scancode_table *get_rc_map(const char *name); +struct rc_map *get_rc_map(const char *name); void rc_map_init(void); /* Names of the several keytables defined in-kernel */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f4f58d689dd71dea67407b74405a3c43e797cb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 15:46:09 -0300 Subject: [media] rc: Name RC keymap tables as rc_map_table Remote keytables had different names all over the place. Part of the fault is due to a bad naming when rc subsystem was created, but there were lots of old names that were still here. Use a common standard for everything. Patch generated by this script: for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,ir_scancode,rc_map_table,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,ir_codes_,rc_map_,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,rc_key_map,rc_map_table,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done for i in `find drivers/staging -type f -name *.[ch]` `find include/media -type f -name *.[ch]` `find drivers/media -type f -name *.[ch]`; do sed s,rc_map_table_size,rc_map_size,g <$i >a && mv a $i; done Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-map.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index a6b2738f2d6..5e9c06ad1d4 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ RC_TYPE_JVC | RC_TYPE_SONY | RC_TYPE_LIRC | \ RC_TYPE_RC5_SZ | RC_TYPE_OTHER) -struct ir_scancode { +struct rc_map_table { u32 scancode; u32 keycode; }; struct rc_map { - struct ir_scancode *scan; + struct rc_map_table *scan; unsigned int size; /* Max number of entries */ unsigned int len; /* Used number of entries */ unsigned int alloc; /* Size of *scan in bytes */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d100e659b61a735c3343b3d82c1c009b04072cdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 15:56:53 -0300 Subject: [media] rc: use rc_map_ prefix for all rc map tables Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-map.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index 5e9c06ad1d4..1a3d51da186 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ struct rc_map { spinlock_t lock; }; -struct rc_keymap { +struct rc_map_list { struct list_head list; struct rc_map map; }; /* Routines from rc-map.c */ -int ir_register_map(struct rc_keymap *map); -void ir_unregister_map(struct rc_keymap *map); -struct rc_map *get_rc_map(const char *name); +int rc_map_register(struct rc_map_list *map); +void rc_map_unregister(struct rc_map_list *map); +struct rc_map *rc_map_get(const char *name); void rc_map_init(void); /* Names of the several keytables defined in-kernel */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 829ba9fe34246f1f5e813b6bf84171d36e776734 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?David=20H=C3=83=C2=A4rdeman?= Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 20:43:27 -0300 Subject: [media] rc-core: fix some leftovers from the renaming patches MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Fix some minor comments etc which are leftover from the old naming scheme. Signed-off-by: David Härdeman Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-core.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h index affb93feed3..a23c1fc685a 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-core.h +++ b/include/media/rc-core.h @@ -206,12 +206,12 @@ static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) u32 vbit = 1, value = 0; do { - if (mask & 1) { - if (data & 1) - value |= vbit; - vbit <<= 1; - } - data >>= 1; + if (mask & 1) { + if (data & 1) + value |= vbit; + vbit <<= 1; + } + data >>= 1; } while (mask >>= 1); return value; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e835087dfe7db19f1f072046f5e116d4ec6662b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan Carpenter Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 02:13:39 -0300 Subject: [media] lirc_dev: add some __user annotations Sparse complains because there are no __user annotations. drivers/media/rc/lirc_dev.c:156:27: warning: incorrect type in initializer (incompatible argument 2 (different address spaces)) drivers/media/rc/lirc_dev.c:156:27: expected int ( *read )( ... ) drivers/media/rc/lirc_dev.c:156:27: got int ( extern [toplevel] * )( ... ) Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter Acked-by: Jarod Wilson Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/lirc_dev.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/lirc_dev.h b/include/media/lirc_dev.h index 54780a560d0..630e702c951 100644 --- a/include/media/lirc_dev.h +++ b/include/media/lirc_dev.h @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ int lirc_dev_fop_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file); int lirc_dev_fop_close(struct inode *inode, struct file *file); unsigned int lirc_dev_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait); long lirc_dev_fop_ioctl(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); -ssize_t lirc_dev_fop_read(struct file *file, char *buffer, size_t length, +ssize_t lirc_dev_fop_read(struct file *file, char __user *buffer, size_t length, loff_t *ppos); -ssize_t lirc_dev_fop_write(struct file *file, const char *buffer, size_t length, - loff_t *ppos); +ssize_t lirc_dev_fop_write(struct file *file, const char __user *buffer, + size_t length, loff_t *ppos); #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From eac8ae087ac66b21de94fee3e920210b43d43076 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Mariusz=20Bia=C5=82o=C5=84czyk?= Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:50:13 -0300 Subject: [media] Fix rc-tbs-nec table after converting the cx88 driver to ir-core MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit The patch fixes the rc-tbs-nec table after converting drivers/media/video/cx88 to ir-core (commit ba7e90c9f878e0ac3c0614a5446fe5c62ccc33ec). It is also adds two missing buttons (10- and 10+) with its definition (KEY_10CHANNELSUP and KEY_10CHANNELSDOWN). [mchehab@redhat.com: move keycode numbers to 0x1b8/0x1b9 as requested by the input Maintainer] Signed-off-by: Mariusz Białończyk Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/input.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 9777668883b..f7a6e1966df 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -590,6 +590,8 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define KEY_FRAMEFORWARD 0x1b5 #define KEY_CONTEXT_MENU 0x1b6 /* GenDesc - system context menu */ #define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT 0x1b7 /* Consumer - transport control */ +#define KEY_10CHANNELSUP 0x1b8 /* 10 channels up (10+) */ +#define KEY_10CHANNELSDOWN 0x1b9 /* 10 channels down (10-) */ #define KEY_DEL_EOL 0x1c0 #define KEY_DEL_EOS 0x1c1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 12007419b766b316998499bd07c6586928230729 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 14:39:29 -0300 Subject: [media] Add a keymap for Pixelview 002-T remote Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-map.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index 1a3d51da186..5d3a4574876 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ void rc_map_init(void); #define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_PCTV_HD "rc-pinnacle-pctv-hd" #define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_NEW "rc-pixelview-new" #define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW "rc-pixelview" +#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_002T "rc-pixelview-002t" #define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_MK12 "rc-pixelview-mk12" #define RC_MAP_POWERCOLOR_REAL_ANGEL "rc-powercolor-real-angel" #define RC_MAP_PROTEUS_2309 "rc-proteus-2309" -- cgit v1.2.3 From 383268a8e282fb549dabe3a33ccafc9434ab6006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matti Aaltonen Date: Fri, 10 Dec 2010 11:41:33 -0300 Subject: [media] MFD: WL1273 FM Radio: MFD driver for the FM radio This is the core of the WL1273 FM radio driver, it connects the two child modules. The two child drivers are drivers/media/radio/radio-wl1273.c and sound/soc/codecs/wl1273.c. The radio-wl1273 driver implements the V4L2 interface and communicates with the device. The ALSA codec offers digital audio, without it only analog audio is available. Signed-off-by: Matti J. Aaltonen Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h | 288 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 288 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h b/include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9787293eae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +/* + * include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h + * + * Some definitions for the wl1273 radio receiver/transmitter chip. + * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation + * Author: Matti J. Aaltonen + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + * 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef WL1273_CORE_H +#define WL1273_CORE_H + +#include +#include + +#define WL1273_FM_DRIVER_NAME "wl1273-fm" +#define RX71_FM_I2C_ADDR 0x22 + +#define WL1273_STEREO_GET 0 +#define WL1273_RSSI_LVL_GET 1 +#define WL1273_IF_COUNT_GET 2 +#define WL1273_FLAG_GET 3 +#define WL1273_RDS_SYNC_GET 4 +#define WL1273_RDS_DATA_GET 5 +#define WL1273_FREQ_SET 10 +#define WL1273_AF_FREQ_SET 11 +#define WL1273_MOST_MODE_SET 12 +#define WL1273_MOST_BLEND_SET 13 +#define WL1273_DEMPH_MODE_SET 14 +#define WL1273_SEARCH_LVL_SET 15 +#define WL1273_BAND_SET 16 +#define WL1273_MUTE_STATUS_SET 17 +#define WL1273_RDS_PAUSE_LVL_SET 18 +#define WL1273_RDS_PAUSE_DUR_SET 19 +#define WL1273_RDS_MEM_SET 20 +#define WL1273_RDS_BLK_B_SET 21 +#define WL1273_RDS_MSK_B_SET 22 +#define WL1273_RDS_PI_MASK_SET 23 +#define WL1273_RDS_PI_SET 24 +#define WL1273_RDS_SYSTEM_SET 25 +#define WL1273_INT_MASK_SET 26 +#define WL1273_SEARCH_DIR_SET 27 +#define WL1273_VOLUME_SET 28 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ENABLE 29 +#define WL1273_PCM_MODE_SET 30 +#define WL1273_I2S_MODE_CONFIG_SET 31 +#define WL1273_POWER_SET 32 +#define WL1273_INTX_CONFIG_SET 33 +#define WL1273_PULL_EN_SET 34 +#define WL1273_HILO_SET 35 +#define WL1273_SWITCH2FREF 36 +#define WL1273_FREQ_DRIFT_REPORT 37 + +#define WL1273_PCE_GET 40 +#define WL1273_FIRM_VER_GET 41 +#define WL1273_ASIC_VER_GET 42 +#define WL1273_ASIC_ID_GET 43 +#define WL1273_MAN_ID_GET 44 +#define WL1273_TUNER_MODE_SET 45 +#define WL1273_STOP_SEARCH 46 +#define WL1273_RDS_CNTRL_SET 47 + +#define WL1273_WRITE_HARDWARE_REG 100 +#define WL1273_CODE_DOWNLOAD 101 +#define WL1273_RESET 102 + +#define WL1273_FM_POWER_MODE 254 +#define WL1273_FM_INTERRUPT 255 + +/* Transmitter API */ + +#define WL1273_CHANL_SET 55 +#define WL1273_SCAN_SPACING_SET 56 +#define WL1273_REF_SET 57 +#define WL1273_POWER_ENB_SET 90 +#define WL1273_POWER_ATT_SET 58 +#define WL1273_POWER_LEV_SET 59 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_DEV_SET 60 +#define WL1273_PILOT_DEV_SET 61 +#define WL1273_RDS_DEV_SET 62 +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET 91 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_IO_SET 63 +#define WL1273_PREMPH_SET 64 +#define WL1273_MONO_SET 66 +#define WL1273_MUTE 92 +#define WL1273_MPX_LMT_ENABLE 67 +#define WL1273_PI_SET 93 +#define WL1273_ECC_SET 69 +#define WL1273_PTY 70 +#define WL1273_AF 71 +#define WL1273_DISPLAY_MODE 74 +#define WL1273_RDS_REP_SET 77 +#define WL1273_RDS_CONFIG_DATA_SET 98 +#define WL1273_RDS_DATA_SET 99 +#define WL1273_RDS_DATA_ENB 94 +#define WL1273_TA_SET 78 +#define WL1273_TP_SET 79 +#define WL1273_DI_SET 80 +#define WL1273_MS_SET 81 +#define WL1273_PS_SCROLL_SPEED 82 +#define WL1273_TX_AUDIO_LEVEL_TEST 96 +#define WL1273_TX_AUDIO_LEVEL_TEST_THRESHOLD 73 +#define WL1273_TX_AUDIO_INPUT_LEVEL_RANGE_SET 54 +#define WL1273_RX_ANTENNA_SELECT 87 +#define WL1273_I2C_DEV_ADDR_SET 86 +#define WL1273_REF_ERR_CALIB_PARAM_SET 88 +#define WL1273_REF_ERR_CALIB_PERIODICITY_SET 89 +#define WL1273_SOC_INT_TRIGGER 52 +#define WL1273_SOC_AUDIO_PATH_SET 83 +#define WL1273_SOC_PCMI_OVERRIDE 84 +#define WL1273_SOC_I2S_OVERRIDE 85 +#define WL1273_RSSI_BLOCK_SCAN_FREQ_SET 95 +#define WL1273_RSSI_BLOCK_SCAN_START 97 +#define WL1273_RSSI_BLOCK_SCAN_DATA_GET 5 +#define WL1273_READ_FMANT_TUNE_VALUE 104 + +#define WL1273_RDS_OFF 0 +#define WL1273_RDS_ON 1 +#define WL1273_RDS_RESET 2 + +#define WL1273_AUDIO_DIGITAL 0 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ANALOG 1 + +#define WL1273_MODE_RX BIT(0) +#define WL1273_MODE_TX BIT(1) +#define WL1273_MODE_OFF BIT(2) +#define WL1273_MODE_SUSPENDED BIT(3) + +#define WL1273_RADIO_CHILD BIT(0) +#define WL1273_CODEC_CHILD BIT(1) + +#define WL1273_RX_MONO 1 +#define WL1273_RX_STEREO 0 +#define WL1273_TX_MONO 0 +#define WL1273_TX_STEREO 1 + +#define WL1273_MAX_VOLUME 0xffff +#define WL1273_DEFAULT_VOLUME 0x78b8 + +/* I2S protocol, left channel first, data width 16 bits */ +#define WL1273_PCM_DEF_MODE 0x00 + +/* Rx */ +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ENABLE_I2S BIT(0) +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ENABLE_ANALOG BIT(1) + +/* Tx */ +#define WL1273_AUDIO_IO_SET_ANALOG 0 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_IO_SET_I2S 1 + +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET_OFF 0x00 +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET_ON 0x01 +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET_RETENTION 0x10 + +/* I2S mode */ +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_32 0x0 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_40 0x1 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_22_23 0x2 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_23_22 0x3 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_48 0x4 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_50 0x5 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_60 0x6 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_64 0x7 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_80 0x8 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_96 0x9 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_128 0xa +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH 0xf + +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_STD (0x0 << 4) +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_LEFT (0x1 << 4) +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_RIGHT (0x2 << 4) +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_USER (0x3 << 4) + +#define WL1273_IS2_MASTER (0x0 << 6) +#define WL1273_IS2_SLAVEW (0x1 << 6) + +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_AFTER_SENDING (0x0 << 7) +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_ALWAYS_ACTIVE (0x1 << 7) + +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_RR (0x0 << 8) +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_RF (0x1 << 8) +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_FR (0x2 << 8) +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_FF (0x3 << 8) + +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_OPT (0x0 << 10) +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_ALWAYS (0x1 << 10) + +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_48K (0x0 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_44_1K (0x1 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_32K (0x2 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_22_05K (0x4 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_16K (0x5 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_12K (0x8 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_11_025 (0x9 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_8K (0xa << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE (0xf << 12) + +#define WL1273_I2S_DEF_MODE (WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_32 | \ + WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_STD | \ + WL1273_IS2_MASTER | \ + WL1273_IS2_TRI_AFTER_SENDING | \ + WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_RR | \ + WL1273_IS2_TRI_OPT | \ + WL1273_IS2_RATE_48K) + +#define SCHAR_MIN (-128) +#define SCHAR_MAX 127 + +#define WL1273_FR_EVENT BIT(0) +#define WL1273_BL_EVENT BIT(1) +#define WL1273_RDS_EVENT BIT(2) +#define WL1273_BBLK_EVENT BIT(3) +#define WL1273_LSYNC_EVENT BIT(4) +#define WL1273_LEV_EVENT BIT(5) +#define WL1273_IFFR_EVENT BIT(6) +#define WL1273_PI_EVENT BIT(7) +#define WL1273_PD_EVENT BIT(8) +#define WL1273_STIC_EVENT BIT(9) +#define WL1273_MAL_EVENT BIT(10) +#define WL1273_POW_ENB_EVENT BIT(11) +#define WL1273_SCAN_OVER_EVENT BIT(12) +#define WL1273_ERROR_EVENT BIT(13) + +#define TUNER_MODE_STOP_SEARCH 0 +#define TUNER_MODE_PRESET 1 +#define TUNER_MODE_AUTO_SEEK 2 +#define TUNER_MODE_AF 3 +#define TUNER_MODE_AUTO_SEEK_PI 4 +#define TUNER_MODE_AUTO_SEEK_BULK 5 + +#define RDS_BLOCK_SIZE 3 + +struct wl1273_fm_platform_data { + int (*request_resources) (struct i2c_client *client); + void (*free_resources) (void); + void (*enable) (void); + void (*disable) (void); + + u8 forbidden_modes; + unsigned int children; +}; + +#define WL1273_FM_CORE_CELLS 2 + +#define WL1273_BAND_OTHER 0 +#define WL1273_BAND_JAPAN 1 + +#define WL1273_BAND_JAPAN_LOW 76000 +#define WL1273_BAND_JAPAN_HIGH 90000 +#define WL1273_BAND_OTHER_LOW 87500 +#define WL1273_BAND_OTHER_HIGH 108000 + +#define WL1273_BAND_TX_LOW 76000 +#define WL1273_BAND_TX_HIGH 108000 + +struct wl1273_core { + struct mfd_cell cells[WL1273_FM_CORE_CELLS]; + struct wl1273_fm_platform_data *pdata; + + unsigned int mode; + unsigned int i2s_mode; + unsigned int volume; + unsigned int audio_mode; + unsigned int channel_number; + struct mutex lock; /* for serializing fm radio operations */ + + struct i2c_client *client; + + int (*write)(struct wl1273_core *core, u8, u16); + int (*set_audio)(struct wl1273_core *core, unsigned int); + int (*set_volume)(struct wl1273_core *core, unsigned int); +}; + +#endif /* ifndef WL1273_CORE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08af245de0cf6ab5f4ed008ee2bb99273774fce0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 10:33:19 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L: remove V4L1 compatibility mode Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/videodev.h | 22 ++-------------------- include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h | 22 +++------------------- include/media/videobuf-core.h | 8 -------- 3 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 47 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/videodev.h b/include/linux/videodev.h index b19eab14097..8a7aead76a3 100644 --- a/include/linux/videodev.h +++ b/include/linux/videodev.h @@ -16,24 +16,7 @@ #include #include -#if defined(__MIN_V4L1) && defined (__KERNEL__) - -/* - * Used by those V4L2 core functions that need a minimum V4L1 support, - * in order to allow V4L1 Compatibilty code compilation. - */ - -struct video_mbuf -{ - int size; /* Total memory to map */ - int frames; /* Frames */ - int offsets[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; -}; - -#define VIDIOCGMBUF _IOR('v',20, struct video_mbuf) /* Memory map buffer info */ - -#else -#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT) || !defined (__KERNEL__) +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_MODULE) || !defined(__KERNEL__) #define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ #define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ @@ -328,8 +311,7 @@ struct video_code #define VID_PLAY_RESET 13 #define VID_PLAY_END_MARK 14 -#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT */ -#endif /* __MIN_V4L1 */ +#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1 */ #endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h index 06daa6e8e05..67df37542c6 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h @@ -14,12 +14,7 @@ #include #include #include /* need __user */ -#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT -#define __MIN_V4L1 -#include -#else #include -#endif struct v4l2_fh; @@ -113,10 +108,6 @@ struct v4l2_ioctl_ops { int (*vidioc_overlay) (struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i); -#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT - /* buffer type is struct vidio_mbuf * */ - int (*vidiocgmbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, struct video_mbuf *p); -#endif int (*vidioc_g_fbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_framebuffer *a); int (*vidioc_s_fbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, @@ -300,22 +291,15 @@ extern void v4l_printk_ioctl(unsigned int cmd); extern const char *v4l2_field_names[]; extern const char *v4l2_type_names[]; -/* Compatibility layer interface -- v4l1-compat module */ -typedef long (*v4l2_kioctl)(struct file *file, - unsigned int cmd, void *arg); -#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT -long v4l_compat_translate_ioctl(struct file *file, - int cmd, void *arg, v4l2_kioctl driver_ioctl); -#else -#define v4l_compat_translate_ioctl(file, cmd, arg, ioctl) (-EINVAL) -#endif - #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT /* 32 Bits compatibility layer for 64 bits processors */ extern long v4l2_compat_ioctl32(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); #endif +typedef long (*v4l2_kioctl)(struct file *file, + unsigned int cmd, void *arg); + /* Include support for obsoleted stuff */ extern long video_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg, v4l2_kioctl func); diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-core.h b/include/media/videobuf-core.h index 1d3835fc26b..90ed895e217 100644 --- a/include/media/videobuf-core.h +++ b/include/media/videobuf-core.h @@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ #define _VIDEOBUF_CORE_H #include -#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT -#define __MIN_V4L1 -#include -#endif #include #define UNSET (-1U) @@ -212,10 +208,6 @@ int videobuf_qbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); int videobuf_dqbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b, int nonblocking); -#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT -int videobuf_cgmbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct video_mbuf *mbuf, int count); -#endif int videobuf_streamon(struct videobuf_queue *q); int videobuf_streamoff(struct videobuf_queue *q); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58c66df3e38ffb1d59cc5162bb9e07c859288034 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 07:38:48 -0300 Subject: [media] Remove VIDEO_V4L1 Kconfig option There's no sense on keeping VIDEO_V4L1 Kconfig option just because of two deprecated drivers moved to staging scheduled to die on 2.6.39. Reviewed-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/videodev.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/videodev.h b/include/linux/videodev.h index 8a7aead76a3..f11efbef1c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/videodev.h +++ b/include/linux/videodev.h @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ #include #include -#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_MODULE) || !defined(__KERNEL__) - #define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ #define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ #define VID_TYPE_TELETEXT 4 /* Does teletext */ @@ -311,8 +309,6 @@ struct video_code #define VID_PLAY_RESET 13 #define VID_PLAY_END_MARK 14 -#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1 */ - #endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 88ae7624a6fe890e5a8ca57b25420f66e1389f8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 07:47:54 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L1 removal: Remove linux/videodev.h There's no sense on keeping it on 2.6.38, as nobody is using it anymore, at the kernel tree, and installing it at the userspace API. As two deprecated drivers still need it, move it to their internal directories. Reviewed-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/Kbuild | 1 - include/linux/videodev.h | 318 ---------------------------------------------- include/media/ovcamchip.h | 90 ------------- 3 files changed, 409 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/videodev.h delete mode 100644 include/media/ovcamchip.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/Kbuild b/include/linux/Kbuild index 97319a8fc1e..a354c199ab9 100644 --- a/include/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/linux/Kbuild @@ -367,7 +367,6 @@ header-y += utime.h header-y += utsname.h header-y += veth.h header-y += vhost.h -header-y += videodev.h header-y += videodev2.h header-y += virtio_9p.h header-y += virtio_balloon.h diff --git a/include/linux/videodev.h b/include/linux/videodev.h deleted file mode 100644 index f11efbef1c0..00000000000 --- a/include/linux/videodev.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Video for Linux version 1 - OBSOLETE - * - * Header file for v4l1 drivers and applications, for - * Linux kernels 2.2.x or 2.4.x. - * - * Provides header for legacy drivers and applications - * - * See http://linuxtv.org for more info - * - */ -#ifndef __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H -#define __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H - -#include -#include -#include - -#define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ -#define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ -#define VID_TYPE_TELETEXT 4 /* Does teletext */ -#define VID_TYPE_OVERLAY 8 /* Overlay onto frame buffer */ -#define VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY 16 /* Overlay by chromakey */ -#define VID_TYPE_CLIPPING 32 /* Can clip */ -#define VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM 64 /* Uses the frame buffer memory */ -#define VID_TYPE_SCALES 128 /* Scalable */ -#define VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME 256 /* Monochrome only */ -#define VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE 512 /* Can capture subareas of the image */ -#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER 1024 /* Can decode MPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER 2048 /* Can encode MPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER 4096 /* Can decode MJPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER 8192 /* Can encode MJPEG streams */ - -struct video_capability -{ - char name[32]; - int type; - int channels; /* Num channels */ - int audios; /* Num audio devices */ - int maxwidth; /* Supported width */ - int maxheight; /* And height */ - int minwidth; /* Supported width */ - int minheight; /* And height */ -}; - - -struct video_channel -{ - int channel; - char name[32]; - int tuners; - __u32 flags; -#define VIDEO_VC_TUNER 1 /* Channel has a tuner */ -#define VIDEO_VC_AUDIO 2 /* Channel has audio */ - __u16 type; -#define VIDEO_TYPE_TV 1 -#define VIDEO_TYPE_CAMERA 2 - __u16 norm; /* Norm set by channel */ -}; - -struct video_tuner -{ - int tuner; - char name[32]; - unsigned long rangelow, rangehigh; /* Tuner range */ - __u32 flags; -#define VIDEO_TUNER_PAL 1 -#define VIDEO_TUNER_NTSC 2 -#define VIDEO_TUNER_SECAM 4 -#define VIDEO_TUNER_LOW 8 /* Uses KHz not MHz */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_NORM 16 /* Tuner can set norm */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_STEREO_ON 128 /* Tuner is seeing stereo */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_RDS_ON 256 /* Tuner is seeing an RDS datastream */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_MBS_ON 512 /* Tuner is seeing an MBS datastream */ - __u16 mode; /* PAL/NTSC/SECAM/OTHER */ -#define VIDEO_MODE_PAL 0 -#define VIDEO_MODE_NTSC 1 -#define VIDEO_MODE_SECAM 2 -#define VIDEO_MODE_AUTO 3 - __u16 signal; /* Signal strength 16bit scale */ -}; - -struct video_picture -{ - __u16 brightness; - __u16 hue; - __u16 colour; - __u16 contrast; - __u16 whiteness; /* Black and white only */ - __u16 depth; /* Capture depth */ - __u16 palette; /* Palette in use */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_GREY 1 /* Linear greyscale */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_HI240 2 /* High 240 cube (BT848) */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB565 3 /* 565 16 bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24 4 /* 24bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32 5 /* 32bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB555 6 /* 555 15bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 7 /* YUV422 capture */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV 8 -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_UYVY 9 /* The great thing about standards is ... */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420 10 -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411 11 /* YUV411 capture */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW 12 /* RAW capture (BT848) */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422P 13 /* YUV 4:2:2 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411P 14 /* YUV 4:1:1 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420P 15 /* YUV 4:2:0 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV410P 16 /* YUV 4:1:0 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_PLANAR 13 /* start of planar entries */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_COMPONENT 7 /* start of component entries */ -}; - -struct video_audio -{ - int audio; /* Audio channel */ - __u16 volume; /* If settable */ - __u16 bass, treble; - __u32 flags; -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTE 1 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTABLE 2 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_VOLUME 4 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_BASS 8 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_TREBLE 16 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_BALANCE 32 - char name[16]; -#define VIDEO_SOUND_MONO 1 -#define VIDEO_SOUND_STEREO 2 -#define VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1 4 -#define VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2 8 - __u16 mode; - __u16 balance; /* Stereo balance */ - __u16 step; /* Step actual volume uses */ -}; - -struct video_clip -{ - __s32 x,y; - __s32 width, height; - struct video_clip *next; /* For user use/driver use only */ -}; - -struct video_window -{ - __u32 x,y; /* Position of window */ - __u32 width,height; /* Its size */ - __u32 chromakey; - __u32 flags; - struct video_clip __user *clips; /* Set only */ - int clipcount; -#define VIDEO_WINDOW_INTERLACE 1 -#define VIDEO_WINDOW_CHROMAKEY 16 /* Overlay by chromakey */ -#define VIDEO_CLIP_BITMAP -1 -/* bitmap is 1024x625, a '1' bit represents a clipped pixel */ -#define VIDEO_CLIPMAP_SIZE (128 * 625) -}; - -struct video_capture -{ - __u32 x,y; /* Offsets into image */ - __u32 width, height; /* Area to capture */ - __u16 decimation; /* Decimation divider */ - __u16 flags; /* Flags for capture */ -#define VIDEO_CAPTURE_ODD 0 /* Temporal */ -#define VIDEO_CAPTURE_EVEN 1 -}; - -struct video_buffer -{ - void *base; - int height,width; - int depth; - int bytesperline; -}; - -struct video_mmap -{ - unsigned int frame; /* Frame (0 - n) for double buffer */ - int height,width; - unsigned int format; /* should be VIDEO_PALETTE_* */ -}; - -struct video_key -{ - __u8 key[8]; - __u32 flags; -}; - -struct video_mbuf -{ - int size; /* Total memory to map */ - int frames; /* Frames */ - int offsets[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; -}; - -#define VIDEO_NO_UNIT (-1) - -struct video_unit -{ - int video; /* Video minor */ - int vbi; /* VBI minor */ - int radio; /* Radio minor */ - int audio; /* Audio minor */ - int teletext; /* Teletext minor */ -}; - -struct vbi_format { - __u32 sampling_rate; /* in Hz */ - __u32 samples_per_line; - __u32 sample_format; /* VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW only (1 byte) */ - __s32 start[2]; /* starting line for each frame */ - __u32 count[2]; /* count of lines for each frame */ - __u32 flags; -#define VBI_UNSYNC 1 /* can distingues between top/bottom field */ -#define VBI_INTERLACED 2 /* lines are interlaced */ -}; - -/* video_info is biased towards hardware mpeg encode/decode */ -/* but it could apply generically to any hardware compressor/decompressor */ -struct video_info -{ - __u32 frame_count; /* frames output since decode/encode began */ - __u32 h_size; /* current unscaled horizontal size */ - __u32 v_size; /* current unscaled veritcal size */ - __u32 smpte_timecode; /* current SMPTE timecode (for current GOP) */ - __u32 picture_type; /* current picture type */ - __u32 temporal_reference; /* current temporal reference */ - __u8 user_data[256]; /* user data last found in compressed stream */ - /* user_data[0] contains user data flags, user_data[1] has count */ -}; - -/* generic structure for setting playback modes */ -struct video_play_mode -{ - int mode; - int p1; - int p2; -}; - -/* for loading microcode / fpga programming */ -struct video_code -{ - char loadwhat[16]; /* name or tag of file being passed */ - int datasize; - __u8 *data; -}; - -#define VIDIOCGCAP _IOR('v',1,struct video_capability) /* Get capabilities */ -#define VIDIOCGCHAN _IOWR('v',2,struct video_channel) /* Get channel info (sources) */ -#define VIDIOCSCHAN _IOW('v',3,struct video_channel) /* Set channel */ -#define VIDIOCGTUNER _IOWR('v',4,struct video_tuner) /* Get tuner abilities */ -#define VIDIOCSTUNER _IOW('v',5,struct video_tuner) /* Tune the tuner for the current channel */ -#define VIDIOCGPICT _IOR('v',6,struct video_picture) /* Get picture properties */ -#define VIDIOCSPICT _IOW('v',7,struct video_picture) /* Set picture properties */ -#define VIDIOCCAPTURE _IOW('v',8,int) /* Start, end capture */ -#define VIDIOCGWIN _IOR('v',9, struct video_window) /* Get the video overlay window */ -#define VIDIOCSWIN _IOW('v',10, struct video_window) /* Set the video overlay window - passes clip list for hardware smarts , chromakey etc */ -#define VIDIOCGFBUF _IOR('v',11, struct video_buffer) /* Get frame buffer */ -#define VIDIOCSFBUF _IOW('v',12, struct video_buffer) /* Set frame buffer - root only */ -#define VIDIOCKEY _IOR('v',13, struct video_key) /* Video key event - to dev 255 is to all - cuts capture on all DMA windows with this key (0xFFFFFFFF == all) */ -#define VIDIOCGFREQ _IOR('v',14, unsigned long) /* Set tuner */ -#define VIDIOCSFREQ _IOW('v',15, unsigned long) /* Set tuner */ -#define VIDIOCGAUDIO _IOR('v',16, struct video_audio) /* Get audio info */ -#define VIDIOCSAUDIO _IOW('v',17, struct video_audio) /* Audio source, mute etc */ -#define VIDIOCSYNC _IOW('v',18, int) /* Sync with mmap grabbing */ -#define VIDIOCMCAPTURE _IOW('v',19, struct video_mmap) /* Grab frames */ -#define VIDIOCGMBUF _IOR('v',20, struct video_mbuf) /* Memory map buffer info */ -#define VIDIOCGUNIT _IOR('v',21, struct video_unit) /* Get attached units */ -#define VIDIOCGCAPTURE _IOR('v',22, struct video_capture) /* Get subcapture */ -#define VIDIOCSCAPTURE _IOW('v',23, struct video_capture) /* Set subcapture */ -#define VIDIOCSPLAYMODE _IOW('v',24, struct video_play_mode) /* Set output video mode/feature */ -#define VIDIOCSWRITEMODE _IOW('v',25, int) /* Set write mode */ -#define VIDIOCGPLAYINFO _IOR('v',26, struct video_info) /* Get current playback info from hardware */ -#define VIDIOCSMICROCODE _IOW('v',27, struct video_code) /* Load microcode into hardware */ -#define VIDIOCGVBIFMT _IOR('v',28, struct vbi_format) /* Get VBI information */ -#define VIDIOCSVBIFMT _IOW('v',29, struct vbi_format) /* Set VBI information */ - - -#define BASE_VIDIOCPRIVATE 192 /* 192-255 are private */ - -/* VIDIOCSWRITEMODE */ -#define VID_WRITE_MPEG_AUD 0 -#define VID_WRITE_MPEG_VID 1 -#define VID_WRITE_OSD 2 -#define VID_WRITE_TTX 3 -#define VID_WRITE_CC 4 -#define VID_WRITE_MJPEG 5 - -/* VIDIOCSPLAYMODE */ -#define VID_PLAY_VID_OUT_MODE 0 - /* p1: = VIDEO_MODE_PAL, VIDEO_MODE_NTSC, etc ... */ -#define VID_PLAY_GENLOCK 1 - /* p1: 0 = OFF, 1 = ON */ - /* p2: GENLOCK FINE DELAY value */ -#define VID_PLAY_NORMAL 2 -#define VID_PLAY_PAUSE 3 -#define VID_PLAY_SINGLE_FRAME 4 -#define VID_PLAY_FAST_FORWARD 5 -#define VID_PLAY_SLOW_MOTION 6 -#define VID_PLAY_IMMEDIATE_NORMAL 7 -#define VID_PLAY_SWITCH_CHANNELS 8 -#define VID_PLAY_FREEZE_FRAME 9 -#define VID_PLAY_STILL_MODE 10 -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_MODE 11 - /* p1: see below */ -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_NONE 1 -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_VIDEO 2 -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_AUDIO 3 -#define VID_PLAY_ACTIVE_SCANLINES 12 - /* p1 = first active; p2 = last active */ -#define VID_PLAY_RESET 13 -#define VID_PLAY_END_MARK 14 - -#endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H */ - -/* - * Local variables: - * c-basic-offset: 8 - * End: - */ diff --git a/include/media/ovcamchip.h b/include/media/ovcamchip.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05b9569ef1c..00000000000 --- a/include/media/ovcamchip.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* OmniVision* camera chip driver API - * - * Copyright (c) 1999-2004 Mark McClelland - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - * Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your - * option) any later version. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND is expressed or implied. - * - * * OmniVision is a trademark of OmniVision Technologies, Inc. This driver - * is not sponsored or developed by them. - */ - -#ifndef __LINUX_OVCAMCHIP_H -#define __LINUX_OVCAMCHIP_H - -#include -#include - -/* --------------------------------- */ -/* ENUMERATIONS */ -/* --------------------------------- */ - -/* Controls */ -enum { - OVCAMCHIP_CID_CONT, /* Contrast */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_BRIGHT, /* Brightness */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_SAT, /* Saturation */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_HUE, /* Hue */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_EXP, /* Exposure */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_FREQ, /* Light frequency */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_BANDFILT, /* Banding filter */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_AUTOBRIGHT, /* Auto brightness */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_AUTOEXP, /* Auto exposure */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_BACKLIGHT, /* Back light compensation */ - OVCAMCHIP_CID_MIRROR, /* Mirror horizontally */ -}; - -/* Chip types */ -#define NUM_CC_TYPES 9 -enum { - CC_UNKNOWN, - CC_OV76BE, - CC_OV7610, - CC_OV7620, - CC_OV7620AE, - CC_OV6620, - CC_OV6630, - CC_OV6630AE, - CC_OV6630AF, -}; - -/* --------------------------------- */ -/* I2C ADDRESSES */ -/* --------------------------------- */ - -#define OV7xx0_SID (0x42 >> 1) -#define OV6xx0_SID (0xC0 >> 1) - -/* --------------------------------- */ -/* API */ -/* --------------------------------- */ - -struct ovcamchip_control { - __u32 id; - __s32 value; -}; - -struct ovcamchip_window { - int x; - int y; - int width; - int height; - int format; - int quarter; /* Scale width and height down 2x */ - - /* This stuff will be removed eventually */ - int clockdiv; /* Clock divisor setting */ -}; - -/* Commands */ -#define OVCAMCHIP_CMD_Q_SUBTYPE _IOR (0x88, 0x00, int) -#define OVCAMCHIP_CMD_INITIALIZE _IOW (0x88, 0x01, int) -/* You must call OVCAMCHIP_CMD_INITIALIZE before any of commands below! */ -#define OVCAMCHIP_CMD_S_CTRL _IOW (0x88, 0x02, struct ovcamchip_control) -#define OVCAMCHIP_CMD_G_CTRL _IOWR (0x88, 0x03, struct ovcamchip_control) -#define OVCAMCHIP_CMD_S_MODE _IOW (0x88, 0x04, struct ovcamchip_window) -#define OVCAMCHIP_MAX_CMD _IO (0x88, 0x3f) - -#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7a0f2e793a52b306e682a0e2e9a0b6f0f0a730e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ramiro Morales Date: Sun, 26 Dec 2010 18:13:30 -0300 Subject: [media] saa7134: Add support for Compro VideoMate Vista M1F Signed-off-by: Pavel Osnova Signed-off-by: Ramiro Morales Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rc-map.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index 5d3a4574876..ee9e2f747c7 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ void rc_map_init(void); #define RC_MAP_TREKSTOR "rc-trekstor" #define RC_MAP_TT_1500 "rc-tt-1500" #define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_VP1027_DVBS "rc-twinhan1027" +#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_M1F "rc-videomate-m1f" #define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_S350 "rc-videomate-s350" #define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_TV_PVR "rc-videomate-tv-pvr" #define RC_MAP_WINFAST "rc-winfast" -- cgit v1.2.3 From b9218f2f15cdff8991ba041993bf40962c49fdd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 12:22:46 -0300 Subject: [media] saa6588: rename rds.h to saa6588.h The naming of the media/rds.h header suggested that it was a generic RDS header, when in fact it is just a saa6588 module API that is internal to the kernel. Rename the header and the struct and defines in it to make this clear. Also removed the header include in radio-si470x.h (not used anymore) and from ioctl-number.txt (it's internal to the kernel and never called from userspace). Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/rds.h | 44 -------------------------------------------- include/media/saa6588.h | 42 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 42 insertions(+), 44 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/media/rds.h create mode 100644 include/media/saa6588.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/rds.h b/include/media/rds.h deleted file mode 100644 index a8942666761..00000000000 --- a/include/media/rds.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Types and defines needed for RDS. This is included by - saa6588.c and every driver (e.g. bttv-driver.c) that wants - to use the saa6588 module. - - Instead of having a separate rds.h, I'd prefer to include - this stuff in one of the already existing files like tuner.h - - (c) 2005 by Hans J. Koch - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - -*/ - -#ifndef _RDS_H -#define _RDS_H - -struct rds_command { - unsigned int block_count; - int result; - unsigned char __user *buffer; - struct file *instance; - poll_table *event_list; -}; - -#define RDS_CMD_OPEN _IOW('R',1,int) -#define RDS_CMD_CLOSE _IOW('R',2,int) -#define RDS_CMD_READ _IOR('R',3,int) -#define RDS_CMD_POLL _IOR('R',4,int) - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/saa6588.h b/include/media/saa6588.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c3c4420a4e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/saa6588.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + + Types and defines needed for RDS. This is included by + saa6588.c and every driver (e.g. bttv-driver.c) that wants + to use the saa6588 module. + + (c) 2005 by Hans J. Koch + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +*/ + +#ifndef _SAA6588_H +#define _SAA6588_H + +struct saa6588_command { + unsigned int block_count; + int result; + unsigned char __user *buffer; + struct file *instance; + poll_table *event_list; +}; + +/* These ioctls are internal to the kernel */ +#define SAA6588_CMD_OPEN _IOW('R', 1, int) +#define SAA6588_CMD_CLOSE _IOW('R', 2, int) +#define SAA6588_CMD_READ _IOR('R', 3, int) +#define SAA6588_CMD_POLL _IOR('R', 4, int) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 66832aef0694807f487a8ccc8871cea4e80d78c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 12:27:50 -0300 Subject: [media] bt819: the ioctls in the header are internal to the kernel Remove bt819.h from ioctl-number.txt and make a note in the header that these ioctls are for internal use only. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/bt819.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/bt819.h b/include/media/bt819.h index 38f666bde77..8025f4bc2bb 100644 --- a/include/media/bt819.h +++ b/include/media/bt819.h @@ -26,7 +26,10 @@ /* v4l2_device notifications. */ /* Needed to reset the FIFO buffer when changing the input - or the video standard. */ + or the video standard. + + Note: these ioctls that internal to the kernel and are never called + from userspace. */ #define BT819_FIFO_RESET_LOW _IO('b', 0) #define BT819_FIFO_RESET_HIGH _IO('b', 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09c730a488c32c2cadb31cdb8dcc4df528441197 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 15:53:31 +0530 Subject: input/tc3589x: add tc3589x keypad support Add support for the keypad controller module found on the TC3589X devices. This driver default adds the support for TC35893 device. Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov [Some minor fixups for compilation] Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 52 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index da00958b12d..16c76e124f9 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -20,6 +20,17 @@ enum tx3589x_block { #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) +/* Keyboard Configuration Registers */ +#define TC3589x_KBDSETTLE_REG 0x01 +#define TC3589x_KBDBOUNCE 0x02 +#define TC3589x_KBDSIZE 0x03 +#define TC3589x_KBCFG_LSB 0x04 +#define TC3589x_KBCFG_MSB 0x05 +#define TC3589x_KBDIC 0x08 +#define TC3589x_KBDMSK 0x09 +#define TC3589x_EVTCODE_FIFO 0x10 +#define TC3589x_KBDMFS 0x8F + #define TC3589x_IRQST 0x91 #define TC3589x_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 @@ -35,6 +46,14 @@ enum tx3589x_block { #define TC3589x_EXTRSTN 0x83 #define TC3589x_RSTINTCLR 0x84 +/* Pull up/down configuration registers */ +#define TC3589x_IOCFG 0xA7 +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG0_LSB 0xAA +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG0_MSB 0xAB +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG1_LSB 0xAC +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG1_MSB 0xAD +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG2_LSB 0xAE + #define TC3589x_GPIOIS0 0xC9 #define TC3589x_GPIOIS1 0xCA #define TC3589x_GPIOIS2 0xCB @@ -112,6 +131,37 @@ extern int tc3589x_block_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, const u8 *values); extern int tc3589x_set_bits(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); +/* + * Keypad related platform specific constants + * These values may be modified for fine tuning + */ +#define TC_KPD_ROWS 0x8 +#define TC_KPD_COLUMNS 0x8 +#define TC_KPD_DEBOUNCE_PERIOD 0xA3 +#define TC_KPD_SETTLE_TIME 0xA3 + +/** + * struct tc35893_platform_data - data structure for platform specific data + * @keymap_data: matrix scan code table for keycodes + * @krow: mask for available rows, value is 0xFF + * @kcol: mask for available columns, value is 0xFF + * @debounce_period: platform specific debounce time + * @settle_time: platform specific settle down time + * @irqtype: type of interrupt, falling or rising edge + * @enable_wakeup: specifies if keypad event can wake up system from sleep + * @no_autorepeat: flag for auto repetition + */ +struct tc3589x_keypad_platform_data { + const struct matrix_keymap_data *keymap_data; + u8 krow; + u8 kcol; + u8 debounce_period; + u8 settle_time; + unsigned long irqtype; + bool enable_wakeup; + bool no_autorepeat; +}; + /** * struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data - TC3589x GPIO platform data * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC3589x. A maximum of @@ -130,11 +180,13 @@ struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { * @block: bitmask of blocks to enable (use TC3589x_BLOCK_*) * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data + * @keypad: keypad-specific platform data */ struct tc3589x_platform_data { unsigned int block; int irq_base; struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; + const struct tc3589x_keypad_platform_data *keypad; }; #define TC3589x_NR_GPIOS 24 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 513521eaee4375a1a0da0b73c7131a165a9fe4d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Wed, 29 Dec 2010 14:25:52 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/cx2341x.h | 2 +- include/media/v4l2-common.h | 6 +++--- include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h | 4 ++-- 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/cx2341x.h b/include/media/cx2341x.h index 8d08ebfe20b..9635eebaab0 100644 --- a/include/media/cx2341x.h +++ b/include/media/cx2341x.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ int cx2341x_update(void *priv, cx2341x_mbox_func func, const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *new); int cx2341x_ctrl_query(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *params, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl); -const char **cx2341x_ctrl_get_menu(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p, u32 id); +const char * const *cx2341x_ctrl_get_menu(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p, u32 id); int cx2341x_ext_ctrls(struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *params, int busy, struct v4l2_ext_controls *ctrls, unsigned int cmd); void cx2341x_fill_defaults(struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p); diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-common.h b/include/media/v4l2-common.h index 239125af3ea..2d65b35cdab 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-common.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-common.h @@ -98,12 +98,12 @@ int v4l2_prio_check(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local); /* Control helper functions */ int v4l2_ctrl_check(struct v4l2_ext_control *ctrl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, - const char **menu_items); + const char * const *menu_items); const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id); -const char **v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id); +const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id); int v4l2_ctrl_query_fill(struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, s32 min, s32 max, s32 step, s32 def); int v4l2_ctrl_query_menu(struct v4l2_querymenu *qmenu, - struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, const char **menu_items); + struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, const char * const *menu_items); #define V4L2_CTRL_MENU_IDS_END (0xffffffff) int v4l2_ctrl_query_menu_valid_items(struct v4l2_querymenu *qmenu, const u32 *ids); diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h index 9b7bea928a8..d69ab4aae03 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ struct v4l2_ctrl { u32 step; u32 menu_skip_mask; }; - const char **qmenu; + const char * const *qmenu; unsigned long flags; union { s32 val; @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ struct v4l2_ctrl_config { s32 def; u32 flags; u32 menu_skip_mask; - const char **qmenu; + const char * const *qmenu; unsigned int is_private:1; unsigned int is_volatile:1; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3153ac9c6208892ee237caccdbe2290f8247e236 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alberto Panizzo Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 11:53:28 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L2: Add a v4l2-subdev (soc-camera) driver for OmniVision OV2640 sensor Signed-off-by: Alberto Panizzo Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h b/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h index 51e89f2267b..44fe44ec9ea 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ enum { V4L2_IDENT_SOI968 = 256, V4L2_IDENT_OV9640 = 257, V4L2_IDENT_OV6650 = 258, + V4L2_IDENT_OV2640 = 259, /* module saa7146: reserved range 300-309 */ V4L2_IDENT_SAA7146 = 300, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96e442c1b2ef2ba9476e5da2607ba666ce09664d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alberto Panizzo Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 07:43:37 -0300 Subject: [media] soc_camera: Add the ability to bind regulators to soc_camedra devices In certain machines, camera devices are supplied directly by a number of regulators. This patch add the ability to drive these regulators directly by the soc_camera driver. Signed-off-by: Alberto Panizzo Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/soc_camera.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/soc_camera.h b/include/media/soc_camera.h index 86e3631764e..9386db829fb 100644 --- a/include/media/soc_camera.h +++ b/include/media/soc_camera.h @@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ struct soc_camera_host_ops { #define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_DATA (1 << 4) struct i2c_board_info; +struct regulator_bulk_data; struct soc_camera_link { /* Camera bus id, used to match a camera and a bus */ @@ -108,6 +109,10 @@ struct soc_camera_link { const char *module_name; void *priv; + /* Optional regulators that have to be managed on power on/off events */ + struct regulator_bulk_data *regulators; + int num_regulators; + /* * For non-I2C devices platform platform has to provide methods to * add a device to the system and to remove -- cgit v1.2.3 From df4da5cdfca05b37b366b9c69925b68586969c1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Christie Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 02:22:18 -0600 Subject: [SCSI] libiscsi: add more informative failure message during iscsi scsi eh This adds a more informative error code and message for the iscsi scsi eh session drop paths. This allows you to distinguish if the session was dropped due to a connection failure vs the iscsi layer dropping the session due to scsi eh failure processing. Signed-off-by: Mike Christie Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/iscsi_if.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/iscsi_if.h b/include/scsi/iscsi_if.h index a8631acd37c..c3e1cbcc2ad 100644 --- a/include/scsi/iscsi_if.h +++ b/include/scsi/iscsi_if.h @@ -263,6 +263,7 @@ enum iscsi_err { ISCSI_ERR_INVALID_HOST = ISCSI_ERR_BASE + 18, ISCSI_ERR_XMIT_FAILED = ISCSI_ERR_BASE + 19, ISCSI_ERR_TCP_CONN_CLOSE = ISCSI_ERR_BASE + 20, + ISCSI_ERR_SCSI_EH_SESSION_RST = ISCSI_ERR_BASE + 21, }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From f41d472179a0d7c8e8160c85180ab1124947068e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Christie Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 02:22:21 -0600 Subject: [SCSI] libiscsi: do not take host lock in queuecommand iscsi_tcp, ib_iser, cxgb*, be2iscsi and bnx2i do not use the host lock and do not take the session lock against a irq, so this patch drops the DEF_SCSI_QCMD use. Instead we just take the session lock and disable bhs. Signed-off-by: Mike Christie Signed-off-by: James Bottomley --- include/scsi/libiscsi.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libiscsi.h b/include/scsi/libiscsi.h index 68e951d79f0..748382b32b5 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libiscsi.h +++ b/include/scsi/libiscsi.h @@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ enum { ISCSI_TASK_RUNNING, ISCSI_TASK_ABRT_TMF, /* aborted due to TMF */ ISCSI_TASK_ABRT_SESS_RECOV, /* aborted due to session recovery */ + ISCSI_TASK_REQUEUE_SCSIQ, /* qcmd requeueing to scsi-ml */ }; struct iscsi_r2t_info { @@ -341,7 +342,7 @@ extern int iscsi_eh_abort(struct scsi_cmnd *sc); extern int iscsi_eh_recover_target(struct scsi_cmnd *sc); extern int iscsi_eh_session_reset(struct scsi_cmnd *sc); extern int iscsi_eh_device_reset(struct scsi_cmnd *sc); -extern int iscsi_queuecommand(struct Scsi_Host *h, struct scsi_cmnd *sc); +extern int iscsi_queuecommand(struct Scsi_Host *host, struct scsi_cmnd *sc); /* * iSCSI host helpers. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3e29027af43728c2a91fe3f735ab2822edaf54a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:25:46 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards. Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy is, [DCB_ATTR_IFNAME] [DCB_ATTR_STATE] ... [DCB_ATTR_IEEE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP] ... The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle the IEEE standard, int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 106 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/dcbnl.h | 11 ++++++ 2 files changed, 117 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 8723491f7df..287b5618e29 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -22,6 +22,87 @@ #include +/* IEEE 802.1Qaz std supported values */ +#define IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS 8 + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS managed object + * + * @willing: willing bit in ETS configuratin TLV + * @ets_cap: indicates supported capacity of ets feature + * @cbs: credit based shaper ets algorithm supported + * @tc_tx_bw: tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_rx_bw: tc rx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_tsa: TSA Assignment table, indexed by traffic class + * @prio_tc: priority assignment table mapping 8021Qp to traffic class + * @tc_reco_bw: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @tc_reco_tsa: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @reco_prio_tc: recommended tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * + * Recommended values are used to set fields in the ETS recommendation TLV + * with hardware offloaded LLDP. + * + * ---- + * TSA Assignment 8 bit identifiers + * 0 strict priority + * 1 credit-based shaper + * 2 enhanced transmission selection + * 3-254 reserved + * 255 vendor specific + */ +struct ieee_ets { + __u8 willing; + __u8 ets_cap; + __u8 cbs; + __u8 tc_tx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_rx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 reco_prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz PFC managed object + * + * @pfc_cap: Indicates the number of traffic classes on the local device + * that may simultaneously have PFC enabled. + * @pfc_en: bitmap indicating pfc enabled traffic classes + * @mbc: enable macsec bypass capability + * @delay: the allowance made for a round-trip propagation delay of the + * link in bits. + * @requests: count of the sent pfc frames + * @indications: count of the received pfc frames + */ +struct ieee_pfc { + __u8 pfc_cap; + __u8 pfc_en; + __u8 mbc; + __u16 delay; + __u64 requests[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object + * + * @selector: protocol identifier type + * @protocol: protocol of type indicated + * @priority: 3-bit unsigned integer indicating priority + * + * ---- + * Selector field values + * 0 Reserved + * 1 Ethertype + * 2 Well known port number over TCP or SCTP + * 3 Well known port number over UDP or DCCP + * 4 Well known port number over TCP, SCTP, UDP, or DCCP + * 5-7 Reserved + */ +struct dcb_app { + __u8 selector; + __u32 protocol; + __u8 priority; +}; + struct dcbmsg { __u8 dcb_family; __u8 cmd; @@ -50,6 +131,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SBCN: get backward congestion notification configration. * @DCB_CMD_GAPP: get application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -83,6 +166,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GAPP, DCB_CMD_SAPP, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -102,6 +188,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_CAP: DCB capabilities of the device (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -119,10 +206,29 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_BCN, DCB_ATTR_APP, + /* IEEE std attributes */ + DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +enum ieee_attrs { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX - 1) + +enum ieee_attrs_app { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX - 1) + /** * enum dcbnl_pfc_attrs - DCB Priority Flow Control user priority nested attrs * diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index b36ac7e0914..e2d841e963b 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -20,11 +20,22 @@ #ifndef __NET_DCBNL_H__ #define __NET_DCBNL_H__ +#include + /* * Ops struct for the netlink callbacks. Used by DCB-enabled drivers through * the netdevice struct. */ struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops { + /* IEEE 802.1Qaz std */ + int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); + int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); + int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); + int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); + int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); + int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); + + /* CEE std */ u8 (*getstate)(struct net_device *); u8 (*setstate)(struct net_device *, u8); void (*getpermhwaddr)(struct net_device *, u8 *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ab933ab2cc80f04690d6aa385b1110075c5e507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:26:31 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks may use the application priority to set the skb priority of their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority. This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 4 +++- include/net/dcbnl.h | 9 +++++++++ 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 287b5618e29..775bdb4465b 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ struct ieee_pfc { __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; }; -/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object. This + * object is also used for the CEE std as well. There is no difference + * between the objects. * * @selector: protocol identifier type * @protocol: protocol of type indicated diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index e2d841e963b..ab7d623a279 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -22,6 +22,15 @@ #include +struct dcb_app_type { + char name[IFNAMSIZ]; + struct dcb_app app; + struct list_head list; +}; + +u8 dcb_setapp(struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); +u8 dcb_getapp(struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); + /* * Ops struct for the netlink callbacks. Used by DCB-enabled drivers through * the netdevice struct. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96b99684e365f28d49bdb1221ca022b75cb91a98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:26:37 +0000 Subject: net_dcb: add application notifiers DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to be notified when these changes occur. This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register with. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/dcbevent.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/net/dcbevent.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/dcbevent.h b/include/net/dcbevent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc1e7ef4017 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/dcbevent.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License, + * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with + * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple + * Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA. + * + * Author: John Fastabend + */ + +#ifndef _DCB_EVENT_H +#define _DCB_EVENT_H + +enum dcbevent_notif_type { + DCB_APP_EVENT = 1, +}; + +extern int register_dcbevent_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); +extern int unregister_dcbevent_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); +extern int call_dcbevent_notifiers(unsigned long val, void *v); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6241b6259b16aa390ff4bf50f520685b3801200b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:48 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX engine capability Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a subset of the advertised attributes. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Acked-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/dcbnl.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 48 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 775bdb4465b..16eea36d893 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -135,6 +135,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -171,6 +173,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + DCB_CMD_GDCBX, + DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -191,6 +196,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -211,6 +217,8 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { /* IEEE std attributes */ DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -370,6 +378,8 @@ enum dcbnl_tc_attrs { * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP: (NLA_U8) device supports group strict priority * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN: (NLA_U8) device supports Backwards Congestion * Notification + * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX: (NLA_U8) device supports DCBX engine + * */ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -381,11 +391,44 @@ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC_TCS, DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP, DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN, + DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX, __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * DCBX capability flags + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST: DCBX negotiation is performed by the host LLDP agent. + * 'set' routines are used to configure the device with + * the negotiated parameters + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED: DCBX negotiation is not performed in the host but + * by another entity + * 'get' routines are used to retrieve the + * negotiated parameters + * 'set' routines can be used to set the initial + * negotiation configuration + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the CEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the IEEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports static configuration (i.e no actual + * negotiation is performed negotiated parameters equal + * the initial configuration) + * + */ +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST 0x01 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED 0x02 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE 0x04 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE 0x08 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC 0x10 + /** * enum dcbnl_numtcs_attrs - number of traffic classes * diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index ab7d623a279..c65347b3cbb 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -70,6 +70,11 @@ struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops { void (*setbcnrp)(struct net_device *, int, u8); u8 (*setapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16, u8); u8 (*getapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16); + + /* DCBX configuration */ + u8 (*getdcbx)(struct net_device *); + u8 (*setdcbx)(struct net_device *, u8); + }; #endif /* __NET_DCBNL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ea45fe4e176a42d2396878f530cfdc8265bef37b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:55 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX feature flags get-set Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the features is enabled after the negotiation. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/dcbnl.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 36 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 16eea36d893..68cd248f6d3 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -137,6 +137,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG: get DCBX features flags + * @DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG: set DCBX features negotiation flags */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -176,6 +178,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GDCBX, DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG, + DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -197,6 +202,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) + * @DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG: DCBX features flags (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -218,6 +224,7 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_IEEE, DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG, __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, @@ -506,4 +513,30 @@ enum dcbnl_app_attrs { DCB_APP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_APP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs - features conifiguration flags + * + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all features configuration attributes + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority groups + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority + * flow control + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for application TLV + * + */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ERROR 0x01 /* error in feature resolution */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ENABLE 0x02 /* enable feature */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_WILLING 0x04 /* feature is willing */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ADVERTISE 0x08 /* advertise feature */ +enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs { + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP, + + __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_DCBNL_H__ */ diff --git a/include/net/dcbnl.h b/include/net/dcbnl.h index c65347b3cbb..a8e7852b10a 100644 --- a/include/net/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/net/dcbnl.h @@ -70,11 +70,14 @@ struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops { void (*setbcnrp)(struct net_device *, int, u8); u8 (*setapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16, u8); u8 (*getapp)(struct net_device *, u8, u16); + u8 (*getfeatcfg)(struct net_device *, int, u8 *); + u8 (*setfeatcfg)(struct net_device *, int, u8); /* DCBX configuration */ u8 (*getdcbx)(struct net_device *); u8 (*setdcbx)(struct net_device *, u8); + }; #endif /* __NET_DCBNL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51f98a8d70583b18cb08b19353aeed5efb0244af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:16 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple zones Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allows TIPC to support a network containing multiple zones. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 9cde86c3241..fa3aeaafeab 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PORTS 0x4004 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PORTS 0x8004 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08c80e9a031df0a8f0269477a32f5eae47d7a146 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:17 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting slave nodes Simplifies routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to support slave nodes (i.e. nodes that did not have links to all of the other nodes in its cluster, forcing TIPC to route messages that it could not deliver directly through a non-slave node). Currently, TIPC supports only networks containing non-slave nodes, so this code is unnecessary. Note: The latest edition of the TIPC 2.0 Specification has eliminated the concept of slave nodes entirely. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index fa3aeaafeab..dcc2b8796d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_ENABLE_BEARER 0x4101 /* tx bearer_config, rx none */ @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51a8e4dee7653698ba4c6e7de71053665f075273 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:18 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting inter-cluster routing Eliminates routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to route messages to other clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index dcc2b8796d0..1f38df1202b 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -254,11 +254,6 @@ struct tipc_link_create { struct tipc_media_addr peer_addr; char bearer_name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME]; }; - -struct tipc_route_info { - __u32 dest; - __u32 router; -}; #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f92df6ad49da958d97e171762d0a97a3dc738f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:19 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple clusters Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allow TIPC to support a network containing multiple clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 1f38df1202b..677aa13dc5d 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e65967e33be61e5f67727edd4ea829b47676fc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:32 +0000 Subject: tipc: cleanup various cosmetic whitespace issues Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate deviations from generally accepted coding conventions relating to leading/trailing white space and white space around commas, braces, cases, and sizeof. These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC in any way. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc.h | 18 +++++++------- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 59 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc.h b/include/linux/tipc.h index d10614b29d5..1eefa3f6d1f 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc.h: Include file for TIPC socket interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ /* * TIPC addressing primitives */ - + struct tipc_portid { __u32 ref; __u32 node; @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_TOP_SRV 1 /* topology service name type */ #define TIPC_RESERVED_TYPES 64 /* lowest user-publishable name type */ -/* +/* * Publication scopes when binding port names and port name sequences */ @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_HIGH_IMPORTANCE 2 #define TIPC_CRITICAL_IMPORTANCE 3 -/* +/* * Msg rejection/connection shutdown reasons */ @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) * TIPC topology subscription service definitions */ -#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ +#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ #if 0 /* The following filter options are not currently implemented */ #define TIPC_SUB_NO_BIND_EVTS 0x04 /* filter out "publish" events */ @@ -137,12 +137,12 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_SUB_SINGLE_EVT 0x10 /* expire after first event */ #endif -#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER ~0 /* timeout for permanent subscription */ +#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER (~0) /* timeout for permanent subscription */ struct tipc_subscr { struct tipc_name_seq seq; /* name sequence of interest */ __u32 timeout; /* subscription duration (in ms) */ - __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ + __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ char usr_handle[8]; /* available for subscriber use */ }; diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 677aa13dc5d..7d42460a5e3 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc_config.h: Include file for TIPC configuration interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005-2007, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -54,19 +54,19 @@ * which specify parameters or results for the operation. * * For many operations, the request and reply messages have a fixed number - * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return + * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return * a variable number of TLVs. A failed request is denoted by the presence * of an "error string" TLV in the reply message instead of the TLV(s) the * reply should contain if the request succeeds. */ - -/* + +/* * Public commands: * May be issued by any process. - * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. + * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. */ - -#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ + +#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NODES 0x0001 /* tx net_addr, rx node_info(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MEDIA_NAMES 0x0002 /* tx none, rx media_name(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_BEARER_NAMES 0x0003 /* tx none, rx bearer_name(s) */ @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_LINK_PEER 0x000D /* tx link_name, rx ? */ #endif -/* +/* * Protected commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled - * and this node is zone manager. + * and this node is zone manager. */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_REMOTE_MNG 0x4003 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_UNBLOCK_LINK 0x4106 /* tx link_name, rx none */ #endif -/* +/* * Private commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. - * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. + * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NODE_ADDR 0x8001 /* tx net_addr, rx none */ @@ -156,20 +156,20 @@ #define TIPC_TLV_ULTRA_STRING 5 /* char[32768] (max) */ #define TIPC_TLV_ERROR_STRING 16 /* char[128] containing "error code" */ -#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ +#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ #define TIPC_TLV_MEDIA_NAME 18 /* char[TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_NAME 19 /* char[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_NAME 20 /* char[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_NODE_INFO 21 /* struct tipc_node_info */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_INFO 22 /* struct tipc_link_info */ -#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ -#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ #define TIPC_TLV_NAME_TBL_QUERY 25 /* struct tipc_name_table_query */ -#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ +#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ /* * Maximum sizes of TIPC bearer-related names (including terminating NUL) - */ + */ #define TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME 16 /* format = media */ #define TIPC_MAX_IF_NAME 16 /* format = interface */ @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ struct tipc_name_table_query { }; /* - * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause + * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause * of the request failure. To simplify error processing (and to save space) * the first character of the string can be a special error code character * (lying by the range 0x80 to 0xFF) which represents a pre-defined reason. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct tipc_link_create { /* * A TLV consists of a descriptor, followed by the TLV value. - * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; + * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; * TLV values must also be stored in network byte order (where applicable). * TLV descriptors must be aligned to addresses which are multiple of 4, * so up to 3 bytes of padding may exist at the end of the TLV value area. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ static inline int TLV_OK(const void *tlv, __u16 space) static inline int TLV_CHECK(const void *tlv, __u16 space, __u16 exp_type) { - return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && + return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && (ntohs(((struct tlv_desc *)tlv)->tlv_type) == exp_type); } @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ static inline int TLV_SET(void *tlv, __u16 type, void *data, __u16 len) } /* - * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages + * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages * containing multiple TLVs. */ @@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ struct tlv_list_desc { __u32 tlv_space; /* # bytes from curr TLV to list end */ }; -static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, +static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, void *data, __u32 space) { list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)data; list->tlv_space = space; } - + static inline int TLV_LIST_EMPTY(struct tlv_list_desc *list) -{ +{ return (list->tlv_space == 0); } @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ static inline void TLV_LIST_STEP(struct tlv_list_desc *list) { __u16 tlv_space = TLV_ALIGN(ntohs(list->tlv_ptr->tlv_len)); - list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); + list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); list->tlv_space -= tlv_space; } @@ -372,15 +372,14 @@ struct tipc_genlmsghdr { #define TIPC_GENL_HDRLEN NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tipc_genlmsghdr)) /* - * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration - * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous - * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order - * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data + * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration + * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous + * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order + * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data * that follows. */ -struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr -{ +struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr { __be32 tcm_len; /* Message length (including header) */ __be16 tcm_type; /* Command type */ __be16 tcm_flags; /* Additional flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f33d5277fada0291ea495f7fd44a3e7b7aa41d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 14:46:46 +0100 Subject: dmaengine: provide dummy functions for DMA_ENGINE=n This lets drivers, optionally using the dmaengine, build with DMA_ENGINE unselected. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Dan Williams --- include/linux/dmaengine.h | 13 ++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dmaengine.h b/include/linux/dmaengine.h index 9d8688b92d8..8cd00ad98d3 100644 --- a/include/linux/dmaengine.h +++ b/include/linux/dmaengine.h @@ -824,6 +824,8 @@ enum dma_status dma_sync_wait(struct dma_chan *chan, dma_cookie_t cookie); #ifdef CONFIG_DMA_ENGINE enum dma_status dma_wait_for_async_tx(struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *tx); void dma_issue_pending_all(void); +struct dma_chan *__dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t *mask, dma_filter_fn fn, void *fn_param); +void dma_release_channel(struct dma_chan *chan); #else static inline enum dma_status dma_wait_for_async_tx(struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *tx) { @@ -831,7 +833,14 @@ static inline enum dma_status dma_wait_for_async_tx(struct dma_async_tx_descript } static inline void dma_issue_pending_all(void) { - do { } while (0); +} +static inline struct dma_chan *__dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t *mask, + dma_filter_fn fn, void *fn_param) +{ + return NULL; +} +static inline void dma_release_channel(struct dma_chan *chan) +{ } #endif @@ -842,8 +851,6 @@ void dma_async_device_unregister(struct dma_device *device); void dma_run_dependencies(struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *tx); struct dma_chan *dma_find_channel(enum dma_transaction_type tx_type); #define dma_request_channel(mask, x, y) __dma_request_channel(&(mask), x, y) -struct dma_chan *__dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t *mask, dma_filter_fn fn, void *fn_param); -void dma_release_channel(struct dma_chan *chan); /* --- Helper iov-locking functions --- */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 46e67acd5d4cacda758e871eebd15cef4e2c2665 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Mon, 3 Jan 2011 09:09:56 -0200 Subject: [media] wm8775: Revert changeset fcb9757333 to avoid a regression It seems that cx88 and ivtv use wm8775 on some different modes. The patch that added support for a board with wm8775 broke ivtv boards with this device. As we're too close to release 2.6.37, let's just revert it. Reported-by: Andy Walls Reported-by: Eric Sharkey Reported-by: Auric Reported by: David Gesswein Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/wm8775.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/wm8775.h b/include/media/wm8775.h index a1c4d417dfa..60739c5a23a 100644 --- a/include/media/wm8775.h +++ b/include/media/wm8775.h @@ -32,7 +32,4 @@ #define WM8775_AIN3 4 #define WM8775_AIN4 8 -/* subdev group ID */ -#define WM8775_GID (1 << 0) - #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68763c890eb2a60f9b50a061502f94e0cf20fdfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michal Simek Date: Sun, 2 Jan 2011 22:54:09 +0000 Subject: trivial: Fix typo fault in netdevice.h Signed-off-by: Michal Simek Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index cc916c5c327..0f6b1c96581 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ struct xps_dev_maps { * neither operation. * * void (*ndo_vlan_rx_register)(struct net_device *dev, struct vlan_group *grp); - * If device support VLAN receive accleration + * If device support VLAN receive acceleration * (ie. dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_RX), then this function is called * when vlan groups for the device changes. Note: grp is NULL * if no vlan's groups are being used. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 25e41933b58777f2d020c3b0186b430ea004ec28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Renninger Date: Mon, 3 Jan 2011 17:50:44 +0100 Subject: perf: Clean up power events by introducing new, more generic ones Add these new power trace events: power:cpu_idle power:cpu_frequency power:machine_suspend The old C-state/idle accounting events: power:power_start power:power_end Have now a replacement (but we are still keeping the old tracepoints for compatibility): power:cpu_idle and power:power_frequency is replaced with: power:cpu_frequency power:machine_suspend is newly introduced. Jean Pihet has a patch integrated into the generic layer (kernel/power/suspend.c) which will make use of it. the type= field got removed from both, it was never used and the type is differed by the event type itself. perf timechart userspace tool gets adjusted in a separate patch. Signed-off-by: Thomas Renninger Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven Acked-by: Jean Pihet Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Linus Torvalds Cc: rjw@sisk.pl LKML-Reference: <1294073445-14812-3-git-send-email-trenn@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar LKML-Reference: <1290072314-31155-2-git-send-email-trenn@suse.de> --- include/trace/events/power.h | 98 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 89 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/trace/events/power.h b/include/trace/events/power.h index 286784d69b8..1bcc2a8c00e 100644 --- a/include/trace/events/power.h +++ b/include/trace/events/power.h @@ -7,16 +7,67 @@ #include #include -#ifndef _TRACE_POWER_ENUM_ -#define _TRACE_POWER_ENUM_ -enum { - POWER_NONE = 0, - POWER_CSTATE = 1, /* C-State */ - POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Fequency change or DVFS */ - POWER_SSTATE = 3, /* Suspend */ -}; +DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(cpu, + + TP_PROTO(unsigned int state, unsigned int cpu_id), + + TP_ARGS(state, cpu_id), + + TP_STRUCT__entry( + __field( u32, state ) + __field( u32, cpu_id ) + ), + + TP_fast_assign( + __entry->state = state; + __entry->cpu_id = cpu_id; + ), + + TP_printk("state=%lu cpu_id=%lu", (unsigned long)__entry->state, + (unsigned long)__entry->cpu_id) +); + +DEFINE_EVENT(cpu, cpu_idle, + + TP_PROTO(unsigned int state, unsigned int cpu_id), + + TP_ARGS(state, cpu_id) +); + +/* This file can get included multiple times, TRACE_HEADER_MULTI_READ at top */ +#ifndef _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING +#define _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING + +#define PWR_EVENT_EXIT -1 #endif +DEFINE_EVENT(cpu, cpu_frequency, + + TP_PROTO(unsigned int frequency, unsigned int cpu_id), + + TP_ARGS(frequency, cpu_id) +); + +TRACE_EVENT(machine_suspend, + + TP_PROTO(unsigned int state), + + TP_ARGS(state), + + TP_STRUCT__entry( + __field( u32, state ) + ), + + TP_fast_assign( + __entry->state = state; + ), + + TP_printk("state=%lu", (unsigned long)__entry->state) +); + +/* This code will be removed after deprecation time exceeded (2.6.41) */ +#ifdef CONFIG_EVENT_POWER_TRACING_DEPRECATED + /* * The power events are used for cpuidle & suspend (power_start, power_end) * and for cpufreq (power_frequency) @@ -75,6 +126,36 @@ TRACE_EVENT(power_end, ); +/* Deprecated dummy functions must be protected against multi-declartion */ +#ifndef _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING_DEPRECATED +#define _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING_DEPRECATED + +enum { + POWER_NONE = 0, + POWER_CSTATE = 1, + POWER_PSTATE = 2, +}; +#endif /* _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING_DEPRECATED */ + +#else /* CONFIG_EVENT_POWER_TRACING_DEPRECATED */ + +#ifndef _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING_DEPRECATED +#define _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING_DEPRECATED +enum { + POWER_NONE = 0, + POWER_CSTATE = 1, + POWER_PSTATE = 2, +}; + +/* These dummy declaration have to be ripped out when the deprecated + events get removed */ +static inline void trace_power_start(u64 type, u64 state, u64 cpuid) {}; +static inline void trace_power_end(u64 cpuid) {}; +static inline void trace_power_frequency(u64 type, u64 state, u64 cpuid) {}; +#endif /* _PWR_EVENT_AVOID_DOUBLE_DEFINING_DEPRECATED */ + +#endif /* CONFIG_EVENT_POWER_TRACING_DEPRECATED */ + /* * The clock events are used for clock enable/disable and for * clock rate change @@ -153,7 +234,6 @@ DEFINE_EVENT(power_domain, power_domain_target, TP_ARGS(name, state, cpu_id) ); - #endif /* _TRACE_POWER_H */ /* This part must be outside protection */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b26e5ebd8b27b0126a84ae7f9a42aa8293d6c48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 09:10:20 +0000 Subject: net: typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h There are typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h: 83 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY 0x11 /* From RFC1112 */ 84 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x12 /* Ditto */ [snip] 88 #define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ 89 #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 90 #define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ The line 88 and 90 are about REPORT messages. The IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT (IGMP V1) value is 0x12. So the comment on line 88 must be /* V2 version of 0x12 */, and the comment on line 90 must be /* V3 version of 0x12 */. Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index c4987f26510..74cfcff0148 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ struct igmpv3_query { #define IGMP_DVMRP 0x13 /* DVMRP routing */ #define IGMP_PIM 0x14 /* PIM routing */ #define IGMP_TRACE 0x15 -#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 -#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP 0x1e #define IGMP_MTRACE 0x1f -- cgit v1.2.3 From 38f3a8794236af422312d280bbe3801130cfa63b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Wed, 29 Dec 2010 08:12:22 +0000 Subject: fbdev: sh_mipi_dsi: support different register layouts The register layout of the MIPI DSI unit on sh-mobile SoCs differ. Add platform parameters to support such variations. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/video/sh_mipi_dsi.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/sh_mipi_dsi.h b/include/video/sh_mipi_dsi.h index 18bca08f9f5..6cb95c977de 100644 --- a/include/video/sh_mipi_dsi.h +++ b/include/video/sh_mipi_dsi.h @@ -27,9 +27,15 @@ enum sh_mipi_dsi_data_fmt { struct sh_mobile_lcdc_chan_cfg; +#define SH_MIPI_DSI_HSABM (1 << 0) +#define SH_MIPI_DSI_HSPBM (1 << 1) + struct sh_mipi_dsi_info { enum sh_mipi_dsi_data_fmt data_format; struct sh_mobile_lcdc_chan_cfg *lcd_chan; + unsigned long flags; + u32 clksrc; + unsigned int vsynw_offset; }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6bf4123760a5aece6e4829ce90b70b6ffd751d65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NeilBrown Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 12:50:16 +1100 Subject: sched: Change wait_for_completion_*_timeout() to return a signed long wait_for_completion_*_timeout() can return: 0: if the wait timed out -ve: if the wait was interrupted +ve: if the completion was completed. As they currently return an 'unsigned long', the last two cases are not easily distinguished which can easily result in buggy code, as is the case for the recently added wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout() call in net/sunrpc/cache.c So change them both to return 'long'. As MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT is LONG_MAX, a large +ve return value should never overflow. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: J. Bruce Fields Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Linus Torvalds LKML-Reference: <20110105125016.64ccab0e@notabene.brown> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/completion.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/completion.h b/include/linux/completion.h index 36d57f74cd0..51494e6b554 100644 --- a/include/linux/completion.h +++ b/include/linux/completion.h @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ extern int wait_for_completion_interruptible(struct completion *x); extern int wait_for_completion_killable(struct completion *x); extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_timeout(struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); -extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( - struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); -extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout( - struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); +extern long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( + struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); +extern long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout( + struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); extern bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *x); extern bool completion_done(struct completion *x); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68b65f7305e54b822b2483c60de7d7b017526a92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russell King Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 17:24:39 +0000 Subject: ARM: PL011: Add support for transmit DMA Add DMA engine support for transmit to the PL011 driver. Based on a patch from Linus Walliej, with the following changes: - remove RX DMA support. As PL011 doesn't give us receive timeout interrupts, we only get notified of received data when the RX DMA has completed. This rather sucks for interactive use of the TTY. - remove abuse of completions. Completions are supposed to be for events, not to tell what condition buffers are in. Replace it with a simple 'queued' bool. - fix locking - it is only safe to access the circular buffer with the port lock held. - only map the DMA buffer when required - if we're ever behind an IOMMU this helps keep IOMMU usage down, and also ensures that we're legal when we change the scatterlist entry length. - fix XON/XOFF sending - we must send XON/XOFF characters out as soon as possible - waiting for up to 4095 characters in the DMA buffer to be sent first is not acceptable. - fix XON/XOFF receive handling - we need to stop DMA when instructed to by the TTY layer, and restart it again when instructed to. There is a subtle problem here: we must not completely empty the circular buffer with DMA, otherwise we will not be notified of XON. - change the 'enable_dma' flag into a 'using DMA' flag, and track whether we can use TX DMA by whether the channel pointer is non-NULL. This gives us more control over whether we use DMA in the driver. - we don't need to have the TX DMA buffer continually allocated for each port - instead, allocate it when the port starts up, and free it when it's shut down. Update the 'using DMA' flag if we get the buffer, and adjust the TTY FIFO size appropriately. - if we're going to use PIO to send characters, use the existing IRQ based functionality rather than reimplementing it. This also ensures we call uart_write_wakeup() at the appropriate time, otherwise we'll stall. - use DMA engine helper functions for type safety. - fix init when built as a module - we can't have to initcall functions, so we must settle on one. This means we can eliminate the deferred DMA initialization. - there is no need to terminate transfers on a failed prep_slave_sg() call - nothing has been setup, so nothing needs to be terminated. This avoids a potential deadlock in the DMA engine code (tasklet->callback->failed prepare->terminate->tasklet_disable which then ends up waiting for the tasklet to finish running.) - Dan says that the submission callback should not return an error: | dma_submit_error() is something I should have removed after commit | a0587bcf "ioat1: move descriptor allocation from submit to prep" all | errors should be notified by prep failing to return a descriptor | handle. Negative dma_cookie_t values are only returned by the | dma_async_memcpy* calls which translate a prep failure into -ENOMEM. So remove the error handling at that point. This also solves the potential deadlock mentioned in the previous comment. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 6021588ba0a..577f22eb922 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -180,6 +180,13 @@ struct amba_device; /* in uncompress this is included but amba/bus.h is not */ struct amba_pl010_data { void (*set_mctrl)(struct amba_device *dev, void __iomem *base, unsigned int mctrl); }; + +struct dma_chan; +struct amba_pl011_data { + bool (*dma_filter)(struct dma_chan *chan, void *filter_param); + void *dma_rx_param; + void *dma_tx_param; +}; #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 38d624361b2a82d6317c379aebf81b1b28210bb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russell King Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 17:59:16 +0000 Subject: ARM: PL011: add DMA burst threshold support for ST variants ST Micro variants has some specific dma burst threshold compensation, which allows them to make better use of a DMA controller. Add support to set this up. Based on a patch from Linus Walleij. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 577f22eb922..5479fdc849e 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -113,6 +113,21 @@ #define UART01x_LCRH_PEN 0x02 #define UART01x_LCRH_BRK 0x01 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_1 (0 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_2 (1 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_4 (2 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_8 (3 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_16 (4 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_32 (5 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_48 (6 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_1 0 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_2 1 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_4 2 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_8 3 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_16 4 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_32 5 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_48 6 + #define UART010_IIR_RTIS 0x08 #define UART010_IIR_TIS 0x04 #define UART010_IIR_RIS 0x02 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 21f83589644bb2ed98079bf1e2154c8e70ca6a6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2010 17:20:47 +0100 Subject: mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 479c35e160e..5b3fd5add7a 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21), IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22), IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24), + IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25), }; #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23 @@ -1824,6 +1825,12 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget); int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); + + int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_channel *chan, + enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, + int duration); + int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); }; /** @@ -2729,6 +2736,18 @@ void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, */ void ieee80211_key_removed(struct ieee80211_key_conf *key_conf); +/** + * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start + * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() + */ +void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); + +/** + * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired + * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() + */ +void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); + /* Rate control API */ /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3610cda53f247e176bcbb7a7cca64bc53b12acdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 15:38:53 -0800 Subject: af_unix: Avoid socket->sk NULL OOPS in stream connect security hooks. unix_release() can asynchornously set socket->sk to NULL, and it does so without holding the unix_state_lock() on "other" during stream connects. However, the reverse mapping, sk->sk_socket, is only transitioned to NULL under the unix_state_lock(). Therefore make the security hooks follow the reverse mapping instead of the forward mapping. Reported-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Reported-by: Linus Torvalds Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/security.h | 15 +++++++-------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb884..d47a4c24b3e 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -796,8 +796,9 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * @unix_stream_connect: * Check permissions before establishing a Unix domain stream connection * between @sock and @other. - * @sock contains the socket structure. - * @other contains the peer socket structure. + * @sock contains the sock structure. + * @other contains the peer sock structure. + * @newsk contains the new sock structure. * Return 0 if permission is granted. * @unix_may_send: * Check permissions before connecting or sending datagrams from @sock to @@ -1568,8 +1569,7 @@ struct security_operations { int (*inode_getsecctx)(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 *ctxlen); #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK - int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, struct sock *newsk); + int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int (*unix_may_send) (struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int (*socket_create) (int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); @@ -2525,8 +2525,7 @@ static inline int security_inode_getsecctx(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK -int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other, - struct sock *newsk); +int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int security_unix_may_send(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int security_socket_create(int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); int security_socket_post_create(struct socket *sock, int family, @@ -2567,8 +2566,8 @@ void security_tun_dev_post_create(struct sock *sk); int security_tun_dev_attach(struct sock *sk); #else /* CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK */ -static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, +static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, + struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk) { return 0; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b9f03a3cd06c6f8bbecfe08eae2a69cc0a13c690 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mundt Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 18:04:02 +0900 Subject: video: udlfb: Kill off some magic constants for EDID sizing. The edid length is fixed, so use the standard definition consistently. Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/video/udlfb.h | 6 ------ 1 file changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/udlfb.h b/include/video/udlfb.h index 6f9785e9d62..bf857526063 100644 --- a/include/video/udlfb.h +++ b/include/video/udlfb.h @@ -65,9 +65,6 @@ struct dlfb_data { #define MAX_TRANSFER (PAGE_SIZE*16 - BULK_SIZE) #define WRITES_IN_FLIGHT (4) -#define MIN_EDID_SIZE 128 -#define MAX_EDID_SIZE 128 - #define MAX_VENDOR_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 256 #define GET_URB_TIMEOUT HZ @@ -95,9 +92,6 @@ struct dlfb_data { #define DL_ALIGN_UP(x, a) ALIGN(x, a) #define DL_ALIGN_DOWN(x, a) ALIGN(x-(a-1), a) -/* remove once this gets added to sysfs.h */ -#define __ATTR_RW(attr) __ATTR(attr, 0644, attr##_show, attr##_store) - /* * udlfb is both a usb device, and a framebuffer device. * They may exist at the same time, but during various stages -- cgit v1.2.3 From 81f6f3c1047392a22b9a20bbecf98c7f2d6f922a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mundt Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 18:07:54 +0900 Subject: video: udlfb: Kill off special printk wrappers, use pr_fmt(). This kills off all of the dl_xxx() printk wrappers and simply stubs in a pr_fmt() definition to accomplish the same thing. Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/video/udlfb.h | 16 ---------------- 1 file changed, 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/udlfb.h b/include/video/udlfb.h index bf857526063..69d485a4a02 100644 --- a/include/video/udlfb.h +++ b/include/video/udlfb.h @@ -92,20 +92,4 @@ struct dlfb_data { #define DL_ALIGN_UP(x, a) ALIGN(x, a) #define DL_ALIGN_DOWN(x, a) ALIGN(x-(a-1), a) -/* - * udlfb is both a usb device, and a framebuffer device. - * They may exist at the same time, but during various stages - * inactivity, teardown, or "virtual" operation, only one or the - * other will exist (one will outlive the other). So we can't - * call the dev_*() macros, because we don't have a stable dev object. - */ -#define dl_err(format, arg...) \ - pr_err("udlfb: " format, ## arg) -#define dl_warn(format, arg...) \ - pr_warning("udlfb: " format, ## arg) -#define dl_notice(format, arg...) \ - pr_notice("udlfb: " format, ## arg) -#define dl_info(format, arg...) \ - pr_info("udlfb: " format, ## arg) - #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 238c855805c853eaec95b0bc3065effb64f955a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry Ptasinski Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 16:07:14 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_ether.h: Add #define ETH_P_LINK_CTL for HPNA and wlan local tunnel Ethertype used by HPNA control protocols (LARQ, rate, link, etc) and by Broadcom wlan drivers for local signalling. Signed-off-by: Henry Ptasinski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_ether.h b/include/linux/if_ether.h index f9c3df03db0..be69043d289 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/linux/if_ether.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ #define ETH_P_MPLS_UC 0x8847 /* MPLS Unicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_MPLS_MC 0x8848 /* MPLS Multicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_ATMMPOA 0x884c /* MultiProtocol Over ATM */ +#define ETH_P_LINK_CTL 0x886c /* HPNA, wlan link local tunnel */ #define ETH_P_ATMFATE 0x8884 /* Frame-based ATM Transport * over Ethernet */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f682cefa5ad204d3bfaa54a58046c66d2d035ac1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 04:23:23 +0000 Subject: netfilter: fix the race when initializing nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way. In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index caf17db87db..d85cff10e16 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -298,6 +298,8 @@ static inline int nf_ct_is_untracked(const struct nf_conn *ct) extern int nf_conntrack_set_hashsize(const char *val, struct kernel_param *kp); extern unsigned int nf_conntrack_htable_size; extern unsigned int nf_conntrack_max; +extern unsigned int nf_conntrack_hash_rnd; +void init_nf_conntrack_hash_rnd(void); #define NF_CT_STAT_INC(net, count) \ __this_cpu_inc((net)->ct.stat->count) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ad0d9d413abc3380fc1d89a9da7f8db59d9746b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:41:42 -0800 Subject: net: remove the duplicate #ifdef __KERNEL__ Since we are already in #ifdef __KERNEL__, we don't need to check it again. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/socket.h | 8 ++------ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 86b652fabf6..5f65f14c4f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -30,12 +30,10 @@ struct cred; #define __sockaddr_check_size(size) \ BUILD_BUG_ON(((size) > sizeof(struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage))) -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -# ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS struct seq_file; extern void socket_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq); -# endif -#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ +#endif typedef unsigned short sa_family_t; @@ -311,7 +309,6 @@ struct ucred { /* IPX options */ #define IPX_TYPE 1 -#ifdef __KERNEL__ extern void cred_to_ucred(struct pid *pid, const struct cred *cred, struct ucred *ucred); extern int memcpy_fromiovec(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, int len); @@ -333,6 +330,5 @@ struct timespec; extern int __sys_recvmmsg(int fd, struct mmsghdr __user *mmsg, unsigned int vlen, unsigned int flags, struct timespec *timeout); -#endif #endif /* not kernel and not glibc */ #endif /* _LINUX_SOCKET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccd35fb9f4da856b105ea0f1e0cab3702e8ae6ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:17 +1100 Subject: kernel: kmem_ptr_validate considered harmful This is a nasty and error prone API. It is no longer used, remove it. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/slab.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/slab.h b/include/linux/slab.h index 59260e21bdf..fa9086647eb 100644 --- a/include/linux/slab.h +++ b/include/linux/slab.h @@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ int kmem_cache_shrink(struct kmem_cache *); void kmem_cache_free(struct kmem_cache *, void *); unsigned int kmem_cache_size(struct kmem_cache *); const char *kmem_cache_name(struct kmem_cache *); -int kern_ptr_validate(const void *ptr, unsigned long size); -int kmem_ptr_validate(struct kmem_cache *cachep, const void *ptr); /* * Please use this macro to create slab caches. Simply specify the -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5eef7fa905c814826f518aca2d414ca77508ce30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:22 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache documentation cleanup Remove redundant (and incorrect, since dcache RCU lookup) dentry locking documentation and point to the canonical document. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 18 ++++++------------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 6a4aea30aa0..fff975576b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -141,22 +141,16 @@ struct dentry_operations { char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); }; -/* the dentry parameter passed to d_hash and d_compare is the parent +/* + * Locking rules for dentry_operations callbacks are to be found in + * Documentation/filesystems/Locking. Keep it updated! + * + * the dentry parameter passed to d_hash and d_compare is the parent * directory of the entries to be compared. It is used in case these * functions need any directory specific information for determining * equivalency classes. Using the dentry itself might not work, as it * might be a negative dentry which has no information associated with - * it */ - -/* -locking rules: - big lock dcache_lock d_lock may block -d_revalidate: no no no yes -d_hash no no no yes -d_compare: no yes yes no -d_delete: no yes no no -d_release: no no no yes -d_iput: no no no yes + * it. */ /* d_flags entries */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe15ce446beb3a33583af81ffe6c9d01a75314ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:23 +1100 Subject: fs: change d_delete semantics Change d_delete from a dentry deletion notification to a dentry caching advise, more like ->drop_inode. Require it to be constant and idempotent, and not take d_lock. This is how all existing filesystems use the callback anyway. This makes fine grained dentry locking of dput and dentry lru scanning much simpler. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index fff975576b5..cbfc9567e4e 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ enum dentry_d_lock_class struct dentry_operations { int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - int (*d_hash) (struct dentry *, struct qstr *); - int (*d_compare) (struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *); - int (*d_delete)(struct dentry *); + int (*d_hash)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_compare)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_delete)(const struct dentry *); void (*d_release)(struct dentry *); void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fb2d5b86aff355a27ebfc132d3c99f4a940cc3fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:26 +1100 Subject: fs: name case update method smpfs and ncpfs want to update a live dentry name in-place. Rather than have them open code the locking, provide a documented dcache API. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index cbfc9567e4e..6cdf4995c90 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -290,6 +290,8 @@ static inline struct dentry *d_add_unique(struct dentry *entry, struct inode *in return res; } +extern void dentry_update_name_case(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); + /* used for rename() and baskets */ extern void d_move(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); extern struct dentry *d_ancestor(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 621e155a3591962420eacdd39f6f0aa29ceb221e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:27 +1100 Subject: fs: change d_compare for rcu-walk Change d_compare so it may be called from lock-free RCU lookups. This does put significant restrictions on what may be done from the callback, however there don't seem to have been any problems with in-tree fses. If some strange use case pops up that _really_ cannot cope with the rcu-walk rules, we can just add new rcu-unaware callbacks, which would cause name lookup to drop out of rcu-walk mode. For in-tree filesystems, this is just a mechanical change. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 12 +++++------- include/linux/ncp_fs.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 6cdf4995c90..75a072bf2a3 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -134,7 +134,9 @@ enum dentry_d_lock_class struct dentry_operations { int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); int (*d_hash)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); - int (*d_compare)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_compare)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, + const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, + unsigned int, const char *, const struct qstr *); int (*d_delete)(const struct dentry *); void (*d_release)(struct dentry *); void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); @@ -145,12 +147,8 @@ struct dentry_operations { * Locking rules for dentry_operations callbacks are to be found in * Documentation/filesystems/Locking. Keep it updated! * - * the dentry parameter passed to d_hash and d_compare is the parent - * directory of the entries to be compared. It is used in case these - * functions need any directory specific information for determining - * equivalency classes. Using the dentry itself might not work, as it - * might be a negative dentry which has no information associated with - * it. + * FUrther descriptions are found in Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt. + * Keep it updated too! */ /* d_flags entries */ diff --git a/include/linux/ncp_fs.h b/include/linux/ncp_fs.h index ef663061d5a..1c27f201c85 100644 --- a/include/linux/ncp_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/ncp_fs.h @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ struct ncp_entry_info { __u8 file_handle[6]; }; -static inline struct ncp_server *NCP_SBP(struct super_block *sb) +static inline struct ncp_server *NCP_SBP(const struct super_block *sb) { return sb->s_fs_info; } #define NCP_SERVER(inode) NCP_SBP((inode)->i_sb) -static inline struct ncp_inode_info *NCP_FINFO(struct inode *inode) +static inline struct ncp_inode_info *NCP_FINFO(const struct inode *inode) { return container_of(inode, struct ncp_inode_info, vfs_inode); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From b1e6a015a580ad145689ad1d6b4aa0e03e6c868b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:28 +1100 Subject: fs: change d_hash for rcu-walk Change d_hash so it may be called from lock-free RCU lookups. See similar patch for d_compare for details. For in-tree filesystems, this is just a mechanical change. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 75a072bf2a3..1149e706f04 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ enum dentry_d_lock_class struct dentry_operations { int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - int (*d_hash)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_hash)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, + struct qstr *); int (*d_compare)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, unsigned int, const char *, const struct qstr *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ec2447c278ee973d35f38e53ca16ba7f965ae33d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:29 +1100 Subject: hostfs: simplify locking Remove dcache_lock locking from hostfs filesystem, and move it into dcache helpers. All that is required is a coherent path name. Protection from concurrent modification of the namespace after path name generation is not provided in current code, because dcache_lock is dropped before the path is used. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 1149e706f04..cea27dfca53 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ extern char *dynamic_dname(struct dentry *, char *, int, const char *, ...); extern char *__d_path(const struct path *path, struct path *root, char *, int); extern char *d_path(const struct path *, char *, int); extern char *d_path_with_unreachable(const struct path *, char *, int); -extern char *__dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); +extern char *dentry_path_raw(struct dentry *, char *, int); extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); /* Allocation counts.. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 789680d1ee9311cdf095241dc02bd9784d799cd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:30 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache scale hash Add a new lock, dcache_hash_lock, to protect the dcache hash table from concurrent modification. d_hash is also protected by d_lock. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 35 ++--------------------------------- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index cea27dfca53..2feb624b67f 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -184,39 +184,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; -/** - * d_drop - drop a dentry - * @dentry: dentry to drop - * - * d_drop() unhashes the entry from the parent dentry hashes, so that it won't - * be found through a VFS lookup any more. Note that this is different from - * deleting the dentry - d_delete will try to mark the dentry negative if - * possible, giving a successful _negative_ lookup, while d_drop will - * just make the cache lookup fail. - * - * d_drop() is used mainly for stuff that wants to invalidate a dentry for some - * reason (NFS timeouts or autofs deletes). - * - * __d_drop requires dentry->d_lock. - */ - -static inline void __d_drop(struct dentry *dentry) -{ - if (!(dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_UNHASHED)) { - dentry->d_flags |= DCACHE_UNHASHED; - hlist_del_rcu(&dentry->d_hash); - } -} - -static inline void d_drop(struct dentry *dentry) -{ - spin_lock(&dcache_lock); - spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); - __d_drop(dentry); - spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); - spin_unlock(&dcache_lock); -} - static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) { return dentry->d_name.name != dentry->d_iname; @@ -228,6 +195,8 @@ static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) extern void d_instantiate(struct dentry *, struct inode *); extern struct dentry * d_instantiate_unique(struct dentry *, struct inode *); extern struct dentry * d_materialise_unique(struct dentry *, struct inode *); +extern void __d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); +extern void d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); extern void d_delete(struct dentry *); /* allocate/de-allocate */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7ab39f631f505edc2bbdb86620d5493f995c9da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:32 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache scale dentry refcount Make d_count non-atomic and protect it with d_lock. This allows us to ensure a 0 refcount dentry remains 0 without dcache_lock. It is also fairly natural when we start protecting many other dentry members with d_lock. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 29 +++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 2feb624b67f..b0ade2d4680 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ full_name_hash(const unsigned char *name, unsigned int len) #endif struct dentry { - atomic_t d_count; + unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ int d_mounted; @@ -297,17 +297,28 @@ extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold dcache_lock * and call dget_locked() instead of dget(). */ - +static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) +{ + if (dentry) { + BUG_ON(!dentry->d_count); + dentry->d_count++; + } + return dentry; +} static inline struct dentry *dget(struct dentry *dentry) { if (dentry) { - BUG_ON(!atomic_read(&dentry->d_count)); - atomic_inc(&dentry->d_count); + spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); + dget_dlock(dentry); + spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); } return dentry; } extern struct dentry * dget_locked(struct dentry *); +extern struct dentry * dget_locked_dlock(struct dentry *); + +extern struct dentry *dget_parent(struct dentry *dentry); /** * d_unhashed - is dentry hashed @@ -338,16 +349,6 @@ static inline void dont_mount(struct dentry *dentry) spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); } -static inline struct dentry *dget_parent(struct dentry *dentry) -{ - struct dentry *ret; - - spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); - ret = dget(dentry->d_parent); - spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); - return ret; -} - extern void dput(struct dentry *); static inline int d_mountpoint(struct dentry *dentry) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2fd6b7f50797f2e993eea59e0a0b8c6399c811dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:34 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache scale subdirs Protect d_subdirs and d_child with d_lock, except in filesystems that aren't using dcache_lock for these anyway (eg. using i_mutex). Note: if we change the locking rule in future so that ->d_child protection is provided only with ->d_parent->d_lock, it may allow us to reduce some locking. But it would be an exception to an otherwise regular locking scheme, so we'd have to see some good results. Probably not worthwhile. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index b0ade2d4680..ddf4f55624f 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -305,6 +305,7 @@ static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) } return dentry; } + static inline struct dentry *dget(struct dentry *dentry) { if (dentry) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From b23fb0a60379a95e10c671f646b259ea2558421e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:35 +1100 Subject: fs: scale inode alias list Add a new lock, dcache_inode_lock, to protect the inode's i_dentry list from concurrent modification. d_alias is also protected by d_lock. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index ddf4f55624f..bda5ec0b077 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_CANT_MOUNT 0x0100 +extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 949854d02455080d20cd3e1db28a3a18daf7599d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:37 +1100 Subject: fs: Use rename lock and RCU for multi-step operations The remaining usages for dcache_lock is to allow atomic, multi-step read-side operations over the directory tree by excluding modifications to the tree. Also, to walk in the leaf->root direction in the tree where we don't have a natural d_lock ordering. This could be accomplished by taking every d_lock, but this would mean a huge number of locks and actually gets very tricky. Solve this instead by using the rename seqlock for multi-step read-side operations, retry in case of a rename so we don't walk up the wrong parent. Concurrent dentry insertions are not serialised against. Concurrent deletes are tricky when walking up the directory: our parent might have been deleted when dropping locks so also need to check and retry for that. We can also use the rename lock in cases where livelock is a worry (and it is introduced in subsequent patch). Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index bda5ec0b077..c963ebada92 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0080 /* Parent inode is watched by some fsnotify listener */ #define DCACHE_CANT_MOUNT 0x0100 +#define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b5c84bf6f6fa3a7dfdcb556023a62953574b60ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:38 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache remove dcache_lock dcache_lock no longer protects anything. remove it. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 5 ++--- include/linux/fs.h | 6 +++++- include/linux/fsnotify.h | 2 -- include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h | 11 +++++++---- include/linux/namei.h | 1 - 5 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index c963ebada92..a2ceb94b0e3 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -183,7 +183,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; -extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) @@ -296,8 +295,8 @@ extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); * destroyed when it has references. dget() should never be * called for dentries with zero reference counter. For these cases * (preferably none, functions in dcache.c are sufficient for normal - * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold dcache_lock - * and call dget_locked() instead of dget(). + * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold d_lock + * and call dget_dlock() instead of dget(). */ static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) { diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 090f0eacde2..296cf2fde94 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ struct super_block { #else struct list_head s_files; #endif - /* s_dentry_lru and s_nr_dentry_unused are protected by dcache_lock */ + /* s_dentry_lru, s_nr_dentry_unused protected by dcache.c lru locks */ struct list_head s_dentry_lru; /* unused dentry lru */ int s_nr_dentry_unused; /* # of dentry on lru */ @@ -2446,6 +2446,10 @@ static inline ino_t parent_ino(struct dentry *dentry) { ino_t res; + /* + * Don't strictly need d_lock here? If the parent ino could change + * then surely we'd have a deeper race in the caller? + */ spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); res = dentry->d_parent->d_inode->i_ino; spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify.h b/include/linux/fsnotify.h index b10bcdeaef7..2a53f10712b 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify.h @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ /* * fsnotify_d_instantiate - instantiate a dentry for inode - * Called with dcache_lock held. */ static inline void fsnotify_d_instantiate(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode) @@ -62,7 +61,6 @@ static inline int fsnotify_perm(struct file *file, int mask) /* * fsnotify_d_move - dentry has been moved - * Called with dcache_lock and dentry->d_lock held. */ static inline void fsnotify_d_move(struct dentry *dentry) { diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h index 7380763595d..69ad89b5048 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h @@ -329,9 +329,15 @@ static inline void __fsnotify_update_dcache_flags(struct dentry *dentry) { struct dentry *parent; - assert_spin_locked(&dcache_lock); assert_spin_locked(&dentry->d_lock); + /* + * Serialisation of setting PARENT_WATCHED on the dentries is provided + * by d_lock. If inotify_inode_watched changes after we have taken + * d_lock, the following __fsnotify_update_child_dentry_flags call will + * find our entry, so it will spin until we complete here, and update + * us with the new state. + */ parent = dentry->d_parent; if (parent->d_inode && fsnotify_inode_watches_children(parent->d_inode)) dentry->d_flags |= DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED; @@ -341,15 +347,12 @@ static inline void __fsnotify_update_dcache_flags(struct dentry *dentry) /* * fsnotify_d_instantiate - instantiate a dentry for inode - * Called with dcache_lock held. */ static inline void __fsnotify_d_instantiate(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode) { if (!inode) return; - assert_spin_locked(&dcache_lock); - spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); __fsnotify_update_dcache_flags(dentry); spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); diff --git a/include/linux/namei.h b/include/linux/namei.h index 05b441d9364..aec730b5393 100644 --- a/include/linux/namei.h +++ b/include/linux/namei.h @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ enum {LAST_NORM, LAST_ROOT, LAST_DOT, LAST_DOTDOT, LAST_BIND}; * - require a directory * - ending slashes ok even for nonexistent files * - internal "there are more path components" flag - * - locked when lookup done with dcache_lock held * - dentry cache is untrusted; force a real lookup */ #define LOOKUP_FOLLOW 1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc0474be3e27463d4d4a2793f82366eed906f223 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:43 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache rationalise dget variants dget_locked was a shortcut to avoid the lazy lru manipulation when we already held dcache_lock (lru manipulation was relatively cheap at that point). However, how that the lru lock is an innermost one, we never hold it at any caller, so the lock cost can now be avoided. We already have well working lazy dcache LRU, so it should be fine to defer LRU manipulations to scan time. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 15 +++------------ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index a2ceb94b0e3..ca648685f0c 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -287,23 +287,17 @@ extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); /* Allocation counts.. */ /** - * dget, dget_locked - get a reference to a dentry + * dget, dget_dlock - get a reference to a dentry * @dentry: dentry to get a reference to * * Given a dentry or %NULL pointer increment the reference count * if appropriate and return the dentry. A dentry will not be - * destroyed when it has references. dget() should never be - * called for dentries with zero reference counter. For these cases - * (preferably none, functions in dcache.c are sufficient for normal - * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold d_lock - * and call dget_dlock() instead of dget(). + * destroyed when it has references. */ static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) { - if (dentry) { - BUG_ON(!dentry->d_count); + if (dentry) dentry->d_count++; - } return dentry; } @@ -317,9 +311,6 @@ static inline struct dentry *dget(struct dentry *dentry) return dentry; } -extern struct dentry * dget_locked(struct dentry *); -extern struct dentry * dget_locked_dlock(struct dentry *); - extern struct dentry *dget_parent(struct dentry *dentry); /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa0d7e3de6d6fc5004ad9dea0dd6b286af8f03e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:49 +1100 Subject: fs: icache RCU free inodes RCU free the struct inode. This will allow: - Subsequent store-free path walking patch. The inode must be consulted for permissions when walking, so an RCU inode reference is a must. - sb_inode_list_lock to be moved inside i_lock because sb list walkers who want to take i_lock no longer need to take sb_inode_list_lock to walk the list in the first place. This will simplify and optimize locking. - Could remove some nested trylock loops in dcache code - Could potentially simplify things a bit in VM land. Do not need to take the page lock to follow page->mapping. The downsides of this is the performance cost of using RCU. In a simple creat/unlink microbenchmark, performance drops by about 10% due to inability to reuse cache-hot slab objects. As iterations increase and RCU freeing starts kicking over, this increases to about 20%. In cases where inode lifetimes are longer (ie. many inodes may be allocated during the average life span of a single inode), a lot of this cache reuse is not applicable, so the regression caused by this patch is smaller. The cache-hot regression could largely be avoided by using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, however this adds some complexity to list walking and store-free path walking, so I prefer to implement this at a later date, if it is shown to be a win in real situations. I haven't found a regression in any non-micro benchmark so I doubt it will be a problem. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/fs.h | 5 ++++- include/linux/net.h | 1 - 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 296cf2fde94..1ff4d0a33b2 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -737,7 +737,10 @@ struct inode { struct list_head i_wb_list; /* backing dev IO list */ struct list_head i_lru; /* inode LRU list */ struct list_head i_sb_list; - struct list_head i_dentry; + union { + struct list_head i_dentry; + struct rcu_head i_rcu; + }; unsigned long i_ino; atomic_t i_count; unsigned int i_nlink; diff --git a/include/linux/net.h b/include/linux/net.h index 16faa130088..06bde490847 100644 --- a/include/linux/net.h +++ b/include/linux/net.h @@ -120,7 +120,6 @@ enum sock_shutdown_cmd { struct socket_wq { wait_queue_head_t wait; struct fasync_struct *fasync_list; - struct rcu_head rcu; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From ff0c7d15f9787b7e8c601533c015295cc68329f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:50 +1100 Subject: fs: avoid inode RCU freeing for pseudo fs Pseudo filesystems that don't put inode on RCU list or reachable by rcu-walk dentries do not need to RCU free their inodes. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/fs.h | 1 + include/linux/net.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 1ff4d0a33b2..ea202fff44f 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -2233,6 +2233,7 @@ extern void iget_failed(struct inode *); extern void end_writeback(struct inode *); extern void __destroy_inode(struct inode *); extern struct inode *new_inode(struct super_block *); +extern void free_inode_nonrcu(struct inode *inode); extern int should_remove_suid(struct dentry *); extern int file_remove_suid(struct file *); diff --git a/include/linux/net.h b/include/linux/net.h index 06bde490847..16faa130088 100644 --- a/include/linux/net.h +++ b/include/linux/net.h @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ enum sock_shutdown_cmd { struct socket_wq { wait_queue_head_t wait; struct fasync_struct *fasync_list; + struct rcu_head rcu; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3c22cd5709e8143444a6d08682a87f4c57902df3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:51 +1100 Subject: kernel: optimise seqlock Add branch annotations for seqlock read fastpath, and introduce __read_seqcount_begin and __read_seqcount_end functions, that can avoid the smp_rmb() if used carefully. These will be used by store-free path walking algorithm performance is critical and seqlocks are in use. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/seqlock.h | 80 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/seqlock.h b/include/linux/seqlock.h index 632205ccc25..e98cd2e5719 100644 --- a/include/linux/seqlock.h +++ b/include/linux/seqlock.h @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static __always_inline int read_seqretry(const seqlock_t *sl, unsigned start) { smp_rmb(); - return (sl->sequence != start); + return unlikely(sl->sequence != start); } @@ -125,14 +125,25 @@ typedef struct seqcount { #define SEQCNT_ZERO { 0 } #define seqcount_init(x) do { *(x) = (seqcount_t) SEQCNT_ZERO; } while (0) -/* Start of read using pointer to a sequence counter only. */ -static inline unsigned read_seqcount_begin(const seqcount_t *s) +/** + * __read_seqcount_begin - begin a seq-read critical section (without barrier) + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * Returns: count to be passed to read_seqcount_retry + * + * __read_seqcount_begin is like read_seqcount_begin, but has no smp_rmb() + * barrier. Callers should ensure that smp_rmb() or equivalent ordering is + * provided before actually loading any of the variables that are to be + * protected in this critical section. + * + * Use carefully, only in critical code, and comment how the barrier is + * provided. + */ +static inline unsigned __read_seqcount_begin(const seqcount_t *s) { unsigned ret; repeat: ret = s->sequence; - smp_rmb(); if (unlikely(ret & 1)) { cpu_relax(); goto repeat; @@ -140,14 +151,56 @@ repeat: return ret; } -/* - * Test if reader processed invalid data because sequence number has changed. +/** + * read_seqcount_begin - begin a seq-read critical section + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * Returns: count to be passed to read_seqcount_retry + * + * read_seqcount_begin opens a read critical section of the given seqcount. + * Validity of the critical section is tested by checking read_seqcount_retry + * function. + */ +static inline unsigned read_seqcount_begin(const seqcount_t *s) +{ + unsigned ret = __read_seqcount_begin(s); + smp_rmb(); + return ret; +} + +/** + * __read_seqcount_retry - end a seq-read critical section (without barrier) + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * @start: count, from read_seqcount_begin + * Returns: 1 if retry is required, else 0 + * + * __read_seqcount_retry is like read_seqcount_retry, but has no smp_rmb() + * barrier. Callers should ensure that smp_rmb() or equivalent ordering is + * provided before actually loading any of the variables that are to be + * protected in this critical section. + * + * Use carefully, only in critical code, and comment how the barrier is + * provided. + */ +static inline int __read_seqcount_retry(const seqcount_t *s, unsigned start) +{ + return unlikely(s->sequence != start); +} + +/** + * read_seqcount_retry - end a seq-read critical section + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * @start: count, from read_seqcount_begin + * Returns: 1 if retry is required, else 0 + * + * read_seqcount_retry closes a read critical section of the given seqcount. + * If the critical section was invalid, it must be ignored (and typically + * retried). */ static inline int read_seqcount_retry(const seqcount_t *s, unsigned start) { smp_rmb(); - return s->sequence != start; + return __read_seqcount_retry(s, start); } @@ -167,6 +220,19 @@ static inline void write_seqcount_end(seqcount_t *s) s->sequence++; } +/** + * write_seqcount_barrier - invalidate in-progress read-side seq operations + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * + * After write_seqcount_barrier, no read-side seq operations will complete + * successfully and see data older than this. + */ +static inline void write_seqcount_barrier(seqcount_t *s) +{ + smp_wmb(); + s->sequence+=2; +} + /* * Possible sw/hw IRQ protected versions of the interfaces. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 31e6b01f4183ff419a6d1f86177cbf4662347cec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:52 +1100 Subject: fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 32 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- include/linux/namei.h | 15 ++++++++++----- include/linux/security.h | 8 +++++++- 3 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index ca648685f0c..c2e7390289c 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ struct dentry { unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ + seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ int d_mounted; struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is * negative */ @@ -266,9 +268,33 @@ extern void d_move(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); extern struct dentry *d_ancestor(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); /* appendix may either be NULL or be used for transname suffixes */ -extern struct dentry * d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); -extern struct dentry * __d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); -extern struct dentry * d_hash_and_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *d_hash_and_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *__d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *__d_lookup_rcu(struct dentry *parent, struct qstr *name, + unsigned *seq, struct inode **inode); + +/** + * __d_rcu_to_refcount - take a refcount on dentry if sequence check is ok + * @dentry: dentry to take a ref on + * @seq: seqcount to verify against + * @Returns: 0 on failure, else 1. + * + * __d_rcu_to_refcount operates on a dentry,seq pair that was returned + * by __d_lookup_rcu, to get a reference on an rcu-walk dentry. + */ +static inline int __d_rcu_to_refcount(struct dentry *dentry, unsigned seq) +{ + int ret = 0; + + assert_spin_locked(&dentry->d_lock); + if (!read_seqcount_retry(&dentry->d_seq, seq)) { + ret = 1; + dentry->d_count++; + } + + return ret; +} /* validate "insecure" dentry pointer */ extern int d_validate(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); diff --git a/include/linux/namei.h b/include/linux/namei.h index aec730b5393..18d06add0a4 100644 --- a/include/linux/namei.h +++ b/include/linux/namei.h @@ -19,7 +19,10 @@ struct nameidata { struct path path; struct qstr last; struct path root; + struct file *file; + struct inode *inode; /* path.dentry.d_inode */ unsigned int flags; + unsigned seq; int last_type; unsigned depth; char *saved_names[MAX_NESTED_LINKS + 1]; @@ -43,11 +46,13 @@ enum {LAST_NORM, LAST_ROOT, LAST_DOT, LAST_DOTDOT, LAST_BIND}; * - internal "there are more path components" flag * - dentry cache is untrusted; force a real lookup */ -#define LOOKUP_FOLLOW 1 -#define LOOKUP_DIRECTORY 2 -#define LOOKUP_CONTINUE 4 -#define LOOKUP_PARENT 16 -#define LOOKUP_REVAL 64 +#define LOOKUP_FOLLOW 0x0001 +#define LOOKUP_DIRECTORY 0x0002 +#define LOOKUP_CONTINUE 0x0004 + +#define LOOKUP_PARENT 0x0010 +#define LOOKUP_REVAL 0x0020 +#define LOOKUP_RCU 0x0040 /* * Intent data */ diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb884..ed95401970c 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -457,7 +457,6 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * called when the actual read/write operations are performed. * @inode contains the inode structure to check. * @mask contains the permission mask. - * @nd contains the nameidata (may be NULL). * Return 0 if permission is granted. * @inode_setattr: * Check permission before setting file attributes. Note that the kernel @@ -1713,6 +1712,7 @@ int security_inode_rename(struct inode *old_dir, struct dentry *old_dentry, int security_inode_readlink(struct dentry *dentry); int security_inode_follow_link(struct dentry *dentry, struct nameidata *nd); int security_inode_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int security_inode_exec_permission(struct inode *inode, unsigned int flags); int security_inode_setattr(struct dentry *dentry, struct iattr *attr); int security_inode_getattr(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry); int security_inode_setxattr(struct dentry *dentry, const char *name, @@ -2102,6 +2102,12 @@ static inline int security_inode_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask) return 0; } +static inline int security_inode_exec_permission(struct inode *inode, + unsigned int flags) +{ + return 0; +} + static inline int security_inode_setattr(struct dentry *dentry, struct iattr *attr) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From c28cc36469554dc55540f059fbdc7fa22a2c31fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:53 +1100 Subject: fs: fs_struct use seqlock Use a seqlock in the fs_struct to enable us to take an atomic copy of the complete cwd and root paths. Use this in the RCU lookup path to avoid a thread-shared spinlock in RCU lookup operations. Multi-threaded apps may now perform path lookups with scalability matching multi-process apps. Operations such as stat(2) become very scalable for multi-threaded workload. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/fs_struct.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs_struct.h b/include/linux/fs_struct.h index a42b5bf02f8..003dc0fd734 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs_struct.h +++ b/include/linux/fs_struct.h @@ -2,10 +2,13 @@ #define _LINUX_FS_STRUCT_H #include +#include +#include struct fs_struct { int users; spinlock_t lock; + seqcount_t seq; int umask; int in_exec; struct path root, pwd; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f57cbcc02cf18f6b22ef4066bb10afeb8f930ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:54 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache remove d_mounted Rather than keep a d_mounted count in the dentry, set a dentry flag instead. The flag can be cleared by checking the hash table to see if there are any mounts left, which is not time critical because it is performed at detach time. The mounted state of a dentry is only used to speculatively take a look in the mount hash table if it is set -- before following the mount, vfsmount lock is taken and mount re-checked without races. This saves 4 bytes on 32-bit, nothing on 64-bit but it does provide a hole I might use later (and some configs have larger than 32-bit spinlocks which might make use of the hole). Autofs4 conversion and changelog by Ian Kent : In autofs4, when expring direct (or offset) mounts we need to ensure that we block user path walks into the autofs mount, which is covered by another mount. To do this we clear the mounted status so that follows stop before walking into the mount and are essentially blocked until the expire is completed. The automount daemon still finds the correct dentry for the umount due to the follow mount logic in fs/autofs4/root.c:autofs4_follow_link(), which is set as an inode operation for direct and offset mounts only and is called following the lookup that stopped at the covered mount. At the end of the expire the covering mount probably has gone away so the mounted status need not be restored. But we need to check this and only restore the mounted status if the expire failed. XXX: autofs may not work right if we have other mounts go over the top of it? Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index c2e7390289c..e4414693065 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ struct dentry { unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ - int d_mounted; struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is * negative */ /* @@ -156,33 +155,34 @@ struct dentry_operations { /* d_flags entries */ #define DCACHE_AUTOFS_PENDING 0x0001 /* autofs: "under construction" */ -#define DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED 0x0002 /* this dentry has been "silly - * renamed" and has to be - * deleted on the last dput() - */ -#define DCACHE_DISCONNECTED 0x0004 - /* This dentry is possibly not currently connected to the dcache tree, - * in which case its parent will either be itself, or will have this - * flag as well. nfsd will not use a dentry with this bit set, but will - * first endeavour to clear the bit either by discovering that it is - * connected, or by performing lookup operations. Any filesystem which - * supports nfsd_operations MUST have a lookup function which, if it finds - * a directory inode with a DCACHE_DISCONNECTED dentry, will d_move - * that dentry into place and return that dentry rather than the passed one, - * typically using d_splice_alias. - */ +#define DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED 0x0002 + /* this dentry has been "silly renamed" and has to be deleted on the last + * dput() */ + +#define DCACHE_DISCONNECTED 0x0004 + /* This dentry is possibly not currently connected to the dcache tree, in + * which case its parent will either be itself, or will have this flag as + * well. nfsd will not use a dentry with this bit set, but will first + * endeavour to clear the bit either by discovering that it is connected, + * or by performing lookup operations. Any filesystem which supports + * nfsd_operations MUST have a lookup function which, if it finds a + * directory inode with a DCACHE_DISCONNECTED dentry, will d_move that + * dentry into place and return that dentry rather than the passed one, + * typically using d_splice_alias. */ #define DCACHE_REFERENCED 0x0008 /* Recently used, don't discard. */ #define DCACHE_UNHASHED 0x0010 - -#define DCACHE_INOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0020 /* Parent inode is watched by inotify */ +#define DCACHE_INOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0020 + /* Parent inode is watched by inotify */ #define DCACHE_COOKIE 0x0040 /* For use by dcookie subsystem */ - -#define DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0080 /* Parent inode is watched by some fsnotify listener */ +#define DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0080 + /* Parent inode is watched by some fsnotify listener */ #define DCACHE_CANT_MOUNT 0x0100 #define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 +#define DCACHE_MOUNTED 0x0400 /* is a mountpoint */ + extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ extern void dput(struct dentry *); static inline int d_mountpoint(struct dentry *dentry) { - return dentry->d_mounted; + return dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_MOUNTED; } extern struct vfsmount *lookup_mnt(struct path *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fb045adb99d9b7c562dc7fef834857f78249daa1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:55 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache reduce branches in lookup path Reduce some branches and memory accesses in dcache lookup by adding dentry flags to indicate common d_ops are set, rather than having to check them. This saves a pointer memory access (dentry->d_op) in common path lookup situations, and saves another pointer load and branch in cases where we have d_op but not the particular operation. Patched with: git grep -E '[.>]([[:space:]])*d_op([[:space:]])*=' | xargs sed -e 's/\([^\t ]*\)->d_op = \(.*\);/d_set_d_op(\1, \2);/' -e 's/\([^\t ]*\)\.d_op = \(.*\);/d_set_d_op(\&\1, \2);/' -i Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index e4414693065..f4b40a751f0 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -183,6 +183,11 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 #define DCACHE_MOUNTED 0x0400 /* is a mountpoint */ +#define DCACHE_OP_HASH 0x1000 +#define DCACHE_OP_COMPARE 0x2000 +#define DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE 0x4000 +#define DCACHE_OP_DELETE 0x8000 + extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; @@ -201,6 +206,7 @@ extern struct dentry * d_materialise_unique(struct dentry *, struct inode *); extern void __d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); extern void d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); extern void d_delete(struct dentry *); +extern void d_set_d_op(struct dentry *dentry, const struct dentry_operations *op); /* allocate/de-allocate */ extern struct dentry * d_alloc(struct dentry *, const struct qstr *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44a7d7a878c9cbb74f236ea755b25b6b2e26a9a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:56 +1100 Subject: fs: cache optimise dentry and inode for rcu-walk Put dentry and inode fields into top of data structure. This allows RCU path traversal to perform an RCU dentry lookup in a path walk by touching only the first 56 bytes of the dentry. We also fit in 8 bytes of inline name in the first 64 bytes, so for short names, only 64 bytes needs to be touched to perform the lookup. We should get rid of the hash->prev pointer from the first 64 bytes, and fit 16 bytes of name in there, which will take care of 81% rather than 32% of the kernel tree. inode is also rearranged so that RCU lookup will only touch a single cacheline in the inode, plus one in the i_ops structure. This is important for directory component lookups in RCU path walking. In the kernel source, directory names average is around 6 chars, so this works. When we reach the last element of the lookup, we need to lock it and take its refcount which requires another cacheline access. Align dentry and inode operations structs, so members will be at predictable offsets and we can group common operations into head of structure. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 36 +++++++++++++++++++----------------- include/linux/fs.h | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------- 2 files changed, 42 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index f4b40a751f0..b1aeda07725 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -82,25 +82,33 @@ full_name_hash(const unsigned char *name, unsigned int len) * large memory footprint increase). */ #ifdef CONFIG_64BIT -#define DNAME_INLINE_LEN_MIN 32 /* 192 bytes */ +# define DNAME_INLINE_LEN 32 /* 192 bytes */ #else -#define DNAME_INLINE_LEN_MIN 40 /* 128 bytes */ +# ifdef CONFIG_SMP +# define DNAME_INLINE_LEN 36 /* 128 bytes */ +# else +# define DNAME_INLINE_LEN 40 /* 128 bytes */ +# endif #endif struct dentry { - unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ + /* RCU lookup touched fields */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ - spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ - struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is - * negative */ - /* - * The next three fields are touched by __d_lookup. Place them here - * so they all fit in a cache line. - */ struct hlist_node d_hash; /* lookup hash list */ struct dentry *d_parent; /* parent directory */ struct qstr d_name; + struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is + * negative */ + unsigned char d_iname[DNAME_INLINE_LEN]; /* small names */ + + /* Ref lookup also touches following */ + unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ + spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ + const struct dentry_operations *d_op; + struct super_block *d_sb; /* The root of the dentry tree */ + unsigned long d_time; /* used by d_revalidate */ + void *d_fsdata; /* fs-specific data */ struct list_head d_lru; /* LRU list */ /* @@ -112,12 +120,6 @@ struct dentry { } d_u; struct list_head d_subdirs; /* our children */ struct list_head d_alias; /* inode alias list */ - unsigned long d_time; /* used by d_revalidate */ - const struct dentry_operations *d_op; - struct super_block *d_sb; /* The root of the dentry tree */ - void *d_fsdata; /* fs-specific data */ - - unsigned char d_iname[DNAME_INLINE_LEN_MIN]; /* small names */ }; /* @@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { void (*d_release)(struct dentry *); void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); -}; +} ____cacheline_aligned; /* * Locking rules for dentry_operations callbacks are to be found in diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index ea202fff44f..a04aa96acb7 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -733,6 +733,20 @@ struct posix_acl; #define ACL_NOT_CACHED ((void *)(-1)) struct inode { + /* RCU path lookup touches following: */ + umode_t i_mode; + uid_t i_uid; + gid_t i_gid; + const struct inode_operations *i_op; + struct super_block *i_sb; + + spinlock_t i_lock; /* i_blocks, i_bytes, maybe i_size */ + unsigned int i_flags; + struct mutex i_mutex; + + unsigned long i_state; + unsigned long dirtied_when; /* jiffies of first dirtying */ + struct hlist_node i_hash; struct list_head i_wb_list; /* backing dev IO list */ struct list_head i_lru; /* inode LRU list */ @@ -744,8 +758,6 @@ struct inode { unsigned long i_ino; atomic_t i_count; unsigned int i_nlink; - uid_t i_uid; - gid_t i_gid; dev_t i_rdev; unsigned int i_blkbits; u64 i_version; @@ -758,13 +770,8 @@ struct inode { struct timespec i_ctime; blkcnt_t i_blocks; unsigned short i_bytes; - umode_t i_mode; - spinlock_t i_lock; /* i_blocks, i_bytes, maybe i_size */ - struct mutex i_mutex; struct rw_semaphore i_alloc_sem; - const struct inode_operations *i_op; const struct file_operations *i_fop; /* former ->i_op->default_file_ops */ - struct super_block *i_sb; struct file_lock *i_flock; struct address_space *i_mapping; struct address_space i_data; @@ -785,11 +792,6 @@ struct inode { struct hlist_head i_fsnotify_marks; #endif - unsigned long i_state; - unsigned long dirtied_when; /* jiffies of first dirtying */ - - unsigned int i_flags; - #ifdef CONFIG_IMA /* protected by i_lock */ unsigned int i_readcount; /* struct files open RO */ @@ -1549,8 +1551,15 @@ struct file_operations { }; struct inode_operations { - int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int, struct nameidata *); struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); + void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); + int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); + int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int); + + int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); + void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); + + int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int, struct nameidata *); int (*link) (struct dentry *,struct inode *,struct dentry *); int (*unlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *); int (*symlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,const char *); @@ -1559,12 +1568,7 @@ struct inode_operations { int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int,dev_t); int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *); - int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); - void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); void (*truncate) (struct inode *); - int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); - int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int); int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); int (*getattr) (struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *, struct kstat *); int (*setxattr) (struct dentry *, const char *,const void *,size_t,int); @@ -1576,7 +1580,7 @@ struct inode_operations { loff_t len); int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start, u64 len); -}; +} ____cacheline_aligned; struct seq_file; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 34286d6662308d82aed891852d04c7c3a2649b16 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:57 +1100 Subject: fs: rcu-walk aware d_revalidate method Require filesystems be aware of .d_revalidate being called in rcu-walk mode (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU). For now do a simple push down, returning -ECHILD from all implementations. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index b1aeda07725..8b2064d0292 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -190,7 +190,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE 0x4000 #define DCACHE_OP_DELETE 0x8000 - extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b74c79e99389cd79b31fcc08f82c24e492e63c7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:58 +1100 Subject: fs: provide rcu-walk aware permission i_ops Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/coda_linux.h | 2 +- include/linux/fs.h | 10 ++++++---- include/linux/generic_acl.h | 2 +- include/linux/nfs_fs.h | 2 +- include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h | 2 +- 5 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/coda_linux.h b/include/linux/coda_linux.h index 2e914d0771b..4ccc59c1ea8 100644 --- a/include/linux/coda_linux.h +++ b/include/linux/coda_linux.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ extern const struct file_operations coda_ioctl_operations; /* operations shared over more than one file */ int coda_open(struct inode *i, struct file *f); int coda_release(struct inode *i, struct file *f); -int coda_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int coda_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask, unsigned int flags); int coda_revalidate_inode(struct dentry *); int coda_getattr(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, struct kstat *); int coda_setattr(struct dentry *, struct iattr *); diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index a04aa96acb7..d5a4d42f655 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -1550,11 +1550,13 @@ struct file_operations { int (*setlease)(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **); }; +#define IPERM_FLAG_RCU 0x0001 + struct inode_operations { struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); - int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int); + int (*permission) (struct inode *, int, unsigned int); + int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); @@ -2165,8 +2167,8 @@ extern sector_t bmap(struct inode *, sector_t); #endif extern int notify_change(struct dentry *, struct iattr *); extern int inode_permission(struct inode *, int); -extern int generic_permission(struct inode *, int, - int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int)); +extern int generic_permission(struct inode *, int, unsigned int, + int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int, unsigned int)); static inline bool execute_ok(struct inode *inode) { diff --git a/include/linux/generic_acl.h b/include/linux/generic_acl.h index 574bea4013b..0437e377b55 100644 --- a/include/linux/generic_acl.h +++ b/include/linux/generic_acl.h @@ -10,6 +10,6 @@ extern const struct xattr_handler generic_acl_default_handler; int generic_acl_init(struct inode *, struct inode *); int generic_acl_chmod(struct inode *); -int generic_check_acl(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int generic_check_acl(struct inode *inode, int mask, unsigned int flags); #endif /* LINUX_GENERIC_ACL_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs.h index 29d504d5d1c..0779bb8f95b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs.h @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ extern int nfs_refresh_inode(struct inode *, struct nfs_fattr *); extern int nfs_post_op_update_inode(struct inode *inode, struct nfs_fattr *fattr); extern int nfs_post_op_update_inode_force_wcc(struct inode *inode, struct nfs_fattr *fattr); extern int nfs_getattr(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, struct kstat *); -extern int nfs_permission(struct inode *, int); +extern int nfs_permission(struct inode *, int, unsigned int); extern int nfs_open(struct inode *, struct file *); extern int nfs_release(struct inode *, struct file *); extern int nfs_attribute_timeout(struct inode *inode); diff --git a/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h b/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h index b2cf2089769..3b94c91f20a 100644 --- a/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h +++ b/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int reiserfs_xattr_init(struct super_block *sb, int mount_flags); int reiserfs_lookup_privroot(struct super_block *sb); int reiserfs_delete_xattrs(struct inode *inode); int reiserfs_chown_xattrs(struct inode *inode, struct iattr *attrs); -int reiserfs_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int reiserfs_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask, unsigned int flags); #ifdef CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_XATTR #define has_xattr_dir(inode) (REISERFS_I(inode)->i_flags & i_has_xattr_dir) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1e1743ebe35ec7e3c1fa732408358fbc614cbbe5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:59 +1100 Subject: fs: provide simple rcu-walk generic_check_acl implementation This simple implementation just checks for no ACLs on the inode, and if so, then the rcu-walk may proceed, otherwise fail it. This could easily be extended to put acls under RCU and check them under seqlock, if need be. But this implementation is enough to show the rcu-walk aware permissions code for path lookups is working, and will handle cases where there are no ACLs or ACLs in just the final element. This patch implicity converts tmpfs to rcu-aware permission check. Subsequent patches onvert ext*, xfs, and, btrfs. Each of these uses acl/permission code in a different way, so convert them all to provide templates and proof of concept. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/posix_acl.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/posix_acl.h b/include/linux/posix_acl.h index 67608161df6..d68283a898b 100644 --- a/include/linux/posix_acl.h +++ b/include/linux/posix_acl.h @@ -108,6 +108,25 @@ static inline struct posix_acl *get_cached_acl(struct inode *inode, int type) return acl; } +static inline int negative_cached_acl(struct inode *inode, int type) +{ + struct posix_acl **p, *acl; + switch (type) { + case ACL_TYPE_ACCESS: + p = &inode->i_acl; + break; + case ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT: + p = &inode->i_default_acl; + break; + default: + BUG(); + } + acl = ACCESS_ONCE(*p); + if (acl) + return 0; + return 1; +} + static inline void set_cached_acl(struct inode *inode, int type, struct posix_acl *acl) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4e35e6070b1ceed89c3bba2af4216c286fb1dafd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:03 +1100 Subject: kernel: add bl_list Introduce a type of hlist that can support the use of the lowest bit in the hlist_head. This will be subsequently used to implement per-bucket bit spinlock for inode and dentry hashes, and may be useful in other cases such as network hashes. Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/list_bl.h | 144 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/rculist_bl.h | 127 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 271 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/list_bl.h create mode 100644 include/linux/rculist_bl.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/list_bl.h b/include/linux/list_bl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ee97e7f2be --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/list_bl.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_LIST_BL_H +#define _LINUX_LIST_BL_H + +#include + +/* + * Special version of lists, where head of the list has a lock in the lowest + * bit. This is useful for scalable hash tables without increasing memory + * footprint overhead. + * + * For modification operations, the 0 bit of hlist_bl_head->first + * pointer must be set. + * + * With some small modifications, this can easily be adapted to store several + * arbitrary bits (not just a single lock bit), if the need arises to store + * some fast and compact auxiliary data. + */ + +#if defined(CONFIG_SMP) || defined(CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK) +#define LIST_BL_LOCKMASK 1UL +#else +#define LIST_BL_LOCKMASK 0UL +#endif + +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST +#define LIST_BL_BUG_ON(x) BUG_ON(x) +#else +#define LIST_BL_BUG_ON(x) +#endif + + +struct hlist_bl_head { + struct hlist_bl_node *first; +}; + +struct hlist_bl_node { + struct hlist_bl_node *next, **pprev; +}; +#define INIT_HLIST_BL_HEAD(ptr) \ + ((ptr)->first = NULL) + +static inline void INIT_HLIST_BL_NODE(struct hlist_bl_node *h) +{ + h->next = NULL; + h->pprev = NULL; +} + +#define hlist_bl_entry(ptr, type, member) container_of(ptr,type,member) + +static inline int hlist_bl_unhashed(const struct hlist_bl_node *h) +{ + return !h->pprev; +} + +static inline struct hlist_bl_node *hlist_bl_first(struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + return (struct hlist_bl_node *) + ((unsigned long)h->first & ~LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_set_first(struct hlist_bl_head *h, + struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + LIST_BL_BUG_ON((unsigned long)n & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); + LIST_BL_BUG_ON(!((unsigned long)h->first & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); + h->first = (struct hlist_bl_node *)((unsigned long)n | LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +static inline int hlist_bl_empty(const struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + return !((unsigned long)h->first & ~LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_add_head(struct hlist_bl_node *n, + struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + struct hlist_bl_node *first = hlist_bl_first(h); + + n->next = first; + if (first) + first->pprev = &n->next; + n->pprev = &h->first; + hlist_bl_set_first(h, n); +} + +static inline void __hlist_bl_del(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + struct hlist_bl_node *next = n->next; + struct hlist_bl_node **pprev = n->pprev; + + LIST_BL_BUG_ON((unsigned long)n & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); + + /* pprev may be `first`, so be careful not to lose the lock bit */ + *pprev = (struct hlist_bl_node *) + ((unsigned long)next | + ((unsigned long)*pprev & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); + if (next) + next->pprev = pprev; +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_del(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + __hlist_bl_del(n); + n->next = LIST_POISON1; + n->pprev = LIST_POISON2; +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_del_init(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + if (!hlist_bl_unhashed(n)) { + __hlist_bl_del(n); + INIT_HLIST_BL_NODE(n); + } +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry - iterate over list of given type + * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. + * @pos: the &struct hlist_node to use as a loop cursor. + * @head: the head for your list. + * @member: the name of the hlist_node within the struct. + * + */ +#define hlist_bl_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member) \ + for (pos = hlist_bl_first(head); \ + pos && \ + ({ tpos = hlist_bl_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1;}); \ + pos = pos->next) + +/** + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry_safe - iterate over list of given type safe against removal of list entry + * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. + * @pos: the &struct hlist_node to use as a loop cursor. + * @n: another &struct hlist_node to use as temporary storage + * @head: the head for your list. + * @member: the name of the hlist_node within the struct. + */ +#define hlist_bl_for_each_entry_safe(tpos, pos, n, head, member) \ + for (pos = hlist_bl_first(head); \ + pos && ({ n = pos->next; 1; }) && \ + ({ tpos = hlist_bl_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1;}); \ + pos = n) + +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/rculist_bl.h b/include/linux/rculist_bl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b872b493724 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/rculist_bl.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_RCULIST_BL_H +#define _LINUX_RCULIST_BL_H + +/* + * RCU-protected bl list version. See include/linux/list_bl.h. + */ +#include +#include + +static inline void hlist_bl_set_first_rcu(struct hlist_bl_head *h, + struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + LIST_BL_BUG_ON((unsigned long)n & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); + LIST_BL_BUG_ON(!((unsigned long)h->first & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); + rcu_assign_pointer(h->first, + (struct hlist_bl_node *)((unsigned long)n | LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); +} + +static inline struct hlist_bl_node *hlist_bl_first_rcu(struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + return (struct hlist_bl_node *) + ((unsigned long)rcu_dereference(h->first) & ~LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_del_init_rcu - deletes entry from hash list with re-initialization + * @n: the element to delete from the hash list. + * + * Note: hlist_bl_unhashed() on the node returns true after this. It is + * useful for RCU based read lockfree traversal if the writer side + * must know if the list entry is still hashed or already unhashed. + * + * In particular, it means that we can not poison the forward pointers + * that may still be used for walking the hash list and we can only + * zero the pprev pointer so list_unhashed() will return true after + * this. + * + * The caller must take whatever precautions are necessary (such as + * holding appropriate locks) to avoid racing with another + * list-mutation primitive, such as hlist_bl_add_head_rcu() or + * hlist_bl_del_rcu(), running on this same list. However, it is + * perfectly legal to run concurrently with the _rcu list-traversal + * primitives, such as hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu(). + */ +static inline void hlist_bl_del_init_rcu(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + if (!hlist_bl_unhashed(n)) { + __hlist_bl_del(n); + n->pprev = NULL; + } +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_del_rcu - deletes entry from hash list without re-initialization + * @n: the element to delete from the hash list. + * + * Note: hlist_bl_unhashed() on entry does not return true after this, + * the entry is in an undefined state. It is useful for RCU based + * lockfree traversal. + * + * In particular, it means that we can not poison the forward + * pointers that may still be used for walking the hash list. + * + * The caller must take whatever precautions are necessary + * (such as holding appropriate locks) to avoid racing + * with another list-mutation primitive, such as hlist_bl_add_head_rcu() + * or hlist_bl_del_rcu(), running on this same list. + * However, it is perfectly legal to run concurrently with + * the _rcu list-traversal primitives, such as + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry(). + */ +static inline void hlist_bl_del_rcu(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + __hlist_bl_del(n); + n->pprev = LIST_POISON2; +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_add_head_rcu + * @n: the element to add to the hash list. + * @h: the list to add to. + * + * Description: + * Adds the specified element to the specified hlist_bl, + * while permitting racing traversals. + * + * The caller must take whatever precautions are necessary + * (such as holding appropriate locks) to avoid racing + * with another list-mutation primitive, such as hlist_bl_add_head_rcu() + * or hlist_bl_del_rcu(), running on this same list. + * However, it is perfectly legal to run concurrently with + * the _rcu list-traversal primitives, such as + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu(), used to prevent memory-consistency + * problems on Alpha CPUs. Regardless of the type of CPU, the + * list-traversal primitive must be guarded by rcu_read_lock(). + */ +static inline void hlist_bl_add_head_rcu(struct hlist_bl_node *n, + struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + struct hlist_bl_node *first; + + /* don't need hlist_bl_first_rcu because we're under lock */ + first = hlist_bl_first(h); + + n->next = first; + if (first) + first->pprev = &n->next; + n->pprev = &h->first; + + /* need _rcu because we can have concurrent lock free readers */ + hlist_bl_set_first_rcu(h, n); +} +/** + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type + * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. + * @pos: the &struct hlist_bl_node to use as a loop cursor. + * @head: the head for your list. + * @member: the name of the hlist_bl_node within the struct. + * + */ +#define hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu(tpos, pos, head, member) \ + for (pos = hlist_bl_first_rcu(head); \ + pos && \ + ({ tpos = hlist_bl_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1; }); \ + pos = rcu_dereference_raw(pos->next)) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 626d607435617cc0f033522083e2bb195b81813c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:04 +1100 Subject: bit_spinlock: add required includes Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/bit_spinlock.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h b/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h index 7113a32a86e..e612575a259 100644 --- a/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h +++ b/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ #ifndef __LINUX_BIT_SPINLOCK_H #define __LINUX_BIT_SPINLOCK_H +#include +#include +#include + /* * bit-based spin_lock() * -- cgit v1.2.3 From ceb5bdc2d246f6d81cf61ed70f325308a11821d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:05 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache per-bucket dcache hash locking We can turn the dcache hash locking from a global dcache_hash_lock into per-bucket locking. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 3 ++- include/linux/fs.h | 3 ++- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 8b2064d0292..5f0392ef759 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ struct dentry { /* RCU lookup touched fields */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ - struct hlist_node d_hash; /* lookup hash list */ + struct hlist_bl_node d_hash; /* lookup hash list */ struct dentry *d_parent; /* parent directory */ struct qstr d_name; struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index d5a4d42f655..baf3e556ff0 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ struct inodes_stat_t { #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -1377,7 +1378,7 @@ struct super_block { const struct xattr_handler **s_xattr; struct list_head s_inodes; /* all inodes */ - struct hlist_head s_anon; /* anonymous dentries for (nfs) exporting */ + struct hlist_bl_head s_anon; /* anonymous dentries for (nfs) exporting */ #ifdef CONFIG_SMP struct list_head __percpu *s_files; #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 873feea09ebc980cbd3631b767356ce1eee65ec1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:06 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache per-inode inode alias locking dcache_inode_lock can be replaced with per-inode locking. Use existing inode->i_lock for this. This is slightly non-trivial because we sometimes need to find the inode from the dentry, which requires d_inode to be stabilised (either with refcount or d_lock). Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 5f0392ef759..d719e4de804 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -191,7 +191,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE 0x4000 #define DCACHE_OP_DELETE 0x8000 -extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b936885ab04dc6e0bb0ef35e0e23c1a7364d9e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:07 +1100 Subject: fs: improve scalability of pseudo filesystems Regardless of how much we possibly try to scale dcache, there is likely always going to be some fundamental contention when adding or removing children under the same parent. Pseudo filesystems do not seem need to have connected dentries because by definition they are disconnected. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index d719e4de804..c0a2ca97c72 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -211,6 +211,7 @@ extern void d_set_d_op(struct dentry *dentry, const struct dentry_operations *op /* allocate/de-allocate */ extern struct dentry * d_alloc(struct dentry *, const struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry * d_alloc_pseudo(struct super_block *, const struct qstr *); extern struct dentry * d_splice_alias(struct inode *, struct dentry *); extern struct dentry * d_add_ci(struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct qstr *); extern struct dentry * d_obtain_alias(struct inode *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9d55c369bb5e695e629bc35cba2ef607755b3bee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:09 +1100 Subject: fs: implement faster dentry memcmp The standard memcmp function on a Westmere system shows up hot in profiles in the `git diff` workload (both parallel and single threaded), and it is likely due to the costs associated with trapping into microcode, and little opportunity to improve memory access (dentry name is not likely to take up more than a cacheline). So replace it with an open-coded byte comparison. This increases code size by 8 bytes in the critical __d_lookup_rcu function, but the speedup is huge, averaging 10 runs of each: git diff st user sys elapsed CPU before 1.15 2.57 3.82 97.1 after 1.14 2.35 3.61 96.8 git diff mt user sys elapsed CPU before 1.27 3.85 1.46 349 after 1.26 3.54 1.43 333 Elapsed time for single threaded git diff at 95.0% confidence: -0.21 +/- 0.01 -5.45% +/- 0.24% It's -0.66% +/- 0.06% elapsed time on my Opteron, so rep cmp costs on the fam10h seem to be relatively smaller, but there is still a win. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index c0a2ca97c72..bd07758943e 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -47,6 +47,27 @@ struct dentry_stat_t { }; extern struct dentry_stat_t dentry_stat; +/* + * Compare 2 name strings, return 0 if they match, otherwise non-zero. + * The strings are both count bytes long, and count is non-zero. + */ +static inline int dentry_cmp(const unsigned char *cs, size_t scount, + const unsigned char *ct, size_t tcount) +{ + int ret; + if (scount != tcount) + return 1; + do { + ret = (*cs != *ct); + if (ret) + break; + cs++; + ct++; + tcount--; + } while (tcount); + return ret; +} + /* Name hashing routines. Initial hash value */ /* Hash courtesy of the R5 hash in reiserfs modulo sign bits */ #define init_name_hash() 0 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b3e19d924b6eaf2ca7d22cba99a517c5171007b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:11 +1100 Subject: fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/mount.h | 53 +++++++++++++++++---------------------------------- include/linux/path.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 19 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mount.h b/include/linux/mount.h index 5e7a59408dd..1869ea24a73 100644 --- a/include/linux/mount.h +++ b/include/linux/mount.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include struct super_block; @@ -46,12 +47,24 @@ struct mnt_namespace; #define MNT_INTERNAL 0x4000 +struct mnt_pcp { + int mnt_count; + int mnt_writers; +}; + struct vfsmount { struct list_head mnt_hash; struct vfsmount *mnt_parent; /* fs we are mounted on */ struct dentry *mnt_mountpoint; /* dentry of mountpoint */ struct dentry *mnt_root; /* root of the mounted tree */ struct super_block *mnt_sb; /* pointer to superblock */ +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP + struct mnt_pcp __percpu *mnt_pcp; + atomic_t mnt_longrefs; +#else + int mnt_count; + int mnt_writers; +#endif struct list_head mnt_mounts; /* list of children, anchored here */ struct list_head mnt_child; /* and going through their mnt_child */ int mnt_flags; @@ -70,57 +83,25 @@ struct vfsmount { struct mnt_namespace *mnt_ns; /* containing namespace */ int mnt_id; /* mount identifier */ int mnt_group_id; /* peer group identifier */ - /* - * We put mnt_count & mnt_expiry_mark at the end of struct vfsmount - * to let these frequently modified fields in a separate cache line - * (so that reads of mnt_flags wont ping-pong on SMP machines) - */ - atomic_t mnt_count; int mnt_expiry_mark; /* true if marked for expiry */ int mnt_pinned; int mnt_ghosts; -#ifdef CONFIG_SMP - int __percpu *mnt_writers; -#else - int mnt_writers; -#endif }; -static inline int *get_mnt_writers_ptr(struct vfsmount *mnt) -{ -#ifdef CONFIG_SMP - return mnt->mnt_writers; -#else - return &mnt->mnt_writers; -#endif -} - -static inline struct vfsmount *mntget(struct vfsmount *mnt) -{ - if (mnt) - atomic_inc(&mnt->mnt_count); - return mnt; -} - struct file; /* forward dec */ extern int mnt_want_write(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern int mnt_want_write_file(struct file *file); extern int mnt_clone_write(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern void mnt_drop_write(struct vfsmount *mnt); -extern void mntput_no_expire(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern void mntput(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern struct vfsmount *mntget(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern void mntput_long(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern struct vfsmount *mntget_long(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern void mnt_pin(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern void mnt_unpin(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern int __mnt_is_readonly(struct vfsmount *mnt); -static inline void mntput(struct vfsmount *mnt) -{ - if (mnt) { - mnt->mnt_expiry_mark = 0; - mntput_no_expire(mnt); - } -} - extern struct vfsmount *do_kern_mount(const char *fstype, int flags, const char *name, void *data); diff --git a/include/linux/path.h b/include/linux/path.h index edc98dec626..a581e8c0653 100644 --- a/include/linux/path.h +++ b/include/linux/path.h @@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ struct path { }; extern void path_get(struct path *); +extern void path_get_long(struct path *); extern void path_put(struct path *); +extern void path_put_long(struct path *); static inline int path_equal(const struct path *path1, const struct path *path2) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 07e06b011db2b3300f6c975ebf293fc4c8c59942 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 15:17:36 +0800 Subject: sched: Consolidate the name of root_task_group and init_task_group root_task_group is the leftover of USER_SCHED, now it's always same to init_task_group. But as Mike suggested, root_task_group is maybe the suitable name to keep for a tree. So in this patch: init_task_group --> root_task_group init_task_group_load --> root_task_group_load INIT_TASK_GROUP_LOAD --> ROOT_TASK_GROUP_LOAD Suggested-by: Mike Galbraith Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20110107071736.GA32635@windriver.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 777cd01e240..341acbbc434 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ extern void normalize_rt_tasks(void); #ifdef CONFIG_CGROUP_SCHED -extern struct task_group init_task_group; +extern struct task_group root_task_group; extern struct task_group *sched_create_group(struct task_group *parent); extern void sched_destroy_group(struct task_group *tg); -- cgit v1.2.3